Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Fischer Catalogue INT en Complete 088220

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 562

11/2014 International Catalogue

International Catalogue
Contacts

fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG


Klaus-Fischer-Strae 1
72176 Waldachtal
Germany
Phone (0049) 7443 12-0
Fax (0049) 7443 12-4222
E-mail info@fischer.de
www.fischer.de

fischer fixings UK Ltd.


Whitely Road
Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford
Great Britain
Phone (0044) 1491 827900
Fax (0044) 1491 827953
E-mail info@fischer.co.uk
www.fischer.co.uk

fischer Systems Asia Pte. Ltd.


150 Kampong Ampat
#04-03 KA Centre
Singapore 368324
Phone (0065) 62 85 22 07

00088220 11/2014 V-MKS/MP Printed in Germany


Fax (0065) 62 85 83 10
E-mail sales@fischer.sg

Your dealer:

www.fischer.de
Dear Partners,

The increasing variety of building materials, the differing joining principles


of the various materials and the ever-increasing requirements with regard
to processing all demand a constant further development of our fixing
systems. As such, it is, and remains, our goal to provide you with the best
possible technical solution for your current fixing job quickly and with as
much flexibility as possible.

Our innovative strength has helped us to become a globally recognised


and esteemed specialist when it comes to secure and economical
fixings at the building site. Our products range from chemical systems
to steel anchors through to plastic fixings. Innovative faade systems, a
comprehensive range of screws, special ranges for thermal insulation
composite systems, sanitary, heating, ventilation and electrical installations,
adhesives, sealants and foams: we have the ideal solution for every fixing
problem. And we always rely on the highest possible quality, maximum
safety and a high level of processing comfort.

Sustainability has been a key part of our work for decades now. Our
active environment management means that we are helping to maintain
an intact environment for our generation and for those that follow. We
fulfil this requirement not just in the way that we deal with energy, raw
materials and auxiliary materials on a day-to-day basis but also in the
development of new products. As a concrete result and consequence of
this fundamental strategy, we became the first manufacturer in the world
to offer fixings made from predominantly renewable raw materials in
spring 2014. This new greenline range features a number of different
plastic fixings and a two-component injection mortar for heavy loads.
All green fischer products have the same performance properties as
their grey-coloured counterparts. Applications have been submitted
for ETA approvals (masonry and option 7 for concrete) for the injection
mortar. With this innovative and forward-looking range, we are addressing
processors and builders who greatly value sustainability when building
and renovating, and especially when it comes to installation.

We are close to our customers across the world with 42 subsidiaries


around the globe and sales partners in over 100 countries. We develop
and produce our products ourselves and we can even develop and
produce customer-specific solutions if required. We place great value on
both outstanding and innovative products and on providing a wide range
of services of excellent quality: Qualified technical support staff advise
you on an individual basis and on location. Our hotline puts you in direct
contact with the fischer technical support team, who are able to provide
fast and professional assistance for all fixing jobs. Finally, we also provide
design programs and technical handbooks, which we have developed
in-house. And, last but not least, the fischer ACADEMY, situated at our
headquarters in Tumlingen, provides the ideal conditions for getting to
know our products and their many uses in practical training sessions.
However, modern training courses in fixing technology are not just
available at our company headquarters fischer trainers can also be found
around the globe.

We hope that you enjoy using our fixing systems.

Klaus Fischer

3
Good reasons to choose fischer

A brand and its promise to perform

Whoever chooses fischer receives more than a range of safe With the fischer ProcessSystem (fPS), we ensure that we are
products. The aim is to always develop the best solutions for adapting and optimising our processes in line with customer
our customers across the globe. requirements in a flexible manner and on a continuous basis.
Besides the innovative products, this predominantly concerns
support that is focused on the customer, and services
designed to improve customer benefit.

Always with its finger on the pulse of the times


At fischer, innovation is more than just a sum of the patents. Be it new production procedures or materials, such as
We are open to new things and are prepared for change renewable raw materials: We are carrying out the research for
always with the aim of offering our customers the greatest your safety and will continue to do so in the future. This gives
possible benefits. Over the years, our own development and us such great flexibility that we can even develop tailor-made
production sites have been developing numerous fixing customer solutions. This power to innovate has seen fischer
solutions for the most wide-ranging applications. become market leader in anchor technology and the fixing
industry.

Safety that connects


Decisive quality
We dont make any compromises when it comes to the safety
of our products. A whole host of our products are
distinguished by comprehensive, up-to-date and international
approvals. The fischer product range is well-positioned in all
sectors of fixing technology
Steel, Nylon and Chemical fixings.
In award-winning quality which
continues to impress both ETA-98/004
ETAG 001- 3
professional clients and private
Option 1 fr gerissenen Beton
See ICC-ES
customers with equal measure. Evaluation Report
at www.icc-es.org

ESR-1990

4
We take responsibility
Our active environment management policy means that we
are helping to maintain an intact environment for our
generation and for those that follow. The environment
management policy at the Tumlingen site has been certified
in line with DIN EN ISO 14001. We are a member of the
German Sustainable Building Council (DGNB), and our
products have been successively certified in line with the
guidelines provided by the Institute for Construction and the
Environment (IBU). With the UX GREEN, we have introduced
the first anchor in the market, based on over 50% of
regrowing raw materials.

Our service to you


We are a reliable partner, one that will stand at your side Qualified technical consulting for economical and
and address your individual requirements with advice and compliant fastening solutions. Also on-site at the
action: construction site requested.
Our products range from chemical systems to steel Training sessions, some with accreditation, at your
anchors through to plastic anchors. premises or at the fischer ACADEMY.
Competence and innovation through own research, Design and construction software for demanding
development and production. applications.
Global presence and active sales service in over 100
countries.

5
Innovations to inspire professionals

Powerbond-System FPB
For variable and efficient fixing in
cracked concrete.
Superbond-System FSB You can find details
The concrete all-rounder, available on page 77.
as cartridge and capsule systems.
You can find details
on page 82.

Greenline range
The first range of fixing Frame fixing SXRL
products with renewable The powerful problem solver
resources. with long expansion sleeve.
You can find details You can find details
on page 40. on page 299.

Aircrete anchor
FPX-I
The strong internally
threaded anchor with
unique 4-way expansion
Nail anchor FNA II RB for fixings in aerated
The easy-to-assemble fixing
concrete.
solution for removable fire
You can find details on
Highbond-System FHB II-PF protection panel.
page 287.
Bolt anchor FAZ II You can find details
Maximum loads in cracked concrete.
For highest demands. Now also on page 256.
Capsules can be used without drill
available as short version.
hole cleaning.
You can find details on page 214.
You can find details on page 65.
Concrete screw FBS
The fully removable fixing for
cracked concrete.
You can find details
on page 247.

6
Cover picture: Flechtheimspeicher, Mnster, Germany Refurbishment of the faade with fischer products

Content
Selection guide of products and applications 12 1
Greenline 40 2
Chemical fixings 60 3
High performance steel anchors 210 4
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation 290 5
General fixings 348 6
Cavity fixings 384 7
Electrical fixings 400 8
Sanitary fixings 430 9
Scaffold and eye screw fixings 440 10
Insulation fixings / Faade fixings 450 11
Foams and sealants 470 12
Adhesives 502 13
Drills and bits 508 14
Basic knowledge 528 15
Service 550 16
7
Selection guide Products - Quick overview

chemical fixings
Page Page

UMV multicone dynamic bonded


182
anchor
Highbond system FHB II 65

Rebar connections 186


Highbond anchor FHB II-A S 69

Concrete-concrete shear connector


Highbond anchor FHB II-A L 73 194
FCC

Powerbond system 77 Stand-off installation Thermax 196

Superbond system 82 Remedial wall tie VBS 8 202

Superbond resin anchor RSB with Weather facing reconstruction


83 204
RGM system FWS
Superbond resin anchor RSB with
91 Can system FCS 206
RG M I

Superbond mortar with FIS A 94 fill & fix injection fixing 208

Superbond mortar with RG M I 82

1 High performance steel anchors


Epoxy mortar FIS EM with FIS A 101
Page

Epoxy mortar FIS EM with RG MI 114 Bolt anchor FAZ II 214

Resin anchor R with RG M 119 Bolt anchor FAZ II K 218

Resin anchor R with RG M I 126 Bolt anchor FAZ II GS and HBS 221

Injection mortar FIS V 130 High performance anchor FH II 224

Injection mortar FIS VT 137 High performance anchor FH II-I 230

Injection mortar FIS P Plus 140 ZYKON undercut anchor FZA 232

Injection mortar FIS P 142 ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I 238

Accessories for non-cracked concrete:


145 ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II 241
FIS A
Accessories for non-cracked concrete:
151 Concrete screw FBS 244
RG MI

Accessories for solid brick masonry 154 Hammerset anchor EA II 252

Accessories for perforated brick


162 Nail anchor FNA II 256
masonry
Accessories for push-through installa-
169 Ceiling nail FDN 263
tion in masonry

Accessories for aerated concrete 174 Bolt anchor FBN II 265

Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn 178 Bolt anchor FBN II GS 270

8
Products - Quick overview

Selection guide
General fixings
Heavy-duty anchor TA M 272 Page

Sleeve anchor FSA 278 Universal plug UX 351

Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB 280 Expansion plug SX 356

Wall screw MR 282 Expansion plug S 359

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY 284 Metal expansion anchor FMD 362

Aircrete anchor FPX-I 287 Expansion plug M-S 364

Anchor M 366
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation
Brass fixing MS 368
Page

Frame fixing SXR 293 Aircrete anchor GB 370

Frame fixing SXRL 299 Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K 372

Frame fixing FUR 305 Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M 374

1
Frame fixing SXS 311 Brass fixing PA 4 376

Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP 315 Balcony cladding fixing P9K 378

Hammerfix N 316 Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB 380

Nail sleeve FNH 320 Repair pad FIX.it 381

Window frame fixing F-S 322 Doorstop TS 382

Metal frame fixing F-M 324

Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS 326


Cavity fixings
Wall tie VB 329 Page

Adjustable fixing S10J 330 Metal cavity fixing HM 388

Gravity- and spring toggle


Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS 332 389
K, KD, KDH, KM

Universal spacing screw ASL 333 Board fixing PD 393

Stand-off installation Thermax 8 / 10 335 Plasterboard fixing GK 395

Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16 338 Plasterboard fixing metal GKM 397

Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M 344

Remedial wall tie VBS 8 346

9
Selection guide Products - Quick overview

Electrical fixings Scaffold and eye screw fixings


Page Page

ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS 402 Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug 442

ClipFix plus SD 404 Scaffold anchoring FI G 444

Cable clasp KB 406 Eye screw GS 446

Cable harness SHA 408 Ring nut RI 448

Pipe clip RC 410

Pipe clip FC 412


Insulation fixings / Faade fixings
Saddle clip SCH 414
Page

Nail clip NS / MNS 416 Insulation support DHK 452

Nail disc NSB 418 Insulation support DHM 454

Spacer pipe clamp AM 420 Render fixing DIPK 456

1
Conduit clip BSM / BSMD / BSMZ 422 Render fixing FIF-K 458

Impact nail ED 424 Render fixing FIF-S 460

Cable tie BN / UBN 426 Insulation discs 462

Wireclip 428 Holding clamp DVN 468

Retaining disc with screw DHT S 464

Insulation fixing FID 466

Sanitary fixings Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H 469


Page

Sanitary fixings for board materials 432

Ceramic fixings 434 Foams and sealants


Page
Wash basin and urinal fixings 436
One-component gun foam PUP B2 472

One-component gun foam PUP G B2 473

One-component gun foam PUBS B2 474

10
Products - Quick overview

Selection guide
Adhesives
Page Page

One-component gun foam PUP B3 475 Assembly adhesive MK 504

One-component gun foam PUFS B1 476 Construction adhesive KK 505

One-component gun foam PUPP G B2 477 All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD 506

One-component rapid installation 507


478 PVC adhesive
foam PU1

2-component rapid foam PU2 479

2-component fixing foam 480


Drills and bits
Accessories 481 Page

Premium sanitary silicone DSSA 483 Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric 510

Sanitary silicone DSSI 484 Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer 512

Hammer drill bit SDS Max II /


Multi-silicone DMS 485 516
SDS Max IV

Chisel 518
1
Premium high temperature silicone DHS 486

Premium construction silicone DBSA 487 Profi-bit FPB 519

Roof and wall silicone DBSI 488 Diamond bit FDB 522

Premium silicone for natural stone DNS 489 Stainless steel bit FSB 525

Premium B1 silicone DFS 490 Bit holder FBH 527

Premium painting acrylic DMA 491

Acrylic sealant DA 492

Premium structured acrylic DSA 493

Express Cement DEC 494

Premium all-weather sealant DDK 495

Roof sealing compound DD 496

Accessories 497

Sealant selection matrix 498


and colour boards

11
Selection guide Products - Detailed overview

Chemical fixings

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

12
Products - Detailed overview

Selection guide
High performance fixings / steel anchors

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation 4) pre-stresed hollow core slabs 5) multiple fixings
a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking 13
Selection guide Products - Detailed overview

Frame fixings / stand-off installation

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

14
Products - Detailed overview

Selection guide
General fixings

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

15
Selection guide Products - Detailed overview

Cavity fixings

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking
1

16
Products - Detailed overview

Selection guide
Electrical fixings

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

17
Selection guide Products - Detailed overview

Sanitary fixings

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

Scaffold and eye screw fixings

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

18
Products - Detailed overview

Selection guide
Insulation fixings / Facade fixings

1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation


a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking

19
Selection guide Products - Detailed overview

Foams

20
Products - Detailed overview

Selection guide
Sealants and adhesives

21
Selection guide Products - Detailed overview

Drills and bits

22
fischer Bolt anchor

Selection guide
FAZ II K

27% drilled and installed


faster - for an e
 asy

installation. The FAZ II K.


For highest demands.

Short and practical.

fischer hammer drill bits


Unstoppable.

23
Selection guide Application selection guide

Metal construction

permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

24
1

25
Selection guide
Selection guide Application selection guide

Carpentry and roofers

permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

26
1

27
Selection guide
Selection guide Application selection guide

Sanitary - heating - climate - ventilation (SHKL)

permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

28
1

29
Selection guide
Selection guide Application selection guide

Plant construction

permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.
** German DIBT-Approval for dynamic-applications

30
1

31
Selection guide
Selection guide Application selection guide

Concrete construction

permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

32
1

33
Selection guide
Selection guide Application selection guide

Plastered and dry construction

permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

34
1

35
Selection guide
Selection guide Application selection guide

Electrical installation

permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

36
1

37
Selection guide
Selection guide Application selection guide

Joiners

permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.

38
1

39
Selection guide
40
greenline
greenline
greenline

Universal plug UX GREEN ......................................................................................... 44


Expansion plug SX GREEN ....................................................................................... 46
Plasterboard xing GK GREEN................................................................................. 48
Hammerx N GREEN .................................................................................................. 50
Aircrete anchor GB GREEN ....................................................................................... 52
Insulation xing FID GREEN ..................................................................................... 54
Injection mortar FIS GREEN...................................................................................... 56

41
greenline

Sustainable building

With the introduction of its greenline products, scher is the rst


manufacturer worldwide to oer a range of bio-based xing systems.
We are adapting to the demands of processors and builders who greatly
value sustainability when building and renovating, even when it comes
to installation.

Grown naturally

All greenline products are produced with at least 50 % renewable raw


materials. These do not compete with food and feed products or with
corresponding cultivation areas. The regenerative material percentage is
always conrmed by independent testing and certication by the
DIN CERTCO / TV Rheinland.
All products are in the BIOBASED 50 - 85 % class.

Durably secure

We do not make any compromises when it comes to the security of


greenline products. The plastic xings have the same performance
properties and load capacity as their grey-coloured originals.
And they are, of course, as durable as the originals are.
With 100 % scher nylon quality!

Ecological proof of performance

The FIS GREEN has an Environmental Product Declaration from the Institute of
Building and Environment (IBU) and thereby a data basis for ecological building
rating. Furthermore, it has been classied in the best possible emission class:
A+ very low emission for volatile substances as per the French VOC directive.
Ecological advantages that also pay dividends in competition. Produkt ist geprft nach franzsischer Ver-
ordnung (Nr. 2011-321 vom 23.03.2011) ber
die Kennzeichnung von Bauprodukten zu deren
Innenraumluftemissionen. Die Emissionen wer-
den auf einer Skala von A+ (sehr emissions-
arm) bis C (hohe Emissionen) bewertet.

We take responsibility

For decades scher has been actively practising environmental protection


and taking on responsibility so that the environment remains intact for future
generations. We have an environmental management system certied
according to DIN ISO 14001 and are a member of the German Sustainable
Building Council (DGNB).

42
greenline
General xings Special xings
Universal plug UX GREEN Expansion plug SX GREEN
The nylon plug for all construction materials The powerful nylon plug
with 4-way expansion
Page 44
Page 46

Plasterboard xing GK GREEN


Chemical xings The fastest installation in gypsum plasterboard

Injection mortar FIS GREEN 300 T Page 48


Injection mortar for high loads Hammerx N GREEN
Page 56 The hammer-in plug for simple, fast
and economic installation
Page 50
Aircrete anchor GB GREEN
Secure in aerated concrete

Page 52

Insulation xing FID GREEN

greenline
safe and durable like the eenvironmentally
nv
nv friendly
Thermal bridgefree installation
in insulation materials

Page 54
grey-coloured originals ddue
u to renewable resources

The scher greenline product line has a green solution for every building material.

Panel building Gypsum


Concrete Solid brick Perforated brick Aerated concrete Natural stone materials plasterboard Insulation panels
UX GREEN


SX GREEN


GK GREEN


N GREEN


GB GREEN


FID GREEN


FIS GREEN


43
greenline Universal plug UX GREEN

The nylon plug for all building materials

Repairing damaged curtain rails Shelves

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
breboards
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Cavity oor slabs made from bricks
and concrete or similar
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone
Aerated concrete
Chipboard
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Produced with at least 50% renew- Pictures The universal plug UX GREEN is suit-
able raw materials and therefore Lighting able for pre-positioned installation.
particularly environmentally friendly. Skirting When screwing in the screw, the UX
Just as eective, secure and durable Light cabinets GREEN expands in solid building mate-
as regular UX plugs. Towel rails rials and knots itself into cavities.
The universal operating principle Mirror cabinets Suitable for wood and chipboard
(knotting or expanding) allows for use Curtain rails screws, as well as stud screws.
in all solid, hollow and board build- Wash basin xings The required screw length is given by
ing materials. Thus the UX GREEN is TV consoles the plug length + xture thickness + 1
the correct choice for unknown base Plumbing and heating xings x screw diameter.
materials. In the case of board building materials,
Plug collar for anti-slip safety and saw the threadless part of the screw must
tooth sides as turning lock ensure the not be longer than the xture.
highest installation safety. The edge distance must be at least
one plug length.

44
TECHNICAL DATA

Universal plug UX GREEN R - with rim

with rim without rim Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Wood and chip- Max. xture Sales unit
diameter depth thickness board screws thickness
do h1 dp l ds / ds x ls t x
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item UX UX R
UX GREEN 6 x 35 518885 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 40
UX GREEN 6 x 50 524855 6 60 9,5 50 4-5 40
UX GREEN 8 x 50 518886 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 40
UX GREEN 10 x 60 518887 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 20
UX GREEN 12 x 70 524858 12 85 70 8 - 10 18

LOADS
Universal plug UX GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specied diameter.
Type UX GREEN 6x35 UX GREEN 6x50 UX GREEN 8x50 UX GREEN 10x50 UX GREEN 12x60

Screw diameter [mm] 5 5 6 8 10


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,40 0,60 0,60 1,00 1,50
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,30 0,50 0,70
Hollow sand lime stone KSL 12 [kN] 0,40 0,40 0,50 0,60 0,80
Vertically perforated brick Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,30
Aerated concrete PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40 0,60
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 -
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 -
Gypsum fibreboard (Fermacell) [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 -
Plaster wall 0,9 kg/dm [kN] - - 0,15 0,35 0,45
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

LOADS
Universal plug UX GREEN with hook screws
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for the included hook screws.
Type UX GREEN 6x35 RH UX GREEN 6x35 WH UX GREEN 8x50 RH UX GREEN 8x50 WH

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)


Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,40 0,45
Vertically perforated brick Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05
1)
Includes the safety factor 4 (failure by bending the hook). 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
greenline Expansion plug SX GREEN

The powerful nylon plug with 4-way expansion

Mirror xings Wall consoles

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Cavity oor slabs made from bricks
and concrete or similar
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Produced with at least 50% renew- Lighting The SX GREEN is suitable for pre-posi-
able raw materials and therefore Wardrobes tioned and push-through installation.
particularly environmentally friendly. Motion detectors When screwing in the screw, the SX
Just as eective, secure and durable Skirting GREEN expands in four directions,
as regular SX plugs. small racks thus providing a secure anchoring in
The powerful 4-way expansion pro- Mirror cabinets the building material.
vides optimum force transmission in Letter boxes The required screw length is given by
the building material, thus enabling TV consoles the plug length + xture thickness + 1
high load values and security. Trellis x screw diameter.
The anti-rotation lock prevents the Folding shutters Suitable for wood, chipboard and
plug from spinning in the drill hole. Bath and toilet installations spacing screws.
The expansion-free plug neck pre-
vents the creation of expansion forces
on the material whilst screwing in the
screw. This helps to prevent dam-
ageto tiles and plaster.
Fast and easy push-through installa-
tion reduces installation time.

46
Expansion plug SX GREEN

greenline
TECHNICAL DATA

Plug SX GREEN - with rim

Plug SX GREEN
- with greater anchorage depth, without rim

Plug SX GREEN S - with rim and screw

with rim without rim with rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. xture Wood and chip- Sales unit
screw diameter depth thickness board screws
do h1 l t x ds / ds x ls
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item SX SX SX-S
SX GREEN 5 x 25 524859 5 35 25 3-4 90
SX GREEN 6 x 30 524860 6 40 30 4-5 90
SX GREEN 6 x 30 524866 6 40 30 10 4-5 45
SX GREEN 6 x 50 524861 6 60 50 4-5 90
SX GREEN 8 x 40 524862 8 50 40 4,5 - 6 90
SX GREEN 8 x 40 524867 8 50 40 20 4,5 - 6 45
SX GREEN 8 x 65 524863 8 75 65 4,5 - 6 45
SX GREEN 10 x 50 524864 10 70 50 6-8 45
SX GREEN 12 x 60 524865 12 80 60 8 - 10 20

LOADS
Expansion plug SX GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specied diameter.
Type SX GREEN 5 x 25 SX GREEN 6 x 30 SX GREEN 8 x 40 SX GREEN 10 x 50 SX GREEN 12 x 60
SX GREEN 6 x 50 SX GREEN 8 x 65
Screw diameter [mm] 4 5 6 8 10
Min. edge distance in concrete cmin [mm] - 35 40 50 65
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,65 0,70 1,20 1,70
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,60 0,65 0,70
Solid sand lime stone KS 12 [kN] 0,30 0,50 0,60 1,20 1,70
Aerated concrete PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,03 0,03 0,04 0,09 0,14
Aerated concrete PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] 0,09 0,09 0,14 0,30 0,45
Vertically perforated bricks Hlz 12 ( 1.0 kg/dm) [kN] 0,07 0,07 0,17 0,17 0,26
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 12 [kN] 0,17 0,30 0,35 0,30 0,35
Plaster wall [kN] - - 0,26 0,37 1,00
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

47
greenline Plasterboard xing GK GREEN

The fastest installation in gypsum plasterboard

Wall lamps Wall lamps in series installation

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Gypsum plasterboard, single and
double-planked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Produced with at least 50% renewable Pictures The gypsum plasterboard xing GK
raw materials and therefore particu- Lighting GREEN is suitable for pre-positioned
larly environmentally friendly. Electrical installations installation.
Just as eective, secure and durable Fitting accessories TheGK GREEN is screwed ush into
as regular GK plugs. the gypsum plasterboard using the
The included setting tool combine the setting tool provided. Avoid manual
functions of drilling and setting xings and machine-aided overtightening.
for direct and easy installation. For board thicknesses greater than
Fast and power-saving installation 15 mm, drill a hole rst by using the
using an electric screwdriver. setting tool.
Sharp, self-tapping thread for a Not suitable for gypsum breboard
positive-t connection with a high and tiled gypsum plasterboard.
load-bearing capacity. Adapted for wood, sheet metal and
The cross-drive recess in the head of chipboard screws with a diameter of
the xing means that the GK GREEN 4.0 to 5.0 mm.
can also easily be screwed out like a Not suitable for gypsum breboard
screw. and tiled plasterboard.
The GK GREEN can be used with
various screws, hooks and eye screws,
making it very versatile in its applica-
tions.

48
Plasterboard xing GK GREEN

greenline
TECHNICAL DATA

Plasterboard xing GK GREEN

Plasterboard xing GK GREEN S

Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. xture thick- Screw Drive Sales unit
rst supporting layer ness
l t t x ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GK GREEN 524868 1) 2) 22 25 4,0 - 5,0 x Ls 90
GK GREEN S 524869 1) 3) 22 25 13 4,5 x 35 PZ2 45
1) Including installation tool GKW.
2) Min. screw length = length of plug 22 mm + thickness of building component.
3) Supplied with plasterboard screw.

LOADS
Plasterboard xing GK GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specied diameters.
Type GK GREEN

Chipboard screw [mm] 4,0 - 5,0


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,07
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,08
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,11
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

49
greenline Hammerx N GREEN

The hammer-in plug for simple, fast and economic installation

Timber sub-structures Cable xing

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Building brick
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated brick
Aerated concrete
Natural stone

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Produced with at least 50% renewable Substructures made of wood and The hammerx N GREEN is suitable
raw materials and therefore particu- metal for push-through installation.
larly environmentally friendly. Wall connection or plaster proles The easiest installation: drill, knock in
Just as eective, secure and durable Sheets and youre done.
as regular N plugs. Cable and pipe clips When being hammered in, the nail
The rapid push-through and hammer- Punched tapes screw causes the plug to expand in
set installation reduces the amount of two directions, thus providing a secure
work required and allows for eco- anchoring in the building material.
nomic series installation.
The integrated hammer-in stop
prevents the plug from expanding
prematurely, thus enabling problem-
free installation.
Together with the cross-slot recess,
the thread of the nail screw allows the
screw to be removed, thus allowing for
subsequent dismantling.

50
Hammerx N GREEN

greenline
TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerx N GREEN with countersunk


head and zinc-plated nail, pre-assembled

Drill hole diameter Eect. anchorage Anchor length Min. drill hole depth Max. xture Sales unit
depth for through xings thickness
do hef l h2 t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
N 6 x 40/10 S GREEN 524845 6 30 40 55 10 45
N 6 x 60/30 S GREEN 524847 6 30 60 75 30 45
N 6 x 80/50 S GREEN 524848 6 30 80 95 50 45
N 8 x 80/40 S GREEN 524849 8 40 80 95 40 45
N 8 x 100/60 S GREEN 524850 8 40 100 115 60 45

LOADS
Hammerx N GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for screw nails with the specied diameter.
Type N GREEN 6 N GREEN 8

Screw nail diameter [mm] 4 5


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,20 0,27
Solid brick Mz12 [kN] 0,18 0,24
Solid sand-lime brick KS12 [kN] 0,17 0,24
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete V4 [kN] 0,12 0,15
Aerated concrete PB2 [kN] 0,04 0,05
Aerated concrete PB4 [kN] 0,10 0,13
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

51
greenline Aircrete anchor GB GREEN

Secure in aerated concrete

Radiators Suspended ceilings

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Aerated concrete with compressive
strength 2 to 4 N/mm
Aerated concrete wall or ceiling
boards with compressive strength 3.3
to 4.4 N/mm

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Produced with at least 50% renewable Suspended ceilings The aircrete anchor GB GREEN is suita-
raw materials and therefore particu- Cable trays ble for pre-positioned installation.
larly environmentally friendly. Pipelines The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a
Just as eective, secure and durable Guard rails positive t into the soft building mate-
as regular GB plugs. Faade and roof constructions made rial when knocked in, thus ensuring
The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a of wood and metal optimal pressure distribution and
positive t in the soft building material, Anopy brackets load-bearing capacity.
thus ensuring best pressure distribu- Letter boxes Can be used in unplastered aerated
tion and load-bearing capacity. Trellis concrete.
Can be applied with a hammer
there is no need for special tools,
thus saving time and money for the
installation.

52
Aircrete anchor GB GREEN

greenline
TECHNICAL DATA

Aircrete anchor GB GREEN

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Plug length = min. scher safety screw Sales unit
depth anchorage depth
do h1 l = hef ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GB 8 GREEN 524870 8 60 50 5 20
GB 10 GREEN 524871 10 - 12 65 55 7 18

LOADS
Aircrete anchor GB GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
The given loads are valid for scher- safety screws4) acc. attached table.
Type GB GREEN 8 GB GREEN 10

Min. spacing 6) smin [mm] 150 (100)7) 200 (150)7)


Min. edge distance 2) cmin [mm] 100 (75)7) 150 (100)7)
Min. edge distance to solidified joints 5) cmin [mm] 9 10
min. member thickness hmin [mm] 75 100
Anchorage depth hef (hv) [mm] 50 55
Recommended load in the respective base material Frec3)
Aerated concrete PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,20 0,25
Aerated concrete P3,3 (GB3,3) [kN] 0,30 0,50
Aerated concrete PB4, PP4, P4,4 ( G4 , GB4,4) [kN] 0,40 0,60
Tensile zone of aerated concrete roof- and ceiling slaps acc. DIN 4223 P3,3 (GB3,3) [kN] - -
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 5)
Only in aerated concrete walls.
2)
Minimum permissible edge distance. 6)
Minimum possible axial spacing while reducing the recommended load.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle without any bending. 7)
Values in brackets apply to PB2, PP2 (G2).
4)
gvz and A4.

53
greenline Insulation xing FID GREEN

Thermal bridge-free installation in insulation materials

Fixings in ETICS Fixings in ETICS

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Non-plastered, pressure-resistant insu-
lating boards
Plastered, pressure-resistant insulating
boards
ETICS insulating boards

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Produced with at least 50% renewable Faade construction (ETICS) The FID GREEN can be set in pre-
raw materials and therefore particu- Insulating construction positioned installation with a cordless
larly environmentally friendly. Electric construction screwdriver or by hand.
Just as eective, secure and durable Refrigerated and climate construction With its strong drill tip, the insulation
as regular FID plugs. To x lightweight Acoustic construction xing FID GREEN breaks through
xtures in plastered and non-plastered thin plaster layers and cuts a positive
insulating boards. t into the insulation panel with its
Thermal bridge-free mounting when specially shaped spiral thread.
exclusively set in insulation material. Water ingress in the insulation mate-
Installation without pre-drilling even rial can be prevented by sealing the
through thin plaster layers, thus saving plug collar after successful installation.
a work step. Attachment parts can be easily
Easy to set using a standard bit. attached with screws.
Screw in by hand or more conveni-
ently with a cordless screwdriver.

54
Insulation xing FID GREEN

greenline
TECHNICAL DATA

Insulation xing FID GREEN 50

Insulation xing FID GREEN 90

Anchor length Min. bolt penetration Wood and chipboard Drive Sales unit
screws
l ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FID 50 GREEN 524851 50 50 4,5 - 5 T40 45
FID 90 GREEN 524852 90 90 6 Inbus 6 mm 20

LOADS
Insulation xing FID GREEN
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with maximum diameter.
Type FID GREEN 50 FID GREEN 90

Screw diameter [mm] 4,5- 5,0 6


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec
Polystyrene PS 15 [kN] 0,05 0,08
Polystyrene PS 20 [kN] 0,09 0,14
1)
Includes the safety factor 5.

55
Injection mortar FIS GREEN

The rst injection mortar made from renewable resources for


greenline

solid and perforated building materials

Bonding in interior construction Garden

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Reinforced / unreinforced concrete
Solid and vertically perforated brick
Sand-lime, solid and perforated bricks
Hollow blocks made from concrete
Aerated concrete
Natural stone

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Injection mortar for high loads.Can Garden grounds The installation mortar is a 2-compo-
also be used outdoors. Kitchen and bathroom components nent injection mortar.
Bio-based 50-85%, certied by DIN Letter boxes Resin and hardener are stored in two
CERTCO / TV Rheinland. House and building services engineer- separate chambers and are not mixed
Worlds rst injection mortar ing and activated until extrusion through
made with renewable raw materi- Anchoring of wooden components the static mixer.
als.Resource-conserving and environ- Securing isolation devices The injection cartridges are quick and
mentally friendly. For use in gate, door and window easy to use with the scher dispens-
The bio-based source materials installation ers.
increase quality in the residential and Touch-up and repair work Partially used cartridges can be reused
working environment. WithEPD (envi- by changing the static mixer.
ronmental product declaration), as a Related accessories for the vari-
data basis for an ecological building ous applications can be found on
rating. pages non-cracked concrete and
Low content of volatile organic masonry.
compounds (VOC). A+ very low
emission as per the French emission
directive.
Injection system is exempt from label-
ling due to low hazard potential during
processing.
Can be used with the extensive range
of scher accessories.

56
Injection mortar FIS GREEN

greenline
INSTALLATION IN SOLID BRICK

INSTALLATION IN PERFORATED BRICK

INSTALLATION IN CONCRETE

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS GREEN

Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


FIS GREEN 300T (F) 522989 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x easy mixer 12
FIS GREEN 300 T (IT) 523245 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x asy mixer 12
Installation mortar GREEN 300 T 522223 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x easy mixer 12

57
greenline Injection mortar FIS GREEN

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A / RG M

Maximum load for a single anchor in non-cracked concrete (concrete pressure zone) with strength C20/25 ( B25)
Type eective threaded rod Installation maximum load Required Minimum min. min.
anchorage depth material torque axial spacing for component axial spacing rim clearance
max. tension load thickness
without rim
inuence
hef 3) Tinst Fmax scr hmin smin cmin
[mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
gvz., 5.8
M6 hef,min = 60 5 1,3 180 100 40 40
A4-70
gvz., 5.8
M8 hef,min = 80 gvz., 8.8 10 2,4 240 110 40 40
A4-70
gvz., 5.8
M10 hef,min = 80 gvz., 8.8 20 3,0 240 110 45 45
A4-70
gvz., 5.8
M12 hef,min = 80 gvz., 8.8 40 4,5 240 110 55 55
A4-70
gvz., 5.8
M16 hef,min = 125 gvz., 8.8 60 8,0 375 165 65 65
A4-70

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with internal threaded rod RG MI

Maximum load for a single anchor in non-cracked concrete (concrete pressure zone) with strength C20/25 ( B25)
Type Eective Minimum Screw material Installation Maximum Required min. min.
anchorage depth component torque load axial spacing axial spacing rim clearance
thickness for max. tensi-
on load
without rim
inuence
hef hmin Tinst Fmax scr smin cmin
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I gvz., 8.8
90 120 10 2,4 270 55 55
RG M 8 I A4 A4-70
RG M 10 I gvz., 8.8
90 125 20 3,0 270 65 65
RG M 10 I A4 A4-70
RG M 12 I gvz., 8.8
125 165 40 4,5 375 75 75
RG M 12 I A4 A4-70

58
Injection mortar FIS GREEN

greenline
LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A3) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E 4)
Maximum loads 5) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry
Solid brick masonry
Type Strength Eective Minimum Installation Maximum min. Axial spacing Minimum min.
class anchorage member torque 8) Load 2) axial spacing within group of axial spacing 1) rim clearance
Anchoring depth 3) thickness 6) single anchor anchors within group of
base anchors
hef hmin Tinst Fmax az a min a ar
[-] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
M6 - M8 Mz 12 75 110 4 1,40 250 100 50 250
M10 - M16 Mz 12 75 110 4 1,70 250 100 50 250
Solid sand-lime brick KS
M6 - M8 KS 28 75 110 4 1,40 250 100 50 250
M10 - M16 KS 28 75 110 4 1,70 250 100 50 250
1)
Smallest possible axial spacing for pairs of anchors or groups of four and simultaneous reduction in the maximum load.
2)
Applies to tension load, shear load and diagonal pull under each angle.
3)
Values apply to all anchor rods. When using FIS E internal thread anchors (M6 to M12), the anchoring depth is 85 mm rather than 75 mm.
4)
Gvz and A4. For FIS E, screw of strength class 5.8 or A4-70.
5)
The specified loads apply to anchoring in dry masonry for temperatures of up to +50 C (or short-term up to +80 C) and drill hole cleaning.
6)
2 Nm if not placed in the mortar bed (for non-adjacent anchor plate on the base material).

LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A3) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E 4) with anchor sleeve FIS H K
Maximum loads 5) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry
Perforated brick masonry
Type Strength Eective Minimum Installation Maximum min. Axial spacing Minimum min.
class anchorage member torque 8) Load 2) axial spacing within group of axial spacing 1) rim clearance
Anchoring depth 3) thickness 6) single anchor anchors within group of
base anchors
hef hmin Tinst Fmax az a min a ar
[-] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick HLz
M6 + FIS H 12 x 50 K > HLz 12 50 110 4 0,5 250 100 50 200
M8 - M10 + FIS H 16 x 85 K > HLz 12 85 110 4 0,7 250 100 50 200
M12 - M16 + FIS H 20 x 130 K > HLz 12 90 110 4 0,7 205 100 50 200
1)
Smallest possible axial spacing for pairs of anchors or groups of four and simultaneous reduction in the maximum load.
2)
Applies to tension load, shear load and diagonal pull under each angle.
3)
Values apply to all anchor rods. When using FIS E internal thread anchors (M6 to M12), the anchoring depth is 85 mm rather than 75 mm.
4)
Gvz and A4. For FIS E, screw of strength class 5.8 or A4-70.
5)
The specified loads apply to anchoring in dry masonry for temperatures of up to +50 C (or short-term up to +80 C) and drill hole cleaning.
6)
2 Nm if not placed in the mortar bed (for non-adjacent anchor plate on the base material).

59
60
Chemical xings
Chemical xings
Chemical xings

APPLICATION IN CRACKED CONCRETE


Highbond system FHB II ............................................................................................ 65
Highbond anchor FHB II-A S ............................................................................. 69
Highbond anchor FHB II-A L.............................................................................. 73
Powerbond system....................................................................................................... 77
Superbond system ....................................................................................................... 82
Superbond resin anchor RSB with threaded rod RG M .......................... 83
Superbond resin anchor RSB with internal threaded anchor RG M I 90
Superbond mortar FIS SB with threaded rod FIS A ................................. 93
Superbond mortar FIS SB with internal threaded anchor RG M I ...... 101
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with threaded rod FIS A ................................................. 106
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with internal threaded anchor RG M I....................... 114

APPLICATION IN NON-CRACKED CONCRETE OR/AND MASONRY


Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M ............................................................. 119
Resin anchor R with internal threaded rod RG M I .......................................... 126
Injection mortar FIS V ................................................................................................. 130
Injection mortar FIS VT .............................................................................................. 137
Injection mortar FIS P Plus ........................................................................................ 140
Injection mortar FIS P ................................................................................................. 142
Accessories for non-cracked concrete: threaded rod FIS A .......................... 145
Accessories for non-cracked concrete: internal threaded rod RG M I....... 151
Accessories for solid brick masonry ...................................................................... 154
Accessories for perforated brick masonry........................................................... 162
Accessories for push-through installation ........................................................... 169
Accessories for aerated concrete ........................................................................... 174

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn ..................................................................... 178
UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor ........................................................... 183
Rebar connections ....................................................................................................... 186
Concrete-concrete shear connector FCC ............................................................. 194
Stand-o installation Thermax ................................................................................. 196
Remedial wall tie VBS 8............................................................................................. 202
Weather facing reconstruction system FWS ..................................................... 204
Can system FCS ............................................................................................................ 206
ll & x injection xing ............................................................................................... 208

61
Chemical xings

Range of chemical xings


For xings in cracked concrete

Highbond system Powerbond system


The best performance in cracked concrete The injection system for variable and ecient xings

Page 65
FIS HB mortar 75 Page 77

FHB II-P standard version

Superbond system
FHB II-PF HIGH SPEED The concrete all-rounder
quick version
Page 82
with FHB II-A S
with the least installation eort

with FHB II-A L


for maximum tensile loads

FIS EM Injection mortar


The powerful injection mortar for cracked concrete

Page 106

For xings in masonry


Injection mortar system FIS V, FIS VS LOW FIS P Injection mortar
SPEED and FIS VW HIGH SPEED The reliable injection mortar for anchorings in masonry
The versatile injection mortar system for
anchorings in non-cracked concrete and masonry Page 142

Page 130
with threaded rod FIS A and
internal threaded anchor FIS E
The versatile xing system for solid brick masonry
FIS VT Injection mortar
The solid injection mortar for anchorings in Page 145
non-cracked concrete and masonry

Page 137 for perforated brick masonry with injection


anchor sleeves
FIS P Plus Injection mortar The versatile xing system with injection anchor
The approved injection mortar for anchorings in sleeves
masonry Page 162
for push-through installation with FIS H K
Page 140 Simple push-through installation in masonry
Page 169

62
Chemical xings
For xings in non-cracked concrete

Resin anchor R Injection mortar system FIS V, FIS VS LOW


SPEED and FIS VW HIGH SPEED
The versatile injection mortar system for
anchorings in non-cracked concrete and masonry

with threaded rod RG M


The proven bonded anchor
Page 130
for non-cracked concrete
Page 119

with internal threaded anchor RG MI FIS VT Injection mortar


The proven bonded anchor with internal The solid injection mortar for anchorings in
threaded anchor for non-cracked concrete non-cracked concrete and masonry
Page 126
Page 137

For xings in aerated concrete with threaded rod FIS A


The xing system for non-cracked concrete

Page 145
Injection mortar system FIS V, FIS VS
LOW SPEED and FIS VW HIGH SPEED
The versatile injection mortar system for with internal threaded anchor RG MI
anchorings in non-cracked concrete and The xing system with internal threaded anchor for
masonry non-cracked concrete
Page 151
Page 130

FIS VT Injection mortar


The solid injection mortar for anchorings in
non-cracked concrete and masonry

Page 137

FIS P Plus Injection mortar


The approved injection mortar for anchorings in with threaded rod FIS A and
masonry internal threaded anchor FIS E
Secure hold in aerated concrete using
Page 140 undercut technology
Page 174

FIS P Injection mortar


The reliable injection mortar for anchorings in masonry

Page 142

63
Chemical xings

Range of chemical xings


Rebar connections Dynamic

with scher injection mortars FIS EM, FIS V with Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn
and FIS VS LOW SPEED The performance class amongst dynamic anchors
Professional rebar connections
Page 178
Page 106

Page 130
with UMV multicone dynamic
The capsule system for the anchoring of dynamic
loads

Page 183
Page 186

Special Applications

Weather facing reconstruction system FWS


Concrete-concrete shear connector FCC The economical solution for the repair of triple-skin
The approved system for building outer wall panels
renovation
Page 204
Page 194
scher Can System FCS
The epoxy resin for repair work
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 and 16
The approved stand-o installation with thermal
Page 206
barrier in external thermal insulation composite
systems (ETICS)
Page 196

Remedial wall tie VBS 8 ll & x Injection xing


The professional faade repair for two-leaf cavity The versatile injection xing
walls
Page 202 Page 208

64
Highbond system FHB II

Chemical xings
The best performance in cracked concrete

Banisters Steel girders

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15 Shock-tested; BZS approval for
shockproof fixings in civilian shelters.

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The Highbond system FHB II achieves Guard rails The FHBII is a bonded anchor with
the highest load values in cracked Faades torque-controlled expansion for pre-
concrete. Thus fewer xing points and Staircases positioned and push-through installa-
smaller anchor plates are required. Steel consoles tion.
The injection mortar FIS HB and the Machines The anchor rod can be set either with
capsules FHB II-P/PF oer the same Silo installations injection mortar FISHB or with the
performance and can be used with Masts capsule FHBII-P / FHB II-PF HIGH
the FHB II-A S (short version) or L Skirting protection SPEED, and is fully bonded in the drill
(long version) anchor rods. Thus, you Steelwork constructions hole.
can select the most economical solu- Timber constructions When tightening the hexagon nut, the
tion based on requirements. anchor rod cones are pulled into the
The pre-portioned resin capsule FHB mortar shell, which expands against
II-P/PF can be used in uncleaned the drill hole wall.
drill holes. This makes it an economi- The styrene-free vinyl ester mortar fully
cal and fast solution. In addition it seals the drill hole.
is perfect for single and underwater When using the resin capsule, set the
applications. anchor rod through rotating and hit-
The special formulation used in the ting motions with a hammer drill. The
capsule FHB II-PF ensures particularly RA-SDS setting tool, item no. 62420
fast setting. is used (see page 71).
The large cartridge size of the injec-
tion mortar FIS HB is ideally suited for
serial installation.

65
Chemical xings Highbond system FHB II

INSTALLATION WITH CAPSULE

INSTALLATION WITH INJECTION MORTAR

TECHNICAL DATA

Resin capsule FHB II-P (standard)

Drill hole Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Match Sales unit
Approval

diameter
do h0 hef
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FHB II-P 8 x 60 096824 10 75 60 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60 10
FHB II-P 10 x 60 096847 10 75 60 FHB II-S M 10 x 60 10
FHB II-P 10 x 75 508016 10 90 75 FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 10
FHB II-P 10 x 95 096843 12 110 95 FHB II-A L M 10 x 95 10
FHB II-P 12 x 75 096848 12 90 75 FHB II-A S M 12 x 75 10
FHB II-P 12 x 100 507922 14 115 100 FHB II-A L M 12 x 100 10
FHB II-P 12 x 120 096844 14 135 120 FHB II-A L M 12 x 120 10
FHB II-P 16 x 95 096849 16 110 95 FHB II-A S M 16 x 95 10
FHB II-P 16 x 125 507923 18 145 125 FHB II-A L M 16 x 125 10
FHB II-P 16 x 145 507924 18 165 145 FHB II-A L M 16 x 145 10
FHB II-P 16 x 160 096845 18 175 160 FHB II-A L M 16 x 160 10
FHB II-P 20 x 170 507925 25 190 170 FHB II-A S M 20 x 170 4
FHB II-P 20 x 210 096846 25 235 210 FHB II-A L M 20 x 210 4
FHB II-P 24 x 170 096851 25 190 170 FHB II-A S M 24 x 170 4
FHB II-P 24 x 210 507926 25 235 210 FHB II-A L M 24 x 210 4

TECHNICAL DATA
Resin capsule FHB II-PF HIGH SPEED
(quick version)
Drill hole Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Match Sales unit
Approval

diameter
do h0 hef
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FHB II-PF 8 x 60 500542 10 75 60 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60 10
FHB II-PF 10 x 60 500547 10 75 60 FHB II-S M 10 x 60 10
FHB II-PF 10 X 75 507999 10 90 75 FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 10
FHB II-PF 10 x 95 500543 12 110 95 FHB II-A L M 10 x 95 10
FHB II-PF 12 x 75 500548 12 90 75 FHB II-A S M 12 x 75 10
FHB II-PF 12 x 100 508000 14 115 100 FHB II-A L M 12 x 100 10
FHB II-PF 12 x 120 500544 14 135 120 FHB II-A L M 12 x 120 10
FHB II-PF 16 x 95 500549 16 110 95 FHB II-A S M 16 x 95 10
FHB II-PF 16 x 125 508001 18 145 125 FHB II-A L M 16 x 125 10
FHB II-PF 16 x 145 508002 18 165 145 FHB II-A L M 16 x 145 10
FHB II-PF 16 x 160 500545 18 175 160 FHB II-A L M 16 x 160 10
FHB II-PF 20 x 170 508003 25 190 170 FHB II-A S M 20 x 170 4
FHB II-PF 20 x 210 500546 25 235 210 FHB II-A L M 20 x 210 4
FHB II-PF 24 x 170 500550 25 190 170 FHB II-A S M 24 x 170 4
FHB II-PF 24 x 210 508004 25 235 210 FHB II-A L M 24 x 210 4

66
Highbond system FHB II

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS HB 345 S


Injection mortar FIS HB 150 C
+ FIS MR

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Approval
Item Art.-No. ETA [pcs]
FIS HB 345 S 033211 D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS HB 150 C 519665 D, F, NL 70 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x FIS Mixer red 6
FIS HB 150 C 077529 D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 70 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x FIS Mixer red 6
FIS MR 096448 10 static mixer 10

CURING TIME - FIS HB


Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
FIS HB FIS HB at anchoring base
(minimum + 5C) FIS HB
5C 0C 360 min.
0C +5C 180 min.
+5C +20C 15 min. +5C +20C 90 min.
+20C +30C 6 min. +20C +30C 35 min.
+30C +40C 4 min. +30C +40C 20 min.
> +40C 2 min. > +40C 12 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled. Remove water from drill hole.

CURING TIME - FHB II P / FHB II-PF HIGH SPEED


Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
FHB II-P FHB II-PF HIGH SPEED
5C 0C 240 min. 8 min.
0C +10C 45 min. 6 min.
+10C + 20C 20 min. 4 min.
+ 20C 10 min. 2 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

For drill dia- Brush diameter Match Sales unit


meter

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]


BS 10 078178 10 11 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60, FHB II-A S M 10 x 60, FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 1
BS 12 078179 12 13 FHB II-A L M 10 x 95, FHB II-A S M 12 x 75 1
BS 14 078180 14 16 FHB II-A L M 12 x 100, FHB II-A S M 12 x 120 1
FHB II-A S M 16 x 95, FHB II-A L M 16 x 125, FHB II-A L M 16 x 145,
BS 16/18 078181 16/18 20 1
FHB II-A L M 16 x 160
FHB II-A L M 20 x 170, FHB II-A L M 20 x 210, FHB II-A S M 24 x 175,
BS 25 097806 25 27 1
FHB II-A L M 24 x 210

67
Chemical xings Highbond system FHB II

Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP Blow-out pump ABG


Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP 059456 FHB II-A M20 - M24 1
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 1

DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Cordless dispenser FIS DC S


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S,
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1-K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S,
Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC S 513423 FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, 1
1 battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
1 charger 10,8 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Battery Pack 513425 FIS DC S Battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION 1

Dispenser KPM 2 Dispenser FIS AM


Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, FIS VT 300 T,
KP M 2 053117 1
FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS AM 058000 1
FIS VW 360 S, FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges

68
Highbond anchor FHB II-A S

The best performance in cracked concrete with the least

Chemical xings
installation eort

Bridge railings Balcony railings

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS Shock-tested; BZS approval for


shockproof fixings in civilian shelters.

Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The reduced anchorage depth of the Guard rails The FHB II-A S is a bonded anchor
FHBII-AS minimises the drilling and Faades with torque-controlled expansion
installation eort. In addition using the Staircases for pre-positioned and push-through
combination with FHB II-P/-PF capsule Steel consoles installation.
no drill hole cleaning is required. Thus Masts With the FHB II-A S, the drill bit diame-
allowing for an especially economical Skirting protection ter is the same as the thread diameter,
and time-saving xing. Steelwork constructions similar to with an anchor bolt.
With the anchor rod FHBII-AS, the Timber constructions The anchor rod can be set either with
drill bit diameter is the same as the Ideal for: injection mortar FIS HB or with the
thread diameter. This allows for push- Push-through installation capsule FHBII-P / FHB II-PF HIGH
through installation without any tools SPEED, and is fully bonded in the drill
and reduces the amount of mortar hole.
required. When tightening the hexagon nut, the
The cone shape of the anchor rod anchor rod cones are pulled into the
FHBII-AS is optimised for small mortar shell, which expands against
axial and edge distances in cracked the drill hole wall.
concrete, as well as thin concrete The styrene-free vinyl ester mortar fully
members. As a result, it is suitable for seals the drill hole.
a wide range of applications. When using the resin capsule, set
The anchor rod FHBII-AS is approved the anchor rod through rotating and
for use both with capsules and with hitting motions with a hammer drill.
injection mortar. This guarantees maxi- Use the RA-SDS setting tool, Art.-No.
mum exibility in the application. 62420.

FOR USE WITH


Resin capsule Resin capsule
FIS HB mortar FHB II-P FHB II-PF HIGH SPEED
see page 67 see page 66 see page 66
69
Chemical xings Highbond anchor FHB II-A S

INSTALLATION WITH CAPSULE

INSTALLATION WITH INJECTION MORTAR

TECHNICAL DATA

Highbond anchor FHB II-A S (short version)

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Usable Thread Width Sales unit
Approval

steel steel sion resistant diameter depth depth length across nut
steel do h0 hef tx M SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/10 097072 097630 097704 1) 10 75 60 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/20 097073 097631 10 75 60 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/40 097632 10 75 60 40 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/60 097074 097633 10 75 60 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/100 097206 097634 10 75 60 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/10 506884 506888 10 90 75 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/20 506885 506889 10 90 75 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/40 506890 10 90 75 40 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/60 506886 506891 10 90 75 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/100 506887 506892 10 90 75 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/10 097257 097635 12 90 75 10 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/25 097268 097636 097706 1) 12 90 75 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/40 097637 12 90 75 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/60 097274 097638 12 90 75 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/100 097275 097639 12 90 75 100 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/165 097280 097640 12 90 75 165 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/30 097281 097641 097708 1) 16 110 95 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/60 097286 097642 16 110 95 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/100 097295 097643 16 110 95 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/165 097296 097644 16 110 95 165 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M20 x 170/50 506917 506919 25 190 170 50 M 20 30 4
FHB II-A S M24 x 170/50 097297 097645 25 190 170 50 M 24 36 4
1) Delivery time on request.

70
Highbond anchor FHB II-A S

Chemical xings
FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Mortar volume in scale units Anchor
shown on the cartridge labels per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
corresponding scala
[mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S M10 x 60 10 75 3 56
FHB II-A S M10 x 75 10 90 4 42
FHB II-A S M12 x 75 12 90 4 42
FHB II-A S M16 x 95 16 110 8 21
FHB II-A S M20 x 170 25 190 26 6
FHB II-A S M24 x 170 25 190 26 6
*) max. number with one static mixer

ACCESSORIES

Centring wedge Machine setting tool RA-SDS

Match Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Centring wedge 093076 for overhead installations 10
RA-SDS 062420 Adapter suitable fits set screw 1

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 5) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0164 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S M10x60 60 100 15,0 8,0 11,3 40 40 11,2 11,3 40 40
FHB II-A S M10x75 75 120 15,0 11,1 11,3 40 40 12,0 11,3 40 40
FHB II-A S M12x75 75 120 30,0 11,1 15,6 40 40 15,6 15,6 40 40
FHB II-A S M16x95 95 150 50,0 15,9 29,0 50 50 22,3 29,0 50 50
FHB II-A S M20x170 170 240 100,0 38,0 45,9 80 80 53,3 45,9 80 80
FHB II-A S M24x170 170 240 100,0 38,0 65,3 80 80 53,3 65,3 80 80
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 5)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHP II-P or FHP II-PF see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS HB for fixations in dry and humid concrete
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge drillhole cleaning according approval. When the glass capsule FHB II-P or FHB II-PF are used no
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. drillhole cleaning is required. Please see approval.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

71
Chemical xings Highbond anchor FHB II-A S

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 5) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0164 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S M10x60 A4 60 100 15,0 8,0 13,8 40 40 11,2 13,8 40 40
FHB II-A S M10x75 A4 75 120 15,0 11,1 13,8 40 40 12,0 13,8 40 40
FHB II-A S M12x75 A4 75 120 30,0 11,1 19,3 40 40 15,6 19,3 40 40
FHB II-A S M16x95 A4 95 150 50,0 15,9 31,7 50 50 22,3 35,8 50 50
FHB II-A S M20x170 A4 170 240 100,0 38,0 55,9 80 80 53,3 55,9 80 80
FHB II-A S M24x170 A4 170 240 100,0 38,0 71,1 80 80 53,3 71,1 80 80
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 5)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHP II-P or FHP II-PF see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS HB for fixations in dry and humid concrete
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge drillhole cleaning according approval. When the glass capsule FHB II-P or FHB II-PF are used no
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. drillhole cleaning is required. Please see approval.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II C
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 5) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0164 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S M10x60 C 60 100 15,0 8,0 13,8 40 40 11,2 13,8 40 40
FHB II-A S M10x75 C 75 120 15,0 11,1 13,8 40 40 12,0 13,8 40 40
FHB II-A S M12x75 C 75 120 30,0 11,1 19,3 40 40 15,6 19,3 40 40
FHB II-A S M16x95 C 95 150 50,0 15,9 31,7 50 50 22,3 35,8 50 50
FHB II-A S M20x170 C 170 240 100,0 38,0 55,9 80 80 53,3 55,9 80 80
FHB II-A S M24x170 C 170 240 100,0 38,0 76,0 80 80 53,3 80,6 80 80
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 5)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHP II-P or FHP II-PF see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS HB for fixations in dry and humid concrete
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge drillhole cleaning according approval. When the glass capsule FHB II-P or FHB II-PF are used no
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. drillhole cleaning is required. Please see approval.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

72
Highbond anchor FHB II-A L

The best performance in cracked concrete for maximum tensile

Chemical xings
loads

Faade sub-structures Steel constructions

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS Shock-tested; BZS approval for


shockproof fixings in civilian shelters.

Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The large anchorage depth of the Guard rails The FHB II-A L is a bonded anchor
anchor rod FHBII-AL allows the sys- Faades with torque-controlled expansion
tem to achieve maximum load values. Staircases for pre-positioned and push-through
Thus fewer xing points and smaller Steel consoles installation.
anchor plates are required. Machines When using FHB II-A L in push-
The cone shape of the FHBII-AL Silo installations through installation, the annular gap
anchor rods has been specially Masts is to be lled with the injection mortar
optimised for high tensile loads. As Skirting protection FIS HB.
a result, the best performance in Steelwork constructions The anchor rod can be set either with
cracked concrete is achieved. Timber constructions injection mortar FIS HB or with the
The FHBII-AL anchor rod is approved capsule FHBII-P / FHB II-PF HIGH
for use both with capsules and with SPEED, and is fully bonded in the drill
injection mortar. This guarantees maxi- hole.
mum exibility in the application. When tightening the hexagon nut, the
No drill hole cleaning is required, if the anchor rod cones are pulled into the
FHBII-AL anchor rod is used in com- mortar shell, which expands against
bination with the FHBII-P/-PF capsule. the drill hole wall.
This saves precious installation time. The styrene-free vinyl ester mortar fully
When using the FHBII-AL in combina- seals the drill hole.
tion with the injection mortar FISHB, When using the resin capsule, set
push-through installation with annular the anchor rod through rotating and
gap lling is possible without the use hitting motions with a hammer drill.
of any further tools. Use the RA-SDS setting tool, Art.-No.
62420.

FOR USE WITH


Resin capsule Resin capsule
FIS HB mortar FHB II-P FHB II-PF HIGH SPEED
see page 67 see page 66 see page 66
73
Chemical xings Highbond anchor FHB II-A L

INSTALLATION WITH CAPSULE

INSTALLATION WITH INJECTION MORTAR

TECHNICAL DATA

Highbond anchor FHB II-A L (long version)

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Usable Thread Width Sales unit
Approval

steel steel sion resistant diameter depth depth length across nut
steel do h0 hef tx M SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/10 097032 097298 097696 1) 10 75 60 10 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/30 097033 097299 10 75 60 30 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/50 097034 097440 10 75 60 50 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/10 096907 097616 12 110 95 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/20 096940 097617 097699 1) 12 110 95 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/40 097618 12 110 95 40 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/60 096941 097619 12 110 95 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/100 096942 097620 12 110 95 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/10 506893 506897 14 115 100 10 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/25 506894 506898 14 115 100 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/40 506899 14 115 100 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/60 506895 506901 14 115 100 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/100 506896 506902 14 115 100 100 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/10 096943 097621 14 135 120 10 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/25 096944 097622 097700 1) 14 135 120 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/40 097623 14 135 120 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/60 097014 097624 14 135 120 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/100 097031 097625 14 135 120 100 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/30 506903 506906 18 140 125 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/60 506904 506909 18 140 125 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/100 506905 506910 18 140 125 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/30 506911 506914 18 160 145 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/60 506912 506915 18 160 145 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/100 506913 506916 18 160 145 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/30 097035 097626 097702 1) 18 175 160 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/60 097038 097627 18 175 160 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/100 097070 097628 18 175 160 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M20 x 210/50 097071 097629 097703 1) 25 235 210 50 M 20 30 4
FHB II-A L M20 x 210/150 052370 25 235 210 150 M 20 30 8
FHB II-A L M24 x 210/50 506920 506921 25 235 210 50 M 24 36 4
1) Delivery time on request.

74
Highbond anchor FHB II-A L

Chemical xings
FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Mortar volume in scale units Anchor
shown on the cartridge labels per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
corresponding scala
[mm] [mm]
FHB II-A L M8 x 60 10 75 3 56
FHB II-A L M10 x 95 12 110 5 34
FHB II-A L M12 x 100 14 115 7 24
FHB II-A L M12 x 120 14 135 7 24
FHB II-A L M16 x 125 18 140 11 15
FHB II-A L M16 x 145 18 160 13 13
FHB II-A L M16 x 160 18 175 13 13
FHB II-A L M20 x 210 25 235 33 5
FHB II-A L M24 x 210 25 235 33 5
*) max. number with one static mixer

ACCESSORIES

Centring wedge Machine setting tool RA-SDS

Match Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Centring wedge 093076 for overhead installations 10
RA-SDS 062420 Adapter suitable fits set screw 1

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 5) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0164 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A L M8x60 60 100 15,0 8,0 7,8 40 40 11,2 7,8 40 40
FHB II-A L M10x95 95 140 20,0 15,9 11,9 40 40 16,4 11,9 40 40
FHB II-A L M12x100 100 140 40,0 17,1 17,3 50 50 23,7 17,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M12x120 120 170 40,0 22,5 17,3 50 50 23,7 17,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M16x125 125 170 60,0 24,0 32,2 55 55 33,6 32,2 55 55
FHB II-A L M16x145 145 190 60,0 29,9 32,2 60 60 42,0 32,2 60 60
FHB II-A L M16x160 160 220 60,0 34,7 32,2 70 70 46,0 32,2 70 70
FHB II-A L M20x210 210 280 100,0 52,2 50,2 90 90 65,5 50,2 90 90
FHB II-A L M24x210 210 280 100,0 52,2 72,5 90 90 65,5 72,5 90 90
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 5)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHP II-P or FHP II-PF see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS HB for fixations in dry and humid concrete
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge drillhole cleaning according approval. When the glass capsule FHB II-P or FHB II-PF are used no
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. drillhole cleaning is required. Please see approval.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

75
Chemical xings Highbond anchor FHB II-A L

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 5) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0164 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A L M8x60 A4 60 100 15,0 8,0 8,7 40 40 11,2 8,7 40 40
FHB II-A L M10x95 A4 95 140 20,0 15,9 13,3 40 40 16,4 13,3 40 40
FHB II-A L M12x100 A4 100 140 40,0 17,1 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M12x120 A4 120 170 40,0 22,5 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M16x125 A4 125 170 60,0 24,0 35,8 55 55 33,6 35,8 55 55
FHB II-A L M16x145 A4 145 190 60,0 29,9 35,8 60 60 42,0 35,8 60 60
FHB II-A L M16x160 A4 160 220 60,0 34,7 35,8 70 70 46,0 35,8 70 70
FHB II-A L M20x210 A4 210 280 100,0 52,2 55,9 90 90 65,5 55,9 90 90
FHB II-A L M24x210 A4 210 280 100,0 52,2 80,6 90 90 65,5 80,6 90 90
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 5)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHP II-P or FHP II-PF see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS HB for fixations in dry and humid concrete
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge drillhole cleaning according approval. When the glass capsule FHB II-P or FHB II-PF are used no
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. drillhole cleaning is required. Please see approval.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II C
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 5) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0164 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A L M8x60 C 60 100 15,0 8,0 8,7 40 40 11,2 8,7 40 40
FHB II-A L M10x95 C 95 140 20,0 15,9 13,3 40 40 16,4 13,3 40 40
FHB II-A L M12x100 C 100 140 40,0 17,1 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M12x120 C 120 170 40,0 22,5 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M16x125 C 125 170 60,0 24,0 35,8 55 55 33,6 35,8 55 55
FHB II-A L M16x145 C 145 190 60,0 29,9 35,8 60 60 42,0 35,8 60 60
FHB II-A L M16x160 C 160 220 60,0 34,7 35,8 70 70 46,0 35,8 70 70
FHB II-A L M20x210 C 210 280 100,0 52,2 55,9 90 90 65,5 55,9 90 90
FHB II-A L M24x210 C 210 280 100,0 52,2 80,6 90 90 65,5 80,6 90 90
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 5)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHP II-P or FHP II-PF see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS HB for fixations in dry and humid concrete
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge drillhole cleaning according approval. When the glass capsule FHB II-P or FHB II-PF are used no
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. drillhole cleaning is required. Please see approval.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

76
Powerbond system

Chemical xings
The injection system for variable and ecient xing

Load bearing system Steel girders

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The variability in the anchorage depth Guard rails The Powerbond-System consists of
and building component thickness Consoles the injection mortar FIS PM based on
enables optimal dimensioning for Steel consoles styrene-free vinyl ester, the stainless
economic anchorage. Timber construction steel sleeve Power Sleeve FIS PS and
Approved in hammer- and diamond- High rack warehouse the threaded rod FIS A.
drilled drill holes for maximum safety Silos Powerbond is suitable for pre-posi-
in planning and processing. Conveyor belt tioned and push-through installation.
With just three power sleeve dimen- Signs and signal installation The sleeve FIS PS is placed in the
sions and the scher FIS A threaded Machines drill hole and lled bubble-free with
rods, an entire M10/M12/M16 injection mortar FIS PM from the drill
assortment can be covered with the hole base.
lowest inventory cost. The threaded rod is set manually, by
Savings in assembly time through the lightly rotating it until it reaches the
special mortar which is permitted for drill hole base.
water-lled drill holes. The mortar fully bonds the sleeve and
threaded rod with the drill hole wall
and seals the drill hole.

77
Chemical xings Powerbond system

PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION

PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS PM FIS MR

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. ETA [pcs]


FIS PM 360 S 518600 D, F, NL 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS PM 360 S 518785 GB, E, P 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS PM 360 S 520527 I, GB, D 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS MR 096448 10 static mixer 10

TECHNICAL DATA

Powerbond FPB Set

zinc plated, stainless Drill diameter Eect. ancho- Fill quantity Max. usable Contents Sales unit
Approval

steel grade steel rage depth length


8.8
ETA d0 hef tx
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [scale units] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
Powerbond FPB Set FIS A M10 x 110 +
519726 519719 14 60 4 37 10
10 x 110 FIS PS M10
Powerbond FPB Set FIS A M10 x 130 +
519727 519720 14 60 4 57 10
10 x 130 FIS PS M10
Powerbond FPB Set FIS A M12 x 120 +
519728 519721 16 72 6 32 10
12 x 120 FIS PS M12
Powerbond FPB Set FIS A M12 x 160 +
519729 519722 16 72 6 72 10
12 x 160 FIS PS M12
Powerbond FPB Set FIS A M12 x 200 +
519730 519723 16 72 6 112 10
12 x 200 FIS PS M12
Powerbond FPB Set FIS A M12 x 260 +
519731 16 72 6 172 10
12 x 260 FIS PS M12

78
Powerbond system

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Powerbond FPB Set

zinc plated, stainless Drill diameter Eect. ancho- Fill quantity Max. usable Contents Sales unit
steel grade steel Approval rage depth length
8.8
ETA d0 hef tx
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [scale units] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
Powerbond FPB Set FIS A M16 x 150 +
519732 519724 20 96 10 34 10
16 x 150 FIS PS M16
Powerbond FPB Set FIS A M16 x 250 +
519733 519725 20 96 10 134 10
16 x 250 FIS PS M16

CURING TIME - FIS PM


Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
FIS PM FIS PM at anchoring base FIS PM
(minimum + 5C)
5C 0C 360 min.
0C +5C 180 min.
+5C +20C 15 min. +5C +20C 90 min.
+20C +30C 6 min. +20C +30C 35 min.
+30C +40C 4 min. +30C +40C 20 min.
> +40C 2 min. > +40C 12 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled.

DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Cordless dispenser FIS DC S


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S,
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1-K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S,
Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC S 513423 FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, 1
1 battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
1 charger 10,8 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Battery Pack 513425 FIS DC S Battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION 1

79
Chemical xings Powerbond system

Dispenser FIS AM
Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS AM 058000 1
FIS VW 360 S, FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete SDS-Adapter

For drill diameter Brush diameter Match Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 14 078180 14 16 FHB II-A L M 12 x 100, FHB II-A S M 12 x 120 1
FHB II-A S M 16 x 95, FHB II-A L M 16 x 125,
BS 16/18 078181 16/18 20 1
FHB II-A L M 16 x 145, FHB II-A L M 16 x 160
BS 20 052277 20 25 1
SDS Chuck 530332 1

Compressed-air cleaning tool Blow-out pump ABG


Dimension Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286 373 x 140 x 18 1
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 330 x 100 x 80 1

LOADS
Injection system Powerbond with threaded rod FIS A (property class 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0160 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. Max. Min. Max. Permissible Permis- Min. Min. Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
eective eective member torque tensile load sible spacing edge tensile load sible spacing edge
anchorage anchorage thickness moment shear load distance shear load distance
depth depth
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Powerbond M10 60 100 20,0 8,0 13,1 50 50 11,2 13,1 55 55
(8.8) 120 150 20,0 18,0 13,1 50 50 22,4 13,1 55 55
Powerbond M12 72 104 40,0 10,5 19,4 55 55 14,7 19,4 55 55
(8.8) 144 176 40,0 25,9 19,4 55 55 32,4 19,4 55 55
Powerbond M16 96 136 60,0 16,1 32,2 60 60 22,6 36,0 65 65
(8.8) 192 232 60,0 45,6 36,0 60 60 55,1 36,0 65 65
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. For hammer-drilling as well as diamond-drilling.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

80
Powerbond system

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system Powerbond with threaded rod FIS A A4 (property class A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0160 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. Max. Min. Max. Permissible Permis- Min. Min. Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
eective eective member torque tensile load sible spacing edge tensile load sible spacing edge
anchorage anchorage thickness moment shear load distance shear load distance
depth depth
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Powerbond M10 60 100 20,0 8,0 9,2 50 50 11,2 9,2 55 55
(A4-70) 120 150 20,0 15,7 9,2 50 50 15,7 9,2 55 55
Powerbond M12 72 104 40,0 10,5 13,7 55 55 14,7 13,7 55 55
(A4-70) 144 176 40,0 22,5 13,7 55 55 22,5 13,7 55 55
Powerbond M16 96 136 60,0 16,1 25,2 60 60 22,6 25,2 65 65
(A4-70) 192 232 60,0 42,0 25,2 60 60 42,0 25,2 65 65
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. For hammer-drilling as well as diamond-drilling.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

81
Chemical xings Superbond system

The concrete all-rounder

Bridges for trac signs Steel girders

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for anchorings in:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The Superbond system is a combined Heavy steel constructions Superbond is a bonded anchor system
capsule and injection system for Silo installations based on a vinyl ester hybrid with
cracked and non-cracked concrete. High racks silane technology.
The injection mortar FISSB (Standard, Sound insulation walls The anchor rod FISA can only be set
HIGH SPEED and LOW SPEED) and Guard rails with injection mortar FISSB (Stand-
resin capsule RSB perform the same Staircases ard, HIGHSPEED and LOWSPEED);
as each other at the same anchorage Overhead installations the anchor rod RGM with oblique
depth. This gives the installer maxi- Water-lled drill holes edge can be optionally set with
mum exibility. Diamond-drilled drill holes injection mortar FIS SB (Standard,
Variable anchorage depths from 4xds Heavy steel constructions HIGHSPEED and LOWSPEED) or
to 20xds enable ideal adaptation Seismic applications resin capsule RSB.
to the load to be applied, and thus Resin and hardener are stored in two
ensure an optimised installation time separate chambers and are not mixed
and use of materials. and activated until extrusion through
Maximum application temperatures of the injection cartridge in the static
up to +150C open up new areas of mixer or destruction of the capsule
use for bonded anchors. during the setting procedure.
Superbond is even approved for instal- The mortar bonds the entire surface
lation at frosty temperatures of -30C. of the fastening element with the drill
The approval-compliant use for hole wall and seals the drill hole.
seismic applications (performance
category C1) as well as in waterlled
and diamond drill holes ensures safety
even in extreme conditions.

82
Superbond resin anchor RSB: RG M

Chemical xings
The concrete all-rounder

Steel constructions Underwater applications

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
highly corrosion-resistant steel
hot-dip galvanised steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for anchorings in:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The Superbond resin capsule RSB is Heavy steel constructions The 2-component resin capsules
approved for cracked and non-cracked Silo installations RSB and RSB mini contain vinyl ester
concrete. High racks hybrid mortar with silane technology.
In combination with the resin capsule Sound insulation walls During setting, the oblique edge of the
RSB mini, the RG M anchor rod can be Guard rails RG M destroys the capsule, and mixes
set in three dierent anchorage depths Staircases and activates the mortar.
each diameter. This opens a higher Sismic applications The glass particles of the capsule body
load level and maximum exibility to Especially suitable for: roughen up the inside of the drill hole.
the installer. Overhead installations This minimalizes the cleaning eort to
The pre-portioned resin capsule RSB Water-lled drill holes 4 times blowing out.
is especially economical for individual Diamond-drilled drill holes The mortar bonds the entire surface of
application and overhead installations. the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
The resin capsule RSB is fast curing. and seals the drill hole.
This enables an installation without
waiting times and approved process-
ing at frosty temperatures of 30C.
The approval for seismic applications,
water lled and diamond drilled holes
ensures safety under extreme condi-
tions.
The extensive range of the anchor rod
RGM M8 up to M30 allows a wide
range of application.

83
Chemical xings Superbond resin anchor RSB: RG M

TECHNICAL DATA

Resin capsule RSB

Drill hole diameter Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Match Sales unit
Approval
do h0 hef
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item
RSB 8 518807 10 80 80 RG M 8 10
RSB 10 mini 518820 1) 12 75 75 / 150 RG M 10 10
RSB 10 518821 2) 12 / 14 90 90 RG M 10 / RG M 8 I 10
RSB 12 mini 518822 1) 14 75 75 / 150 RG M 12 10
RSB 12 518823 2) 14 / 18 110 110 RG M 12 / RG M 10 I 10
RSB 16 mini 518824 1) 18 95 95 / 190 RG M 16 10
RSB 16 518825 2) 18 / 20 125 125 RG M 16 / RG M 12 I 10
RSB 16 E 518826 24 160 160 RG M 16 I 10
RSB 20 518827 25 170 170 RG M 20 10
RSB 20 E/24 518828 25/28/32 210 210 RG M 20 / RG M 24 / RG M 20 I 5
RSB 30 518829 35 280 280 RG M 30 5
1) use 2 x RSB mini in a row for larger anchoring depth
2) / second value "Drill hole diameter" in conjunction with Internal threaded anchor RG MI

CURING TIME
Temperature Curing time
in anchoring base RSB

- 30C - 20C 120 hrs.


- 19C - 15C 48 hrs.
- 14C - 10C 30 hrs.
- 9C - 5C 16 hrs.
- 4C 0C 10 hrs.
+ 1C + 5C 45 min.
+ 6C +10C 30 min.
+ 11C +20C 20 min.
+ 21C +30C 5 min.
+ 31C +40C 3 min.

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod RG M

zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Anchorage depth Usable length Fits capsule RSB Sales unit
Approval

steel grade steel grade steel diameter (short/standard/ (short/standard/


5.8 8.8 large) large)
do hef tx
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
RG M 8 x 110 050256 050263 10 - / 80 / - - / 14 / - 1 x RSB 8 10
RG M 8 x 150 095698 519443 050293 10 - / 80 / - - / 54 / - 1 x RSB 8 10
RG M 8 x 250 095699 095700 10 - / 80 / - - / 154 / - 1 x RSB 8 10
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 130 050257 050264 12 75 / 90 / - 35 / 20 / - 10
1 x RSB 10
1) Straight cut, additional setting tool required
2) Delivery time on request.

84
Superbond resin anchor RSB: RG M

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod RG M

zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Anchorage depth Usable length Fits capsule RSB Sales unit

Approval
steel grade steel grade steel diameter (short/standard/ (short/standard/
5.8 8.8 large) large)
do hef tx
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 165 050280 050294 12 75 / 90 / - 70 / 55 / - 10
1 x RSB 10
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 190 050281 050296 12 75 / 90 / 150 95 / 80 / 20 1 x RSB 10 10
2 x RSB 10 mini
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 220 519444 12 75 / 90 / 150 125 / 110 / 50 1 x RSB 10 10
2 x RSB 10 mini
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 250 095703 095701 12 75 / 90 / 150 155 / 140 / 80 1 x RSB 10 10
2 x RSB 10 mini
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 350 095718 1) 095709 1) 12 75 / 90 / 150 255 / 240 / 180 1 x RSB 10 10
2 x RSB 10 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 160 050258 050265 14 75 / 110 / - 61 / 26 / - 10
1 x RSB 12
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 180 512248 512249 14 75 / 110 / 150 81 / 46 / 6 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 200 E 050576 2) 14 75 / 110 / 150 101 / 66 / 26 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 220 050283 519445 050297 14 75 / 110 / 150 121 / 86 / 46 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 230 E 050574 2) 14 75 / 110 / 150 131 / 96 / 56 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 250 050284 095702 14 75 / 110 / 150 151 / 116 / 76 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 300 050285 095705 14 75 / 110 / 150 201 / 166 / 126 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 380 095720 1) 095710 1) 14 75 / 110 / 150 281 / 246 / 206 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 165 050287 095704 18 95 / 125 / - 38 / 8 / - 10
1 x RSB 16
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 190 050259 050266 18 95 / 125 / - 63 / 33 / - 10
1 x RSB 16
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 250 050288 050298 18 95 / 125 / 190 123 / 93 / 28 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 270 519446 18 95 / 125 / 190 143 / 113 / 48 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
1) Straight cut, additional setting tool required
2) Delivery time on request.

85
Chemical xings Superbond resin anchor RSB: RG M

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod RG M

zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Anchorage depth Usable length Fits capsule RSB Sales unit

Approval
steel grade steel grade steel diameter (short/standard/ (short/standard/
5.8 8.8 large) large)
do hef tx
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 300 050289 050299 18 95 / 125 / 190 173 / 143 / 78 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 380 095722 1) 095712 1) 18 95 / 125 / 190 253 / 223 / 158 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 500 095723 1) 095713 1) 18 95 / 125 / 190 373 / 343 / 278 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 20 x 220 512251 25 - / 170 / - - / 14 / - 1 x RSB 20 10
1 x RSB 20
RG M 20 x 260 050260 050267 25 - / 170 / 210 - / 54 / 14 10
1 x RSB 20 E / 24
1 x RSB 20
RG M 20 x 290 519447 25 - / 170 / 210 - / 84 / 44 10
1 x RSB 20 E / 24
1 x RSB 20
RG M 20 x 350 095707 095706 25 - / 170 / 210 - / 144 / 104 10
1 x RSB 20 E / 24
1 x RSB 20
RG M 20 x 500 095725 1) 25 - / 170 / 210 - / 294 / 254 10
1 x RSB 20 E / 24
RG M 24 x 295 519448 1) 28 - / 210 / - - / 56 / - 1 x RSB 20 E / 24 10
RG M 24 x 300 050261 1) 050268 1) 28 - / 210 / - - / 61 / - 1 x RSB 20 E / 24 10
RG M 24 x 400 095727 1) 095715 1) 28 - / 210 / - - / 161 / - 1 x RSB 20 E / 24 10
RG M 24 x 600 095728 1) 28 - / 210 / - - / 361 / - 1 x RSB 20 E / 24 5
RG M 30 x 380 050262 1) 090726 1) 35 - / 280 / - - / 65 / - 1 x RSB 30 5
RG M 30 x 500 095730 1) 35 - / 280 / - - / 185 / - 1 x RSB 30 5
1) Straight cut, additional setting tool required
2) Delivery time on request.

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod RG M

highly corro- Drill hole diameter Anchorage depth Usable length (short/ Fits capsule RSB Sales unit
Approval

sion resistant (short/standard/large) standard/large)


steel do hef tx
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item C
RG M 8 x 110 096316 1) 10 - / 80 / - - / 14 / - 1 x RSB 8 10
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 130 096217 1) 12 75 / 90 / - 35 / 20 / - 10
1 x RSB 10
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 160 096218 1) 14 75 / 110 / - 61 / 26 / - 10
1 x RSB 12
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 190 096219 1) 18 95 / 125 / - 63 / 33 / - 10
1 x RSB 16
1) Delivery time on request.

86
Superbond resin anchor RSB: RG M

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod RG M

hot-dip galva- Drill hole diameter Anchorage depth Usable length (short/ Fits capsule RSB Sales unit

Approval
nised steel (short/standard/large) standard/large)
do hef tx
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item fvz
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 160 512247 14 75 / 110 / - 61 / 26 / - 10
1 x RSB 12
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 190 512250 18 95 / 125 / - 63 / 33 / - 10
1 x RSB 16

ACCESSORIES

Compressed-air cleaning tool Blow-out pump ABG

Total length Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286 1
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 370 1

SETTING TOOLS
Setting tool with SDS adapter
For simple installation of bonded anchors for example Resin anchor R, Highbond anchor FHB II, Superbond resin capsule RSB.

RA-SDS
included with each package

Adapter for installing anchor rods


Threaded rods without external hex-drive (special lengths).

+ SDS max 1/2 VK

+
SDS max 3/4 VK

Important: use counter nut!


+
SDS plus 1/2 VK

+
SK SW 8 1/2 VK

87
Chemical xings Superbond resin anchor RSB: RG M

ACCESSORIES

Machine setting tool RA-SDS Adapter SDS plus 1/2" VK

Adapter SDS max 1/2" VK Adapter SK SW 8 1/2" VK

Adapter SDS max 3/4" VK

Match Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
RA-SDS 062420 Adapter suitable fits set screw 1
SK SW 8 1/2 001536 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M22 1
SDS plus 1/2 001537 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M16 1
SDS max 1/2 001538 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M16 - M20 1
SDS max 3/4 001539 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M20 - M30 1

LOADS
Superbond Resin capsule RSB with threaded rod RG M (property class 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0258 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Typ Eective Min. Max. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness moment distance distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 (8.8) 80 110 10,0 5,7 8,6 40 40 11,5 8,6 40 40
75 105 20,0 7,3 13,1 45 45 13,5 13,1 45 45
RG M 10 (8.8) 90 120 20,0 8,8 13,1 45 45 16,2 13,1 45 45
150 180 20,0 14,6 13,1 45 45 22,4 13,1 45 45
75 105 40,0 10,1 19,4 55 55 15,6 19,4 55 55
RG M 12 (8.8) 110 140 40,0 14,8 19,4 55 55 23,7 19,4 55 55
150 180 40,0 20,2 19,4 55 55 32,3 19,4 55 55
95 131 60,0 15,9 31,7 65 65 22,3 36,0 65 65
RG M 16 (8.8) 125 161 60,0 22,4 36,0 65 65 33,6 36,0 65 65
190 226 60,0 34,1 36,0 65 65 59,1 36,0 65 65
170 218 120,0 38,0 56,0 85 85 53,3 56,0 85 85
RG M 20 (8.8)
210 258 120,0 47,1 56,0 85 85 73,2 56,0 85 85
RG M 24 (8.8) 210 266 150,0 52,2 80,6 105 105 73,2 80,6 105 105
RG M 30 (8.8) 280 350 300,0 80,3 128,6 140 140 112,7 128,6 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. to 80 C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. according approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

88
Superbond resin anchor RSB: RG M

Chemical xings
LOADS
Superbond Resin capsule RSB with threaded rod RG M A4 (property class A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0258 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Max. Permissible Permis- Min. Min. Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load sible spacing edge tensile load sible spacing edge
depth thickness moment shear load distance shear load distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 (A4-70) 80 110 10,0 5,7 6,0 40 40 9,9 6,0 40 40
75 105 20,0 7,3 9,2 45 45 13,5 9,2 45 45
RG M 10 (A4-70) 90 120 20,0 8,8 9,2 45 45 15,7 9,2 45 45
150 180 20,0 14,6 9,2 45 45 15,7 9,2 45 45
75 105 40,0 10,1 13,7 55 55 15,6 13,7 55 55
RG M 12 (A4-70) 110 140 40,0 14,8 13,7 55 55 22,5 13,7 55 55
150 180 40,0 20,2 13,7 55 55 22,5 13,7 55 55
95 131 60,0 15,9 25,2 65 65 22,3 25,2 65 65
RG M 16 (A4-70) 125 161 60,0 22,4 25,2 65 65 33,6 25,2 65 65
190 226 60,0 34,1 25,2 65 65 42,0 25,2 65 65
170 218 120,0 38,0 39,4 85 85 53,3 39,4 85 85
RG M 20 (A4-70)
210 258 120,0 47,1 39,4 85 85 65,7 39,4 85 85
RG M 24 (A4-70) 210 266 150,0 52,2 56,8 105 105 73,2 56,8 105 105
RG M 30 (A4-70) 280 350 300,0 80,3 90,2 140 140 112,7 90,2 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. to 80 C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. according approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

LOADS
Superbond Resin capsule RSB with threaded rod RG M C (property class C-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0258 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Typ Eective Min. Max. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness moment distance distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 (C-70) 80 110 10,0 5,7 7,4 40 40 11,5 7,4 40 40
75 105 20,0 7,3 11,4 45 45 13,5 11,4 45 45
RG M 10 (C-70) 90 120 20,0 8,8 11,4 45 45 16,2 11,4 45 45
150 180 20,0 14,6 11,4 45 45 19,5 11,4 45 45
75 105 40,0 10,1 17,1 55 55 15,6 17,1 55 55
RG M 12 (C-70) 110 140 40,0 14,8 17,1 55 55 23,7 17,1 55 55
150 180 40,0 20,2 17,1 55 55 28,1 17,1 55 55
95 131 60,0 15,9 31,4 65 65 22,3 31,4 65 65
RG M 16 (C-70) 125 161 60,0 22,4 31,4 65 65 33,6 31,4 65 65
190 226 60,0 34,1 31,4 65 65 52,4 31,4 65 65
170 218 120,0 38,0 49,1 85 85 53,3 49,1 85 85
RG M 20 (C-70)
210 258 120,0 47,1 49,1 85 85 73,2 49,1 85 85
RG M 24 (C-70) 210 266 150,0 52,2 70,9 105 105 73,2 70,9 105 105
RG M 30 (C-70) 280 350 300,0 80,3 112,6 140 140 112,7 112,6 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. to 80 C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. according approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

89
Chemical xings Superbond resin anchor RSB: RG M I

The concrete all-rounder

Collision protection Pipeline routes

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for anchorings in:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The resin anchor RSB is approved Removable xings The resin anchor RSB contains vinyl
for use in cracked and non-cracked Pipeline suspensions, cable trays and ester hybrid mortar with silane tech-
concrete. underceilings nology.
The internal threaded anchor RGMI Temporary xings, e.g. for machines During setting, the resin anchor RSB is
allows the surface-ush removal of Scaold anchoring destroyed by the edges of the internal
the attachment and the re-use of the Ideal for: threaded anchor RGMI and the mor-
attachment point. Overhead installations tar is mixed and activated.
The pre-portioned resin anchor RSB is Water-lled drill holes The glass particles of the anchor body
especially economical for single appli- Diamond-drilled drill holes rough up the drill hole wall. This mini-
cations and overhead installations. mises the cleaning work to blowing
The RSB anchor can be processed at just 4times.
temperatures down to -30C in com- The mortar bonds the entire surface
pliance with the approval. of the internal threaded anchor with
The resin anchor RSB hardens quickly, the drill hole wall and seals o the drill
permitting assembly without waiting hole.
times.
The resin anchor RSB is approved for
water-lled and diamond-drilled drill
holes, thus ensuring more exibility on
the construction site.

90
Superbond resin anchor RSB: RG M I

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Resin capsule RSB

Drill diameter Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Suitable for RG M I Sales unit

Approval
d0 h0 hef
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item
RSB 10 518821 1) 14 90 90 RG 12 x90 M 8 I 10
RSB 12 518823 1) 18 90 90 RG 16 x 90 M 10 I 10
RSB 16 518825 1) 20 125 125 RG 18 x 125 M 12 I 10
RSB 16 E 518826 24 160 160 RG 22 x 160 M 16 I 10
RSB 20 E/24 518828 32 200 200 RG 28 x 200 M 20 I 5
1) / second value "Drill hole diameter" in conjunction with Internal threaded anchor RG MI

CURING TIME
Temperature Curing time
in anchoring base RSB

- 30C - 20C 120 hrs.


- 19C - 15C 48 hrs.
- 14C - 10C 30 hrs.
- 9C - 5C 16 hrs.
- 4C 0C 10 hrs.
+ 1C + 5C 45 min.
+ 6C +10C 30 min.
+ 11C +20C 20 min.
+ 21C +30C 5 min.
+ 31C +40C 3 min.

TECHNICAL DATA

Internal threaded anchor RG MI

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole diameter Thread Eect. anchorage Min. / max. bolt Sales unit
Approval

steel steel depth penetration

ETA do A hef
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) 14 M8 90 8 / 18 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) 18 M 10 90 10 / 23 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) 20 M 12 125 12 / 26 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) 24 M 16 160 16 / 35 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) 32 M 20 200 20 / 45 5
1) Setting tool is included in each package.

91
Chemical xings Superbond resin anchor RSB: RG M I

ACCESSORIES

Compressed-air cleaning tool Blow-out pump ABG

Total length Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286 1
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 370 1

LOADS
Superbond Resin Anchor RSB7) with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw property class 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0258 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Typ eective Min. Max. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness moment distance distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 8,1 8,3 55 55 13,8 8,3 55 55
RG M 10 I 90 125 20,0 10,8 13,3 65 65 20,5 13,3 65 65
RG M 12 I 125 165 40,0 16,8 19,3 75 75 32,4 19,3 75 75
RG M 16 I 160 205 80,0 26,3 30,9 95 95 48,7 30,9 95 95
RG M 20 I 200 260 120,0 41,9 51,4 125 125 68,0 51,4 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. to 80 C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. according approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

LOADS
Superbond Resin Anchor RSB with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw property class A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0258 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Typ eective Min. Max. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness moment distance distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 8,1 5,9 55 55 9,9 5,9 55 55
RG M 10 I A4 90 125 20,0 10,8 9,3 65 65 15,7 9,3 65 65
RG M 12 I A4 125 165 40,0 16,8 13,5 75 75 22,5 13,5 75 75
RG M 16 I A4 160 205 80,0 26,3 25,1 95 95 42,0 25,1 95 95
RG M 20 I A4 200 260 120,0 41,9 39,4 125 125 65,7 39,4 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. to 80 C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. according approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

92
Superbond mortar FIS SB with FIS A

Chemical xings
The concrete all-rounder

Steel constructions Bridge railings

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for anchorings in:
Concrete C20/25 bis C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Thanks to its high bond strength, Heavy steel constructions The injection system, which comprises
Superbond mortar FIS SB achieves Silo installations the Superbond mortar FISSB, an
a very high load level for safe use in High racks injection mortar based on a vinyl ester
cracked and non-cracked concrete. Sound insulation walls hybrid with hydrosilicon technology,
Beside the standard version the Guard rails is suitable, in conjunction with the
Superbond mortar is also available Staircases anchor rod FIS A, for pre-positioned
as fast curing FIS SB HIGH SPEED Seismic applications and push-through installation.
e.g. for installations at extreme minus Resin and hardener are stored in two
temperatures (from 20 C) and as FIS separate chambers and are not mixed
SB LOW SPEED with extended setting and activated until extrusion through
times. the injection capsule in the static
Variable anchorage depths from 4x mixer.
to 20x anchor rod diameter allow The mortar is injected bubble-free
for ideal adaptation to the load to from the drill hole base.
be applied, and ensure an optimised FIS SBHIGHSPEED is a fast curing
installation time and use of materials. version.
The Superbond mortar can even be FIS SBLOWSPEED has extended
used at extremely high temperatures setting times.
of up to +150 C. This opens up new The mortar bonds the entire surface of
application elds, where no chemical the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
anchor could be used so far. and seals o the drill hole.
The Superbond mortar FIS SB is The anchor rod is set manually by
approved for seismic applications, lightly rotating it until it reaches the
which ensures safety even under drill hole base.
extreme conditions. During push-through installation, the
annular gap between the anchor rod
and attachment is lled with Super-
bond mortar FIS SB.

93
Chemical xings Superbond mortar FIS SB with FIS A

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Superbond mortar
FIS MR
FIS SB 390 S

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. ETA [pcs]


FIS SB 390 S 519451 D, F, NL 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520557 D, SLO, SRB, BG 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 518831 GB, E, P 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 519450 I, GB, D 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520559 DK, FIN, S, N 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520555 CZ, SK, RO 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520595 PL, RUS, H 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 585 S 519452 GB, E, P 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 static mixer 6
FIS SB 585 S 520526 I, GB, D 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 static mixer 6
FIS SB 1500 S 519453 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS SB 1500 S 520528 I, PL, RUS, CZ, SK, GB 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS SB HIGH SPEED 390 S 523301 GB, E, P 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB HIGH SPEED 390 S 523302 CZ, SK, RO 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB HIGH SPEED 390 S 523303 PL, RUS, HU 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS MR 096448 10 static mixer 10
10 static mixer FIS UMR for 585 ml
FIS UMR 520593 10
and 1500 ml cartridges

GELLING AND CURING TIME


Temperature Gelling time Curing time
at anchoring base
FIS SB LOW SPEED FIS SB Standard FIS SB HIGH SPEED FIS SB LOW SPEED FIS SB Standard FIS SB HIGH SPEED
> - 20C - 15C 60 min. 24 hrs.
> - 15C - 10C 60 min. 30 min. 36 hrs. 8 hrs.
> - 10C - 5C 30 min. 15 min. 24 hrs. 180 min.
> - 5C 0C 20 min. 10 min. 8 hrs. 120 min.
> 0C + 5C 30 min. 13 min. 5 min. 17 hrs. 4 hrs. 60 min.
> + 5C +10C 15 min. 9 min. 3 min. 8 hrs. 120 min. 45 min.
> + 10C +20C 12 min. 5 min. 2 min. 4,5 hrs. 60 min. 30 min.
> + 20C +30C 8 min. 4 min. 1 min. 60 min. 45 min. 15 min.
> + 30C +40C 5 min. 2 min. 30 min. 30 min.

94
Superbond mortar FIS SB with FIS A

Chemical xings
DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Cordless dispenser FIS DC S


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S,
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1-K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S,
Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC S 513423 FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, 1
1 battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
1 charger 10,8 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Battery Pack 513425 FIS DC S Battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION 1

Dispenser FIS AM Pneumatic dispenser FIS DP-XL


Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS AM 058000 1
FIS VW 360 S, FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
FIS DP S-XL 512401 FIS SB 1500 S, FIS EM 1500 S 1

Dispenser FIS DM S-L Dispenser FIS DP S-L


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S-L 510992 FIS EM 585 S / FIS SB 585 S 1
FIS DP S-L 511125 FIS EM 585 S / FIS SB 585 S Recommended pressure 6 bar 1

95
Chemical xings Superbond mortar FIS SB with FIS A

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod FIS A

zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Min. / max. ancho- Min. / max. usable min. / max. lling Sales unit

Approval
steel grade steel grade steel rage depth length quantity FIS SB
5.8 8.8 do
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 10 60 / 78 1 / 19 2/3 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 10 60 / 98 1 / 39 2/3 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 10 60 / 118 1 / 59 2/4 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 10 60 / 160 4 / 104 2/5 10
FIS A M 8 x 1000 509214 1) 509230 1) 10 60 / 160 2/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 12 60 / 96 1 / 37 3/4 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 12 60 / 116 1 / 57 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 12 60 / 136 1 / 77 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 12 60 / 156 1 / 97 3/6 10
FIS A M 10 x 190 517936 12 60 / 176 1 / 117 3/7 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 12 60 / 186 1 / 127 3/7 10
FIS A M 10 x 1000 509215 1) 509223 1) 509231 1) 12 60 / 200 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 14 70 / 103 1 / 34 3/5 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 14 70 / 123 1 / 54 3/6 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 14 70 / 143 1 / 74 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 14 70 / 163 1 / 94 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 200 517938 519421 14 70 / 183 1 / 114 3/8 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 14 70 / 193 1 / 124 3/9 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 14 70 / 240 4 / 174 3 / 10 10
FIS A M 12 x 1000 509216 1) 509224 1) 509232 1) 14 70 / 240 3 / 10 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975 18 80 / 109 1 / 30 5/7 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455 18 80 / 154 1 / 75 5 / 10 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456 18 80 / 179 1 / 100 5 / 11 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457 18 80 / 229 1 / 150 5 / 14 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458 18 80 / 279 1 / 200 5 / 17 10
FIS A M 16 x 1000 509217 1) 509225 1) 509233 1) 18 80 / 320 5 / 19 10
FIS A M 20 x 245 090292 519404 090459 24 90 / 220 1 / 131 11 / 28 10
FIS A M 20 x 290 090293 519406 090460 24 90 / 265 1 / 176 11 / 32 10
FIS A M 20 x 1000 519410 1) 519427 1) 24 90 / 400 11 / 48 10
FIS A M 24 x 290 090294 090461 28 96 / 260 1 / 165 15 / 39 5
FIS A M 24 x 380 090295 090462 28 96 / 350 1 / 255 15 / 52 5
FIS A M 30 x 430 090297 090464 35 120 / 394 1 / 275 28 / 88 5
1) Order washer and nut separately.

TECHNICAL DATA

Hexagonal nut and washer

zinc plated, stainless Width across nut Washer (outer diameter x Match Sales unit
steel grade steel thickness)
8.8 SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
Nut & washer M8 510509 510513 13 16 x 1,6 FIS A M 8 50
Nut & washer M10 510510 510514 17 20 x 2 FIS A M 10 50
Nut & washer M12 510511 510515 19 24 x 2,5 FIS A M 12 25
Nut & washer M16 510512 510516 24 30 x 3 FIS A M 16 20
Nut & washer M20 519737 519738 30 37 x 3 FIS A M 20 10

96
Superbond mortar FIS SB with FIS A

Chemical xings
ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete SDS-Adapter

For drill diameter Brush diameter Match Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 10 078178 10 11 FIS A M 8 / RG M5 I 1
BS 12 078179 12 13 FIS A M 10 / RG M6 I 1
BS 14 078180 14 16 FIS A M 12 / RG M8 I 1
BS 16/18 078181 16/18 20 FIS A M 16 / RG M10 I 1
BS 24 078182 24 26 FIS A M 20 / RG M 16 I 1
BS 28 078183 28 30 FIS A M 24 1
BS 35 078184 30/32/35 40 FIS A M 30 / RG M 20 I 1
SDS Chuck 530332 1
FIS brush extension 508791 1

Compressed-air cleaning tool Blow-out pump ABG Centring wedge


Contents Total length
Item Art.-No. [mm]
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 370
Centring wedge 093076 10 wedges for overhead installation, from M16

ACCESSORIES

Injection adapter Injection adapter


for drill 12 - 25 mm for drill 30 - 55 mm

Extension tube
Colour Length Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 12 mm 001497 white - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9 for drill- 14 mm 001498 blue - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 18 mm 001483 yellow - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 24 mm 520944 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 24 mm 520945 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 28 mm 520946 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 28 mm 520947 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 30 mm 090689 grey - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 30 mm 090700 grey - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 35 mm 090699 brown - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 35 mm 090701 brown - 10
FIS Extension tube 048983 - 1000 10
FIS EXT 15 530800 - 10000 1

97
Chemical xings Superbond mortar FIS SB with FIS A

LOADS
Superbond Injection mortar FIS SB with threaded rod FIS A7) (property class 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0258 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Typ Min. Max. Min. Max. Permissible Permis- Min. Min. Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
eective eective member torque tensile load sible spacing edge tensile load sible spacing edge
anchorage anchorage thickness moment shear load distance shear load distance
depth depth
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
60 100 10,0 4,3 8,6 40 40 8,6 8,6 40 40
FIS A M8 (8.8)
160 190 10,0 11,5 8,6 40 40 14,3 8,6 40 40
60 100 20,0 5,8 11,7 45 45 10,8 13,1 45 45
FIS A M10 (8.8)
200 230 20,0 19,4 13,1 45 45 22,4 13,1 45 45
70 100 40,0 9,4 18,8 55 55 14,1 19,4 55 55
FIS A M12 (8.8)
240 270 40,0 32,3 19,4 55 55 32,4 19,4 55 55
80 116 60,0 12,3 24,5 65 65 17,2 34,4 65 65
FIS A M16 (8.8)
320 356 60,0 57,4 36,0 65 65 60,0 36,0 65 65
90 138 120,0 14,6 29,3 85 85 20,5 41,1 85 85
FIS A M20 (8.8)
400 448 120,0 89,8 56,0 85 85 93,3 56,0 85 85
96 152 150,0 16,1 32,2 105 105 22,6 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24 (8.8)
480 536 150,0 129,3 80,6 105 105 134,3 80,6 105 105
108 168 200,0 19,2 38,5 120 120 27,0 54,0 120 120
FIS A M27 (8.8)
540 600 200,0 152,7 105,1 120 120 175,2 105,1 120 120
120 190 300,0 22,5 45,1 140 140 31,6 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30 (8.8)
600 670 300,0 188,5 128,6 140 140 213,8 128,6 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. to 80 C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. according approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 7)
The given values apply as well to the threaded rod RGM in the same property class.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

98
Superbond mortar FIS SB with FIS A

Chemical xings
LOADS
Superbond Injection mortar FIS SB with threaded rod FIS A A47) (property class A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0258 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Typ Min. Max. Min. Max. Permissible Permis- Min. Min. Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
eective eective member torque tensile load sible spacing edge tensile load sible spacing edge
anchorage anchorage thickness moment shear load distance shear load distance
depth depth
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
60 100 10,0 4,3 6,0 40 40 8,6 6,0 40 40
FIS A M8 (A4-70)
160 190 10,0 9,9 6,0 40 40 9,9 6,0 40 40
60 100 20,0 5,8 9,2 45 45 10,8 9,2 45 45
FIS A M10 (A4-70)
200 230 20,0 15,7 9,2 45 45 15,7 9,2 45 45
70 100 40,0 9,4 13,7 55 55 14,1 13,7 55 55
FIS A M12 (A4-70)
240 270 40,0 22,5 13,7 55 55 22,5 13,7 55 55
80 116 60,0 12,3 24,5 65 65 17,2 25,2 65 65
FIS A M16 (A4-70)
320 356 60,0 42,0 25,2 65 65 42,0 25,2 65 65
90 138 120,0 14,6 29,3 85 85 20,5 39,4 85 85
FIS A M20 (A4-70)
400 448 120,0 65,7 39,4 85 85 65,7 39,4 85 85
96 152 150,0 16,1 32,2 105 105 22,6 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24 (A4-70)
480 536 150,0 94,3 56,8 105 105 94,3 56,8 105 105
108 168 200,0 19,2 38,5 120 120 27,0 54,0 120 120
FIS A M27 (A4-70)
540 600 200,0 123,0 73,7 120 120 123,0 73,7 120 120
120 190 300,0 22,5 45,1 140 140 31,6 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30 (A4-70)
600 670 300,0 150,1 90,2 140 140 150,1 90,2 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. to 80 C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. according approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 7)
The given values apply as well to the threaded rod RGM in the same property class.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

99
Chemical xings Superbond mortar FIS SB with FIS A

LOADS
Superbond Injection mortar FIS SB with threaded rod FIS A C7) (property class C-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0258 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Typ Min. Max. Min. Max. Permissible Permis- Min. Min. Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
eective eective member torque tensile load sible spacing edge tensile load sible spacing edge
anchorage anchorage thickness moment shear load distance shear load distance
depth depth
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
60 100 10,0 4,3 7,4 40 40 8,6 7,4 40 40
FIS A M8 (C-70)
160 190 10,0 11,5 7,4 40 40 12,4 7,4 40 40
60 100 20,0 5,8 11,4 45 45 10,8 11,4 45 45
FIS A M10 (C-70)
200 230 20,0 19,4 11,4 45 45 19,5 11,4 45 45
70 100 40,0 9,4 17,1 55 55 14,1 17,1 55 55
FIS A M12 (C-70)
240 270 40,0 28,1 17,1 55 55 28,1 17,1 55 55
80 116 60,0 12,3 24,5 65 65 17,2 31,4 65 65
FIS A M16 (C-70)
320 356 60,0 52,4 31,4 65 65 52,4 31,4 65 65
90 138 120,0 14,6 29,3 85 85 20,5 41,1 85 85
FIS A M20 (C-70)
400 448 120,0 81,9 49,1 85 85 81,9 49,1 85 85
96 152 150,0 16,1 32,2 105 105 22,6 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24 (C-70)
480 536 150,0 117,6 70,9 105 105 117,6 70,9 105 105
108 168 200,0 19,2 38,5 120 120 27,0 54,0 120 120
FIS A M27 (C-70)
540 600 200,0 152,7 92,0 120 120 153,3 92,0 120 120
120 190 300,0 22,5 45,1 140 140 31,6 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30 (C-70)
600 670 300,0 187,1 112,6 140 140 187,1 112,6 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. to 80 C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. according approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 7)
The given values apply as well to the threaded rod RGM in the same property class.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

100
Superbond mortar FIS SB with RG M I

The xing system with internal threaded anchor for cracked

Chemical xings
concrete

Safety barriers Platform lifts

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Thanks to its high bond strength, Removable xings The injection system, which comprises
Superbond mortar FIS SB achieves Pipeline suspensions, cable trays and the Superbond mortar FIS SB, an
a very high load level for safe use in underceilings injection mortar based on a vinylester
cracked and non-cracked concrete. Temporary xings, e.g. for machines hybrid with silane technology, is suita-
Beside the standard version the Scaold anchoring ble, in conjunction with the anchor rod
Superbond mortar is also available FIS A, for pre-positioned and push-
as fast curing FIS SB HIGH SPEED through installation.
e.g. for installations at extreme minus Resin and hardener are stored in two
temperatures (from 20 C) and as separate chambers and are not mixed
FIS SB LOW SPEED with extended and activated until extrusion through
setting times. the injection capsule in the static
The internal threaded anchor RGMI mixer.
allows for surface-ush removal and FIS SB HIGH SPEED is a fast curing
re-use of the attachment point, thereby version.
providing optimal exibility. FIS SB LOW SPEED has extended
The Superbond mortar can even be setting times.
used at extremely high temperatures The mortar is injected bubble-free
of up to + 150 C. This opens up new from the drill hole base.
application elds, where no chemical The mortar bonds the entire surface
anchor could be used so far. of the internal threaded anchor with
the drill hole wall and seals o the drill
hole. The RG M I is set manually by
lightly rotating it until it reaches the
drill hole base.

101
Chemical xings Superbond mortar FIS SB with RG M I

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Superbond mortar
FIS MR
FIS SB 390 S

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. ETA [pcs]


FIS SB 390 S 519451 D, F, NL 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520557 D, SLO, SRB, BG 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 518831 GB, E, P 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 519450 I, GB, D 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520559 DK, FIN, S, N 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520555 CZ, SK, RO 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520595 PL, RUS, H 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 585 S 519452 GB, E, P 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 static mixer 6
FIS SB 585 S 520526 I, GB, D 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 static mixer 6
FIS SB 1500 S 519453 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS SB 1500 S 520528 I, PL, RUS, CZ, SK, GB 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS SB HIGH SPEED 390 S 523301 GB, E, P 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB HIGH SPEED 390 S 523302 CZ, SK, RO 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB HIGH SPEED 390 S 523303 PL, RUS, HU 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS MR 096448 10 static mixer 10
10 static mixer FIS UMR for 585 ml
FIS UMR 520593 10
and 1500 ml cartridges

GELLING AND CURING TIME


Temperature Gelling time Curing time
at anchoring base
FIS SB LOW SPEED FIS SB Standard FIS SB HIGH SPEED FIS SB LOW SPEED FIS SB Standard FIS SB HIGH SPEED
> - 20C - 15C 60 min. 24 hrs.
> - 15C - 10C 60 min. 30 min. 36 hrs. 8 hrs.
> - 10C - 5C 30 min. 15 min. 24 hrs. 180 min.
> - 5C 0C 20 min. 10 min. 8 hrs. 120 min.
> 0C + 5C 30 min. 13 min. 5 min. 17 hrs. 4 hrs. 60 min.
> + 5C +10C 15 min. 9 min. 3 min. 8 hrs. 120 min. 45 min.
> + 10C +20C 12 min. 5 min. 2 min. 4,5 hrs. 60 min. 30 min.
> + 20C +30C 8 min. 4 min. 1 min. 60 min. 45 min. 15 min.
> + 30C +40C 5 min. 2 min. 30 min. 30 min.

102
Superbond mortar FIS SB with RG M I

Chemical xings
DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Cordless dispenser FIS DC S


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S,
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1-K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S,
Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC S 513423 FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, 1
1 battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
1 charger 10,8 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Battery Pack 513425 FIS DC S Battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION 1

Dispenser FIS AM Pneumatic dispenser FIS DP-XL


Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS AM 058000 1
FIS VW 360 S, FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
FIS DP S-XL 512401 FIS SB 1500 S, FIS EM 1500 S 1

Dispenser FIS DM S-L Dispenser FIS DP S-L


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S-L 510992 FIS EM 585 S / FIS SB 585 S 1
FIS DP S-L 511125 FIS EM 585 S / FIS SB 585 S Recommended pressure 6 bar 1

103
Chemical xings Superbond mortar FIS SB with RG M I

TECHNICAL DATA

Internal threaded anchor RG MI

zinc-plated stainless Approval Drill hole dia- Thread Eect. anchorage Min. / max. bolt Fill quantity Sales unit
steel steel meter depth penetration

ETA do A hef
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) 14 M8 90 8 / 18 3 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) 18 M 10 90 10 / 23 4 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) 20 M 12 125 12 / 26 6 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) 24 M 16 160 16 / 35 8 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) 32 M 20 200 20 / 45 24 5
1) Setting tool is included in each package.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete SDS-Adapter

For drill diameter Brush diameter Suitable for internal-threaded Sales unit
anchor
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 14 078180 14 16 RG 12 x 90 M8 I 1
BS 16/18 078181 18 20 RG 16 x 90 M10 I 1
BS 20 052277 20 25 RG 18 x 125 M12 I 1
BS 24 078182 24 26 RG 22 x 160 M16 I 1
BS 35 078184 32 40 RG 28 x 200 M20 I 1
SDS Chuck 530332 1
FIS brush extension 508791 1

Compressed-air cleaning tool Blow-out pump ABG Centring wedge


Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286 1
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 1
Centring wedge 093076 10 wedges for overhead installation, from M16 10

104
Superbond mortar FIS SB with RG M I

Chemical xings
LOADS
Superbond Resin Anchor RSB7) with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw property class 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0258 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Typ eective Min. Max. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness moment distance distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 8,1 8,3 55 55 13,8 8,3 55 55
RG M 10 I 90 125 20,0 10,8 13,3 65 65 20,5 13,3 65 65
RG M 12 I 125 165 40,0 16,8 19,3 75 75 32,4 19,3 75 75
RG M 16 I 160 208 80,0 26,3 30,9 95 95 48,7 30,9 95 95
RG M 20 I 200 264 120,0 41,9 51,4 125 125 68,0 51,4 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. to 80 C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. according approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

LOADS
Superbond Resin Anchor RSB with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw property class A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0258 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Typ eective Min. Max. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness moment distance distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 8,1 5,9 55 55 9,9 5,9 55 55
RG M 10 I A4 90 125 20,0 10,8 9,3 65 65 15,7 9,3 65 65
RG M 12 I A4 125 165 40,0 16,8 13,5 75 75 22,5 13,5 75 75
RG M 16 I A4 160 208 80,0 26,3 25,1 95 95 42,0 25,1 95 95
RG M 20 I A4 200 264 120,0 41,9 39,4 125 125 65,7 39,4 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. to 80 C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. according approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

105
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with FIS A

The powerful injection mortar for rebar connections and


Chemical xings

cracked concrete

Rail fastenings Underwater applications

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for anchorings in:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


High bond strengths and minor mortar Heavy steel constructions The injection system, comprising the
shrinkage allow maximum load appli- Silo installations epoxy resin mortar FIS EM combined
cation in cracked and non-cracked High racks with the FIS A threaded rod, is suitable
concrete, even with large threaded rod Sound insulation walls for pre-positioned and push-through
diameters of up to M30. Top concrete jointers installation.
Variable anchorage depths from 4x to Rim beam anchorings Resin and hardener are stored in two
20x the threaded rod diameter allow Anchorings in diamond-drilled drill separate chambers and are not mixed
for ideal adaptation to the load to holes and activated until extrusion through
be applied, and ensure an optimised Anchorings in waterlled drill holes the injection capsule in the static
installation time and use of materials. mixer.
FIS EM is also approved for diamond- The mortar is injected bubble-free
drilled and water-lled drill holes, from the drill hole base.
thus ensuring more exibility on the The mortar bonds the entire surface of
construction site. the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
The wide range of approved steel and seals o the drill hole.
types allows for use in all corrosion The anchor rod is set manually by
resistance classes and oers the best lightly rotating it until it reaches the
possible application safety. drill hole base.
During push-through installation, the
annular gap between the anchor rod
and attachment is lled with FIS EM.

106
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with FIS A

Chemical xings
PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION

PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar Injection mortar


FIS EM 390 S FIS EM 585 S

Injection mortar
FIS MR
FIS EM 1500 S

ICC-approval Languages Scale unit Contents


Approval

on the
cartridge
Item Art.-No. ETA ICC
FIS EM 390 S 093048 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 093049 GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 502289 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 585 S 508831 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 static mixer 6
FIS EM 585 S 509266 GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 static mixer 6
FIS EM 1500 S 512080 D, NL, I, F, CZ, SK 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS EM 1500 S 523941 GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS MR 096448 10 static mixer 10
10 static mixer FIS UMR for 585 ml
FIS UMR 520593 10
and 1500 ml cartridges

FIS EM 390 S HWK big, with


FIS EM 390 S HWK big FIS EM 390 S in bucket
dispenser FIS DM S
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. ETA ICC [pcs]


FIS EM 390 S HWK big 040038 GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS EM 390 S HWK big, 12 cartridges 390 ml, 24 x FIS MR,
049419 GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 1
with dispenser 1 x dispenser FIS DM S
FIS EM 390 S in bucket 521246 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS EM 585 S HWK big 518854 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 12 cartridge 585 ml, 12 x FIS UMR 1

107
Chemical xings Epoxy mortar FIS EM with FIS A

CURING TIME
Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
+5C +10C 2 hrs. +5C +10C 40 hrs.
+10C +20C 30 min. +10C +20C 18 hrs.
+20C +30C 14 min. +20C +30C 10 hrs.
+30C +40C 7 min. +30C +40C 5 hrs.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod FIS A

zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Min. / max. ancho- Min. / max. usable min. / max. lling Sales unit

Approval
steel grade steel grade steel FIS EM rage depth length quantity FIS EM
5.8 8.8 do
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 12 60 / 78 1 / 19 2/3 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 12 60 / 98 1 / 39 2/3 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 12 60 / 118 1 / 59 2/4 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 12 60 / 160 4 / 104 2/5 10
FIS A M 8 x 1000 509214 1) 509230 1) 12 60 / 160 2/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 14 60 / 96 1 / 37 3/4 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 14 60 / 116 1 / 57 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 14 60 / 136 1 / 77 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 14 60 / 156 1 / 97 3/6 10
FIS A M 10 x 190 517936 14 60 / 176 1 / 117 3/7 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 14 60 / 186 1 / 127 3/7 10
FIS A M 10 x 1000 509215 1) 509223 1) 509231 1) 14 60 / 200 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 14 70 / 103 1 / 34 3/5 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 14 70 / 123 1 / 54 3/6 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 14 70 / 143 1 / 74 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 14 70 / 163 1 / 94 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 200 517938 519421 14 70 / 183 1 / 114 3/8 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 14 70 / 193 1 / 124 3/9 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 14 70 / 240 4 / 174 3 / 10 10
FIS A M 12 x 1000 509216 1) 509224 1) 509232 1) 14 70 / 240 3 / 10 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975 18 80 / 109 1 / 30 5/7 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455 18 80 / 154 1 / 75 5 / 10 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456 18 80 / 179 1 / 100 5 / 11 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457 18 80 / 229 1 / 150 5 / 14 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458 18 80 / 279 1 / 200 5 / 17 10
FIS A M 16 x 1000 509217 1) 509225 1) 509233 1) 18 80 / 320 5 / 19 10
FIS A M 20 x 245 090292 519404 090459 24 90 / 220 1 / 131 11 / 28 10
FIS A M 20 x 290 090293 519406 090460 24 90 / 265 1 / 176 11 / 32 10
FIS A M 20 x 1000 519410 1) 519427 1) 24 90 / 400 11 / 48 10
FIS A M 24 x 290 090294 090461 28 96 / 260 1 / 165 15 / 39 5
FIS A M 24 x 380 090295 090462 28 96 / 350 1 / 255 15 / 52 5
FIS A M 30 x 430 090297 090464 35 120 / 394 1 / 275 28 / 88 5
1) Order washer and nut separately.

108
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with FIS A

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Hexagonal nut and washer

zinc plated, stainless Width across nut Washer (outer diameter x Match Sales unit
steel grade steel thickness)
8.8 SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
Nut & washer M8 510509 510513 13 16 x 1,6 FIS A M 8 50
Nut & washer M10 510510 510514 17 20 x 2 FIS A M 10 50
Nut & washer M12 510511 510515 19 24 x 2,5 FIS A M 12 25
Nut & washer M16 510512 510516 24 30 x 3 FIS A M 16 20
Nut & washer M20 519737 519738 30 37 x 3 FIS A M 20 10

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 12 078179 13 12 1
BS 14 078180 16 14 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS 24 078182 26 24 1
BS 25 097806 27 25 1
BS 28 078183 30 28 1
BS 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1

Cleaning brush with thread M 8 SDS-Adapter

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Brush for drill- 40 mm 505061 42 40 1
Brush for drill- 45 mm 506254 47 45 1
Brush for drill- 55 mm 505062 58 55 1
FIS brush extension 508791 1
SDS Chuck 530332 1

109
Chemical xings Epoxy mortar FIS EM with FIS A

Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP


Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP 059456 FIS A M 16 - M 30 1
1) Order washer and nut separately.

DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S Dispenser FIS AM Cordless dispenser FIS DC S


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S,
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1-K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS AM 058000 FIS VW 360 S, FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, 1
FIS SB 390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S
and 1K-cartridges
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S,
Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC S 513423 FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, 1
1 battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
1 charger 10,8 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Battery Pack 513425 FIS DC S Battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION 1

Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser FIS DM S-L Dispenser FIS DP S-L


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
FIS DM S-L 510992 FIS EM 585 S / FIS SB 585 S 1
FIS DP S-L 511125 FIS EM 585 S / FIS SB 585 S Recommended pressure 6 bar 1

110
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with FIS A

Chemical xings
Pneumatic dispenser FIS DP-XL
Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS DP S-XL 512401 FIS SB 1500 S, FIS EM 1500 S 1
air consumption max. 40 l/min

ACCESSORIES

Injection adapter Injection adapter


for drill 12 - 25 mm for drill 30 - 55 mm

Extension tube
Colour Length Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 12 mm 001497 white - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9 for drill- 14 mm 001498 blue - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 16 mm 001499 red - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 18 mm 001483 yellow - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 24 mm 520944 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 24 mm 520945 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 25 mm 001507 black - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 25 mm 001509 black - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 28 mm 520946 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 28 mm 520947 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 30 mm 090689 grey - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 30 mm 090700 grey - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 35 mm 090699 brown - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 35 mm 090701 brown - 10
FIS Extension tube 048983 - 1000 10
FIS EXT 15 530800 - 10000 1

111
Chemical xings Epoxy mortar FIS EM with FIS A

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with threaded rod FIS A (property class 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 10/0012 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Typ Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Permissible Permis- Min. Min. Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
eective ancho- eective ancho- member torque tensile load sible spacing edge tensile load sible spacing edge
rage depth rage depth thickness moment shear load distance shear load distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
60 100 10,0 5,0 8,6 40 40 10,8 8,6 40 40
FIS A M8 (8.8)
160 190 10,0 13,4 8,6 40 40 14,3 8,6 40 40
60 100 20,0 6,3 12,6 45 45 11,2 13,1 45 45
FIS A M10 (8.8)
200 230 20,0 20,9 13,1 45 45 22,4 13,1 45 45
70 100 40,0 8,8 17,6 55 55 14,1 19,4 55 55
FIS A M12 (8.8)
240 270 40,0 30,2 19,4 55 55 32,4 19,4 55 55
80 116 60,0 11,5 23,0 65 65 17,2 34,4 65 65
FIS A M16 (8.8)
320 356 60,0 46,0 36,0 65 65 60,0 36,0 65 65
90 138 120,0 14,6 29,3 85 85 20,5 41,1 85 85
FIS A M20 (8.8)
400 448 120,0 71,8 56,0 85 85 93,3 56,0 85 85
96 152 150,0 13,4 32,2 105 105 18,8 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24 (8.8)
480 536 150,0 100,5 80,6 105 105 134,3 80,6 105 105
108 168 200,0 16,0 38,5 120 120 22,5 54,0 120 120
FIS A M27 (8.8)
540 600 200,0 127,2 105,1 120 120 175,2 105,1 120 120
120 190 300,0 18,8 45,1 140 140 26,3 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30 (8.8)
600 670 300,0 157,1 128,6 140 140 213,8 128,6 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. 72C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning according
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with threaded rod FIS A A4 (property class A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 10/0012 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum Maximum Minimum Max. Permissible Permis- Min. Min. edge Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
eective eective member torque tensile load sible shear spacing distance tensile load sible shear spacing edge
anchorage anchorage thickness moment load load distance
depth depth
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
60 100 10,0 5,0 6,0 40 40 9,9 6,0 40 40
FIS A M8 (A4-70)
160 190 10,0 9,9 6,0 40 40 9,9 6,0 40 40
60 100 20,0 6,3 9,2 45 45 11,2 9,2 45 45
FIS A M10 (A4-70)
200 230 20,0 15,7 9,2 45 45 15,7 9,2 45 45
70 100 40,0 8,8 13,7 55 55 14,1 13,7 55 55
FIS A M12 (A4-70)
240 270 40,0 22,5 13,7 55 55 22,5 13,7 55 55
80 116 60,0 11,5 23,0 65 65 17,2 25,2 65 65
FIS A M16 (A4-70)
320 356 60,0 42,0 25,2 65 65 42,0 25,2 65 65
90 138 120,0 14,6 29,3 85 85 20,5 39,4 85 85
FIS A M20 (A4-70)
400 448 120,0 65,7 39,4 85 85 65,7 39,4 85 85
96 152 150,0 13,4 32,2 105 105 18,8 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24 (A4-70)
480 536 150,0 94,3 56,8 105 105 94,3 56,8 105 105
108 168 200,0 16,0 38,5 120 120 22,5 54,0 120 120
FIS A M27 (A4-70)
540 600 200,0 123,0 73,7 120 120 123,0 73,7 120 120
120 190 300,0 18,8 45,1 140 140 26,3 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30 (A4-70)
600 670 300,0 150,1 90,2 140 140 150,1 90,2 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. 72C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning according
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

112
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with FIS A

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with threaded rod FIS A C (property class C-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 10/0012 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum eec- Maximum Minimum Maximum Permissible Permis- Min. Min. Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
tive anchorage eective member torque tensile load sible spacing edge tensile load sible spacing edge
depth anchorage thickness moment shear load distance shear load distance
depth
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
60 100 10,0 5,0 7,4 40 40 10,8 7,4 40 40
FIS A M8 (C-70)
160 190 10,0 12,4 7,4 40 40 12,4 7,4 40 40
60 100 20,0 6,3 11,4 45 45 11,2 11,4 45 45
FIS A M10 (C-70)
200 230 20,0 19,5 11,4 45 45 19,5 11,4 45 45
70 100 40,0 8,8 17,1 55 55 14,1 17,1 55 55
FIS A M12 (C-70)
240 270 40,0 28,1 17,1 55 55 28,1 17,1 55 55
80 116 60,0 11,5 23,0 65 65 17,2 31,4 65 65
FIS A M16 (C-70)
320 356 60,0 46,0 31,4 65 65 52,4 31,4 65 65
90 138 120,0 14,6 29,3 85 85 20,5 41,1 85 85
FIS A M20 (C-70)
400 448 120,0 71,8 49,1 85 85 81,9 49,1 85 85
96 152 150,0 13,4 32,2 105 105 18,8 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24 (C-70)
480 536 150,0 100,5 70,9 105 105 117,6 70,9 105 105
108 168 200,0 16,0 38,5 120 120 22,5 54,0 120 120
FIS A M27 (C-70)
540 600 200,0 127,2 92,0 120 120 153,3 92,0 120 120
120 190 300,0 18,8 45,1 140 140 26,3 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30 (C-70)
600 670 300,0 157,1 112,6 140 140 187,1 112,6 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 72C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning according
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.

113
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with RG M I

The powerful injection mortar for rebar connections and


Chemical xings

cracked concrete

Rail fastenings Underwater applications

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for anchorings in:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


High bond strengths and minor mortar Removable xings The injection system, comprising the
shrinkage allow maximum load appli- Suspensions of pipelines, cable trays epoxy resin mortar FIS EM combined
cation in cracked and non-cracked and ceilings with the internal threaded anchor
concrete. Temporary xing, e.g. Machines RG M I, is suitable for pre-positioned
The internal threaded anchor RGMI Scaold anchoring installation.
allows for surface-ush removal and Resin and hardener are stored in two
re-use of the attachment point, thereby separate chambers and are not mixed
providing optimal exibility. and activated until extrusion through
The metric internal thread allows the injection capsule in the static
for the use of standard screws or mixer.
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation The mortar is injected bubble-free
to suit the intended use. from the drill hole base.
FISEM is also approved for diamond- The mortar bonds the entire surface
drilled and water-lled drill holes, of the internal threaded anchor with
thus ensuring more exibility on the the drill hole wall and seals o the drill
construction site. hole.
The RG M I is set manually by lightly
rotating it until it reaches the drill hole
base.

114
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with RG M I

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar Injection mortar


FIS EM 390 S FIS EM 585 S

Injection mortar
FIS MR
FIS EM 1500 S

ICC-approval Languages Scale unit Contents


Approval

on the
cartridge
Item Art.-No. ETA ICC
FIS EM 390 S 093048 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 093049 GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 502289 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 585 S 508831 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 static mixer 6
FIS EM 585 S 509266 GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 static mixer 6
FIS EM 1500 S 512080 D, NL, I, F, CZ, SK 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS EM 1500 S 523941 GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS MR 096448 10 static mixer 10
10 static mixer FIS UMR for 585 ml
FIS UMR 520593 10
and 1500 ml cartridges

FIS EM 390 S HWK big, with


FIS EM 390 S HWK big FIS EM 390 S in bucket
dispenser FIS DM S
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. ETA ICC [pcs]


FIS EM 390 S HWK big 040038 GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS EM 390 S HWK big, 12 cartridges 390 ml, 24 x FIS MR,
049419 GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 1
with dispenser 1 x dispenser FIS DM S
FIS EM 390 S in bucket 521246 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS EM 585 S HWK big 518854 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 12 cartridge 585 ml, 12 x FIS UMR 1

115
Chemical xings Epoxy mortar FIS EM with RG M I

CURING TIME
Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
+5C +10C 2 hrs. +5C +10C 40 hrs.
+10C +20C 30 min. +10C +20C 18 hrs.
+20C +30C 14 min. +20C +30C 10 hrs.
+30C +40C 7 min. +30C +40C 5 hrs.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

TECHNICAL DATA

Internal threaded anchor RG MI

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole dia- Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

steel steel meter tration tration

ETA do lE,min lE,max


Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) 10 8 14 5 10
RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) 12 10 16 5 10
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) 14 12 18 3 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) 18 15 23 4 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) 20 18 26 6 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) 24 24 35 8 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) 32 30 45 24 5
1) Setting tool is included in each package.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete SDS-Adapter

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 10 078178 11 10 1
BS 12 078179 13 12 1
BS 14 078180 16 14 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS 24 078182 26 24 1
BS 25 097806 27 25 1
BS 28 078183 30 28 1
BS 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1
FIS brush extension 508791 1
SDS Chuck 530332 1

116
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with RG M I

Chemical xings
Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP
Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP 059456 FIS A M 16 - M 30 1

DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S Dispenser FIS AM Cordless dispenser FIS DC S


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S,
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1-K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS AM 058000 FIS VW 360 S, FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 1
390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S
and 1K-cartridges
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S,
Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC S 513423 FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, 1
1 battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
1 charger 10,8 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Battery Pack 513425 FIS DC S Battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION 1

Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser FIS DM S-L Dispenser FIS DP S-L


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
FIS DM S-L 510992 FIS EM 585 S / FIS SB 585 S 1
FIS DP S-L 511125 FIS EM 585 S / FIS SB 585 S Recommended pressure 6 bar 1

117
Chemical xings Epoxy mortar FIS EM with RG M I

Pneumatic dispenser FIS DP-XL


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS DP S-XL 512401 FIS SB 1500 S, FIS EM 1500 S 1
air consumption max. 40 l/min

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw property class 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 10/0012 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Maximum Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness moment distance distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 13,8 8,3 55 55 11,3 8,3 55 55
RG M 10 I 90 125 20,0 14,6 13,3 65 65 12,9 13,3 65 65
RG M 12 I 125 165 40,0 24,0 19,3 75 75 20,2 19,3 75 75
RG M 16 I 160 208 80,0 28,9 30,9 95 95 30,7 30,9 95 95
RG M 20 I 200 264 120,0 40,4 51,4 125 125 48,9 51,4 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. 72C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning according
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw property class A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 10/0012 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Maximum Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness moment distance distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,9 5,9 55 55 9,9 5,9 55 55
RG M 10 I A4 90 125 20,0 14,6 9,3 65 65 12,9 9,3 65 65
RG M 12 I A4 125 165 40,0 22,5 13,5 75 75 20,2 13,5 75 75
RG M 16 I A4 160 208 80,0 28,9 25,1 95 95 30,7 25,1 95 95
RG M 20 I A4 200 264 120,0 40,4 39,4 125 125 48,9 39,4 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. 72C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning according
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

118
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M

Chemical xings
The proven bonded anchor for non-cracked concrete

High-bay warehouses Collision protection

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
highly corrosion-resistant steel
hot-dip galvanised steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, non-cracked
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The pre-portioned resin capsule is Steelwork constructions The resin anchor R is suitable for pre-
especially economical for individual Timber constructions positioned installation when combined
applications and overhead installa- Guard rails with the threaded rod RGM.
tions. Staircases The 2-component resin capsule RM
The choice between standard and Column bases contains quick-setting styrene-free
intensive cleaning allows for individual Machines vinyl ester resin and hardener.
adaptation either to achieve rapid Masts The threaded rod RGM is set using
progress or to obtain the maximum Ideal for: a hammer drill and the accompany-
load level. Overhead installations ing setting tool in rotating and hitting
The wide range of approved steel Water-lled drill holes motions.
types allows for use in all corrosion During setting, the oblique edge of the
resistance classes and oers the best RGM destroys the capsule, and mixes
possible application safety. and activates the mortar.
The extensive range of RGM from The mortar bonds the entire surface
M8-M30 opens up a wide range of of the threaded rod with the drill hole
applications and therefore oers great wall and seals the drill hole.
exibility.
The larger anchorage depths of the
RGME variants allow for an even
greater load level. Thus fewer xing
points are required.

119
Chemical xings Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Resin capsule R M

Drill hole Min. drill hole Eect. anchorage Suitable for anchor rod Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth depth


do h1 hef
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
RM8 050270 1) 10 80 80 RG M 8 10
R M 10 050271 1) 12 90 90 RG M10 10
R M 12 050272 14 110 110 RG M 12 10
R M 12 E 048501 14 150 150 RG M 12 E 10
R M 14 050278 2) 16 120 120 RG M 14 10
R M 16 050273 18 125 125 RG M 16 10
R M 16 E 079838 18 190 190 RG M 16 E 10
R M 20 050274 25 170 170 RG M 20 10
R M 20 E 079840 25 240 240 RG M 20 E 5
R M 22 512763 30 190 190 RG M 22 5
R M 24 050275 28 210 210 RG M 24 5
R M 24 E 079842 28 290 290 RG M 24 E 5
R M 27 079843 32 250 250 RG M 27 5
R M 30 050276 35 280 280 RG M 30 5
1) No ETA-approval in combination with internal-threaded anchor RG MI.
2) No ETA-approval in combination with threaded rod RG M.

CURING TIME
Temperature at anchoring base Curing time

5C 0C 240 min.
0C +10C 45 min.
+10C +20C 20 min.
+20C 10 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled.

120
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod RG M

zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Eect. Max. xture Hexagon Hexagon nut Fits capsules Sales unit

Approval
steel grade steel grade steel diameter anchorage thickness drive
5.8 8.8 depth
do hef t x 6kt SW SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
RG M 8 x 110 050256 050263 10 80 14 5 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 8 x 150 095698 519443 050293 10 80 54 5 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 8 x 250 095699 10 80 154 5 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 8 x 250 095700 10 80 160 5 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 10 x 130 050257 050264 12 90 20 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 165 050280 050294 12 90 55 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 190 050281 050296 12 90 80 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 220 519444 12 90 110 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 250 095703 095701 12 90 140 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 350 095709 1) 12 90 240 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 350 095718 1) 12 90 240 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 12 x 160 050258 050265 14 110 26 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 200 E 050576 2) 14 150 26 8 19 48501 RM 12 E 10
RG M 12 x 220 050283 050297 14 110 86 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 230 E 050574 2) 14 150 56 8 19 48501 RM 12 E 10
RG M 12 x 250 050284 095702 14 110 116 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 300 050285 095705 14 110 166 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 380 095720 1) 095710 1) 14 110 246 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 14 x 170 050286 16 120 38 10 22 50278 RM 14 10
RG M 16 x 165 050287 095704 18 125 8 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 190 050259 050266 18 125 33 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 250 050288 050298 18 125 93 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 270 519446 18 125 113 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 300 050289 050299 18 125 143 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 380 095722 1) 095712 1) 18 125 223 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 500 095723 1) 095713 1) 18 125 343 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 20 x 260 050260 050267 25 170 54 12 30 50274 RM 20 10
RG M 20 x 290 519447 25 170 84 12 30 50274 RM 20 10
RG M 20 x 350 095707 095706 25 170 124 12 30 50274 RM 20 10
RG M 20 x 500 095725 1) 25 170 294 30 50274 RM 20 10
RG M 22 x 280 512252 1) 30 190 65 32 512763 RM 22 5
RG M 24 x 295 519448 1) 28 210 56 36 50275 RM 24 10
RG M 24 x 300 050261 1) 050268 1) 28 210 61 36 50275 RM 24 10
RG M 24 x 400 095727 1) 095715 1) 28 210 161 36 50275 RM 24 10
RG M 24 x 600 095728 1) 28 210 361 36 50275 RM 24 5
RG M 27 x 340 090720 1) 090725 1) 32 250 60 41 79843 RM 27 5
RG M 30 x 380 050262 1) 090726 1) 35 280 65 46 50276 RM 30 5
RG M 30 x 500 095730 1) 35 280 185 46 50276 RM 30 5
1) Straight cut, additional setting tool required
2) Delivery time on request.

121
Chemical xings Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod RG M

highly corro- hot-dip galva- Drill hole Eect. ancho- Max. xture Hexagon Hexagon nut Fits capsules Sales unit

Approval
sion resistant nised steel diameter rage depth thickness drive
steel
do hef t x 6kt SW SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item C fvz
RG M 8 x 110 096316 1) 10 80 13 5 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 10 x 130 096217 1) 12 90 20 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 12 x 160 096218 1) 512247 14 110 25 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 16 x 190 096219 1) 512250 18 125 35 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
1) Delivery time on request.

TECHNICAL DATA
6kt SW

d0
R Set-O-
SW
h ef t fix

Drill hole Eect. anchorage Max. xture Hexagon drive Hexagon nut Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth thickness


do hef t x 6kt SW SW
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item
R Set-O-16 x180/20 8.8 fvz 524702 18 125 20 12 24 20

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

Brush diameter Thread Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
BS 10 078178 11 M8 1
BS 12 078179 13 M 10 1
BS 14 078180 16 M 12 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 M 14, M 16 1
BS 25 097806 27 M 20 1
BS 28 078183 30 M 24 1
BS 35 078184 40 M 22, M 27, M 30 1

Compressed-air cleaning tool Blow-out pump ABG


Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286 1
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 1
1) Delivery time on request.

122
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M

Chemical xings
ACCESSORIES
Machine setting tool RA-SDS Adapter SDS plus 1/2" VK

Adapter SDS max 1/2" VK Adapter SK SW 8 1/2" VK

Adapter SDS max 3/4" VK

Match Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
RA-SDS 062420 Adapter suitable fits set screw 1
SK SW 8 1/2 001536 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M22 1
SDS plus 1/2 001537 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M16 1
SDS max 1/2 001538 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M16 - M20 1
SDS max 3/4 001539 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M20 - M30 1
1) Delivery time on request.

SETTING TOOLS
Setting tool with SDS adapter
For simple installation of bonded anchors for example Resin anchor R, Highbond anchor FHB II, Superbond resin capsule RSB.

RA-SDS
included with each package

Adapter for installing anchor rods


Threaded rods without external hex-drive (special lengths).

+ SDS max 1/2 VK

+
SDS max 3/4 VK

Important: use counter nut!


+
SDS plus 1/2 VK

+
SK SW 8 1/2 VK

123
Chemical xings Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M

LOADS
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M (grade 5.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0010 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 80 110 10,0 8,8 4,2 40 40
RG M 10 90 120 20,0 12,3 7,6 45 45
RG M 12 110 150 40,0 19,8 11,0 55 55
RG M 12E 150 200 40,0 21,1 11,0 75 75
RG M 16 125 160 60,0 28,4 20,5 65 65
RG M 16E 190 250 60,0 39,3 20,5 95 95
RG M 20 170 220 120,0 45,8 32,0 85 85
RG M 20E 240 300 120,0 60,9 32,0 120 120
RG M 24 210 280 150,0 64,1 46,1 105 105
RG M 24E 290 380 150,0 87,7 46,1 145 145
RG M 27 250 330 200,0 85,8 60,1 125 125
RG M 30 280 370 300,0 100,5 73,3 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

LOADS
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M A4 (grade A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0010 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 A4 80 110 10,0 8,8 5,9 40 40
RG M 10 A4 90 120 20,0 12,3 9,3 45 45
RG M 12 A4 110 150 40,0 19,8 13,5 55 55
RG M 12E A4 150 200 40,0 22,5 13,5 75 75
RG M 16 A4 125 160 60,0 28,4 25,1 65 65
RG M 16E A4 190 250 60,0 42,0 25,1 95 95
RG M 20 A4 170 220 120,0 45,8 39,2 85 85
RG M 20E A4 240 300 120,0 64,6 39,2 120 120
RG M 24 A4 210 280 150,0 64,1 56,5 105 105
RG M 24E A4 290 380 150,0 88,5 56,5 145 145
RG M 27 A4 250 330 200,0 85,8 73,6 125 125
RG M 30 A4 280 370 300,0 100,5 89,8 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

124
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M

Chemical xings
LOADS
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M C (material 1.4529)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0010 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 C 80 110 10,0 8,8 7,3 40 40
RG M 10 C 90 120 20,0 12,3 11,6 45 45
RG M 12 C 110 150 40,0 19,8 16,9 55 55
RG M 12E C 150 200 40,0 26,9 16,9 75 75
RG M 16 C 125 160 60,0 28,4 31,3 65 65
RG M 16E C 190 250 60,0 43,2 31,3 95 95
RG M 20 C 170 220 120,0 45,8 49,0 85 85
RG M 20E C 240 300 120,0 64,6 49,0 120 120
RG M 24 C 210 280 150,0 64,1 70,5 105 105
RG M 24E C 290 380 150,0 88,5 70,5 145 145
RG M 27 C 250 330 200,0 85,8 91,9 125 125
RG M 30 C 280 370 300,0 100,5 112,1 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

125
Resin anchor R with RG MI

The proven bonded anchor with internal thread for non-cracked


Chemical xings

concrete

Stadium seating Fall protection devices

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, non-cracked
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The internal threaded anchor RG MI Removable xings The resin anchor R is suitable for pre-
allows for the surface ush removal Temporary xings, e.g. for machines positioned installation when combined
and reuse of the xing point. It there- Scaold anchoring with the internal threaded anchor
fore oers great exibility. RGMI.
The metric internal thread allows for The 2-component resin capsule RM
the use of standard metric screws or contains quick-setting styrene-free
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation vinylester resin and hardener.
to suit the intended use. The internal threaded anchor RGMI
The pre-portioned resin capsule is is set using a hammer drill and the
especially economical for individual accompanying setting tool in rotating
applications. and hitting motions.
The glass particles of the capsule body During setting, the oblique edge of the
rough up the drill hole wall during internal threaded anchor destroys the
the setting process. This minimises capsule, and mixes and activates the
the amount of cleaning required and mortar.
allows for installation under extreme The mortar bonds the entire surface of
conditions, for example in water-lled the internal threaded anchor with the
drill holes. drill hole wall and seals the drill hole.

126
Resin anchor R with RG MI

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Resin capsule R M

Drill hole Min. drill hole Eect. anchorage Suitable for internal-threaded Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth depth anchor


do h1 hef
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
RM8 050270 1) 10 75 75 RG 8 x 75 M5 I 10
R M 10 050271 1) 12 75 75 RG 10 x 75 M6 I 10
R M 12 050272 14 90 90 RG 12 x 90 M8 I 10
R M 14 050278 2) 16 90 90 RG 16 x 90 M10 I 10
R M 16 E 079838 18 125/160 125/160 RG M12 I, RG M16 I 10
R M 20 050274 25 200 200 RG 28 x 200 M20 I 10
1) No ETA-approval in combination with internal-threaded anchor RG MI.
2) No ETA-approval in combination with threaded rod RG M.

CURING TIME
Temperature at anchoring base Curing time

5C 0C 240 min.
0C +10C 45 min.
+10C +20C 20 min.
+20C 10 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled.

127
Chemical xings Resin anchor R with RG MI

TECHNICAL DATA

Internal threaded anchor RG MI

zinc-plated stainless Approval Drill hole dia- Eect. anchorage Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fits capsules Sales unit
steel steel meter depth tration tration

ETA do hef lE,min lE,max


Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) 10 75 8 14 50270 RM 8 10
RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) 12 75 10 16 50271 RM 10 10
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) 14 90 12 18 50272 RM 12 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) 18 90 15 23 50278 RM 14 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) 20 125 18 26 79838 RM 16 E 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) 24 160 24 35 79838 RM 16 E 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) 32 200 30 45 50274 RM 20 5
1) Setting tool is included in each package.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

Brush diameter Suitable for internal-threaded anchor Sales unit


Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
BS 10 078178 11 RG 8 x 75 M5 I 1
BS 12 078179 13 RG 10 x 75 M6 I 1
BS 14 078180 16 RG 12 x 90 M8 I 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 RG 16 x 90 M10 I 1
BS 20 052277 25 RG 18 x 125 M12 I 1
BS 24 078182 26 RG 22 x 160 M16 I 1
BS 35 078184 40 RG 28 x 200 M20 I 1
1) Setting tool is included in each package.

Compressed-air cleaning tool Blow-out pump ABG


Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286 1
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 1
1) Setting tool is included in each package.

128
Resin anchor R with RG MI

Chemical xings
LOADS
Resin anchor R with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw with grade 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254).
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0010 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Typ Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 13,8 8,2 45 45
RG M 10 I 90 120 20,0 16,7 13,0 45 45
RG M 12 I 125 170 40,0 23,8 18,9 60 60
RG M 16 I 160 220 60,0 35,7 35,1 80 80
RG M 20 I 200 270 120,0 54,8 54,9 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

LOADS
Resin anchor R with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw with grade A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254).
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0010 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,9 5,9 45 45
RG M 10 I A4 90 120 20,0 15,7 9,3 45 45
RG M 12 I A4 125 170 40,0 22,5 13,5 60 60
RG M 16 I A4 160 220 60,0 35,7 25,1 80 80
RG M 20 I A4 200 270 120,0 54,8 39,2 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

129
Injection mortar FIS V

The versatile injection mortar for anchorings in non-cracked


Chemical xings

concrete and masonry

Rescue ladders Column bases

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for anchorings in:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Hollow blocks made from concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid brick
Approved for rebar connections in:
Concrete C12/15 to C50/60
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FISV injection mortar has numer- Injection mortar for use with: The FIS V is a 2-component injection
ous system approvals, such as in Threaded rods FIS A, see page mortar based on vinyl ester hybrid.
non-cracked concrete, masonry and 145(concrete), 154(masonry) and Resin and hardener are stored in two
for rebar connections. FISV is thus the 174(aerated concrete). separate chambers and are not mixed
universal injection mortar family with Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see and activated until extrusion through
guaranteed reliability for practically all page 151 the static mixer.
areas of application. Rebar anchor FRA, see page 186 The injection cartridges are quick and
FISVW HIGH SPEED has a signi- Concrete steel bars, see page 186 easy to use with the scher dispens-
cantly shorter curing time than FISV, Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see ers.
thus also ensuring swift work progress page 162 Partially used cartridges can be
even at low temperatures. Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, reused, simply by changing the static
FISVS LOW SPEED with extended see page 174 mixer.
gelling time prevents premature curing Remedial wall tie VBS 8, see page Related accessories for the various
of the mortar at higher temperatures 202 applications can be found on
and is ideally suited to large drill hole Weather facing reconstruction system pages 145 (non-cracked concrete),
depths. FWS, see page 204 154(masonry), 174 (aerated con-
The extensive range of accessories crete) and 186 (rebar connection).
is ideally suited to the FISV injection Anchorings in waterlled drill holes
mortar family, increases the great ex- (only FIS V 410 C)
ibility of the system and thus allows for
a broad range of applications.

FOR USE WITH


Equipment for Equipment for Equipment for
non-cracked concrete masonry special applications
from page 145 from page 162 from page 204
130
Injection mortar FIS V

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS V Injection mortar FIS V 950 S

Injection mortar FIS V 410 C FIS Easy mixer

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS V 360 S 094404 D, F, NL, TR, H, RUS 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS V 360 S 094405 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS V 360 S 068435 DK, S, N, FIN, PL, CZ 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS V 360 S 502283 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS V 360 S 043994 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS V 410 C 521431 I, GB, D 200 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x Easy mixer 16
1 cartridge 950 ml, 1 x static mixer big,
FIS V 950 S 017101 D, GB, F, NL, I, E, P, JP, PRC 500 6
1 x easy mixer
FIS Easy mixer 520742 10 static mixer 10

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar Injection mortar


FIS VW 360 S FIS VW 300 T

FIS Easy mixer


Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS VW 360 S 090753 D, GB, F, I, NL, E 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS VW 360 S 043997 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS VW 360 S 502284 RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS VW 300 T 507793 D, GB, HR, SLO, SRB, BG 150 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VW 300 T 507795 S, DK, N, CZ, SK, PL, RUS 150 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VW 380 C 519328 CZ, SK, PL 190 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS Easy mixer 520742 10 static mixer 10

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS VS 150 C Power-Injection FIS VS 100 P

Injection mortar FIS VS 300 T Injection mortar FIS VS 360 S

FIS Easy mixer


Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS VS 150 C 045302 D, GB, F, I, NL, E 70 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS VS 150 C 043998 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 70 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
Set for hollow bricks: 1 cartridge 145 ml,
FIS VS 150 C Set 045303 D, GB, F, I, NL, E 70 6
2 x FIS easy mixer, 6 x FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS VS 100 P 072525 D, GB, F, I, NL, E 50 1 cartridge 100 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6

131
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS V

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS VS 150 C Power-Injection FIS VS 100 P

Injection mortar FIS VS 300 T Injection mortar FIS VS 360 S

FIS Easy mixer


Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS VS 100 P 092763 CZ, PL, H, SK, SLO, HR 50 1 cartridge 100 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS VS 300 T 093180 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VS 300 T 502285 RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VS 300 T 044102 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS, GR 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VS 300 T 093226 PL, CZ, DK, N, S, FIN 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VS 300 T 051058 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VS 360 S 078664 GB, PRC, E, P, JP 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS VS 360 S 518583 D, F, NL 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS Easy mixer 520742 10 static mixer 10

FIS V 360 S HWK big with


FIS V 360 S HWK small FIS V 360 S HWK big
dispenser FIS DM S
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS V 360 S HWK small 092430 D, F, NL, H, RUS, TR 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS V 360 S HWK big 091936 D, F, NL, H, RUS, TR 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS V 360 S HWK big 096554 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x FIS easy mixer 1
12 cartridges 360 ml, 24 x FIS easy mixer,
FIS V 360 S HWK big 503027 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1
1 x dispenser FIS DM S

132
Injection mortar FIS V

Chemical xings
FIS VS 360 S in bucket FIS V 410 C in bucket
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS V 360 S in bucket 503025 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 20 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS V 360 S in bucket 518538 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 20 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS V 410 in bucket 531504 GB, TR, RU 16 cartridge 410 ml, 32 x Easy mixer 1

FIS VS 300 T HWK big FIS VS 360 S in bucket Thermosafe case set, empty
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS VS 300 T in bucket 518539 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS, GR 20 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS VS 300 T HWK big 517645 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 300 ml, 40 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS VS 300 T HWK small 518832 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 10 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS VS 360 S in bucket 518943 GB, PRC, E, P, JP 20 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS easy mixer 1
empty, for cartridges 360 ml, FIS DM S
Thermosafe Case set, empty 518134 1
and Blow-out pump ABG

CURING TIME FIS V


Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
5C 0C 24 hrs.
0C +5C 3 hrs.
+5C +10C 9 min. +5C +10C 90 min.
+10C +20C 5 min. +10C +20C 60 min.
+20C +30C 4 min. +20C +30C 45 min.
+30C +40C 2 min. +30C +40C 35 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

133
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS V

CURING TIME FIS VW HIGH SPEED


Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
15C 10C 1) 12 hrs.
10C 5C 1) 8 hrs.
-5C 0C 1) 5 min. 5C 0C 3 hrs.
0C +5C 5 min. 0C +5C 90 min.
+5C +10C 3 min. +5C +10C 45 min.
+10C +20C 1 min. +10C +20C 30 min.
1)
Without approval.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

CURING TIME FIS VS LOW SPEED


Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
0C +5C 6 hrs.
+5C +10C 20 min. +5C +10C 3 hrs.
+10C +20C 10 min. +10C +20C 2 hrs.
+20C +30C 6 min. +20C +30C 60 min.
+30C +40C 4 min. +30C +40C 30 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete Brush set for masonry

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 8 078177 9 8 1
BS 10 078178 11 10 1
BS 12 078179 13 12 1
BS 14 078180 16 14 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS 20 052277 25 20 1
BS 24 078182 26 24 1
BS 25 097806 27 25 1
BS 28 078183 30 28 1
BS 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1
Brush set 14/20 mm 048980 - 8 - 16 1
Brush set 20/30 mm 048981 - 16 - 30 1
FIS brush extension 508791 - - 1
SDS Chuck 530332 - - 1

Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP Blow-out pump ABG


Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP 059456 FIS A M 16 - M 30 1
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 - 1

134
Injection mortar FIS V

Chemical xings
DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S Dispenser FIS AM Cordless dispenser FIS DC S


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S,
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1-K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S,
FIS AM 058000 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S,
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S,
Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC S 513423 FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, 1
1 battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
1 charger 10,8 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Battery Pack 513425 FIS DC S Battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION 1

Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Pneumatic dispenser FIS AJ Dispenser KPM 2


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
FIS AJ 016251 FIS V 950 S 1
FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, FIS VT 300 T,
KP M 2 053117 1
FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges

Dispenser FIS AC
Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS AC 096497 FIS P 380 C, FIS VT 380 C 1

135
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS V

ACCESSORIES

Injection adapter Injection adapter


for drill 12 - 25 mm for drill 30 - 55 mm

Extension tube
Colour Length Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 12 mm 001497 white - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9 for drill- 14 mm 001498 blue - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 18 mm 001483 yellow - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 24 mm 520944 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 24 mm 520945 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 28 mm 520946 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 28 mm 520947 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 35 mm 090699 brown - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 35 mm 090701 brown - 10
FIS Extension tube 048983 - 1000 10
FIS EXT 15 530800 - 10000 1

136
Injection mortar FIS VT

The solid injection mortar for anchorings in non-cracked

Chemical xings
concrete and masonry

High-bay warehouses Air conditioning units

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for anchorings in:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Hollow blocks made from concrete
Aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FIS VT is approved for use in non- Injection mortar for use with: The FIS VT is a 2-component injection
cracked concrete and masonry, and Threaded rods FIS A, see page mortar based on vinylester.
achieves a high load-bearing capacity 145(concrete) and page Resin and hardener are stored in two
in these conditions. 154(masonry) separate chambers and are not mixed
The injection mortar, based on vinyl Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see and activated until extrusion through
ester resin, allows for anchorings in page 126 the static mixer.
water-lled drill holes, thus allowing for Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see The 380ml coaxial cartridge can be
rapid progress. page 169 easily used with the scher FIS AC
The temperature resistance of the Injection push-through anchor sleeve dispenser.
FISVT injection mortar of -40C to FIS H K, see page 169 Partially used cartridges can be
+120 C allows for a solid load level reused, simply by changing the static
even when subjected to high tempera- mixer.
ture demands, thus providing great Related accessories for use in non-
exibility. cracked concrete and masonry can be
found on page 139.

137
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS VT

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS VT 380 C Injection mortar FIS VT 300 T FIS VT 380 C in bucket
Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


FIS VT 380 C 094401 D, F, NL, DK, S, TR 190 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VT 380 C 059118 GB, I, P, E, PL, CZ 190 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VT 380 C 043999 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 190 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VT 380 C in bucket 503026 GB, I, P, E, PL, CZ 190 16 cartridges 380 ml, 16 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS VT 380 C in bucket 518540 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 190 16 cartridges 380 ml, 16 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS VT 300 T 518863 D, F, NL 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VT 300 T 502291 GB, E, P 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VT 300 T 509605 DK, FIN, S, N 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VT 300 T 512933 D, HR, SLO, BG 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS VT 300 T in bucket 521677 D, HR, SLO, BG 150 20 cartridges 300 ml, 40 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS VT 300 T HWK small 520184 D, F, NL 150 12 cartridges 300 ml, 24 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS VT 360 S 521033 GB, E, P 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS VT 360 S HWK big 521682 D, SLO, HR, BG 180 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS VT 360 S HWK small 521683 D, SLO, HR, BG 180 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS Easy mixer 520742 10 static mixer 10

CURING TIME
Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
5C 0C 24 hrs.
0C +5C 3 hrs.
+5C +10C 9 min. +5C +10C 90 min.
+10C +20C 5 min. +10C +20C 60 min.
+20C +30C 4 min. +20C +30C 45 min.
+30C +40C 2 min. +30C +40C 35 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 10 078178 11 10 1
BS 12 078179 13 12 1
BS 14 078180 16 14 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS 20 052277 25 20 1
BS 24 078182 26 24 1
BS 25 097806 27 25 1
BS 28 078183 30 28 1
BS 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1
FIS brush extension 508791 - - 1
SDS Chuck 530332 - - 1

138
Injection mortar FIS VT

Chemical xings
Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP Blow-out pump ABG
Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP 059456 FIS A M 16 - M 30 1
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 - 1

DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S Cordless dispenser FIS DC S Dispenser FIS AM


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S,
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1-K-cartridges
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S,
Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC S 513423 FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, 1
1 battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
1 charger 10,8 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Battery Pack 513425 FIS DC S Battery pack 10,8 V // 2,0 Ah // Li-ION 1
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S,
FIS AM 058000 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S,
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges

Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser FIS AC Dispenser KPM 2


Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
FIS AC 096497 FIS P 380 C, FIS VT 380 C 1
FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, FIS VT 300 T,
KP M 2 053117 1
FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges

139
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS P Plus

The approved injection mortar for anchorings in masonry

Cable duct Awnings

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for:
Vertical perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Non-cracked concrete
Aerated concrete
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


With FIS P Plus, anchorings in Injection mortar for use in masonry FIS P Plus is a 2-component injection
masonry for which approval is relevant with: mortar based on polyester resin.
can be realised in a particularly eco- Threaded rods FIS A, see pages 145 Resin and hardener are stored in two
nomical manner. Injection anchor sleeves FIS H K, see separate chambers and are not mixed
FIS P Plus 300 T can be used with page 165 and activated until extrusion through
stable, standard silicone injection Injection push-through anchor sleeve the static mixer.
dispensers. No special equipment is FIS H K, see page 169 Partially used cartridges can be
required. As a result, procurement reused, simply by changing the static
costs can be reduced on the basis of mixer.
polyester resin. Related accessories for use in masonry
can be found on page 141.

140
Injection mortar FIS P Plus

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar Injection mortar


FIS P Plus 380 C FIS P Plus 300 T

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Approval
Item Art.-No. ETA [pcs]
FIS P Plus 380 C 522178 GB, E, P 190 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS P Plus 300 T 522430 D, F, NL 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS P Plus 300 T 523226 GB, E, P 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS P Plus 300 T HWK small 522434 D, F, NL 150 12 cartridges 300 ml, 24 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS Easy mixer 520742 10 static mixer 10

CURING TIME
Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
5C 0C 24 hrs.
+1C +5C 3 hrs.
+5C +10C 9 min. +6C +10C 90 min.
+10C +20C 5 min. +11C +20C 60 min.
+20C +30C 4 min. +21C +30C 45 min.
+30C +40C 2 min. +31C +40C 35 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete Blow-out pump ABG

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 10 078178 11 10 1
BS 12 078179 13 12 1
BS 14 078180 16 14 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS 20 052277 25 20 1
FIS brush extension 508791 - - 1
SDS Chuck 530332 - - 1
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 - - 1

DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS AC Dispenser KPM 2


Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS AC 096497 FIS P 380 C, FIS VT 380 C 1
KP M 2 053117 FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, FIS VT 300 T, FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 1

141
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS P

The reliable injection mortar for anchorings in masonry

Gates Wall consoles

BUILDING MATERIALS
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FIS P is the economical solution Injection mortar for use in masonry The FIS P is a 2-component injection
for anchorings in masonry that do not and aerated concrete with: mortar based on polyester resin.
require approvals. Threaded rods FIS A, see pages Resin and hardener are stored in two
The FIS P 300 T can be used with 154(masonry) and 174(aerated separate chambers and are not mixed
stable, standard silicone injection concrete). and activated until extrusion through
dispensers. No special equipment is Internal threaded anchor FIS E, see the static mixer.
required. This helps to reduce procure- pages 154(masonry) and 174(aer- Partially used cartridges can be
ment costs. ated concrete). reused, simply by changing the static
Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see mixer.
page 154. Related accessories for use in masonry
Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, and aerated concrete can be found on
see page 174. page 144 or page 176.

142
Injection mortar FIS P

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS P 300 T Injection mortar FIS P 380 C

Injection mortar FIS P 360 S Injection mortar FIS P 300 TB

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


FIS P 300 TB 044725 D, GB, NL, E, PRC, P 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x Easy mixer 6
FIS P 300 T 093175 D, GB, NL, E, PRC, P 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x Easy mixer 12
FIS P 300 T 093178 PL, SLO, HR, RO, BG 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x Easy mixer 12
FIS P 300 T 502287 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x Easy mixer 12
FIS P 300 T 051061 CZ, SK, GR 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x Easy mixer 6
FIS P 360 S 056691 D, F, NL, CZ, TR, PL 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS P 360 S 056708 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS P 380 C 059234 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 190 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x Easy mixer 12
FIS Easy mixer 520742 10 static mixer 10

FIS P 300 T HWK small FIS P 300 T in bucket FIS P 380 C in bucket
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


FIS P 300 T HWK small 040040 D, GB, NL, E, PRC, P 12 cartridges, 24 x Easy mixer 1
FIS P 300 T in bucket 511341 D, GB, NL, E, PRC, P 20 cartridges, 20 x Easy mixer 1
FIS P 380 C in bucket 511340 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 16 cartridges, 16 x Easy mixer 1

CURING TIME FIS P 300 T


Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
0C +5C 6 hrs.
+5C +10C 15 min. +5C +10C 3 hrs.
+10C +20C 8 min. +10C +20C 2 hrs.
+20C +30C 5 min. +20C +30C 60 min.
+30C +40C 3 min. +30C +40C 30 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

143
Chemical xings Injection mortar FIS P

CURING TIME FIS P 380 C


Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
(mortar)
5C 0C 6 hrs.
0C +5C 3 hrs.
+5C +20C 5 min. +5C +20C 90 min.
+20C +30C 4 min. +20C +30C 45 min.
+30C +40C 2 min. +30C +40C 30 min.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Brush set for masonry Blow-out pump ABG

Suitable for drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Brush set 14/20 mm 048980 8 - 16 1
Brush set 20/30 mm 048981 16 - 30 1
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 1

DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S Dispenser FIS AM Dispenser FIS AC


Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1-K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS AM 058000 1
FIS VW 360 S, FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1K-cartridges
FIS AC 096497 FIS P 380 C, FIS VT 380 C 1

Dispenser KPM 2
Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
KP M 2 053117 FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, FIS VT 300 T, FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 1

144
Accessories non-cracked concrete: FIS A

Chemical xings
The xing system for anchorings in non-cracked concrete

Bridges for trac signs Steel constructions

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The system comprising threaded rod Steelwork constructions The system can be used with any of
FISA and one of the injection mortars Timber constructions the following injection mortars: FISV,
FISV, FISVW HIGH SPEED, FISVS Guard rails FISVW HIGH SPEED, FISVS LOW
LOW SPEED or FISVT for non-cracked Faades SPEED and FISVT.
concrete can be individually selected Staircases The injection system is suitable for pre-
based on requirements, thus allowing Steel consoles positioned and push-through installa-
for a wide range of applications. Machines tion when combined with threaded
Variable anchorage depths allow for Masts rod FISA.
ideal adaptation to the load to be The mortar is extruded bubble free
applied, and ensure an optimised from the drill hole base.
installation time and use of materials. The mortar bonds the entire surface
Push-through installation is possible of the threaded rod with the drill hole
without any special parts through wall and seals the drill hole.
lling the annular gap with injection The threaded rod is set manually, by
mortar. lightly rotating it until it reaches the
The wide range of approved steel drill hole base.
types allows for use in all corrosion
resistance classes and oers maxi-
mum application safety.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar FIS VT mortar


see page 130 see page 137
145
Chemical xings Accessories non-cracked concrete: FIS A

PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION

PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod FIS A

zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Min. / max. ancho- Min. / max. usable min. / max. lling Sales unit
Approval

steel grade steel grade steel rage depth FIS V length FIS V quantity FIS V
5.8 8.8 do
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 8 50/61 1/12 2 10
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 8 50/66 1/17 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 8 50/72 5/27 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 8 50/72 30/52 2 20
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 10 60/78 1/19 2/3 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 10 60/98 1/39 2/3 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 10 60/118 1/59 2/4 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 10 60/160 4/104 2/5 10
FIS A M 8 x 1000 509214 1) 509222 1) 509230 1) 10 60/160 2/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 12 60/96 1/37 3/4 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 12 60/116 1/57 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 12 60/136 1/77 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 12 60/156 1/97 3/6 10
FIS A M 10 x 190 517936 12 60/176 1/117 3/7 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 12 60/186 1/127 3/7 10
FIS A M 10 x 1000 509215 1) 509223 1) 509231 1) 12 60/200 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 14 70/103 1/34 3/5 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 14 70/123 1/54 3/6 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 14 70/143 1/74 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 14 70/163 1/94 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 200 517938 14 70/183 1-114 3/8 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 14 70/193 1/124 3/9 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 14 70/240 4/174 3 / 10 10
FIS A M 12 x 1000 509216 1) 509224 1) 509232 1) 14 70/240 3 / 10 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975 18 80/109 1/30 5/7 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455 18 80/154 1/75 5 / 10 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456 18 80/179 1/100 5 / 11 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457 18 80/229 1/150 5 / 14 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458 18 80/279 1/200 5 / 17 10
FIS A M 16 x 1000 509217 1) 509225 1) 509233 1) 18 80-320 5 / 19 10
FIS A M 20 x 245 090292 519404 090459 24 90/220 1/131 11/28 10
1) Order washer and nut separately.
FIS A M 6 x ... : ETA-Approval in combination with FIS V, FIS VW, FIS VS

146
Accessories non-cracked concrete: FIS A

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod FIS A

zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Min. / max. ancho- Min. / max. usable min. / max. lling Sales unit

Approval
steel grade steel grade steel rage depth FIS V length FIS V quantity FIS V
5.8 8.8 do
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 20 x 290 090293 519406 090460 24 90/265 1/176 11/32 10
FIS A M 20 x 1000 519410 1) 519427 1) 24 90/400 11/48 10
FIS A M 24 x 290 090294 090461 28 96/260 1/165 15/39 5
FIS A M 24 x 380 090295 090462 28 96/350 1/255 15/52 5
FIS A M 30 x 430 090297 090464 35 120/394 1/275 28/88 5
1) Order washer and nut separately.
FIS A M 6 x ... : ETA-Approval in combination with FIS V, FIS VW, FIS VS

TECHNICAL DATA

Hexagonal nut and washer

zinc plated, stainless Width across nut Washer (outer diameter x Match Sales unit
steel grade steel thickness)
8.8 SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
Nut & washer M8 510509 510513 13 16 x 1,6 FIS A M 8 50
Nut & washer M10 510510 510514 17 20 x 2 FIS A M 10 50
Nut & washer M12 510511 510515 19 24 x 2,5 FIS A M 12 25
Nut & washer M16 510512 510516 24 30 x 3 FIS A M 16 20
Nut & washer M20 519737 519738 30 37 x 3 FIS A M 20 10

147
Chemical xings Accessories non-cracked concrete: FIS A

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW, FIS VS with threaded rod FIS A (property class 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 02/0024 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. eective Max. eective Min. member Max. torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness moment tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
50 100 5,0 4,0 4,6 40 40
FIS A M6 (8.8)
72 102 5,0 5,8 4,6 40 40
60 100 10,0 7,9 9,1 40 40
FIS A M8 (8.8)
160 190 10,0 14,3 9,1 40 40
60 100 20,0 9,9 13,1 45 45
FIS A M10 (8.8)
200 230 20,0 22,4 13,1 45 45
70 100 40,0 13,8 19,4 55 55
FIS A M12 (8.8)
240 270 40,0 32,4 19,4 55 55
80 116 60,0 17,2 34,4 65 65
FIS A M16 (8.8)
320 356 60,0 60,0 36,0 65 65
90 138 120,0 20,5 41,1 85 85
FIS A M20 (8.8)
400 448 120,0 93,3 56,0 85 85
96 152 150,0 22,6 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24 (8.8)
480 536 150,0 134,3 80,6 105 105
120 190 300,0 31,6 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30 (8.8)
600 670 300,0 213,8 128,6 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. 80C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning according
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW, FIS VS with threaded rod FIS A A4 (property class A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 02/0024 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. eective Max. eective Min. member Max. torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness moment tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
50 100 5,0 4,0 3,2 40 40
FIS A M6 (A4-70)
72 102 5,0 5,3 3,2 40 40
60 100 10,0 7,9 6,0 40 40
FIS A M8 (A4-70)
160 190 10,0 9,9 6,0 40 40
60 100 20,0 9,9 9,2 45 45
FIS A M10 (A4-70)
200 230 20,0 15,7 9,2 45 45
70 100 40,0 13,8 13,7 55 55
FIS A M12 (A4-70)
240 270 40,0 22,5 13,7 55 55
80 116 60,0 17,2 25,2 65 65
FIS A M16 (A4-70)
320 356 60,0 42,0 25,2 65 65
90 138 120,0 20,5 39,4 85 85
FIS A M20 (A4-70)
400 448 120,0 65,7 39,4 85 85
96 152 150,0 22,6 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24 (A4-70)
480 536 150,0 94,3 56,8 105 105
120 190 300,0 31,6 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30 (A4-70)
600 670 300,0 150,1 90,2 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. 80C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning according
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

148
Accessories non-cracked concrete: FIS A

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW, FIS VS with threaded rod FIS A C (property class C-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 02/0024 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. eective Max. eective Min. member Max. torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness moment tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
50 100 5,0 4,0 4,0 40 40
FIS A M6 (C-70)
72 102 5,0 5,8 4,0 40 40
60 100 10,0 7,9 7,4 40 40
FIS A M8 (C-70)
160 190 10,0 12,4 7,4 40 40
60 100 20,0 9,9 11,4 45 45
FIS A M10 (C-70)
200 230 20,0 19,5 11,4 45 45
70 100 40,0 13,8 17,1 55 55
FIS A M12 (C-70)
240 270 40,0 28,1 17,1 55 55
80 116 60,0 17,2 31,4 65 65
FIS A M16 (C-70)
320 356 60,0 52,4 31,4 65 65
90 138 120,0 20,5 41,1 85 85
FIS A M20 (C-70)
400 448 120,0 81,9 49,1 85 85
96 152 150,0 22,6 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24 (C-70)
480 536 150,0 117,6 70,9 105 105
120 190 300,0 31,6 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30 (C-70)
600 670 300,0 187,1 112,6 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. 80C). Erection of the drill hole by hammer drilling with best possible drill hole cleaning according
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. approval. The anchor may be installed in dry or wet concrete.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A (grade 5.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0061 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum eective Maximum eective Minimum member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
64 100 10,0 6,1 5,1 40 40
FIS A M8
96 130 10,0 9,1 5,1 40 40
80 110 20,0 9,5 8,0 45 45
FIS A M10
120 150 20,0 14,2 8,0 45 45
96 130 40,0 13,6 12,0 55 55
FIS A M12
144 180 40,0 20,5 12,0 55 55
125 160 60,0 21,2 21,7 65 65
FIS A M16
192 230 60,0 32,6 21,7 65 65
160 210 120,0 31,9 34,3 85 85
FIS A M20
240 290 120,0 47,9 34,3 85 85
192 250 150,0 43,1 49,1 105 105
FIS A M24
288 345 150,0 64,6 49,1 105 105
240 310 300,0 62,8 78,3 140 140
FIS A M30
360 430 300,0 94,2 78,3 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

149
Chemical xings Accessories non-cracked concrete: FIS A

LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A A4 (grade A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0061 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum eective Maximum eective Minimum member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
64 100 10,0 6,1 6,0 40 40
FIS A M8 A4
96 130 10,0 9,1 6,0 40 40
80 110 20,0 9,5 9,2 45 45
FIS A M10 A4
120 150 20,0 14,2 9,2 45 45
96 130 40,0 13,6 13,7 55 55
FIS A M12 A4
144 180 40,0 20,5 13,7 55 55
125 160 60,0 21,2 25,2 65 65
FIS A M16 A4
192 230 60,0 32,6 25,2 65 65
160 210 120,0 31,9 39,4 85 85
FIS A M20 A4
240 290 120,0 47,9 39,4 85 85
192 250 150,0 43,1 56,3 105 105
FIS A M24 A4
288 345 150,0 64,6 56,3 105 105
240 310 300,0 62,8 89,7 140 140
FIS A M30 A4
360 430 300,0 94,2 89,7 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A C (material 1.4529)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0061 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Minimum eective Maximum eective Minimum member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
64 100 10,0 6,1 7,4 40 40
FIS A M8 C
96 130 10,0 9,1 7,4 40 40
80 110 20,0 9,5 11,4 45 45
FIS A M10 C
120 150 20,0 14,2 11,4 45 45
96 130 40,0 13,6 17,1 55 55
FIS A M12 C
144 180 40,0 20,5 17,1 55 55
125 160 60,0 21,2 31,4 65 65
FIS A M16 C
192 230 60,0 32,6 31,4 65 65
160 210 120,0 31,9 49,1 85 85
FIS A M20 C
240 290 120,0 47,9 49,1 85 85
192 250 150,0 43,1 70,3 105 105
FIS A M24 C
288 345 150,0 64,6 70,3 105 105
240 310 300,0 62,8 112,0 140 140
FIS A M30 C
360 430 300,0 94,2 112,0 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

150
Accessories non-cracked concrete: RG MI

The xing system with internal threaded anchor for non-

Chemical xings
cracked concrete

Column bases Pumps

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The system comprising internal Removable xings The system can be used with any of
threaded anchor RGMI and one of Temporary xings, e.g. for machines the following injection mortars: FISV,
the injection mortars FISV, FISVW Scaold anchoring FISVW HIGH SPEED, FISVS LOW
HIGH SPEED, FISVS LOW SPEED or SPEED and FISVT.
FISVT for non-cracked concrete can The injection system is suitable for
be individually selected based on pre-positioned installation when
requirements, thus allowing for a wide combined with the internal threaded
range of applications. anchor RGMI.
The internal threaded anchor RG MI The mortar is extruded bubble free
allows for surface ush removal and from the drill hole base.
reuse of the xing point, and therefore The mortar bonds the entire surface of
oers the best possible exibility. the internal threaded anchor with the
The metric internal thread allows drill hole wall and seals the drill hole.
for the use of standard screws or The internal threaded anchor is set
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation manually, by lightly rotating it until it
to suit the intended use. reaches the drill hole base.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar FIS VT mortar


see page 130 see page 137
151
Chemical xings Accessories non-cracked concrete: RG MI

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Internal threaded anchor RG MI

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole dia- Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

steel steel meter tration tration

ETA do lE,min lE,max


Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) 10 8 14 5 10
RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) 12 10 16 5 10
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) 14 12 18 3 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) 18 15 23 4 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) 20 18 26 6 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) 24 24 35 8 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) 32 30 45 24 5
1) Setting tool is included in each package.

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW HIGH SPEED and FIS VS LOW SPEED with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw property
class 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 02/0024 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Max. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 11,9 8,5 40 40
RG M 10 I 90 125 20,0 15,9 13,3 45 45
RG M 12 I 125 165 40,0 19,8 19,3 60 60
RG M 16 I 160 205 80,0 29,8 35,8 80 80
RG M 20 I 200 260 120,0 45,6 42,9 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

152
Accessories non-cracked concrete: RG MI

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW HIGH SPEED and FIS VS LOW SPEED with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw pro-
perty class A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 02/0024 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Max. torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness moment tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,9 5,9 40 40
RG M 10 I A4 90 125 20,0 15,7 9,3 45 45
RG M 12 I A4 125 165 40,0 19,8 13,5 60 60
RG M 16 I A4 160 205 80,0 29,8 25,1 80 80
RG M 20 I A4 200 260 120,0 45,6 39,4 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw with grade 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0061 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 9,9 8,3 40 40
RG M 10 I 90 125 20,0 13,9 13,3 45 45
RG M 12 I 125 165 40,0 19,8 19,3 60 60
RG M 16 I 160 205 80,0 23,8 35,8 80 80
RG M 20 I 200 260 120,0 37,7 52,1 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw with grade A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 08/0061 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,9 5,9 40 40
RG M 10 I A4 90 125 20,0 13,9 9,3 45 45
RG M 12 I A4 125 165 40,0 19,8 13,5 60 60
RG M 16 I A4 160 205 80,0 23,8 25,1 80 80
RG M 20 I A4 200 260 120,0 37,7 39,2 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

153
Chemical xings Equipment solid brick masonry

The versatile xing system for solid brick masonry

French balconies Satellite dishes

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Solid sand-lime bricks
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Solid and lightweight concrete blocks
Solid pumice and other solid building
materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The xing system comprising threaded Gratings The system can be used with any of
rod FISA or internal threaded anchor Gates the following injection mortars: FISV,
FISE and one of the injection mortars Handrails FISVS, FISVW. FISVT. FISP can be
FISV, FISVT or FISP Plus can be Consoles used but does not have approvals.
individually selected based on require- Pipelines FISE is suitable for pre-positioned
ments, thus allowing for a wide range Sanitary equipment installation, whilst FISA is suitable
of applications. Awnings for pre-positioned and push-through
The wide range of approved threaded Canopies installation.
rods FISA from M6 to M16 allows for Satellite antennas The mortar bonds the entire surface of
various applications. Sun protection the anchor with the drill hole wall and
The internal threaded anchor FISE seals the drill hole.
allows for surface ush removal and The anchor is set manually, by lightly
reuse of the xing point, and therefore rotating it until it reaches the drill hole
oers the best possible exibility. base.
In general, it is also possible to use the
FISHK anchor sleeves in solid brick
masonry, and this provides additio-
nal safety when the base material is
unknown. Technical data see page
163.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar FIS VT mortar FIS P Plus mortar FIS P mortar


see page 130 see page 137 see page 140 see page 142
154
Equipment solid brick masonry

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod FIS A

zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Min. eective Max. eective Fill quantity for eect. Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel diameter anchorage depth length FIS V acc. anchoring depth FIS V
5.8 8.8 FIS V acc. ETA ETA
do
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 8 50 11 2 10
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 8 50 17 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 8 50 27 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 8 50 50 2 20
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 10 50 29 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 10 50 46 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 10 50 66 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 10 50 111 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 12 50 30 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 12 50 50 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 12 50 70 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 12 50 90 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 190 517936 12 50 110 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 12 50 120 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 14 50 39 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 14 50 59 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 14 50 79 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 14 50 99 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 200 517938 14 50 119 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 14 50 129 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 14 50 179 3 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975 18 50 20 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455 18 50 65 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456 18 50 90 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457 18 50 140 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458 18 50 190 6 10
FIS A M 6 x ... : ETA-Approval in combination with FIS V, FIS VW, FIS VS

155
Chemical xings Equipment solid brick masonry

TECHNICAL DATA

Internal threaded sockets FIS E

zinc-plated Drill hole Eect. ancho- Min. bolt Max. bolt Fill quantity for eect. anchorage Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter rage depth penetration penetration depth in solid brick masonry

do hef lE,min lE,max


Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 14 85 6 60 4 10
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 14 85 8 60 4 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M10 043633 18 85 10 60 5 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M12 043634 18 85 12 60 5 10

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW HIGH SPEED and FIS VS LOW SPEED with threaded rod FIS A5)
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned or push-through installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Brick raw Minimum brick Min. eective Min. member Maximum Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength density dimensions7) anchorage thickness torque tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge
depth distance2)
fb (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [kg/dm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz, 2DF acc. EN 771-1
M8 10 50 0,86 0,86 120 60
M10 10 50 0,86 1,00 120 60
M12 10 100 1,57 1,00 120 60
1,8 240x115x113 115 10
M8 16 50 1,29 1,43 120 60
M10 16 50 1,29 1,57 120 60
M12 16 100 2,29 1,57 120 60
Solid sand-lime brick KS acc. EN 771
M8 10 50 2,00 1,29 80 60
M10 10 50 2,00 1,29 80 60
M12 10 50 2,00 1,29 80 60
M16 10 50 1,57 1,29 80 60
M8 20 50 2,57 1,86 80 60
M10 20 50 2,57 1,86 80 60
2,0 250x240x240 240 10
M12 20 50 2,57 1,86 80 60
M16 20 50 2,14 1,86 80 60
M8 28 50 2,57 2,57 80 60
M10 28 50 2,57 2,57 80 60
M12 28 50 2,57 2,57 80 60
M16 28 50 2,57 2,57 80 60
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry for temperatures in
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance. Details concerning the distances to joints the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
see approval. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are only a small extract of the
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. 7)
Hole patterns see approval.

156
Equipment solid brick masonry

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW HIGH SPEED and FIS VS LOW SPEED with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Brick raw Minimum brick Min. eective Min. member Maximum Permissible Permissible Min. spacing2) Min. edge
brick strength density dimensions7) anchorage thickness torque tensile load3) shear load3) distance2)
depth4)
fb (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [kg/dm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz, 2DF acc. EN 771-1
M8 10 0,86 0,86 120 60
M10 10 0,86 1,00 120 60
1,8 240x115x113 85 115 10
M8 16 1,29 1,43 120 60
M10 16 1,29 1,57 120 60
Solid sand-lime brick KS acc. EN 771
M8/M10 10 2,29 1,29 80 60
M8/M10 20 2,0 250x240x240 85 240 10 2,57 1,86 80 60
M8/M10 28 2,57 2,57 80 60
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete Vbl acc. EN 771-3
M8 4 50 0,57 0,86 250 130
M8 4 85 1,00 1,00 250 130
M10 4 85 1,14 1,00 250 130
M8 6 50 0,86 1,29 250 130
M8 6 85 1,43 1,29 250 130
1,6 250x240x239 240 4
M10 6 85 1,86 1,57 250 130
M12 6 110 2,14 1,86 250 130
M8 8 50 1,14 1,71 250 130
M8/M10 8 85 2,43 2,00 250 130
M12/M16 8 85 2,57 2,43 250 130
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry for temperatures in
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance. Details concerning the distances to joints the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
see approval. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are only a small extract of the
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge approval.7) Hole patterns see approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. 7)
Hole patterns see approval.
4)
The max. anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see
technical data).

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW HIGH SPEED and FIS VS LOW SPEED with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded
socket FIS E5).
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1824 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Eective Brick type, Installation Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage depth4) naming acc. DIN torque tensile load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
M6 - M8 12 75 Mz 2,0 1,00 50 60
M10 - M16 12 75 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
M6 - M8 12 75 KS 2,0 1,00 50 60
M10 - M16 12 75 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 4)
Values apply to threaded rod FIS A. When using the internal threaded socket FIS E (M6 to M12)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. the anchorage depth is 85 mm instead of 75 mm.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 5)
gvz and A4. For FIS E screw with grade 5.8 resp. A4-70.
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid masonry for temperatures in the substrate
groups) see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

157
Chemical xings Equipment solid brick masonry

LOADS
Injection system FIS V with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K.
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1824 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Eective Brick type, Installation Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage depth4) naming acc. DIN torque tensile load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
M6 12 50 - 85 Mz 2,0 1,00 50 60
M8 12 50 - 130 Mz 2,0 1,707) 50 60
M10 12 85 - 130 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60
M12 12 85 - 130 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60
M16 12 85 - 200 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
M6 12 50 - 85 KS 2,0 1,00 50 60
M8 12 50 - 130 KS 2,0 1,707) 50 60
M10 12 85 - 130 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60
M12 12 85 - 130 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60
M16 12 85 - 200 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 4)
The anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see technical
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. data).
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 5)
gvz and A4. For FIS E screw with grade 5.8 resp. A4-70.
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid masonry for temperatures in the substrate
groups) see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
7)
For anchor sleeve FIS H 12x50K Fperm = 1,00 kN.

LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-12/0180 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Min. eective Brick type, na- Max. torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage ming acc. DIN moment tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
depth4)
fb hef,min [-] Tinst,max Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
M8 10 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50
M10 10 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50
M8 16 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 1,14 80 50
M10 16 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 1,14 80 50
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
M8 10 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,86 80 50
M10 10 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,86 80 50
M8 20 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,29 80 50
M10 20 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,29 80 50
M8 10 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,86 80 50
M10 10 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,86 80 50
M8 28 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 50
M10 28 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 50
Solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete without slots Vbl
M8 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,57 0,43 80 50
M10 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,57 0,43 80 50
M12 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,71 0,43 80 60
M12 2 180 Vbl 4,0 1,00 0,43 80 60
M16 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,71 0,43 80 60
M16 2 180 Vbl 4,0 1,00 0,43 80 60
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
The max. anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. technical data).
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and wet masonry for temperatures in the substrate
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

158
Equipment solid brick masonry

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A5)
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned or push-through installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-12/0180 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Min. eective Brick type, na- Max. torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage ming acc. DIN moment tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
depth4)
fb hef,min [-] Tinst,max Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
M8 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M10 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,57 0,71 80 50
M12 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,71 80 50
M16 10 64 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,71 80 55
M8 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,57 0,86 80 50
M10 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50
M12 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,86 1,00 80 50
M16 16 64 Mz 4,0 1,00 1,14 80 55
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
M8 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M10 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M12 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M16 10 64 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 0,71 80 55
M8 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,00 80 50
M10 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 50
M12 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 50
M16 20 64 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 55
M8 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50
M10 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50
M12 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50
M16 10 64 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 0,86 80 55
M8 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,14 1,29 80 50
M10 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,29 80 50
M12 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,29 80 50
M16 28 64 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 55
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
Max. effective anchorage depth 100 mm.
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and wet masonry for temperatures in the substrate
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

159
Chemical xings Equipment solid brick masonry

LOADS
Injection system FIS P Plus with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-11/0419 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Min. eective Brick type, na- Max. torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage ming acc. DIN moment tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
depth4)
fb hef,min [-] Tinst,max Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
M8 10 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50
M10 10 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50
M8 16 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 1,14 80 50
M10 16 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 1,14 80 50
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
M8 10 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,86 80 50
M10 10 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,86 80 50
M8 20 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,29 80 50
M10 20 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,29 80 50
M8 10 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,86 80 50
M10 10 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,86 80 50
M8 28 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 50
M10 28 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 50
Solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete without slots Vbl
M8 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,57 0,43 80 50
M10 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,57 0,43 80 50
M12 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,71 0,43 80 60
M12 2 180 Vbl 4,0 1,00 0,43 80 60
M16 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,71 0,43 80 60
M16 2 180 Vbl 4,0 1,00 0,43 80 60
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
The max. anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. technical data).
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and wet masonry for temperatures in the substrate
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

160
Equipment solid brick masonry

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS P Plus with threaded rod FIS A5)
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned or push-through installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-11/0419 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Min. eective Brick type, na- Max. torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage ming acc. DIN moment tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
depth4)
fb hef,min [-] Tinst,max Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
M8 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M10 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,57 0,71 80 50
M12 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,71 80 50
M16 10 64 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,71 80 55
M8 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,57 0,86 80 50
M10 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50
M12 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,86 1,00 80 50
M16 16 64 Mz 4,0 1,00 1,14 80 55
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
M8 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M10 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M12 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M16 10 64 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 0,71 80 55
M8 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,00 80 50
M10 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 50
M12 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 50
M16 20 64 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 55
M8 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50
M10 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50
M12 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50
M16 10 64 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 0,86 80 55
M8 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,14 1,29 80 50
M10 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,29 80 50
M12 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,29 80 50
M16 28 64 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 55
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
Max. effective anchorage depth 100 mm.
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and wet masonry for temperatures in the substrate
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

161
Accessories perforated brick masonry

The versatile xing system with injection anchor sleeves for


Chemical xings

perforated brick masonry

Wall consoles Pipeline routes

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Hollow blocks made from concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Hollow pumice slabs
Slabs made of hollow brick and other
perforated brick
Solid pumice and other solid building
materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The grating structure of the FISHK Awnings The system can be used with any of
anchor sleeve is adapted for the Canopies the following injection mortars: FISV,
injection mortars FISV, FISVT and FIS Gates FISVW HIGH SPEED, FISVS LOW
P Plus, and ensures sparing mortar use Handrails SPEED, FISVT or FIS P Plus. FISP can
with the best interlock. Consoles be used but does not have approvals.
The centring blades perfectly align Pipelines The system is suitable for pre-posi-
the anchor in the anchor sleeve, and Sanitary equipment tioned installation when combined
allow for use with various threaded Gratings with injection anchor sleeves and
rod diameters. Satellite antennas threaded rods FISA or internal
The barbed hooks secure the anchor Sun protection threaded anchors FISE.
sleeve in the drill hole and allow for a The anchor sleeve is placed in the drill
trouble-free overhead installation. hole, and lled with injection mortar
The geometry of the anchor sleeves from the anchor sleeve base.
allows for the bridging of non-bearing Turning in the anchor causes the mor-
layers for a simple and convenient tar to be pushed through the anchor
installation. sleeves grating structure, so that it ts
the base material perfectly. The load is
borne by the interlock.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar FIS VT mortar FIS P Plus mortar FIS P mortar


see page 130 see page 137 see page 140 see page 142
162
Accessories perforated brick masonry

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod FIS A

zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diame- Min. ancho- Max. useful Suitable injection Sales unit
steel grade steel grade steel ter in perforated rage depth in length in anchor sleeve
Approval

5.8 8.8 brick masonry perforated brick perforated brick


masonry masonry
do hef, min tx, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 12 50 11 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 12 50 16 FIS H 12 x 50 K 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 12 50 26 FIS H 12 x 50 K 20
50 51 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 12 20
85 16 FIS H 12 x 85 K
FIS A M 8 x 70 046206 046245 12 50 9 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 12 50 29 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10
12 50 49 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 12 85 14 FIS H 12 x 85 K 10
16 85 14 FIS H 16 x 85 K
50 69 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 12/16 85 34 FIS H 12 x 85 K 10
85 34 FIS H 16 x 85 K
50 114 FIS H 12 x 50 K
12
85 79 FIS H 12 x 85 K
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 12 10
85 79 FIS H 16 x 85 K
16
130 34 FIS H 16 x 130 K
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 16 85 12 FIS H 16 x 85 K 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 16 85 32 FIS H 16 x 85 K 10
85 52 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 16 10
130 7 FIS H 16 x 130 K
85 72 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 16 10
130 27 FIS H 16 x 130 K
85 92 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 190 517936 16 10
130 47 FIS H 16 x 130 K
85 102 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 16 10
130 57 FIS H 16 x 130 K
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 20 85 19 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 20 85 39 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
85 59 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 20 10
130 14 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 79 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 20 10
130 34 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 99 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 200 517938 20 10
130 54 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 109 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 20 10
130 64 FIS H 20 x 130 K

163
Chemical xings Accessories perforated brick masonry

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod FIS A

zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diame- Min. ancho- Max. useful Suitable injection Sales unit
steel grade steel grade steel ter in perforated rage depth in length in anchor sleeve

Approval
5.8 8.8 brick masonry perforated brick perforated brick
masonry masonry
do hef, min tx, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
85 169 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 20 130 114 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 44 FIS H 20 x 200 K
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975 20 85 25 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
85 70 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455 20 10
130 25 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 95 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456 20 10
130 50 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 145 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457 20 130 100 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 30 FIS H 20 x 200 K
85 195 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458 20 130 150 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 80 FIS H 20 x 200 K

TECHNICAL DATA

Internal threaded sockets FIS E

zinc-plated Drill hole diame- Eect. ancho- Min. bolt Max. bolt Suitable injection anchor sleeve Sales unit
Approval

steel ter in perforated rage depth penetration penetration


brick masonry
do hef lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
16 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 85 6 60 10
20 FIS H 20 x 85 K
16 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 85 8 60 10
20 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS E 15 x 85 M10 043633 20 85 10 60 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M12 043634 20 85 12 60 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10

164
Accessories perforated brick masonry

Chemical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Injection anchor sleeve FIS H K

Drill hole Drill hole depth Eect. ancho- Match Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

diameter acc. ETA rage depth per sleeve

do hef
Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FIS H 12 x 50 K 041900 12 55 50 FIS A M6-M8 5 50
FIS H 12 x 85 K 041901 12 90 85 FIS A M6-M8 10 50
FIS H 16 x 85 K 041902 16 90 85 FIS A M8-M10, FIS E M6-M8 12 50
FIS H 16 x 130 K 041903 16 135 130 FIS A M8-M10 15 20
FIS H 20 x 85 K 041904 20 90 85 FIS A M12-M16, FIS E M10-M12 15 20
FIS H 20 x 130 K 046703 20 135 130 FIS A M12-M16 25 20
FIS H 20 x 200 K 046704 20 205 200 FIS A M12-M16 40 20

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection anchor sleeve, 1 m length FIS H L

Drill hole diameter Total length Match Fill quantity per 10cm Sales unit
do l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FIS H 12 x 1000 L 050598 12 1000 6 / M 6 - 8 / M 8 12 10
FIS H 16 x 1000 L 050599 16 1000 10/M10 / 12/M12 14 10
FIS H 22 x 1000 L 045301 22 1000 12/M12 - 16/M16 20 6
FIS H 30 x 1000 L 000645 30 1000 16/M16 - 22/M22 26 4

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection anchor sleeve with net FIS H N

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Min. anchorage depth Fill quantity per Match Sales unit
anchor sleeve
do h1 hv
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
FIS H 16 x 85 N 050470 16 95 90 15 8/M8 20
FIS H 18 x 85 N 050472 18 95 90 17 10/M10 20
FIS H 20 x 85 N 050474 20 95 90 18 12/M12 20

165
Chemical xings Accessories perforated brick masonry

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW HIGH SPEED and FIS VS LOW SPEED with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Brick raw Minimum brick Min. eective Min. member Maximum Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength density dimensions7) anchorage thickness torque tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge
depth4) distance2)
fb (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [kg/dm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz, shape B acc. EN 771-1
M6 / M8 6 50 0,34 0,17 365 100
M12 / M16 6 85 0,43 0,21 365 100
M8 / M10 12 85 0,86 0,43 365 100
1,0 366x240x237 240 2,0
M12 / M16 12 85 0,86 0,43 365 100
M6 / M8 16 50 0,86 0,43 365 100
M12 / M16 16 85 1,14 0,57 365 100
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL acc. EN 771-2
M6 / M8 12 50 0,71 0,71 100 60
M12 / M16 12 85 1,00 1,29 100 80
1,4 240x175x113 175 2,0
M8 / M10 20 85 1,43 1,71 100 60
M12 / M16 20 85 1,71 1,71 100 80
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl acc. EN 771-3
M6 / M8 4 50 0,71 0,57 100 60
1,0 362x240x240 240 2,0
M12 / M16 4 85 0,86 0,57 100 60
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry for temperatures in
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance. Details concerning the distances to joints the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
see approval. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are only a small extract of the
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. 7)
Hole patterns see approval.
4)
The max. anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see
technical data).

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW HIGH SPEED and FIS VS LOW SPEED with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded
socket FIS E5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1824 has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Eective ancho- Brick type, na- Installation Permissible Permissible Min. spacing2) Min. edge
brick strength rage depth4) ming acc. DIN torque load3) load3) 7) distance2)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
M6 - M16 4 85 HLz 2,0 0,30 0,60 50 50
M6 - M16 6 85 HLz 2,0 0,40 0,80 50 50
M6 - M16 12 85 HLz 2,0 0,80 1,00 50 50
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
M6 - M16 4 85 KSL 2,0 0,40 0,60 50 50
M6 - M16 6 85 KSL 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 50
M6 - M16 12 85 KSL 2,0 0,80 1,40 50 50
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
M6 - M16 2 85 Hbl 2,0 0,30 0,50 50 200
M6 - M16 4 85 Hbl 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200
Hollow block of normal concrete Hbn
M6 - M16 4 85 Hbn 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200
Lightweight aggregate concrete TGL
M8 - M16 - 85 TGL 2,0 2,008) - 50 50
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 5)
gvz and A4. For FIS E screw with grade 5.8 resp. A4-70.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid masonry for temperatures in the substrate
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor 7)
The given values apply for rotary drilling (without impact). The thickness of the outer web of the
groups) see approval. KSL has to be min. 30 mm (old bricks).
4)
Anchorage depths apply for FIS A and FIS E (M6 - M12). 8)
For M8 and M10 the highest permissible load is 1,3 kN.

166
Accessories perforated brick masonry

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-12/0180 has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Min. eective Brick type, na- Max. torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage ming acc. DIN moment tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
depth4)
fb hef,min [-] Tinst,max Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
M8 / M10 8 110 Hlz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M12 / M16 8 110 Hlz 2,0 0,43 0,57 80 120
M8 / M10 10 110 Hlz 2,0 0,71 0,43 80 100
M12 / M16 10 110 Hlz 2,0 1,00 0,43 80 120
M8 / M10 12 1107) Hlz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M12 / M16 12 110 Hlz 2,0 1,00 0,57 80 120
M8 / M10 28 85 Hlz 2,0 1,00 1,71 100 240
M12 / M16 28 110 Hlz 2,0 - - - -
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
M8 / M10 12 85 KSL 2,0 0,71 1,29 80 100
M12 / M16 12 110 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 120
M8 / M10 20 85 KSL 2,0 1,00 1,71 80 100
M12 / M16 20 110 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 120
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
M8 / M10 6 110 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 100
M12 / M16 6 110 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 120
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and wet masonry for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 7)
For bricks with certain hole patterns 85 mm are possible.Please see approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
4)
The max. anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see
technical data).

167
Chemical xings Accessories perforated brick masonry

LOADS
Injection system FIS P Plus with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-11/0419 has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Min. eective Brick type, na- Max. torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage ming acc. DIN moment tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
depth4)
fb hef,min [-] Tinst,max Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
M8 / M10 8 110 Hlz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M12 / M16 8 110 Hlz 2,0 0,43 0,57 80 120
M8 / M10 10 110 Hlz 2,0 0,71 0,43 80 100
M12 / M16 10 110 Hlz 2,0 1,00 0,43 80 120
M8 / M10 12 1107) Hlz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M12 / M16 12 110 Hlz 2,0 1,00 0,57 80 120
M8 / M10 28 85 Hlz 2,0 1,00 1,71 100 240
M12 / M16 28 110 Hlz 2,0 - - - -
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
M8 / M10 12 85 KSL 2,0 0,71 1,29 80 100
M12 / M16 12 110 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 120
M8 / M10 20 85 KSL 2,0 1,00 1,71 80 100
M12 / M16 20 110 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 120
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
M8 / M10 6 110 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 100
M12 / M16 6 110 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 120
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and wet masonry for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 7)
For bricks with certain hole patterns 85 mm are possible.Please see approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
4)
The max. anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see
technical data).

168
Accessories push-through installation

Chemical xings
Simple push-through installation in masonry

Detail: Wood constructions in push-through


Car ports
installation

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Hollow blocks made from concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Hollow pumice slabs
Slabs made of hollow brick and other
perforated bricks
Solid pumice and other solid building
materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The direct installation through the Timber constructions The system can be used with any of
xture reduces preliminary work wher- Awnings the following injection mortars: FISV,
ever there are several xing points for Canopies FISVT or FISP Plus. FIS P can be used
each xture, and guarantees a signi- Car ports but does not have approvals.
cantly simpler installation process. Gates The injection system is suitable for
The design of the push-through push-through installation when com-
anchor sleeve FISHK allows for a bined with the push-through anchor
range of usable lengths with just one sleeve FISHK.
product, thus providing maximum The push-through anchor sleeve is
exibility and cost-eectiveness. adapted to suit the xture thickness
The movable edge, in combination using the scale and the movable edge,
with the scale, makes it easier to adapt and cut as required.
the anchor sleeve to suit the desired The anchor sleeve is placed in the drill
usable length. hole, and lled with injection mortar
The grating structure of the push- from the anchor sleeve base. It should
through anchor sleeve is adapted for be ensured that the anchor sleeve
the injection mortars FISV, FISVW is completely lled, including in the
HIGH SPEED, FISVS LOW SPEED and xture region.
FIS VT, and ensures sparing mortar Turning in the anchor causes the mor-
use with the best interlock. tar to be pushed through the anchor
sleeves grating structure, so that it ts
the base material perfectly. The load is
borne by the interlock.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar FIS VT mortar FIS P Plus mortar FIS P mortar


see page 130 see page 137 see page 140 see page 142
169
Chemical xings Accessories push-through installation

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection push-through anchor sleeve FIS HK

Drill hole Max. drill hole Eect. ancho- Max. xture Match Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth rage depth thickness

do hef t x
Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FIS H 18 x 130/200 K 045707 18 340 130 200 M10 - M12 35 10
FIS H 22 x 130/200 K 045708 22 340 130 200 M 16 45 10

TECHNICAL DATA
FIS Set 18 x 130/200 M12/200

FIS Set 22 x 130/200 M16/200

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Max. drill hole Eect. ancho- Max. xture Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

steel steel diameter depth rage depth thickness


do hef t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FIS Set 18 x 130/200 M12/200 047443 047452 18 340 130 200 35 5
FIS Set 22 x 130/200 M16/200 047453 047454 22 340 130 200 45 5

170
Accessories push-through installation

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW HIGH SPEED and FIS VS LOW SPEED with threaded rod FIS A5) and push-through anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for push-through installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Brick raw Minimum brick Min. eective Min. member Maximum Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength density dimensions7) anchorage thickness torque tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge
depth4) distance2)
fb (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [kg/dm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick shape B, Hlz acc. EN 771-1
M10 / M12 6 0,57 0,26 100 80
M16 6 0,71 0,26 100 80
M10 / M12 8 0,71 0,34 100 80
0,7 500x200x300 110 200 2,0
M16 8 0,86 0,34 100 80
M10 / M12 10 0,86 0,43 100 80
M16 10 1,14 0,43 80 120
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL acc. EN 771-2
M10 / M12 12 1,00 1,29 100 80
M16 12 1,00 1,14 100 80
1,4 240x175x113 110 175 2,0
M10 / M12 20 1,71 1,71 100 80
M16 20 1,71 1,71 100 80
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl acc. EN 771-3
M10 / M12 6 0,43 0,71 200 100
1,0 500x200x200 110 200 2,0
M16 6 0,43 0,71 200 100
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry for temperatures in
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance. Details concerning the distances to joints the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
see approval. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are only a small extract of the
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. 7)
Hole patterns see approval.
4)
The maximum anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant push-through anchor sleeves
FIS H 18 K and FIS H 22 K (see technical data).

171
Chemical xings Accessories push-through installation

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW HIGH SPEED and FIS VS LOW SPEED with threaded rod FIS A5) and push-through anchor
sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for push-through installation.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1824 has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Eective Brick type, na- Installation Permissible Permissible Min. spacing2) Min. edge
brick strength anchorage ming acc. DIN torque load3) load3) 7) distance2)
depth4)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 HLz 2,0 0,30 0,60 50 50
M10 / M12 / M16 6 130 HLz 2,0 0,40 0,80 50 50
M10 / M12 / M16 12 130 HLz 2,0 0,80 1,00 50 50
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 KSL 2,0 0,40 0,60 50 50
M10 / M12 / M16 6 130 KSL 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 50
M10 / M12 / M16 12 130 KSL 2,0 0,80 1,40 50 50
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
M10 / M12 / M16 2 130 Hbl 2,0 0,30 0,50 50 200
M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 Hbl 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200
Hollow block of normal concrete Hbn
M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 Hbn 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200
Lightweight aggregate concrete TGL
M10 / M12 / M16 - 130 TGL 2,0 2,00 8) - 50 50
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 5)
gvz and A4.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid masonry for temperatures in the substrate
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor 7)
The given values apply for rotary drilling (without impact). The thickness of the outer web of the
groups) see approval. KSL has to be min. 30 mm (old bricks).
4)
The anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant push-through anchor sleeves FIS H 18 K 8)
For M10 the highest permissible load is 1,3 kN.
and FIS H 22 K (see technical data).

LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A5) and push-through anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for push-through installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-12/0180 has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Eective ancho- Brick type, na- Max. torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength rage depth4) ming acc. DIN moment tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
fb hef [-] Tinst,max Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
M10 / M12 8 130 HLz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M16 8 130 HLz 2,0 0,71 0,57 80 120
M10 / M12 10 130 HLz 2,0 0,71 0,43 80 100
M16 10 130 HLz 2,0 1,00 0,43 80 120
M10 / M12 12 130 HLz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M16 12 130 HLz 2,0 1,00 0,57 80 120
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
M10 / M12 12 130 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 100
M16 12 130 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 120
M10 / M12 20 130 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 100
M16 20 130 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 120
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
M10 / M12 6 130 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 100
M16 6 130 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 120
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
The anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant push-through anchor sleeves FIS H 18 K
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. and FIS H 22 K (see technical data).
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and wet masonry for temperatures in the substrate
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

172
Accessories push-through installation

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS P Plus with threaded rod FIS A5) and push-through anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for push-through installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-11/0419 has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive eective ancho- Brick type, na- Max. torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength rage depth4) ming acc. DIN moment tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
fb hef,min [-] Tinst,max Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
M10 / M12 8 130 HLz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M16 8 130 HLz 2,0 0,71 0,57 80 120
M10 / M12 10 130 HLz 2,0 0,71 0,43 80 100
M16 10 130 HLz 2,0 1,00 0,43 80 120
M10 / M12 12 130 HLz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M16 12 130 HLz 2,0 1,00 0,57 80 120
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
M10 / M12 12 130 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 100
M16 12 130 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 120
M10 / M12 20 130 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 100
M16 20 130 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 120
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
M10 / M12 6 130 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 100
M16 6 130 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 120
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
The anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant push-through anchor sleeves FIS H 18 K
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. and FISH22K (see technical data).
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and wet masonry for temperatures in the substrate
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.

173
Chemical xings Accessories aerated concrete

Secure hold in aerated concrete using undercut technology

Canopies Detail: Undercut drillhole in aerated concrete

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Reinforced roof and ceiling boards
made of aerated concrete (DIBt)
Aerated concrete blocks
Prefabricated reinforced and non-
reinforced wall components made of
aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The cone-shaped drill hole guarantees Guard rails Depending on application the system
maximum load-bearing capacity in aer- Consoles can be used with any of the injection
ated concrete thanks to the interlock. Gates mortars FIS V. FISVT, FIS P Plus or
The centring sleeve PBZ xes the Staircases FISP can be used but do not have
anchor in the drill hole, thus also allow- Windows approvals.
ing for overhead installation. Faades The injection system for aerated
Two anchorage depths in combination Canopies concrete is suitable for pre-positioned
with the threaded rod FISA allow for Timber constructions installation.
the ideal adaptation to the load to be Steel constructions The cone drill bit PBB allows for the
applied. Sun protection drill hole and undercut to be made in
The anchoring in cylindric drilled holes one step by pivoting the drill.
are approved and enables therefore The mortar completely lls the
xing solutions in through facings. undercut and transfers the load via the
The internal threaded anchor FISE interlock.
allows for surface ush removal and The drill hole is lled from the drill hole
reuse of the xing point, and therefore mouth using the centring sleeve PBZ.
oers the best possible exibility. The threaded rod FISA or the internal
threaded anchor FISE are set manu-
ally by turning lightly.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar
see page 130
174
Accessories aerated concrete

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Threaded rod FIS A

zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diame- Min. anchorage Max. useful Fill quantity for eect. Sales unit
Approval

steel grade steel grade steel ter in aerated depth in aerated length in aerated anchorage depth in
5.8 8.8 concrete concrete concrete aerated concrete
do hef, min tx, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 14 75 5 15 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 14 75 25 15 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 14 75 45 15 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 14 75 90 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 14 75 25 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 14 75 45 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 14 75 65 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 14 75 85 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 190 517936 14 75 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 14 75 115 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 14 75 30 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 14 75 50 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 14 75 70 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 14 75 90 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 200 517938 14 75 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 14 75 115 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 14 75 170 15 10
The anchoring of threaded rods M6 - M16 can also be made with a cylindric drilled hole. The minimum anchorage depth is 100 mm.

175
Chemical xings Accessories aerated concrete

TECHNICAL DATA

Internal threaded sockets FIS E

zinc-plated Drill hole Eect. ancho- Min. bolt Max. bolt penetration Fill quantity Sales unit
steel diameter rage depth penetration for eect.
Approval

anchorage
depth in aerated
concrete
do hef lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. ETA DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 14 85 6 60 20 10
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 14 85 8 60 20 10
The ETA also allows that the internal threaded sockets FIS E M6 - M12 can be anchored in cylindric drilled holes.

ACCESSORIES

Cone drill PBB Centring sleeve PBZ

Match Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. ETA DIBt [pcs]


Cone drill PBB 090634 M8 - M12; FIS E 1
Centring sleeve PBZ 090671 M8 - M12; FIS E 10

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW HIGH SPEED and FIS VS LOW SPEED with threaded rod FIS A5)
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
For the design the complete approval ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Aerated concrete
Type Compressive Brick raw Minimum brick Min. eective Min. member Maximum Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength density dimensions anchorage thickness torque tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge
depth distance2)
fb (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm] [kg/dm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Aerated concrete acc. EN 771-4
M8 8) 4 0,50 100 1,0 0,71 0,71 300 100
M10 8) 4 0,50 100 2,0 1,07 0,71 300 100
M12 8) 4 0,50 100 2,0 0,89 0,89 300 100
- -
M8 7) 4 0,50 95 2,0 1,25 1,61 300 150
M10 7) 6 0,65 95 2,0 1,61 2,14 300 150
M12 7) 6 0,65 95 2,0 1,61 2,14 300 150
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 6)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry for temperatures in
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance. Details concerning the distances to joints The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are only a small extract of the
see approval. approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 7)
Drilling with cone drill PBB. Only pre-positioned installation possible.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. 8)
Cylindrical drill hole. Pre-positioned and push-through installation possible.
5)
gvz, A4 and C.

176
Accessories aerated concrete

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW HIGH SPEED and FIS VS LOW SPEED with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded
socket FIS E5) and centring sleeve PBZ.
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in aerated concrete walls.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1824 has to be considered.
Aerated concrete wall
Type Compressive Eective Brick type, Installation torque Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage depth4) naming acc. DIN load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Aerated concrete block PB, PP
M8 - M12 2 75 PB, PP 10,0 0,90 50 100
M8 - M12 2 954) PB, PP 10,0 1,30 50 150
M8 - M12 4 75 PB, PP 10,0 1,20 50 100
M8 - M12 4 954) PB, PP 10,0 1,70 50 150
M8 - M12 6 75 PB, PP 10,0 1,60 50 100
M8 - M12 6 954) PB, PP 10,0 2,10 50 150
Reinforced aerated concrete wall panel P
M8 - M12 2,2 75 P2,2 10,0 0,90 50 100
M8 - M12 2,2 954) P2,2 10,0 1,40 50 150
M8 - M12 3,3 75 P3,3 10,0 1,20 50 100
M8 - M12 3,3 954) P3,3 10,0 1,60 50 150
M8 - M12 4,4 75 P4,4 10,0 1,40 50 100
M8 - M12 4,4 954) P4,4 10,0 1,90 50 150
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 4)
Values apply to threaded rod FIS A. When using the internal threaded socket FIS E (M6 and M8)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. the anchorage depth is 85 mm instead of 95 mm.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 5)
gvz and A4. For FIS E screw with grade 5.8 resp. A4-70.
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid aerated concrete for temperatures in the
groups) see approval. substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according
approval.

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VW HIGH SPEED und FIS VS LOW SPEED with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded
socket FIS E5) and centring sleeve PBZ.
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in aerated concrete roof and oor slabs.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1824 has to be considered.
Reinforced aerated concrete roof and oor slabs
Type Compressive Eective Brick type, Installation torque Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage depth4) naming acc. DIN load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Reinforced aerated concrete roof and floor slabs
M8 - M12 2,2 75 P2,2 10,0 0,90 50 100
M8 - M12 2,2 954) P2,2 10,0 1,40 50 150
M8 - M12 3,3 75 P3,3 10,0 1,20 50 100
M8 - M12 3,3 954) P3,3 10,0 1,60 50 150
M8 - M12 4,4 75 P4,4 10,0 1,40 50 100
M8 - M12 4,4 954) P4,4 10,0 1,90 50 150
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 4)
Values apply to threaded rod FIS A. When using the internal threaded socket FIS E (M6 and M8)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. the anchorage depth is 85mm instead of 95 mm.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 5)
gvz and A4. For FIS E screw with grade 5.8 resp. A4-70.
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid aerated concrete for temperatures in the
groups) see approval. substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according
approval.

177
Chemical xings Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn

The performance class amongst dynamic anchors

Production robots Tunnel ventilators

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
high corrosion resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


During the setting process, the injec- Slewing cranes The injection system suitable for
tion mortar FISHB lls the annular Mobile portal and ceiling cranes tensile zones consists of the Highbond
gap in the xture, and ensures opti- Guide rails for elevators dynamic anchor rod FHB-Adyn and
mum load distribution. This allows for Tunnel ventilators (jet fans) the injection mortar FISHB.
the absorption of dynamic alternating Bridges for trac signs FHBdyn is approved for pre-positioned
loads. Antennas and transmitter masts and push-through installation.
The cone shape of the FHB-Adyn Industrial robots Extruding the mortar causes the two
anchor rod ensures a controlled components to be mixed and acti-
expansion under dynamic stress, thus vated in the static mixer.
allowing for use in cracked concrete. The mortar bonds the entire surface of
The anchor rod FHB-Adyn is also the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
available made from highly corro- and seals the drill hole.
sion-resistant steel. This makes it suita- The centring sleeve centres the anchor
ble for use in aggressive atmospheres, in the xture, thus ensuring a safe load
for example in tunnels. application.
The Highbond anchor dynamic system The lock nut prevents the nut from
can achieve even greater shear loads becoming loose.
thanks to the additional sleeve of the
anchor rod FHB-AdynV, and therefore
provides an increased level of safety.

178
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn

Chemical xings
PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION FHB DYN

PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION FHB DYN

PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION FHB DYN V

TECHNICAL DATA

Highbond anchor dynamic FHB-A dyn

zinc-plated highly corro- Drill hole Drill depth Anchorage Min. - max. Drill hole Width across Sales unit
Approval

steel sion resistant diameter through depth usable length diameter in nut
steel xture xture
do h0 hef tx df SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [ mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz C
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/25 092018 531384 14 130 100 8 - 25 15 19 10
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/50 092019 14 155 100 8 - 50 15 19 10
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/25 092020 18 155 125 10 - 25 19 24 10
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/50 092036 18 180 125 10 - 50 19 24 10
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/50 093445 1) 18 180 100 10 - 50 15 24 10
FHB-A dyn 20 x 170/50 092037 24 225 170 12 - 50 25 30 10
FHB-A dyn 24 x 220/50 092038 28 275 220 14 - 50 29 36 5
1) Prices and delivery time on request.

179
Chemical xings Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn

TECHNICAL DATA

Highbond anchor dynamic FHB-A dyn V

zinc-plated Approval Drill hole Drill depth Anchorage Min. - max. Drill hole diame- Width across Sales unit
steel diameter depth usable length ter in xture nut

do td hef tx df SW
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [ mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/50 V 092039 1) 14 85 105 8 - 50 21 19 10
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/50 V 092040 2) 18 100 130 10 - 50 29 24 10
1) Stepped hole: 1st drill hole with 20 mm and depth 85 mm. 2nd drill hole with 14 mm and depth 160 mm.
2) Stepped hole: 1st drill hole with 28 mm and depth 100 mm. 2nd drill hole with 18 mm and depth 185 mm.

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS HB 345 S


Injection mortar FIS HB 150 C
+ FIS MR

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item DIBt [pcs]


FIS HB 345 S 033211 D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS HB 150 C 519665 D, F, NL 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x FIS Mixer red 6
FIS MR 096448 10 static mixer 10

CURING TIME - FIS HB


Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
FIS HB FIS HB at anchoring base
(minimum + 5C) FIS HB
5C 0C 360 min.
0C +5C 180 min.
+5C +20C 15 min. +5C +20C 90 min.
+20C +30C 6 min. +20C +30C 35 min.
+30C +40C 4 min. +30C +40C 20 min.
> +40C 2 min. > +40C 12 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled. Remove water from drill hole.

FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Mortar volume in scale units Anchors per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
shown on the cartridge labels corresponding scale

FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 25 7 24


FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 50 8 21
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 25 9 18
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 50 10 17
FHB-A dyn 20 x 170 / 50 23 7
FHB-A dyn 24 x 220 / 50 38 4
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 50 V 12 14
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 50 V 20 8
*) max. number with one static mixer

180
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn

Chemical xings
ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

For drill dia- Brush diameter Matching anchor type Sales unit
meter

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]


BS 14 078180 14 16 FHB-A dyn M12 1
BS 16/18 078181 16/18 20 FHB-A dyn M16 1
BS 24 078182 24 26 FHB-A dyn M20 1
BS 28 078183 28 30 FHB-A dyn M24 1

Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP


Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP 059456 FHB-A dyn M20-M24 1

Dispenser FIS DM S
Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1-K-cartridges

LOADS
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn 5)
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in concrete B25 resp. C20/254).
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1748 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
100 130 40,0 14,1 6,7 100 200
FHB dyn 12x100
100 200 40,0 14,1 6,7 100 100
125 160 60,0 23,0 11,9 100 200
FHB dyn 16x125
125 250 60,0 23,0 11,9 100 100
FHB dyn 20x170 170 220 100,0 28,1 17,0 80 80
FHB dyn 24x220 220 440 120,0 28,9 22,2 180 180
105 130 40,0 14,1 9,6 100 200
FHB dyn 12x100 V
105 200 40,0 14,1 9,6 100 100
130 160 60,0 23,0 17,0 100 200
FHB dyn 16x125 V
130 250 60,0 23,0 17,0 100 100
1)
The permissible loads apply for the design method II (unknown lowest load and unknown load 5)
Anchor rod FHB-A dyn made of galv. steel.
cycles). The partial safety factor for material resistance and the partial safety factor for action 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
regarding fatigue as regulated in the approval are considered. When using design method I higher 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
permissible loads may be possible. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads as well as reduced edge distances or spacings
(anchor groups) see approval.

181
Chemical xings Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn

LOADS
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn C5)
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in concrete B25 resp. C20/254).
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1748 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
100 130 40,0 11,1 4,4 100 200
FHB dyn 12x100 C
100 200 40,0 11,1 4,4 100 100
125 160 60,0 15,6 11,9 100 200
FHB dyn 16x125 C
125 250 60,0 15,6 11,9 100 100
1)
The permissible loads apply for the design method II (unknown lowest load and unknown load 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
cycles). The partial safety factor for material resistance and the partial safety factor for action 5)
Anchor rod FHB-A dyn-C made of highly corrosion-resistant steel of the corrosion resistance class
regarding fatigue as regulated in the approval are considered. When using design method I higher IV e.g. 1.4529
permissible loads may be possible. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads as well as reduced edge distances or spacings
(anchor groups) see approval.

182
UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor

Chemical xings
The capsule system for the anchoring of dynamic loads

Slewing cranes Guide rails for elevators

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The bushing lls the annular gap in Slewing cranes The bonded anchor suitable for tensile
the xture and, in combination with Mobile portal and ceiling cranes zones consists of the UMV multicone
the anchor rod UMV-Adyn, ensures Guide rails for elevators dynamic anchor rod and the UMV
an even load distribution. This allows Antennas and transmitter masts multicone resin capsule.
for the bearing of dynamic alternating Production robots UMV multicone dynamic is suitable
loads. for pre-positioned and push-through
The cone shape of the UMV-Adyn installation.
anchor rod ensures a controlled During setting (rotating/hitting), the
expansion under dynamic stress, thus tip of the anchor rod destroys the
allowing for use in cracked concrete. capsule in the drill hole, and mixes and
The pre-portioned resin capsule activates the mortar.
ensures a quick and easy installation The mortar bonds the entire surface of
on the construction site, and helps to the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
avoid errors. and seals the drill hole.
The glass particles of the capsule body Once the xture has been positioned,
rough up the drill hole wall during the the installation sleeve is used to drive
setting process, and improve the bond the bushing over the anchor rod.
between the anchor rod and concrete.

183
Chemical xings UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor

PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION

PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

UMV multicone chemical an-


chor capsule

Drill hole diameter Drill hole depth Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [pcs]


UMV-P 12 x 100 007947 15 115 10
UMV-P 16 x 125 007948 18 140 10
UMV-P 20 x 170 007949 25 190 10
UMV-P 24 x 220 007973 28 245 5

TECHNICAL DATA

UMV multicone dynamic anchor rod

zinc-plated Drill hole Total length Min. xing Max. xing Through hole Clamping bush Qty. per pack Qty. per pack
Approval

steel diameter thickness thickness height threaded rod clamping


chuck
do l tx tx df lb
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
Item gvz
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/10 007943 15 145 5 10 16 5 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/15 007988 15 150 8 15 16 8 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/25 008004 15 160 15 25 16 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/50 008005 15 185 25 50 16 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 16 x 125/30 008006 18 200 15 30 19 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 16 x 125/60 008007 18 230 30 60 19 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 20 x 170/40 008008 1) 25 255 20 40 26 20 10 10
UMV-A dyn 24 x 220/50 008009 1) 28 325 25 50 29 25 5 5
1) Without external hexagon. Please use a separate setting tool.

184
UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor

Chemical xings
LOADS
UMV multicone dynamic
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete B25 resp. C20/254)
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1662 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nzul3) Vzul3) smin2) cmin2) Nzul3) Vzul3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
UMV-A dyn M12 x 100 100 200 40,0 11,7 5,6 100 100 12,2 5,6 100 100
UMV-A dyn M16 x 125 125 250 60,0 14,8 6,7 130 130 14,8 6,7 130 130
UMV-A dyn M20 x 170 170 340 100,0 25,0 16,3 170 170 34,9 16,3 170 170
UMV-A dyn M24 x 220 220 440 120,0 35,8 16,3 220 220 38,5 16,3 220 220
1)
The permissible loads apply for the design method II (unknown lowest load and unknown load 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads as well as reduced edge distances or spacings
cycles). The partial safety factor for material resistance and the partial safety factor for action (anchor groups) see approval.
regarding fatigue as regulated in the approval are considered. When using design method I higher 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
permissible loads may be possible. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

185
Chemical xings Rebar connections

Professional rebar connections

Rebar connections Rebar connections

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Approved for:
Concrete C12/15 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The injection mortars FISV and FIS Post-installed concrete steel bars, e.g. Anchoring as with cast-in reinforce-
VS LOW SPEED allow for rebar con- for overlap connections, end anchor- ment bars in line with Eurocode 2 and
nections from 8to 28mm, whilst ings, starter bars, needlings etc. DIN 1045-1.
injection mortar FISEM allows for Rebar anchor FRA The mortar is extruded bubble free
rebar connections up to 40mm to into the drill hole using the injection
be carried out. This oers maximum adapter. The geometry causes a
exibility. build-up of pressure in the drill hole,
FISEM also allows for the execution of which pushes the injection adapter
rebar connections in diamond-drilled and extension tube automatically out
holes. of the drill hole.
The FRA with connecting thread in The mortar bonds the entire surface
stainless steel A4 fully utilises the of the reinforcement bar with the drill
load-bearing capacity of the concrete. hole wall.
This means that extremely high tensile A special certication is necessary for
loads can be introduced into the base installation according to approval in
material. Germany. The scher Academy oers
Accessories in line with building site the relevant training courses.
requirements, such as injection adapt-
ers and extension tubes, ensure rapid
progress.
The FIS rebar case contains all of the
individual components required, thus
ensuring a convenient installation.

FOR USE WITH

FIS EM mortar FIS V mortar FIS VS mortar


see page 106 see page 130 see page 130
186
Rebar connections

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION WITH FIS EM IN HAMMER DRILLED HOLES

INSTALLATION WITH WITH EM IN DIAMOND DRILLED HOLES

INSTALLATION WITH FIS V AND FIS VS LOW SPEED

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar Injection mortar


FIS EM 390 S FIS EM 585 S

Injection mortar
FIS MR
FIS EM 1500 S

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS EM 390 S 093048 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 093049 GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 502289 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 585 S 508831 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 static mixer 6
FIS EM 585 S 509266 GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 static mixer 6
FIS EM 1500 S 512080 D, NL, I, F, CZ, SK 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS EM 1500 S 523941 GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS MR 096448 10 static mixer 10
10 static mixer FIS UMR for 585 ml
FIS UMR 520593 10
and 1500 ml cartridges

187
Chemical xings Rebar connections

FIS EM 390 S HWK big,


FIS EM 390 S HWK big FIS EM 390 S in bucket
with dispenser FIS DM S
Approval Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS EM 390 S HWK big 040038 GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS EM 390 S HWK big, 12 cartridges 390 ml, 24 x FIS MR,
049419 GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 1
with dispenser 1 x dispenser FIS DM S
FIS EM 390 S in bucket 521246 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS EM 585 S HWK big 518854 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 12 cartridge 585 ml, 12 x FIS UMR 1

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS V Injection mortar FIS V 950 S

Injection mortar FIS V 410 C FIS Easy mixer

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS V 360 S 094404 D, F, NL, TR, H, RUS 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS V 360 S 094405 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS V 360 S 068435 DK, S, N, FIN, PL, CZ 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS V 360 S 502283 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS V 360 S 043994 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS V 410 C 521431 I, GB, D 200 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x Easy mixer 16
1 cartridge 950 ml, 1 x static mixer big,
FIS V 950 S 017101 D, GB, F, NL, I, E, P, JP, PRC 500 6
1 x easy mixer
FIS Easy mixer 520742 10 static mixer 10

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS VS 300 T Injection mortar FIS VS 360 S

FIS Easy mixer


Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS VS 300 T 093180 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VS 300 T 502285 RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VS 300 T 044102 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS, GR 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VS 300 T 093226 PL, CZ, DK, N, S, FIN 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VS 300 T 051058 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS easy mixer 12
FIS VS 360 S 078664 GB, PRC, E, P, JP 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS VS 360 S 518583 D, F, NL 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS Easy mixer 520742 10 static mixer 10

188
Rebar connections

Chemical xings
FIS V 360 S HWK big with
FIS V 360 S HWK small FIS V 360 S HWK big
dispenser FIS DM S
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS V 360 S HWK small 092430 D, F, NL, H, RUS, TR 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS V 360 S HWK big 091936 D, F, NL, H, RUS, TR 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS V 360 S HWK big 096554 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x FIS easy mixer 1
12 cartridges 360 ml, 24 x FIS easy mixer,
FIS V 360 S HWK big 503027 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1
1 x dispenser FIS DM S

FIS VS 360 S in bucket FIS V 410 C in bucket


Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS V 360 S in bucket 503025 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 20 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS V 360 S in bucket 518538 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 20 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS V 410 in bucket 531504 GB, TR, RU 16 cartridge 410 ml, 32 x Easy mixer 1

FIS VS 300 T HWK big FIS VS 360 S in bucket


Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS VS 300 T in bucket 512062 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS VS 300 T in bucket 518539 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS, GR 20 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS VS 300 T HWK big 517645 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 300 ml, 40 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS VS 300 T HWK small 518832 D, GB, F, NL, E, P 10 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x FIS easy mixer 1
FIS VS 360 S in bucket 518943 GB, PRC, E, P, JP 20 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS easy mixer 1

189
Chemical xings Rebar connections

TECHNICAL DATA

Rebar anchor FRA

Combination Total length Max. xing Drill hole Fill quantity Sales unit

Approval
of materials thickness

l tx d0
Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [ mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FRA 12/900 M12-60 505529 975 60 16 50 8
FRA 16/1100 M16-60 505533 1180 60 20 81 8
FRA 20/1400 M20-60 505534 1485 60 25 160 4
Reinforcement bar welded with threaded part made of stainless stell A4.

TECHNICAL DATA

FIS-Rebar Case for reinforce-


ment connection

Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


8 x Cleaning brush, 5 x Extensions for cleaning brushes 40 cm,
1 x SDS Chuck with internal thread M 8, 24 x Injection adapter,
1 x Cleaning hose complete, 1 x Brush control template, 8 x Cleaning nozzle,
FIS-Rebar case D 505941 1
1 x Marker tape, 1 x Digital thermometer, 1 x Protective goggles,
1 x Installation instructions (german), 10 x Installation report,
2 x Flat spanner SW 7 and the relevant approvals
8 x Cleaning brush, 5 x Extensions for cleaning brushes 40 cm,
1 x SDS Chuck with internal thread M 8, 24 x Injection adapter,
1 x Cleaning hose complete, 1 x Brush control template, 8 x Cleaning nozzle,
FIS-Rebar case Int 505942 1
1 x Marker tape, 1 x Digital thermometer, 1 x Protective goggles,
1 x Installation instructions (german, english, french, italian, spanish),
10 x Installation report, 2 x Flat spanner SW 7 and the relevant approvals

190
Rebar connections

Chemical xings
ACCESSORIES

Cleaning brush with thread M 8 Brush control pattern

Colour Length Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Brush for drill- 12 mm 001490 white - 1
Brush for drill- 14 mm 001491 blue - 1
Brush for drill- 16 mm 001492 red - 1
Brush for drill- 18 mm 001493 yellow - 1
Brush for drill- 20 mm 001494 green - 1
Brush for drill- 25 mm 001495 black - 1
Brush for drill- 30 mm 090063 grey - 1
Brush for drill- 35 mm 090071 brown - 1
Brush for drill- 40 mm 505061 - - 1
Brush for drill- 45 mm 506254 - - 1
Brush for drill- 55 mm 505062 - - 1
FIS brush extension 508791 - 420 1
SDS Chuck 530332 - - 1

ACCESSORIES

Injection adapter Injection adapter


for drill 12 - 25 mm for drill 30 - 55 mm

Extension tube
Colour Length Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 12 mm 001497 white - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9 for drill- 14 mm 001498 blue - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 16 mm 001499 red - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 18 mm 001483 yellow - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9 for drill- 20 mm 001506 green - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 20 mm 001508 green - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 25 mm 001507 black - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 25 mm 001509 black - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 30 mm 090689 grey - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 30 mm 090700 grey - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 35 mm 090699 brown - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 35 mm 090701 brown - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 40 mm 505077 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 40 mm 505079 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 45 mm 508909 1) transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 45 mm 508910 1) transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 9) for drill- 55 mm 505078 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter ( 15) for drill- 55 mm 505080 transparent - 10
FIS Extension tube 048983 - 1000 10
FIS EXT 15 530800 - 10000 1
1) Delivery time on request.

191
Chemical xings Rebar connections

ACCESSORIES

Drilling aid

Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Drilling aid 3pcs. 090819 1

ACCESSORIES
SDS-max scrabbeling tool to
roughen the connection surface

Match Dimensions Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Stocker 001253 Chuck type SDS max 45 x 240 1

ACCESSORIES

Compressed air nozzle

Match Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed air nozzle D12-D15 511956 Drill diameter 12 - 15 mm 2
Compressed air nozzle D16-D19 511957 Drill diameter 16 - 19 mm 2
Compressed air nozzle D20-D25 511958 Drill diameter 20 - 25 mm 2
Compressed air nozzle D30-D35 511959 Drill diameter 30 - 35 mm 2
Compressed air nozzle D40-D55 511960 Drill diameter 40 - 45 mm 2

192
Rebar connections

Chemical xings
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS EM with Rebars from steel type B 500 B5)
Design resistant loads and permissible tensile loads1) 6) of a single post-installed Rebar in concrete C20/252).
For the design and planning the complete approval ETA - 09/0089 and ETA - 08/0266 have to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Rebar Basic anchorage length4) Basic anchorage length4) Max. permissible Max. design resistance Max. permissible
for FIS V, FIS VS for FIS EM embedment depth for tensile load tensile load
lb,rqd lb,rqd max lv NRd,s3) Nperm,s3)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
8 mm 378 378 1800 21,9 15,6
10 mm 473 473 1800 34,1 24,4
12 mm 567 567 1800 49,2 35,1
14 mm 662 662 1800 66,9 47,8
16 mm 756 756 1800 87,4 62,4
20 mm 945 945 1800 136,6 97,6
25 mm 1181 1181 2000 213,4 152,4
28 mm 1323 1323 2000 267,7 191,2
32 mm - 1512 2000 349,7 249,8
36 mm - 1701 2000 442,6 316,1
40 mm - 1890 2000 546,4 390,3
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the European Standard EN 1992- AnnexC,Table C.1 and C.2N are permitted. When using an other steel quality the given basic
1-1 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. anchorage length as well as the steel capacity (see foot note 3) will change.
2)
The ETA-approvals for FIS V and FIS EM allow post-installed rebar connections in concrete C12/15 6)
Fixations with post-installed rebars with FIS V and FIS EM are permitted in dry and wet concrete
up to C50/60. When using another concrete strength class the given basic anchorage length will for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and best possible
change. drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
When using the full steel capacity. 7)
For determination of the installation measures (minimum concrete cover, spacings e.g.) as well
4)
Basic anchorage length" according EN 1992-1-1, chapter 8.4.3 for concrete strength class as an eventually required transverse reinforcement see EN 1992-1-1 and the general instruction
C20/25 for "good bond conditions" rules of the approvals.
5)
Rebars with a characteristic yield strength fyk = 400 - 600 N/mm according EN 1992-1-1

LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS EM with Rebar anchor FRA5)
Highest permissible tensile loads1) 6) for a single Rebar anchor in concrete C20/252) for hammer drilling8).
For the design and planning the complete approvals ETA - 09/0089 and ETA - 08/0266 have to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Basic Max. eective Max. Max. Max. design resistance Max. permissible
anchorage length4) embedment depth embedment depth installation torque for tensile load tensile load
lb,rqd max lv max le,ges Tinst,max NRd,s3) Nperm,s3)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN]
FRA 12/900 M12 567 800 900 50,0 49,6 35,4
FRA 16/1100 M16 756 1000 1100 100,0 87,8 62,7
FRA 20/1400 M20 945 1300 1400 150,0 136,5 97,5
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the European Standard EN 1992- 5)
Reinforcement bar B 500 B according EN 1992-1-1 Annex C,Table C.1 and C.2N.
1-1 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
Fixations with post-installed Rebar anchors FRA with FIS V and FIS EM are permitted in dry and
2)
The ETA-approvals for FIS V and FIS EM allow Rebar anchors FRA in concrete C12/15 up to wet concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and
C50/60. When using another concrete strength class the given basic anchorage length will best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
change. 7)
For determination of the installation measures (minimum concrete cover, spacings e.g.) as well
3)
When using the full steel capacity. as an eventually required transverse reinforcement see EN 1992-1-1 and the general instruction
4)
Basic anchorage length according EN 1992-1-1, chapter 8.4.3 for concrete strength class C20/25 rules of the approvals.
for good bond conditions 8)
The ETA-approval for FIS EM additionally allows diamond drilling for the Rebar anchor FRA. The
needed embedment depth may eventually change due to this.

193
Chemical xings Concrete-Concrete Shear Connector FCC

The approved system for building renovation

Upgrade of bridges Reinforcement of ceilings

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel (upon request)

BUILDING MATERIALS
Permitted for concrete C20/25 to
C50/60, cracked and non-cracked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Due to its geometry and ease of instal- Bridge repairs The system consists of injection
lation, FCC is the rapid and economic Increasing load capacity of bridges mortar (FIS SB or FIS EM) and the con-
alternative compared to the conven- Increasing loads of ceilings during con- crete-concrete shear connector FCC.
tional installation method with bent version, for example The mortar is injected bubble-free
iron. Reinforcement of foundations, piers, from the drill hole base.
Dimensioning of the anchorage is pos- columns and walls The mortar adheres the drill hole wall
sible thanks to the building approval. Renovation of car park ceilings follow- to the shear connector FCC.
Thus, the system oers maximum ing corrosion damage The shear connector is set manually,
security. by lightly rotating it until it reaches the
Variable anchoring depths allow for drill hole base.
ideal adaptation to the load to be The tensile and shear forces arising in
applied, and ensure an optimised the joints between the old and new
installation time and use of materials. concrete are absorbed by the FCC-H
Depending on site conditions, the and safely redirected.
FCC can be anchored, in compliance
with the approval, with the injection
mortars FIS SB or FIS EM.
In conjunction with FIS EM, FCC is
also approved for use in diamond-
drilled drill holes.

FOR USE WITH

FIS EM mortar FIS SB mortar


see page 106 see page 93
194
Concrete-Concrete Shear Connector FCC

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Concrete-Concrete Shear
Connector FCC-H

Drill hole Rebar diameter Anchor length Min. / standard Min. / standard ll quantity e.g. Sales unit
Approval

diameter anchorage depth FIS SB


do
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FCC-H 10 x 180 520081 12 10 180 60/120 2/4 100
FCC-H 12 x 230 520082 14 12 230 70/155 3/7 100
FCC-H 14 x 290 520083 1) 18 14 290 75/195 6/14 50
FCC-H 16 x 360 520085 1) 20 16 360 80/240 7/20 25
1) Delivery time on request.

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

Brush diameter For drill diameter Fits Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 12 078179 13 12 FCC-H 10 x 180 1
BS 14 078180 16 14 FCC-H 12 x 230 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 FCC-H 14 x 290 1
BS 20 052277 25 20 FCC-H 16 x 360 1

DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S

Adapted for Sales unit


Item [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1-K-cartridges

195
Stand-o installation Thermax

The approved stand-o installation with thermal barrier in


Chemical xings

external thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS)

Awnings Satellite dishes and air conditioning units

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete, cracked and non-cracked
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Building brick
Also suitable for:
Aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


When combined with the injection For the thermally separated xing of: The Thermax 12 and 16 systems are
mortars FISV and FISEM, the stand- Awnings suitable for pre-positioned installation.
o installation is approved for high Canopies The self-tapping, glass-bre-reinforced
loads in a range of materials. This French balcony railings cone cuts its own way through the
allows for a secure xing. Brackets plaster into the insulation during
Usable lengths of 60 to 295mm can Air conditioning units installation.
be covered with just one Thermax. Satellite dishes The anti-cold cone uses a thermal
The plastic cone creates a thermal barrier to minimise heat losses.
barrier between the xture and the In the case of resistant plaster (e.g.
inner xture, and oers an energy-opti- thick cement plaster), it is recom-
mised xing. mended that the Thermax cutting
The glass-bre-reinforced plastic cone blade included is used for grinding out
cuts its own way through the ETICS the plaster.
with a positive t, and allows for a The sealing of the annular gap with
simple, fast and adjustable installation the adhesive and sealant KD seals the
without the need for any special tools. faade at plaster level.

FOR USE WITH

FIS SB mortar FIS V mortar FIS VT mortar


see page 82 see page 130 see page 137
196
Stand-o installation Thermax

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Thermax 12/110 M12

Thermax 16/170 M12

zinc-plated stainless Contents Sales unit


Approval

steel steel

Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [pcs]


Item gvz A4
20 M12 threaded rods, 20 anti-cold cones, 20 M12 A4 setscrews,
Thermax 12/110 M12 051291 20 A4 washers, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 5 bit, 20
5 cutting blades, 5 user manuals
10 M12-A4 threaded rods, 10 anti-cold cones, 10 M12-A4 setscrews,
Thermax 12/110 M12 051537 10 A4 washers, 10 A4 nuts, 10 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 3 bit, 10
3 cutting blades, 3 user manual
2 M12 threaded rods, 2 anti-cold cones, 2 M12 A4 setscrews, 2 A4 washers,
Thermax 12/110 M12 B 051290 1
2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 130 , 1 bit, 1 cutting blade, 1 user manual
20 M16 threaded rods, 20 anti-cold cones, 20 M12 A4 setscrews,
Thermax 16/170 M12 051293 20 A4 washers, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 5 bit, 20
5 cutting blades, 5 applicator tip extension hoses, 5 user manuals
10 M16 A4 threaded rods, 10 anti-cold cones, 10 M12-A4 setscrews,
Thermax 16/170 M12 051543 10 A4 washers, 10 A4 nuts, 10 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 3 bit, 10
3 cutting blades, 3 applicator tip extension hoses, 3 user manual
2 M16 threaded rods, 2 anti-cold cones, 2 M12 A4 setscrews, 2 A4 washers,
Thermax 16/170 M12 B 051292 2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 1 cutting blade, 1
1 applicator tip extension hose, 1 user manual
"A4" means made of stainless steel of the corrosion resistance class III e.g. A4.

197
Chemical xings Stand-o installation Thermax

INSTALLATION DATA
td
hef tfix
ttol tWDVS
ETICS

Tinst
d0

Example for simple fixing Example for multiple fixing

Type Threaded Building Max. xture Clamped Min. ancho- Nominal drill Drill hole depth Perforated Required Installation
rod material thickness thickness rage depth hole diameter sleeve resin quantity torque
tx e hef do td Tinst
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Scale unit] [Nm]
Concrete/
70 14 tfix + 70 mm - 5
Thermax Solid brick
M12 60 - 1101) < 162) 20
M12/110 M12 (...) Perforated
130 20 tfix + 130 mm + 5 mm 20 x 130 26
brick
Concrete/
80 18 tfix + 80 mm - 7
Thermax Solid brick
M16 60 - 1701) < 162) 20
M16/170 M12 (...) Perforated
200 20 tfix + 200 mm + 5 mm 20 x200 40
brick
1) further usable lengths see approval
2) according to the approval the usable length up to 200 mm is possible

TECHNICAL DATA

Superbond mortar
Injection mortar FIS VT 380 C
FIS SB 390 S

Injection mortar All-round adhesive gluing and


FIS V 360 S sealing KD-290

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS SB 390 S 518830 D 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S 041834 D 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS VT 380 C 094401 D, F, NL, DK, S, TR 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 12
KD-290 white (D) 059389 D 1 cartridge 290 ml 12
KD-290 white (GB) 046915 GB 1 cartridge 290 ml 12

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 14 078180 16 14 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS 20 052277 25 20 1

198
Stand-o installation Thermax

Chemical xings
ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Brush set for masonry Blow-out pump ABG

Suitable for drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Brush set 14/20 mm 048980 8 - 16 1
Brush set 20/30 mm 048981 16 - 30 1
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 1

DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S

Adapted for Sales unit


Item [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1-K-cartridges

ACCESSORIES

Cone drill PBB Centring sleeve PBZ

Match Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt [pcs]


Cone drill PBB 090634 M8 - M12; FIS E 1
Centring sleeve PBZ 090671 M8 - M12; FIS E 10

199
Chemical xings Stand-o installation Thermax

LOADS
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 and 16
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for one Thermax5) in concrete and solid brick masonry8) for xing in groups2). For the design the complete
approval Z-21.8-1837 as well as the approval of the used mortar has to be considered.
Concrete and solid brick masonry
Typ Compres- Brick type, Min. Max. in- Permis- Permissible shear load for Min. Min.
sive brick naming eective stallation sible spacing3) edge
t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x =
strength acc. DIN7) anchorage torque tensile distance
62mm5) 100mm5) 120mm5) 140mm5) 160mm5) 180mm5) 200mm5) 250mm5) 300mm5)
depth load 12)

Tinst, smin
fb [-] hef, min Nperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) c (a )
max
9)
(amin) min r
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Non-cracked11) and cracked concrete14)
Thermax 12 25 C20/25 70 (72)10) 20,0 3,404) 0,88 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 55 55
Thermax 16 25 C20/25 80 (96)10) 20,0 3,404) 1,51 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 65 65
Solid brick Mz
Thermax 12 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 0,88 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 60
Thermax 16 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 1,51 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 60
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
Thermax 12 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 0,88 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 60
Thermax 16 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 1,51 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 60
1)
Required safety factors are considered. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
2)
For single fixation see approval. 7)
For further conditions see approval.
3)
Minimum spacing while reducing the permissible load. For combinations of tensile loads, shear 8)
Masonry with satisfactory surcharge and no edge influence.
loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see 9)
Fixing screw M12.
approval. 10)
Values in brackets are valid for FIS PM with Powersleeve.
4)
Corresponding to the permissible tension load of the Thermax cone. 11)
The usage of FIS V is only approved for non-cracked concrete.
5)
The permissible loads refer to the Thermax with galv. threaded rod without anchor sleeve. When 12)
Only valid for masonry with satisfactory surcharge or proof against tilting. Not valid for shear
the displacement under short term load (e.g. wind load) is limited to 1mm the closing of the loads towards the free edge.
annular gap with fischer all-round sealing KD is sufficient. For measures for displacements larger 13)
No reduction of the permissible load necessary.
than 1mm see approval, chapter 3.2.4. 14)
The usage of FIS EM and FIS PM with Powersleeve is approved in cracked and non-cracked
6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate concrete.

200
Stand-o installation Thermax

Chemical xings
LOADS
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 and 16
Highest permissible loads1) 6) 11) for one Thermax5) in hollow brick masonry8) for xing in groups2). For the design the complete approval
Z-21.8-1837 as well as the approval of the used mortar has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compres- Brick type, Min. Max. Permis- Permissible shear load for Min. Min.
sive brick naming eective installati- sible spacing3) edge
t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x =
strength acc. DIN7) anchorage on torque tensile dis-
62mm5) 100mm5) 120mm5) 140mm5) 160mm5) 180mm5) 200mm5) 250mm5) 300mm5)
depth load tance12)
Tinst, s
fb [-] hef,min10) Nperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) min cmin (ar)
max
9)
(amin)
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
Thermax 12 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 50
Thermax 16 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 50
Thermax 12 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 50
Thermax 16 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 50
Thermax 12 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 0,88 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 50
Thermax 16 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 1,0 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 50
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
Thermax 12 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 50
Thermax 16 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 50
Thermax 12 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 50
Thermax 16 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 50
Thermax 12 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 0,88 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 50
Thermax 16 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 1,40 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 50
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
Thermax 12 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,50 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 20013) 50
Thermax 16 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 20013) 50
Thermax 12 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 20013) 50
Thermax 16 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 20013) 50
Hollow block of normal concrete Hbn
Thermax 12 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 20013) 50
Thermax 16 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 20013) 50
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid masonry for temperatures in the substrate
2)
For single fixation see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
Minimum spacing while reducing the permissible load. For combinations of tensile loads, shear 7)
For further conditions see approval.
loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see 8)
Masonry with satisfactory surcharge and no edge influence.
approval. 9)
Fixing screw M12.
4)
Values are valid for rotary drilling (without hammer action). KSL must have a thickness of the 10)
The minimum effective anchorage applies to anchor sleeve FIS H 20x85 K
outer web of min. 30mm (old bricks). 11)
Values are valid for FIS V, Zul.-Nr. Z-21.3-1824.
5)
The permissible loads refer to the Thermax with galv. threaded rod. When the displacement under 12)
Only valid for masonry with satisfactory surcharge or proof against tilting. Not valid for shear
short term load (e.g. wind load) is limited to 1mm the closing of the annular gap with fischer loads towards the free edge.
all-round sealing KD is sufficient. For measures for displacements larger than 1mm see approval, 13)
No reduction of the permissible load necessary.
chapter 3.2.4.

201
Chemical xings Remedial wall tie VBS 8

The professional faade repair for two-leaf cavity walls

Repairing outer leafs Detail: Repairing outer leafs

VERSION APPROVALS
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Facing masonry with and without an
air layer

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The expansion-force-free xing pre- Post-installation needling of two-leaf The remedial wall tie VBS8 comprises
vents splitting and cracks. This means cavity walls in line with DIN1053-1 a perforated plastic sleeve and a pro-
that VBS8 can be used even in old led A4stainless steel tie 4mm.
and sensitive masonry. VBS8 is used together with the injec-
The drill bit diameter of just8 mm tion mortar FISV.
means that a minimal amount of mor- The anchor is inserted in the bed joint
tar is required for each xing point. of the outer leaf using push-through
Thus VBS8 is particularly economical. installation.
The installation is approved anywhere
along the entire bed joint, thus ensur-
ing a high level of installation safety.
The grey colour of the injection mortar
is similar to the colour of the bed joint.
This means that the xing is almost
invisible to the eye.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar
see page 130
202
Remedial wall tie VBS 8

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Remedial wall tie VBS

stainless steel Cavity or Drill hole Outer leaf Depth = embe- Fixing length Anchorage Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

insulation diameter dment depth depth FIS V bearing


wall
do h0 = hs l hef
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item A4
VBS 8/20 078763 1) 2) 0 - 20 8 90 195 188 >60 4 100
VBS 8/50 078799 1) 2) 20 - 50 8 90 225 218 >60 4 100
VBS 8/80 078800 1) 2) 50 - 80 8 90 255 248 >60 4 100
VBS 8/120 078801 1) 2) 80 - 120 8 90 295 288 >60 6 100
VBS 8/150 078802 1) 2) 120 - 150 8 90 325 318 >60 6 100
1) Product consisting of perforated plastic sleeve, profiled wire A4 and injection nozzle.
2) For the closing of the curtain walling about 2-3 additional scale units of mortar FISV are required.

ACCESSORIES

Compressed-air cleaning tool Hammer drill SDS-Plus Pointer, DIN 8039


Technical details Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


VBS 8 cleaning set 090241 content: cleaning brush and extension tube for blow-out pump 1
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286 for professional cleaning of the drill hole 1
SDS-Plus Pointer 8,0 / 460 mm 074330 Hammer drill with self-centring drill bit and relief-ground drill grooving 1

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS V 360 S Dispenser FIS DM S

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS V 360 S 094404 D, F, NL, TR, H, RUS 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS DM S 511118 1

203
Weather facing reconstruction system

The economical solution for the repair of triple-skin outer wall


Chemical xings

panels

Repairing weather shells Detail: Repairing weather shells

VERSION APPROVALS
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Triple-skin outer wall panels made of
concreteC12/15

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The large bolt diameter means that Post-installation securing of triple-skin The weather facing reconstruction
FWS achieves a high shear load-bear- outer wall panels system FWS is secured in the load-
ing capacity. This keeps the number bearing skin and the weather shell
of anchors needed for each plate to a with the injection mortar FISV.
minimum, thus saving costs. The red plastic coating protects the
The drill hole can be drilled in one step insulation from being penetrated with
using standard diamond drill bits. This mortar.
ensures quick progress is made. Once the anchor has been set, the
The integrated visual control makes appearance of mortar from the control
the application easier, and ensures a openings shows that the anchoring
high degree of installation safety. has been completed correctly.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar
see page 130
204
Weather facing reconstruction system

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Weather facing reconstruction system FWS

Residual core drill FWS-B

Total length Nom. drill diameter Eect. anchorage depth Anchors per cartridge Sales unit
Approval

in the load-bearing skin FIS V 360 S


l dB hv
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item
FWS-A 205 062342 205 40 80 4-5 5
FWS-A 230 062343 230 40 80 4-5 5
FWS-B 062344 1

TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS V 360 S Dispenser FIS DM S

Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS V 360 S 094404 D, F, NL, TR, H, RUS 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS DM S 511118 1

LOADS
Weather facing reconstruction system FWS
Highest permissible shear loads1) 6) for a single anchor in a load-bearing skin made of concrete C12/15.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.8-1557 has to be considered.
Cracked or non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Thickness Thickness of Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage thickness of of thermal outer leaf bending moment shear load1) spacing3) spacing3)
depth in the load-bearing insulation2)
load-bearing skin layer
hef (hv) ht hD hw Mperm Vperm smin (ah,min) cmin (ar,1)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FWS-A-2054) 80 120 80 40-60 1240,0 8,5 450 300
FWS-A-2304) 80 120 100 45-60 1240,0 8,1 450 300
1)
Required safety factors are considered. The given loads are valid under the pre-condition that an 4)
The determination of the permissible shear load for special lengths is done according Annex 3 and
additional thermal insulation will be applied on the weather facing. 4 of the approval.
2)
For bigger insulation thicknesses special lengths are possible. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
3)
For exact arrangement of the bolts as well as for eventually needed additional proofs see appro- up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
val.

205
Chemical xings Can system FCS

The epoxy resin for repair work

Filling cracks Reconstructing corners and edges

BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
Concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FCS based on epoxy resin has a Filling holes and cracks in concrete The resin and hardener are stored in
high bond strength and a low shrink- and similar surfaces two separate containers.
age value. This guarantees a high Reconstructing split corners and The hardener is added to the resin and
performance and opens up a wide edges mixed thoroughly until the material is
range of applications. the same colour throughout.
The two product variants, FCS Liquid Note: The quality of the mixing of
(low viscosity = liquid) and FCS (high components and the proper lling of
viscosity = paste-like), allow for use the holes (without air pockets) has an
both in horizontal situations and on eect on the load-bearing capacity of
walls and ceilings. Therefore, there the system!
is always the right product for every FCS Liquid can be poured into holes
occasion. or cracks, or applied using a brush.
FCS can be applied with a palette
knife.
Once mixed, the material can be
used until the maximum open time is
reached.

206
Can system FCS

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION FCS

INSTALLATION FCS LIQUID

TECHNICAL DATA

scher Can System FCS scher Can System FCS liquid

Languages on the can Shelf life Sales unit


Item Art.-No. months [pcs]
FCS - fischer Can System 043676 GB, E, P 18 12
FCS Liquid - fischer Can System 043917 GB, E, P 18 12

CURING TIME
Temperature Gelling time Curing time

+ 5C 70 min. 60 hrs.
+10C 60 min. 30 hrs.
+20C 45 min. 24 hrs.
+30C 30 min. 20 hrs.
+40C 15 min. 16 hrs.
The gelling time starts when the components get in contact. Stir the components thoroughly until the colour of the mortar is evenly. This is essential to achieve the full performance of the mortar.

207
Chemical xings ll & x injection xing

The versatile injection xing

Repairing damaged curtain rails Repairing damaged curtain rails

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Cavity oor slabs made of brick, con-
crete, etc.
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Panel building materials
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The ll & x injection xing works Repairing cracked or over-sized drill ll & x is a 2-component, solvent-free
whatever the drill hole size and build- holes injection compound based on polyu-
ing material. As a result, a number of Repairing broken furniture hinges etc. rethane. It is applied into the drill hole,
applications can be completed with Fixing lightweight objects in dicult where it foams lightly and sets quickly.
just one product. or dilapidated building materials (old The increase in volume during the set-
Wood screws can be screwed directly buildings) ting process guarantees a secure hold,
into the hardened injection xing. This Fixing lightweight objects in internal even in dilapidated or dicult building
allows for a fast and simple installa- and UV-protected external areas materials.
tion. After approx. 2minutes, screws,
Due to the special formulation, hooks, eye screws etc. with a diameter
the screw can be screwed into the of up to 6mm that are normally used
injection xing and removed. Thus, in wood can be screwed into and
components can be reattached to the removed from the set material without
same point. pre-drilling.
ll & x can be sanded and painted, Use the perforated sleeves (included)
and is suitable for lling drill holes that for hollow and board building mate-
are no longer needed prior to painting. rials.

208
ll & x injection xing

Chemical xings
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

ll & x Injection xing

Contents Languages on Sales unit


the cartridge
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
fill & fix K (D) 051097 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D 8
fill & fix (D) 502599 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D 12
fill & fix K (D/F) 503227 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D, F 8
fill & fix K (NL/F) 501763 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes NL, F 8
fill & fix K (F) 513500 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes F 8
fill & fix K (I) 051098 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes I 8
fill & fix K (S/DK) 505083 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes S, DK 8
fill & fix K (GR) 505084 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes GR 8
fill & fix K (CZ/SK) 506255 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes CZ, SK 8
fill & fix Static mixer 502735 6 static mixer - 1

209
210
High performance steel anchors
High performance steel anchors
High performance steel anchors

Bolt anchor FAZ II ....................................................................................................... 214


High performance anchor FH II ............................................................................. 224
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA ................................................................................ 232
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II ..................................................................... 241
Concrete screw FBS / FSS...................................................................................... 247
Hammerset anchor EA II .......................................................................................... 252
Nail anchor FNA II ...................................................................................................... 256
Ceiling nail FDN ........................................................................................................... 263
Bolt anchor FBN II....................................................................................................... 265
Heavy-duty anchor TA M ......................................................................................... 272
Sleeve anchor FSA ..................................................................................................... 278
Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB ....................................................................... 280
Wall screw MR ............................................................................................................. 282
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY ...................................................................................... 284
Porenbetonanker FPX-I.............................................................................................. 287

211
High performance steel anchors

Range of steel anchors


Economical
due to high performance Bolt anchor FAZ II
The push-through anchor for ecient
xing in cracked concrete
Page 214

Bolt anchor FBN II


The cost-ecient xing for exible use in non-
cracked concrete
Page 265

Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB


The reusable xing system for diamond drills and
saws
Page 280

Can be removed and reused


due to the screw thread Concrete screw FBS
The powerful screw solution for a fast and
simple installation
Page 247

Concrete screw FBS


The versatile screw solution for a fast and
simple installation
Page 247

Concrete screw FSS


The screw solution for temporary
and approved multiple use
Page 247

The best safety margin


thanks to the undercutting
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA
technology The xing system with the highest safety in cracked
concrete

Page 232

ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II


The internally threaded anchor with low anchoring
depth for individual xings in cracked concrete

Page 241

212
High performance steel anchors
Easy to install
due to low setting energy
Bolt anchor FAZ II K
The installation-friendly bolt anchor for small drill-hole
depths in cracked concrete
Page 214

High performance anchor FH II


The strong sleeve anchor for xings with sophisticated
design in cracked concrete
Page 224

Sleeve anchor FSA


The push-through anchor for structural xings in non-
cracked concrete
Page 278

Heavy-duty anchor TA M
The installation-friendly internally threaded
anchor for xings in non-cracked concrete
Page 272

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY


The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for
xings in prestressed hollow-core concrete slabs

Page 284

Aircrete anchor FPX-I


The strong internally threaded anchor with unique
4-way expansion for xings in aerated concrete
Page 287

Easy to install due to


hammerset installation
without torque wrench Nail anchor FNA II / FNA II RB
The installation-friendly hammerset anchor for
multiple xings

Page 256

Ceiling nail FDN


The cost-ecient push-through anchor
for multiple xings
Page 263

Hammerset anchor EA II
The internally threaded anchor with rim for simple ham-
merset installation
Page 252

Wall screw MR
The xing with simple hammerset installation in non-
cracked concrete
Page 282
213
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FAZ II

For highest demands. Powerful and exible.

Balcony railings Steel girders

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FAZ ll tried and tested expansion Steel constructions The FAZ II is suitable for pre-positioned
clip enables the highest load bearing Guard rails and push-through installation and
capacity. Thus fewer xing points and Consoles is also ideal for stand-o installation
smaller anchor plates are required. Ladders thanks to the long thread.
The reduced anchorage depth allows Cable conduits When applying the torque, the cone
for signicantly reduced drill hole Machines bolt is pulled into the expansion sleeve
depths and reduces the number of Staircases and expand it against the drill hole
reinforcement hits. This allows for a Gates wall.
noticeably quicker installation. Faades The anchor is set in line with the
Fewer hammer blows when hammer- Wood constructions approval once the preset installation
ing in the anchor, together with the low torque is achieved.
torque slippage, ensure a noticeably In the case of series installation, we
simple and comfortable setting process. recommend using the FABS anchor
The international approvals guarantee bolt setting tool.
maximum safety and the best perfor-
mance. These approvals even cover
use in earthquake zones (seismic). ICC
approval only with standard embed-
ment depth.

214
Bolt anchor FAZ II

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FAZ II

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. usable Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant diameter hole depth length length across nut

Approval
steel for through hef,stand/
xings hef,red
do h2 l tx x length SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FAZ II 8/10 094871 1) 501396 1) 8 65 75 10/- M 8 x 38 13 50
FAZ II 8/10 501428 1) 8 65 75 10/- M 8 x 38 13 10
FAZ II 8/30 094877 1) 501399 1) 8 85 95 30/- M 8 x 58 13 50
FAZ II 8/30 501429 1) 8 85 95 30/- M 8 x 58 13 10
FAZ II 8/50 094878 1) 501401 1) 8 105 115 50/- M 8 x 78 13 50
FAZ II 8/100 094879 1) 8 155 165 100/- M 8 x 128 13 25
FAZ II 8/160 503251 8 215 225 160/- M 8 x 100 13 20
FAZ II 10/10 094981 1) 501403 1) 10 85 95 10/30 M 10 x 53 17 50
FAZ II 10/10 501430 1) 10 85 95 10/30 M 10 x 53 17 10
FAZ II 10/20 094982 1) 10 95 105 20/40 M 10 x 63 17 25
FAZ II 10/20 501406 1) 10 95 105 20/40 M 10 x 63 17 50
FAZ II 10/30 094983 1) 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 25
FAZ II 10/30 501407 1) 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 50
FAZ II 10/30 503185 1) 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 10
FAZ II 10/50 094984 1) 501409 1) 10 125 135 50/70 M 10 x 93 17 20
FAZ II 10/70 501410 1) 10 145 155 70/90 M 10 x 113 17 20
FAZ II 10/80 094985 1) 10 155 165 80/100 M 10 x 123 17 20
FAZ II 10/100 094986 1) 10 175 185 100/120 M 10 x 143 17 20
FAZ II 10/160 503252 501412 10 235 245 160/180 M 10 x 193 17 20
FAZ II 12/10 095419 1) 501413 1) 12 100 110 10/30 M 12 x 61 19 20
FAZ II 12/10 503186 1) 12 100 110 10/30 M 12 x 61 19 10
FAZ II 12/20 095420 1) 501415 1) 12 110 120 20/40 M 12 x 71 19 20
FAZ II 12/30 095421 1) 501416 1) 12 120 130 30/50 M 12 x 81 19 20
FAZ II 12/30 501431 1) 12 120 130 30/50 M 12 x 81 19 10
FAZ II 12/50 095446 1) 501419 1) 12 140 150 50/70 M 12 x 101 19 20
FAZ II 12/60 501420 1) 12 150 160 60/80 M 12 x 111 19 20
FAZ II 12/80 095454 1) 12 170 180 80/100 M 12 x 131 19 20
FAZ II 12/100 095470 1) 501421 1) 12 190 200 100/120 M 12 x 151 19 20
FAZ II 12/160 503253 12 250 260 160/180 M 12 x 186 19 10
FAZ II 12/160 503180 12 250 260 160/180 M 12 x 186 19 20
FAZ II 12/200 095605 12 290 300 200/220 M 12 x 186 19 10
FAZ II 16/5 522125 16 115 128 5/25 M 16 x 64 24 10
FAZ II 16/5 522124 1) 16 115 128 5/25 M 16 x 64 24 20
FAZ II 16/25 095836 1) 501432 1) 16 135 148 25/45 M 16 x 84 24 10
FAZ II 16/25 501423 1) 16 135 148 25/45 M 16 x 84 24 20
FAZ II 16/50 095864 1) 503187 1) 16 160 173 50/70 M 16 x 109 24 10
FAZ II 16/50 501424 1) 16 160 173 50/70 M 16 x 109 24 20
FAZ II 16/100 095865 1) 501425 1) 16 210 223 100/120 M 16 x 159 24 10
FAZ II 16/160 503254 1) 16 270 283 160/180 M 16 x 189 24 10
FAZ II 16/200 095967 16 310 323 200/220 M 16 x 189 24 10
FAZ II 16/250 095968 16 360 373 250/270 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 16/300 096188 16 410 423 300/320 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 20/30 046632 1) 20 155 172 30/- M 20 x 54 30 5
1) approved for seismic performance category C1 according to ETA-05/0069

215
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FAZ II

TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FAZ II

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. usable Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant diameter hole depth length length across nut

Approval
steel for through hef,stand/
xings hef,red
do h2 l tx x length SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FAZ II 20/30 501426 1) 20 155 172 30/- M 20 x 54 30 4
FAZ II 20/60 046633 1) 20 185 202 60/- M 20 x 84 30 5
FAZ II 20/60 503183 1) 20 185 202 60/- M 20 x 84 30 4
FAZ II 20/160 503255 1) 20 285 302 160/- M 20 x 100 30 5
FAZ II 24/30 046635 1) 24 185 205 30/- M 24 x 58 36 5
FAZ II 24/30 501427 1) 24 185 205 30/- M 24 x 58 36 4
FAZ II 24/60 046636 1) 24 215 235 60/- M 24 x 88 36 5
FAZ II 24/60 503184 1) 24 215 235 60/- M 24 x 88 36 4
1) approved for seismic performance category C1 according to ETA-05/0069

ACCESSORIES
scher Anchor bolt setting tool FABS

Matching anchor type Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FABS 077937 FAZ II, FBN II, EXA for diameter from M6 - M12 1

LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0069 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type minimum maximum minimum torque permissible permissible min. min. permissible permissible min. min.
eective eective member moment tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
anchorage anchorage thickness5) distance distance
depth depth
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FAZ II 8 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
40 80 45,0 4,3 8,7 40 45 6,1 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 10
60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
50 100 60,0 6,1 13,9 50 55 8,5 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 12
70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 50 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
65 140 110,0 9,0 20,7 65 65 12,6 29,0 65 65
FAZ II 16
85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 65 65 18,8 31,4 65 65
FAZ II 20 100 200 200,0 17,1 40,0 95 85 24,0 40,0 95 95
FAZ II 24 125 250 270,0 24,0 49,1 100 100 33,6 49,1 100 135
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combination of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the 5)
According approval the minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef) can be reduced under
minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef). The combination of the given min. spacing and specific conditions.
min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval.

216
Bolt anchor FAZ II

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0069 has to be considered.
gerissener Beton ungerissener Beton
Type minimum maximum minimum torque permissible permissible min. min. permissible permissible min. min.
eective eective member moment tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
anchorage anchorage thickness5) distance distance
depth depth
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FAZ II 8 A4 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
40 80 45,0 4,3 8,7 40 45 6,1 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 10 A4
60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
50 100 60,0 6,1 13,9 50 55 8,5 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 12 A4
70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 50 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
65 140 110,0 9,0 20,7 65 65 12,6 29,0 65 65
FAZ II 16 A4
85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 65 65 18,8 31,4 65 65
FAZ II 20 A4 100 200 200,0 17,1 40,0 95 85 24,0 40,0 95 95
FAZ II 24 A4 125 250 270,0 24,0 49,1 100 100 33,6 49,1 100 135
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combination of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the 5)
According approval the minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef) can be reduced under
minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef). The combination of the given min. spacing and specific conditions.
min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval.

LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II C
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0069 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type minimum maximum minimum torque permissible permissible min. min. permissible permissible min. min.
eective eective member moment tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
anchorage anchorage thickness5) distance distance
depth depth
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FAZ II 8 C 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
40 80 45,0 4,3 8,7 40 45 6,1 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 10 C
60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
50 100 60,0 6,1 13,9 50 55 8,5 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 12 C
70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 50 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
65 140 110,0 9,0 20,7 65 65 12,6 29,0 65 65
FAZ II 16 C
85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 65 65 18,8 31,4 65 65
FAZ II 20 C 100 200 200,0 17,1 40,0 95 85 24,0 40,0 95 95
FAZ II 24 C 125 250 270,0 24,0 49,1 100 100 33,6 49,1 100 135
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combination of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the 5)
According approval the minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef) can be reduced under
minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef). The combination of the given min. spacing and specific conditions.
min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval.

217
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FAZ II K

For highest demands. Short and practical.

Rail xing Facade constructions

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The characteristics of the FAZ ll K Steel constructions The FAZ II K is suitable for pre-posi-
considerably reduce the amount of Railings tioned and push-through installation.
drilling and hammer blows required Brackets When the installation torque is
when installing the bolt anchor, thus Ladders applied, the cone bolt is pulled into
reducing the force needing to be Cable trays the expansion clip and expands it
applied and the installation time. Gates against the drill hole wall.
The tried and tested expansion clip Faades The anchor is set in line with the
allows for a high load-bearing capacity, approval once the preset installation
even in the case of reduced anchorage torque is achieved.
depths.
With the FAZ II 10 K (nominal drill
hole diameter 10 mm), the tensile
loads are unchanged when compared
with standard anchorage depths, thus
achieving the maximum performance.

218
Bolt anchor FAZ II K

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FAZ II K

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Usable Thread Washer (outer diameter x Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth length length (hef thickness)
Approval

for through red.)


xings
do h2 l tx x length
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FAZ II 10/10 K 522108 522116 10 65 75 10 M 10 x 33 20 x 2 50
FAZ II 10/20 K 522110 10 75 85 20 M 10 x 43 20 x 2 25
FAZ II 10/20 K 522117 10 75 85 20 M 10 x 43 20 x 2 50
FAZ II 12/10 K 522118 522122 12 80 90 10 M 12 x 41 24 x 2,5 20
FAZ II 12/20 K 522119 522123 12 90 100 20 M 12 x 51 24 x 2,5 20
FAZ II 10/10 K GS 522115 10 65 75 10 M 10 x 33 25 x 3 50
FAZ II 12/10 K GS 522121 12 80 90 10 M 12 x 41 30 x 3 20

ACCESSORIES
scher Anchor bolt setting tool FABS

Matching anchor type Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FABS 077937 FAZ II, FBN II, EXA for diameter from M6 - M12 1

LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0069 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type minimum maximum minimum torque permissible permissible min. min. permissible permissible min. min.
eective eective member moment tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
anchorage anchorage thickness5) distance distance
depth depth
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FAZ II 8 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
40 80 45,0 4,3 8,7 40 45 6,1 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 10
60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
50 100 60,0 6,1 13,9 50 55 8,5 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 12
70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 50 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
65 140 110,0 9,0 20,7 65 65 12,6 29,0 65 65
FAZ II 16
85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 65 65 18,8 31,4 65 65
FAZ II 20 100 200 200,0 17,1 40,0 95 85 24,0 40,0 95 95
FAZ II 24 125 250 270,0 24,0 49,1 100 100 33,6 49,1 100 135
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combination of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the 5)
According approval the minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef) can be reduced under
minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef). The combination of the given min. spacing and specific conditions.
min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval.

219
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FAZ II K

LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0069 has to be considered.
gerissener Beton ungerissener Beton
Type minimum maximum minimum torque permissible permissible min. min. permissible permissible min. min.
eective eective member moment tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
anchorage anchorage thickness5) distance distance
depth depth
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FAZ II 8 A4 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
40 80 45,0 4,3 8,7 40 45 6,1 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 10 A4
60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
50 100 60,0 6,1 13,9 50 55 8,5 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 12 A4
70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 50 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
65 140 110,0 9,0 20,7 65 65 12,6 29,0 65 65
FAZ II 16 A4
85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 65 65 18,8 31,4 65 65
FAZ II 20 A4 100 200 200,0 17,1 40,0 95 85 24,0 40,0 95 95
FAZ II 24 A4 125 250 270,0 24,0 49,1 100 100 33,6 49,1 100 135
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combination of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the 5)
According approval the minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef) can be reduced under
minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef). The combination of the given min. spacing and specific conditions.
min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval.

220
Bolt anchor FAZ II GS and HBS

High performance steel anchors


For highest demands. Powerful and exible.

Column bases with long holes Anchoring of purlins

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15 Natural stone with
dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FAZ ll GS is suitable for xing of Anchor plates with long holes The FAZ II GS and HBS are suitable
steel xtures with long slotted holes Faade substructures with long holes for pre-positioned and push-through
thanks to the pre-mounted washer. Timber constructions installation and are also ideal for stand-
It allows for a better alignment, thus Tensioning bolt o installation.
helping to reduce the installation Purlins When applying the torque, the cone
eort. Anchoring of wooden beams bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
The FAZ ll HBS with extra-large and expands it against the drill hole
washer in accordance with wood wall.
construction standard DIN 1052. The anchor is set in line with the
It ensures an even better power approval once the preset installation
transmission between bolt anchor and torque is achieved.
sleepers/ beams. Furthermore, the In the case of series installation, we
FAZ II GS and HBS bolt anchors oer recommend using the FABS anchor
all of the benets of the FAZ II. bolt setting tool.

221
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FAZ II GS and HBS

TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FAZ II GS (with large washer)

Bolt anchor FAZ II HBS (washer compliant


to wood construction standard DIN 1052)

steel, stainless Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. Thread Width across Washer (ou- Sales unit
zinc-plated, steel, with diameter hole depth length usable length nut ter diameter
with large large washer Approval for through hef,stand/ x thickness)
washer xings hef,red
do h2 l tx x length SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FAZ II 8/10 GS 094872 1) 501398 1) 8 65 75 10/- M 8 x 38 13 22 x 2,5 50
FAZ II 8/30 GS 096189 1) 501400 1) 8 85 95 30/- M 8 x 58 13 22 x 2,5 50
FAZ II 10/10 GS 096291 1) 501405 1) 10 85 95 10/30 M 10 x 53 17 25 x 3 50
FAZ II 10/30 GS 096297 1) 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 25 x 3 25
FAZ II 10/30 GS 501408 1) 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 25 x 3 50
FAZ II 12/10 GS 096303 1) 501414 1) 12 100 110 10/30 M 12 x 61 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/20 GS 502530 1) 12 110 120 20/40 M 12 x 71 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/30 GS 096340 1) 501418 1) 12 120 130 30/50 M 12 x 81 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/50 GS 502531 1) 12 140 150 50/70 M 12 x 101 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/100 GS 502532 1) 12 190 200 100/120 M 12 x 151 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/120 GS 096367 1) 12 210 220 120/140 M 12 x 151 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/160 GS 503181 12 250 260 160/180 M 12 x 186 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 16/160 GS 503261 1) 16 270 283 160/180 M 16 x 189 24 56 x 5 10
FAZ II 16/160 GS 503182 1) 16 270 283 160/180 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 4
FAZ II 16/200 GS 096370 16 310 323 200/220 M 16 x 189 24 56 x 5 10
FAZ II 12/100 HBS 522951 1) 12 190 205 100/120 M 12 x 151 19 58 x 6 20
FAZ II 12/120 HBS 522952 1) 12 210 225 120/140 M 12 x 171 19 58 x 6 20
FAZ II 16/160 HBS 522953 1) 16 270 278 160/180 M 16 x 189 24 68 x 6 10
FAZ II 16/200 HBS 522954 16 310 328 200/220 M 16 x 189 24 68 x 6 10
1) approved for seismic performance category C1 according to ETA-05/0069 with standard embedment depth

LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II GS
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0069 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type minimum maximum minimum torque permissible permissible min. min. permissible permissible min. min.
eective eective member moment tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
anchorage anchorage thickness5) distance distance
depth depth
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FAZ II 8 GS 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
40 80 45,0 4,3 8,7 40 45 6,1 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 10 GS
60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
50 100 60,0 6,1 13,9 50 55 8,5 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 12 GS
70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 50 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
65 140 110,0 9,0 20,7 65 65 12,6 29,0 65 65
FAZ II 16 GS
85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 65 65 18,8 31,4 65 65
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combination of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the 5)
According approval the minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef) can be reduced under
minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef). The combination of the given min. spacing and specific conditions.
min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval.

222
Bolt anchor FAZ II GS and HBS

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II GS A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0069 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type minimum maximum minimum torque permissible permissible min. min. permissible permissible min. min.
eective eective member moment tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
anchorage anchorage thickness5) distance distance
depth depth
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FAZ II 8 GS A4 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
40 80 45,0 4,3 8,7 40 45 6,1 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 10 GS A4
60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
50 100 60,0 6,1 13,9 50 55 8,5 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 12 GS A4
70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 50 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
65 140 110,0 9,0 20,7 65 65 12,6 29,0 65 65
FAZ II 16 GS A4
85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 65 65 18,8 31,4 65 65
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combination of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the 5)
According approval the minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef) can be reduced under
minimum member thickness (h min 2 x hef). The combination of the given min. spacing and specific conditions.
min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval.

223
High performance anchor FH II

The push-through anchor for xings with sophisticated design


High performance steel anchors

in cracked concrete

Railings Protection barrier

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The anchor construction allows for Guard rails The FH II is suitable for push-through
wide-ranging head shapes for xing Staircases installation.
points with sophisticated design. Consoles When applying the torque, the cone is
The ideal interaction of screw shank Steel constructions pulled into the expansion sleeve and
and sleeve allows for a high shear Ladders expands it against the drill hole wall.
load. Thus fewer xing points are Cable conduits The black plastic ring prevents rotation
required. Machines when tightening the anchor, and acts
The international approvals guarantees Gates as a crumple zone to take the torque
maximum safety and the best perfor- Faades slippage so that the xture is pulled
mance. These approvals even cover Gratings onto the anchor base.
use in earthquake zones (seismic). Available head shapes for exible
The optimised geometry reduces the design solutions:
energy required for installation. Countersunk head (type SK), hexagon
head (type S), bolt version with nut
and washer (type B) and cap nut (type
H).

224
High performance anchor FH II

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

High performance anchor FH II-S


- with hexagonal head

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth thickness nut
Approval
for through
xings
do h2 l t x M SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FH II 10/10 S 503133 10 65 70 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/10 S 510923 10 65 69 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 S 503134 10 80 85 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 S 510924 10 80 84 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/50 S 503135 10 105 110 50 M6 10 50
FH II 12/10 S 044884 1) 12 90 90 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/10 S 510925 12 90 90 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/25 S 044885 1) 12 105 105 25 M8 13 50
FH II 12/25 S 510926 12 105 105 25 M8 13 20
FH II 12/50 S 044886 1) 12 130 130 50 M8 13 25
FH II 15/10 S 044887 1) 15 100 106 10 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/10 S 510927 15 100 107 10 M 10 17 50
FH II 15/25 S 044888 1) 15 115 121 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/25 S 510928 15 115 122 25 M 10 17 20
FH II 15/50 S 044889 1) 15 140 146 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 18/10 S 046847 1) 18 115 118 10 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/25 S 044894 1) 18 130 132 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/25 S 510929 18 130 133 25 M 12 19 10
FH II 18/50 S 044896 1) 18 155 157 50 M 12 19 20
FH II 24/25 S 044898 1) 24 150 160 25 M 16 24 10
FH II 24/25 S 502711 24 150 160 25 M 16 24 8
FH II 24/50 S 044900 1) 24 175 185 50 M 16 24 10
FH II 28/30 S 044901 1) 28 185 192 30 M 20 30 4
FH II 28/60 S 044902 1) 28 215 222 60 M 20 30 4
FH II 32/30 S 044903 1) 32 210 215 30 M 20 36 4
FH II 32/60 S 044904 1) 32 240 245 60 M 24 36 4
1) approved for seismic performance category C1 according to ETA-07/0025

225
High performance steel anchors High performance anchor FH II

TECHNICAL DATA

High performance anchor FH II-SK


with countersunk head

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth thickness nut (hexagon
Approval
for through socket)
xings
do h2 l t x M SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FH II 10/15 SK 503136 10 70 65 15 M6 4 50
FH II 10/25 SK 503137 10 80 75 25 M6 4 50
FH II 10/50 SK 503138 10 105 100 50 M6 4 50
FH II 12/15 SK 044917 1) 12 95 90 15 M8 5 25
FH II 12/15 SK 510931 12 95 90 15 M8 6 25
FH II 12/25 SK 044918 1) 12 105 100 25 M8 5 25
FH II 12/30 SK 510932 12 110 105 30 M8 6 25
FH II 12/50 SK 044919 1) 12 130 125 50 M8 5 25
FH II 12/50 SK 510933 12 130 125 50 M8 6 25
FH II 15/15 SK 044920 1) 15 105 100 15 M 10 6 25
FH II 15/15 SK 510934 15 105 100 15 M 10 6 25
FH II 15/25 SK 044921 1) 15 115 110 25 M 10 6 25
FH II 15/50 SK 044922 1) 15 140 135 50 M 10 6 25
FH II 18/15 SK 044923 1) 18 120 115 15 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/25 SK 044924 1) 18 130 125 25 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/30 SK 510935 18 135 130 30 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/50 SK 044925 1) 18 155 150 50 M 12 8 20
1) approved for seismic performance category C1 according to ETA-07/0025

TECHNICAL DATA

High performance anchor FH II-H


with cap nut

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth for thickness nut


through xings
do h2 l t x M SW
Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FH II 10/10 H 503139 10 65 75 10 M6 13 50
FH II 10/25 H 503140 10 80 90 25 M6 13 50
FH II 10/50 H 503141 10 105 115 50 M6 13 50
FH II 12/10 H 044905 1) 12 90 100 10 M8 17 50
FH II 12/25 H 044906 1) 12 105 115 25 M8 17 50
FH II 12/50 H 044907 1) 12 130 140 50 M8 17 25
FH II 15/10 H 044908 1) 15 100 115 10 M 10 17 25
1) approved for seismic performance category C1 according to ETA-07/0025

226
High performance anchor FH II

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

High performance anchor FH II-H


with cap nut

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth for thickness nut


through xings
do h2 l t x M SW
Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FH II 15/25 H 044909 1) 15 115 130 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/50 H 044910 1) 15 140 155 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 18/25 H 044915 1) 18 130 145 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/50 H 044916 1) 18 155 170 50 M 12 19 20
1) approved for seismic performance category C1 according to ETA-07/0025

TECHNICAL DATA

High performance anchor FH II-B


with hexagon nut and threaded bolt

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth for thickness nut


through xings
do h2 l t x M SW
Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FH II 10/10 B 503142 10 65 70 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 B 503143 10 80 85 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/50 B 503144 10 105 110 50 M6 10 50
FH II 12/10 B 048773 1) 12 90 95 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/25 B 048774 1) 12 105 110 25 M8 13 50
FH II 12/50 B 048775 1) 12 130 135 50 M8 13 25
FH II 12/100 B 046832 1) 12 180 185 100 M8 13 25
FH II 15/10 B 048776 1) 15 100 110 10 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/25 B 048777 1) 15 115 125 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/50 B 048778 1) 15 140 150 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/100 B 046835 1) 15 190 200 100 M 10 17 20
FH II 18/25 B 048779 1) 18 130 140 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/50 B 048780 1) 18 155 165 50 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/100 B 046841 1) 18 205 215 100 M 12 19 10
FH II 24/25 B 048886 1) 24 150 167 25 M 16 24 10
FH II 24/50 B 048887 1) 24 175 192 50 M 16 24 10
FH II 24/100 B 046842 1) 24 225 242 100 M 16 24 5
FH II 28/30 B 047547 1) 28 185 199 30 M 20 30 4
FH II 28/60 B 047548 1) 28 215 229 60 M 20 30 4
FH II 32/30 B 047549 1) 32 210 231 30 M 24 36 4
FH II 32/60 B 047550 1) 32 240 261 60 M 24 36 4
1) approved for seismic performance category C1 according to ETA-07/0025

227
High performance steel anchors High performance anchor FH II

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - S
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0025 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 S 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 S 60 120 22,5 5,7 15,9 50 50 11,2 18,9 60 60
FH II 15 S 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 28,2 70 70
FH II 18 S 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
FH II 24 S 100 200 160,0 17,1 34,3 80 80 24,0 48,1 100 100
FH II 28 S 125 250 180,0 24,0 47,9 100 100 33,6 67,2 120 120
FH II 32 S 150 300 200,0 31,5 63,0 120 120 44,2 88,4 160 180
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - SK
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0025 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 SK 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 SK 60 120 22,5 5,7 15,9 50 50 11,2 18,9 60 60
FH II 15 SK 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 28,2 70 70
FH II 18 SK 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - H
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0025 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. edge
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing distance
depth thickness distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 H 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 H 60 120 22,5 5,7 15,4 50 50 11,2 15,4 60 60
FH II 15 H 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 23,4 70 70
FH II 18 H 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

228
High performance anchor FH II

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - B
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0025 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. edge
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing distance
depth thickness distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 B 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 B 60 120 17,5 5,7 15,4 50 50 11,2 15,4 60 60
FH II 15 B 70 140 38,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 23,4 70 70
FH II 18 B 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
FH II 24 B 100 200 120,0 17,1 34,3 80 80 24,0 48,1 100 100
FH II 28 B 125 250 180,0 24,0 47,9 100 100 33,6 67,2 120 120
FH II 32 B 150 300 200,0 31,5 63,0 120 120 44,2 88,4 160 180
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - S A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0025 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation permissible permissible min. min. permissible permissible min. min.
anchorage member torque tensile shear spacing edge tensile shear spacing edge
depth thickness load load distance load load distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FH II 10 S A4 40 80 15,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 S A4 60 120 25,0 5,7 15,9 50 50 9,5 16,0 60 60
FH II 15 S A4 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 24,6 70 70
FH II 18 S A4 80 160 100,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
FH II 24 S A4 100 200 160,0 17,1 34,3 80 80 24,0 48,1 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - SK A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0025 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation permissible permissible min. min. permissible permissible min. min.
anchorage member torque tensile shear spacing edge tensile shear spacing edge
depth thickness load load distance load load distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FH II 12 SK A4 60 120 25,0 5,7 15,9 50 50 9,5 16,0 60 60
FH II 15 SK A4 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 24,6 70 70
FH II 18 SK A4 80 160 100,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

229
High performance anchor FH II-I

The intelligent internally threaded anchor with easy mounting


High performance steel anchors

for xings in cracked concrete

Stadium seating Air conditioning units

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The functional principle of the FH II-I Steel constructions The FH II-I is suitable for pre-positioned
enables fast, deformation-controlled Guard rails installation.
expansion with a hexagon wrench, Brackets When a hexagon wrench is used for
thus ensuring top installation comfort. Ladders installation, the internal thread bolt
The visual setting control with a Cable trays starts to rotate. This pulls the cone into
predened gap U between the anchor Machines the expansion sleeve and expands it
and the concrete surface allows a Staircases against the drill-hole wall. At the same
compliant approved setting process Pipeline routes time, the anchor is tightened through
without a torque wrench. Ventilation systems compression of the black plastic ring.
The metric internal thread allows Sprinkler systems A gap U to the concrete surface is
for the use of standard screws and created (see image 4).
threaded rods for perfect adaptation in The anchor is set according to the
line with the attachment. approval when the gap U is 3-5 mm.
The FH II-I enables surface-ush Alternatively, an installation torque of
removal and the reuse of the undam- Tinst can also be applied.
aged xing point, thus oering opti-
mum exibility.
Furthermore, the FH II-I oers all of the
benets of the FH II.

230
High performance anchor FH II-I

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

High performance anchor FH II-I

zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor Thread Min. bolt Max. bolt penetration Sales unit
steel grade steel diameter depth for pre- length penetration
8.8 Approval positioned
installation
do h1 l M lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FH II 12/M6 I 520358 520360 12 85 77,5 M6 11 + U 25 25
FH II 12/M8 I 520359 520361 12 85 77,5 M8 13 + U 25 25
FH II 15/M10 I 519014 519018 15 95 90 M 10 10 + U 25 25
FH II 15/M12 I 519015 519019 15 95 90 M 12 12 + U 25 20

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II-I (screw property class 8.85))
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0025 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member moment tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FH II 12/M6 I 60 125 15,0 4,3 4,6 50 50 7,6 4,6 60 60
FH II 12/M8 I 60 125 15,0 4,3 8,0 50 50 9,5 8,0 60 60
FH II 15/M10 I 70 150 25,0 5,7 13,1 60 60 14,1 13,1 70 70
FH II 15/M12 I 70 150 25,0 5,7 13,7 60 60 14,1 13,7 70 70
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. The 5)
Values for further screw property classes acc. approval.
combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to
be increased according approval.

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - I A4 (screw property class A4-80)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0025 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member moment tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FH II 12/M6 I A4 60 125 15,0 4,3 4,3 50 50 7,1 4,3 60 60
FH II 12/M8 I A4 60 125 15,0 4,3 8,1 50 50 9,5 8,1 60 60
FH II 15/M10 I A4 70 150 25,0 5,7 12,4 60 60 14,1 12,4 70 70
FH II 15/M12 I A4 70 150 25,0 5,7 17,2 60 60 14,1 17,2 70 70
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. The
combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to
be increased according approval.

231
High performance steel anchors ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

The xing system with the highest safety in cracked concrete

Steel girders Installations in tunnels

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The special ZYKON undercut technol- Steel constructions The FZA is suitable for pre-positioned
ogy allows for a positive t connection Guard rails installation, whereas the FZA-D is suit-
and ensures maximum safety, even in Consoles able for push-through installation.
large cracks. Step irons (FZA-ST) The undercut drill hole is created using
The almost expansion-free installation Ladders the special FZUB drill.
of the anchor allows small edge dis- Cable conduits Once the anchor has been placed in
tances and axial spacing, and thereby Machines the drill hole, the expansion sleeve is
enables exible use. Staircases driven over the cone using the FZE
The FZUB special drill allows for a fast Gates Plus setting tool, and the undercut drill
installation by creating the undercut Faades hole is lled with a positive t.
without having to change tools.
The drill hole geometry allows for a
very low setting energy, thus reducing
the energy required for installation.
The ideal interaction of threaded bolts
and sleeve with FZA-D allows for a
high shear load and therefore fewer
xing points.

232
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

ZYKON Bolt anchor FZA

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Required drill Required Bolt length Max. xture Thread Width across Sales unit

Approval
steel steel sion resistant bit FZUB setting tool thickness nut
steel FZE plus
l t x M SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FZA 10 x 40 M6/10 060712 060772 10 x 40 FZE 10 plus 60 10 M6 10 25
FZA 12 x 40 M 8/15 060715 060775 12 x 40 FZE 12 plus 69 15 M8 13 25
FZA 12 x 50 M 8/15 060716 060776 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 79 15 M8 13 20
FZA 12 x 50 M 8/50 060774 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 114 50 M8 13 20
FZA 14 x 40 M10/25 060718 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 79 25 M 10 17 25
FZA 14 x 40 M10/25 060778 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 79 25 M 10 17 20
FZA 14 x 60 M10/25 060719 060779 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 102 25 M 10 17 10
FZA 14 x 60 M10/50 060766 096358 1) 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 126 50 M 10 17 10
FZA 18 x 80 M12/25 060721 060781 096315 1) 18 x 80 FZE 18 plus 126 25 M 12 19 10
FZA 18 x 80 M12/55 060767 18 x 80 FZE 18 plus 156 55 M 12 19 10
FZA 22 x 100 M16/25 033800 1) 22 x 100 FZE 22 plus 151 25 M 16 24 10
FZA 22 x 100 M16/30 024523 1) 22 x 100 FZE 22 plus 156 30 M 16 24 10
FZA 22 x 100 M16/60 060724 060782 096364 1) 22 x 100 FZE 22 plus 184 60 M 16 24 10
FZA 22 x 125 M16/60 060725 060768 22 x 125 FZE 22 plus 209 60 M 16 24 6
1) Delivery time on request.

TECHNICAL DATA

ZYKON Through anchor FZA-D

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Required Required Bolt length Max. xture Thread Width Sales unit
Approval

steel steel sion resistant drill bit setting tool thickness across nut
steel FZUB FZE plus
l t x M SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FZA 12 x 50 M 8 D/10 060652 060664 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 69 10 M8 13 25
FZA 12 x 60 M 8 D/10 060653 060665 12 x 60 FZE 12 plus 79 10 M8 13 25
FZA 12 x 80 M 8 D/30 060654 060666 12 x 80 FZE 12 plus 99 30 M8 13 25
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 060657 060669 14 x 80 FZE 14 plus 102 20 M 10 17 10
FZA 14 x 100 M 8 D/30 060658 060670 14 x 100 FZE 14 plus 126 40 M 10 17 10
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D/20 060684 060672 096356 1) 18 x 100 FZE 18 plus 126 20 M 12 19 10
FZA 18 x 130 M12 D/50 060685 060673 096357 1) 18 x 130 FZE 18 plus 156 50 M 12 19 10
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D/25 060663 060675 22 x 125 FZE 22 plus 156 25 M 16 24 10
1) Delivery time on request.

233
High performance steel anchors ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

TECHNICAL DATA

Zykon anchor for xing step irons


FZA ST A4

stainless Required drill bit Required setting Max. xture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel FZUB tool FZE plus thickness
t x M SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
FZA 14 x 40 ST A4 060686 1) 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 30 M 10 16 20
FZA 14 x 60 ST A4 060687 1) 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 30 M 10 16 20
1) According to DIN 1211GS/1212GS.

ACCESSORIES

Drill bit FZUB

Fits anchor Sales unit


Item Art.-No. bolt anchor push-through anchor internal thread anchor [pcs]
FZUB 10 x 40 060622 FZA 10 x 40 M6 - - 1
FZUB 12 x 40 060623 FZA 12 x 40 M8 - FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 1
FZUB 12 x 50 060627 FZA 12 x 50 M8 FZA 12 x 50 M8 D/10 FZA 12 x 50 M6 I 1
FZUB 12 x 60 060625 - FZA 12 x 60 M8 D/10 - 1
FZUB 12 x 80 060626 - FZA 12 x 80 M8 D/30 - 1
FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZA 14 x 40 M10 - - 1
FZUB 14 x 60 060628 FZA 14 x 60 M10 - FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 1
FZUB 14 x 80 060629 - FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 - 1
FZUB 14 x 100 060630 - FZA 14 x 100 M10 D/40 - 1
FZUB 18 x 80 060634 FZA 18 x 80 M12 - FZA 18 x 80 M10I 1
FZUB 18 x 100 060632 - FZA 18 x 100 M12 D/20 - 1
FZUB 18 x 130 060633 - FZA 18 x 130 M12 D/50 - 1
FZUB 22 x 100 060636 FZA 22 x 100 M16 - FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 1
FZUB 22 x 125 060638 FZA 22 x 125 M16 FZA 22 x 125 M16 D/25 FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 1

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FZE plus

Fits anchor Sales unit


Item Art.-No. bolt anchor push-through anchor internal thread anchor [pcs]
FZE 10 plus 044637 1) FZA 10 x ... M6 - - 1
FZE 12 plus 044638 FZA 12 x ... M8 FZA 12 x ... M8 D FZA 12 x ... M6 I 1
FZE 14 plus 044639 FZA 14 x ... M10 FZA 14 x ... M10 D FZA 14 x ... M8 I 1
FZE 18 plus 044640 FZA 18 x ... M12 FZA 18 x ... M12 D FZA 18 x ... M10 I 1
FZE 22 plus 044641 FZA 22 x ... M16 FZA 22 x ... M16 D FZA 22 x ... M12 I 1
1) Without centring pin.

234
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 10 x 40 M6 40 100 8,5 2,4 4,6 40 35 3,6 4,6 40 35
FZA 12 x 40 M8 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 40 3,6 7,9 40 40
FZA 14 x 40 M10 40 100 40,0 2,4 5,6 70 70 3,6 7,9 70 70
FZA 12 x 50 M8 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,9 50 45 5,7 8,4 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M10 60 130 40,0 5,7 13,3 60 55 9,5 13,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M12 80 160 60,0 9,5 19,3 80 70 14,3 19,3 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M16 100 200 100,0 17,1 34,3 100 100 19,0 35,9 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M16 125 250 100,0 19,0 35,9 125 125 19,0 35,9 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 10 x 40 M6 A4 40 100 8,5 2,4 3,2 40 35 3,6 3,2 40 35
FZA 12 x 40 M8 A4 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 40 3,6 5,9 40 40
FZA 14 x 40 M10 A4 40 100 40,0 2,4 5,6 70 70 3,6 7,9 70 70
FZA 12 x 50 M8 A4 50 110 20,0 4,3 5,9 50 45 5,7 5,9 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M10 A4 60 130 40,0 5,7 9,3 60 55 9,5 9,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M12 A4 80 160 60,0 9,5 13,5 80 70 14,3 13,5 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M16 A4 100 200 100,0 17,1 25,2 100 100 19,0 25,2 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M16 A4 125 250 100,0 19,0 25,2 125 125 19,0 25,2 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

235
High performance steel anchors ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA C
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 10 x 40 M6 C 40 100 8,5 2,4 4,0 40 35 3,6 4,0 40 35
FZA 12 x 40 M8 C 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 40 3,6 7,3 40 40
FZA 14 x 40 M10 C 40 100 40,0 2,4 5,6 70 70 3,6 7,9 70 70
FZA 12 x 50 M8 C 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,3 50 45 5,7 7,3 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M10 C 60 130 40,0 5,7 11,6 60 55 9,5 11,6 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M12 C 80 160 60,0 9,5 16,9 80 70 14,3 16,9 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M16 C 100 200 100,0 17,1 31,4 100 100 19,0 31,4 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M16 C 125 250 100,0 19,0 31,4 125 125 19,0 31,4 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-D
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 12 x 50 M8 D 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 35 3,6 7,9 40 35
FZA 12 x 60 M8 D 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,9 50 45 5,7 8,4 50 45
FZA 12 x 80 M8 D 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,9 50 45 5,7 8,4 50 45
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D 60 130 40,0 5,7 13,3 60 55 9,5 13,3 60 55
FZA 14 x 100 M10 D 60 130 40,0 5,7 13,3 60 55 9,5 13,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D 80 160 60,0 9,5 19,3 80 70 14,3 19,3 80 70
FZA 18 x 130 M12 D 80 160 100,0 9,5 19,3 80 70 14,3 19,3 80 70
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D 100 200 100,0 17,1 34,3 100 100 19,0 35,9 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

236
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-D A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 12 x 50 M8 D A4 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 35 3,6 5,9 40 35
FZA 12 x 60 M8 D A4 50 110 20,0 4,3 5,9 50 45 5,7 5,9 50 45
FZA 12 x 80 M8 D A4 50 110 20,0 4,3 5,9 50 45 5,7 5,9 50 45
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D A4 60 130 40,0 5,7 9,3 60 55 9,5 9,3 60 55
FZA 14 x 100 M10 D A4 60 130 40,0 5,7 9,3 60 55 9,5 9,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D A4 80 160 60,0 9,5 13,5 80 70 14,3 13,5 80 70
FZA 18 x 130 M12 D A4 80 160 60,0 9,5 13,5 80 70 14,3 13,5 80 70
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D A4 100 200 100,0 17,1 25,2 100 100 19,0 25,2 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-D C
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 12 x 50 M8 D C 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 35 3,6 7,3 40 35
FZA 12 x 60 M8 D C 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,3 50 45 5,7 7,3 50 45
FZA 12 x 80 M8 D C 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,3 50 45 5,7 7,3 50 45
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D C 60 130 40,0 5,7 11,6 60 55 9,5 11,6 60 55
FZA 14 x 100 M10 D C 60 130 40,0 5,7 11,6 60 55 9,5 11,6 60 55
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D C 80 160 60,0 9,5 16,9 80 70 14,3 16,9 80 70
FZA 18 x 130 M12 D C 80 160 60,0 9,5 16,9 80 70 14,3 16,9 80 70
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D C 100 200 100,0 17,1 31,4 100 100 19,0 31,4 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

237
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I

The internally threaded anchor with the highest safety in


High performance steel anchors

cracked concrete

Medical stations Safety-barrier

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The special ZYKON undercut technol- Steel constructions FZA-I with internal thread is suitable
ogy allows for a positive t connection Guard rails for pre-positioned installation.
and ensures maximum safety, even in Consoles The undercut drill hole is created using
large cracks. Ladders the special FZUB drill.
The metric internal thread means that Cable conduits Once the anchor has been placed in
it is possible to use standard screws or Machines the drill hole, the expansion sleeve is
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation Staircases driven over the cone using the FZE
to suit the intended use. Gates Plus setting tool, and the undercut drill
The FZA-I allows for surface ush hole is lled with a positive t.
removal and reuse of the xing point,
and therefore oers the best possible
exibility.
Furthermore, the ZYKON undercut
anchor FZA-I oers all the benets of
the FZA.

238
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

ZYKON Internally-threaded anchor FZA-I

zinc-plated stainless Required drill Required Internal Min. bolt Max. bolt Sales unit
Approval

steel steel bit FZUB setting tool thread penetration penetration


FZE plus
A1 lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 060758 060783 12 x 40 FZE 12 plus M6 8 13 25
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I 060784 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus M6 8 13 25
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 060760 060786 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus M8 11 17 20
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I 060761 060787 18 x 80 FZE 18 plus M 10 13 21 10
FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 060763 060788 22 x 100 FZE 22 plus M 12 15 25 10
FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 060769 060770 22 x 125 FZE 22 plus M 12 15 25 10

ACCESSORIES

Drill bit FZUB

Fits anchor Sales unit


Item Art.-No. bolt anchor push-through anchor internal thread anchor [pcs]
FZUB 10 x 40 060622 FZA 10 x 40 M6 - - 1
FZUB 12 x 40 060623 FZA 12 x 40 M8 - FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 1
FZUB 12 x 50 060627 FZA 12 x 50 M8 FZA 12 x 50 M8 D/10 FZA 12 x 50 M6 I 1
FZUB 12 x 60 060625 - FZA 12 x 60 M8 D/10 - 1
FZUB 12 x 80 060626 - FZA 12 x 80 M8 D/30 - 1
FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZA 14 x 40 M10 - - 1
FZUB 14 x 60 060628 FZA 14 x 60 M10 - FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 1
FZUB 14 x 80 060629 - FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 - 1
FZUB 14 x 100 060630 - FZA 14 x 100 M10 D/40 - 1
FZUB 18 x 80 060634 FZA 18 x 80 M12 - FZA 18 x 80 M10I 1
FZUB 18 x 100 060632 - FZA 18 x 100 M12 D/20 - 1
FZUB 18 x 130 060633 - FZA 18 x 130 M12 D/50 - 1
FZUB 22 x 100 060636 FZA 22 x 100 M16 - FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 1
FZUB 22 x 125 060638 FZA 22 x 125 M16 FZA 22 x 125 M16 D/25 FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 1

239
High performance steel anchors ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FZE plus

Fits anchor Sales unit


Item Art.-No. bolt anchor push-through anchor internal thread anchor [pcs]
FZE 10 plus 044637 1) FZA 10 x ... M6 - - 1
FZE 12 plus 044638 FZA 12 x ... M8 FZA 12 x ... M8 D FZA 12 x ... M6 I 1
FZE 14 plus 044639 FZA 14 x ... M10 FZA 14 x ... M10 D FZA 14 x ... M8 I 1
FZE 18 plus 044640 FZA 18 x ... M12 FZA 18 x ... M12 D FZA 18 x ... M10 I 1
FZE 22 plus 044641 FZA 22 x ... M16 FZA 22 x ... M16 D FZA 22 x ... M12 I 1
1) Without centring pin.

LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I (screw quality 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nzul3) Vzul3) smin2) cmin2) Nzul3) Vzul3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 40 100 8,5 2,4 4,1 40 35 3,6 4,1 40 35
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I 50 110 8,5 4,3 4,1 50 45 5,7 4,1 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 60 130 15,0 5,7 5,4 60 55 9,5 5,4 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I 80 160 30,0 9,5 5,6 80 70 9,6 5,6 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 100 200 60,0 17,1 13,2 100 100 19,0 13,2 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 125 250 60,0 19,0 13,2 125 125 19,0 13,2 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I A4 (screw quality A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 98/0004 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I A4 40 100 8,5 2,4 3,2 40 35 3,6 3,2 40 35
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I A4 50 110 8,5 4,3 3,2 50 45 5,4 3,2 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I A4 60 130 15,0 5,7 4,3 60 55 7,1 4,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I A4 80 160 30,0 9,0 5,4 80 70 9,0 5,4 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M12 I A4 100 200 60,0 17,1 12,7 100 100 19,0 12,7 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M12 I A4 125 250 60,0 19,0 12,7 125 125 19,0 12,7 125 125
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

240
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II

The internally threaded anchor with low anchoring depth for

High performance steel anchors


individual xings in cracked concrete

Emergency exit signs in tunnels Air conditioning units

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The combination of hammerset and Pipes The FZEA II is suitable for pre-posi-
ZYKON undercut anchor allows for Ventilation systems tioned installation.
individual xings in cracked concrete. Sprinkler systems The undercut drill hole is created using
The special ZYKON undercut technol- Cable conduits the special FZUB drill.
ogy reduces the energy required for Suspended ceilings Once the anchor has been placed in
installation. the drill hole, the expansion sleeve
The FZUB special drill allows for a fast is expanded by the driving in of the
installation by creating the undercut internal expansion pin with the FZED
without having to change tools. Plus setting tool, and the undercut drill
The embossing that is applied when hole is lled with a positive t.
expanding the anchor secures the
simple control of the anchoring.
The almost expansion-free installa-
tion of the anchor allows small edge
distances and axial spacing, thereby
enabling exible use.

241
High performance steel anchors ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II

TECHNICAL DATA

Zykon-Hammerset anchor FZEA II

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Required drill Required setting Length Internal Max. bolt Min. bolt Sales unit

Approval
steel steel sion resistant bit FZUB tool FZED plus thread penetration penetration
steel l A1 lE,max lE,min
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FZEA II 10 x 40 M 8 047303 047306 047309 1) 10 x 40 FZED 10 plus 43 M8 17 11 100
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 047304 047307 047310 1) 12 x 40 FZED 12 plus 43 M 10 19 13 100
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 047305 047308 14 x 40 FZED 14 plus 43 M 12 21 15 50
1) Delivery on request.

ACCESSORIES

Drill bit FZUB

Matching anchor type Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FZUB 10 x 40 060622 FZEA II 10 x 40 1
FZUB 12 x 40 060623 FZEA II 12 x 40 1
FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZEA II 14 x 40 1

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FZED plus

Matching anchor type Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FZED 10 plus 044642 FZEA II 10 x 40 1
FZED 12 plus 044643 FZEA II 12 x 40 1
FZED 14 plus 044644 FZEA II 14 x 40 1

242
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II (screw quality 5.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0271 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 40 80 10,0 1,6 4,7 40 40 3,6 4,7 40 40
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 40 80 15,0 3,0 5,6 45 45 3,6 7,8 45 45
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 40 80 20,0 3,6 5,6 50 50 3,6 7,9 50 50
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II A4 (screw quality A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0271 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 A4 40 80 15,0 1,6 5,6 40 40 3,6 5,7 40 40
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 A4 40 80 20,0 3,0 5,6 45 45 3,6 7,9 45 45
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 A4 40 80 40,0 3,6 5,6 50 50 3,6 7,9 50 50
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II C (screw quality: material 1.4529, strength 700 N/mm)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0271 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 C 40 80 15,0 1,6 5,6 40 40 3,6 5,7 40 40
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 C 40 80 20,0 3,0 5,6 45 45 3,6 7,9 45 45
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 C 40 80 40,0 3,6 5,6 50 50 3,6 7,9 50 50
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

243
High performance steel anchors Concrete screw FBS 6

The versatile screw solution for fast and simple installation

Pre-stressed concrete hollow ceilings Suspended mounting rails

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked, for multi-point xings of non-
load-bearing systems
Prestressed concrete hollow-core slabs
C30/37 to C50/60
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with a dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FBS 6 with two dierent screw-in Suspension for individual pipes FBS 6 type SK, US and P are suited
depths oers maximum exibility. Rail anchoring for push-through installation. FBS type
The small drill hole depths of the Suspended mounting rails M8 and type M8/M10 I are suited for
reduced screw-in depths noticeably Ventilation ducts pre-positioned assembly.
speeds up and facilitates the assem- Cable trays When the concrete screw is screwed
bly. Punched tapes into the drill hole, the thread anks cut
The short FBS 6 version (reduced Temporary anchors positively into the concrete.
screw-in depth) is the quick, cost- Pre-stressed concrete hollow ceilings For installation, a tangential impact
eective choice for a wide range of screw driver with a socket or bit suited
applications. to impact wrenches is recommended.
The head types P, US, SK, M8 with
external thread and M8/M10 I type
with stepped internal thread provide
for a broad variety of applications.
The FBS 6 is approved for multi-point
xings of non-load-bearing systems
and is now also approved for applica-
tions in prestressed concrete hollow
ceilings.

244
Concrete screw FBS 6

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Concrete screw FBS-P, panhead

Concrete screw FBS-SK, countersunk head

Concrete screw FBS-US - hexagon head


with integral washer

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Screw length KD head- Screw-in depth Usable length Drive Sales unit
steel diameter depth for
Approval

through xings
hnom, stand. / tx, stand. / tx,
do h2 ls
hnom, red. red.
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FBS 5 x 60/5 P 066774 5 65 60 15 55 / - 5/- T30 100
FBS 6 x 40/5 P 523910 6 50 40 15 - / 35 -/5 T30 100
FBS 6 x 40/5 LP 523911 6 50 40 18 - / 35 -/5 T30 100
FBS 6 x 60/5 P 066939 6 70 60 15 55 / 35 5 / 25 T30 100
FBS 6 x 80/25 P 066948 6 90 80 15 55 / 35 25 / 45 T30 100
FBS 6 x 40/5 SK 523914 6 50 40 13 - / 35 -/5 T30 100
FBS 6 x 60/5 SK 066935 6 70 60 13 55 / 35 5 / 25 T30 100
FBS 6 x 80/25 SK 523915 6 90 80 13 55 / 35 25 / 45 T30 100
FBS 6 x 100/45 SK 523916 6 110 100 13 55 / 35 45 / 65 T30 100
FBS 6 x 40/5 US 523907 6 50 40 17 - / 35 -/5 T30/SW13 100
FBS 6 x 60/5 US 523908 6 70 60 17 55 / 35 5 / 25 T30/SW13 100
FBS 6 x 80/25 US 523909 6 90 80 17 55 / 35 25 / 45 T30/SW13 100

TECHNICAL DATA
Concrete screw FBS-M8,
outside diameter M8

Concrete screw FBS-M8/M10,


internal thread M8/M10

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Projection length Screw-in depth Drive Sales unit
steel diameter depth for
Approval

pre-positioned
installation
hnom, stand. /
do h1 l1
hnom, red.
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FBS 6 x 35 M8/M10 I 523912 1) 6 45 26.5 - / 35 SW 13 100
FBS 6 x 55 M8/M10 I 066950 1) 6 65 26.5 55 / - SW 13 100
FBS 6 x 35 M8/19 523913 1) 6 45 19 - / 35 SW 10 100
FBS 6 x 55 M8/15 066949 1) 6 65 19 55 / - SW 10 100
1) Further lengths and highly corrosion resistant material 1.4529 on request.

245
High performance steel anchors Concrete screw FBS 6

INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE SCREWS (USE A CORDLESS OR CABLED IMPACT WRENCH)


Concrete Screw FBS 6 Recommended nominal torque Maximum nominal torque
zinc plated steel/stainless steel A4 of the tangential impact wrench*) wrench of the tangential impact wrench*)
[Nm] [Nm]
FBS 6 100 150
* The values apply to concrete strength of approx. 40N/mm , for other concrete strength classes the values may differ.
) 2

The conversion of nominal output int o effective tightening torque varies from machine to machine - always therefore use torque control.

LOADS
Concrete screw FBS 6
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/60.
For the design the complete approval ETA - 11/0093 has to be considered.
Cracked and non-cracked concrete
Type Reduced Standard Minimum member Torque moment Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
embedment depth embedment depth thickness tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hnom, red hnom, sta hmin Tinst, max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FBS 6 35 - 80 10 0,6 2,4 35 35
FBS 6 - 55 100 10 3,6 3,3 40 40
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a 2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
an anchor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
approval.

LOADS
Concrete screw FBS 6
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in pre-stressed hollow core slabs4).
For the design the complete approval ETA - 11/0093 has to be considered.
Pre-stressed hollow core labs
Type Bottom ange thickness Minimum embedment Torque moment Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
depth
hnom Tinst, max Fperm3) s1 , s22) c1 , c22)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
25 35 10 0,4 100 100
FBS 6 30 35 10 0,8 100 100
35 35 10 1,2 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 4)
Concrete strength class C30/37 up to C50/60.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance. For further measures see approval.

246
Concrete screw FBS 8, 10, 12 and 14

High performance steel anchors


The powerful screw solution for fast and simple installation

Steel girders Banisters

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FBS ensures very high loads, thus Railings The FBS is suitable for push-through
resulting in fewer anchoring points. Consoles installation.
The FBS is installed in a single step, Shelving systems When the concrete screw is screwed
which saves time and money. Gates into the drill hole, the thread anks cut
The special zinc-ake coating ensures Faade sub-structures positively into the concrete.
higher resistance to corrosion and Threshold / beam anchors For installation, a tangential impact
provides more security. Pipeline routes screw driver with a socket suited to
The newly added and enhanced A4 Cable trays impact wrenches is recommended.
stainless steel version now also allows Temporary anchors Use FBS A4 for external applications
anchoring applications in outdoor and those in a damp environment.
areas.
The FBS can also be used for tempo-
rary anchorings thanks to the fact that
it can be fully disassembled.
The ETA Approval Option 1 governs
the use of single-point xings in
cracked and non-cracked concrete.

247
High performance steel anchors Concrete screw FBS 8, 10, 12 and 14

TECHNICAL DATA
Concrete screw FBS-US with hexagon head
and molded washer

Concrete screw FBS-US A4 with hexagon


head and molded washer, stainless steel A4

zinc ake stainless Drill hole Min. drill Screw length Screw-in Max. xture Drive Sales unit
coated steel steel diameter hole depth depth thickness
Approval
for through
xings
do h2 ls hnom t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FBS 8 x 80/15 US TX 066956 1) 8 90 80 65 15 T40/SW13 100
FBS 8 x 100/35 US TX 066957 1) 8 110 100 65 35 T40/SW13 100
FBS 8 x 70/5 US 517875 8 80 70 65 5 SW 13 50
FBS 8 x 70/5 US 523899 8 80 70 65 5 SW 13 25
FBS 8 x 80/15 US 517876 8 90 80 65 15 SW 13 50
FBS 8 x 80/15 US 523900 8 90 80 65 15 SW 13 25
FBS 8 x 90/25 US 517877 8 100 90 65 25 SW 13 50
FBS 8 x 90/25 US 523901 8 100 90 65 25 SW 13 25
FBS 8 x 110/45 US 517878 8 120 110 65 45 SW 13 50
FBS 8 x 130/65 US 517880 8 140 130 65 65 SW 13 50
FBS 10 x 70/5 US 517881 10 80 70 65 5 SW 16 50
FBS 10 x 90/5 US 517883 10 100 90 85 5 SW 16 50
FBS 10 x 90/5 US 523902 10 100 90 85 5 SW 16 25
FBS 10 x 100/15 US 517884 10 110 100 85 15 SW 16 50
FBS 10 x 100/15 US 523903 10 110 100 85 15 SW 16 25
FBS 10 x 120/35 US 517885 10 130 120 85 35 SW 16 50
FBS 10 x 120/35 US 523904 10 130 120 85 35 SW 16 25
FBS 10 x 140/55 US 517887 10 150 140 85 55 SW 16 50
FBS 10 x 160/75 US 517891 10 170 160 85 75 SW 16 50
FBS 10 x 200/115 US 517893 10 210 200 85 115 SW 16 20
FBS 10 x 230/145 US 520469 10 240 230 85 145 SW 16 20
FBS 10 x 260/175 US 520470 10 270 260 85 175 SW 16 20
FBS 12 x 90/5 US 517895 12 100 90 85 5 SW 17 20
FBS 12 x 110/10 US 517898 523905 12 120 110 100 10 SW 17 20
FBS 12 x 130/30 US 517900 523906 12 140 130 100 30 SW 17 20
FBS 12 x 150/50 US 517903 12 160 150 100 50 SW 17 20
FBS 14 x 110/10 US 517905 14 120 110 100 10 SW 21 20
FBS 14 x 135/10 US 517908 14 145 135 125 10 SW 21 8
FBS 14 x 160/35 US 517910 14 170 160 125 35 SW 21 8
1) zinc plated steel

OPTIONAL FOR TIMBER CONSTRUCTION AND CONCRETE FRAMEWORK

Washer for FBS 10

Internal diameter External Thickness Sales unit


d S
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Washer for FBS 10 520471 13,5 44 4 50

248
Concrete screw FBS 8, 10, 12 and 14

High performance steel anchors


INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE SCREWS (USE A CORDLESS OR CABLED IMPACT WRENCH)
Concrete Screw FBS 8-14 Recommended nominal torque Maximum nominal torque
zinc plated steel/stainless steel A4 of the tangential impact wrench*) wrench of the tangential impact wrench*)
[Nm] [Nm]
FBS 8 250 350
FBS 10 300 600
FBS 12 450 650
FBS 14 450 650
*) The values apply to concrete strength of approx. 40N/mm2, for other concrete strength classes the values may differ.
The conversion of nominal output int o effective tightening torque varies from machine to machine - always therefore use torque control.

LOADS
Concrete screw FBS
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 11/0095 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Embedment Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
depth member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
thickness distance distance
hnom hmin Tinst, max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FBS 8 65 120 20 4,3 6,2 50 50 5,7 8,6 50 50
FBS 10 85 130 40 7,6 16,2 70 70 13,5 16,2 70 70
FBS 12 100 150 60 12,3 20,0 80 80 17,2 20,0 80 80
FBS 14 125 200 80 17,1 30,5 100 100 24,0 30,5 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

LOADS
Concrete screw FBS A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 11/0095 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Embedment Min. Torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
depth member moment tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
thickness distance distance
hnom hmin Tinst, max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FBS 8 A4 65 120 20 4,3 6,2 50 50 5,7 8,8 50 50
FBS 10 A4 85 130 40 7,6 19,0 70 70 13,5 19,0 70 70
FBS 12 A4 100 150 60 12,3 23,3 80 80 17,2 23,3 80 80
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

249
High performance steel anchors Concrete screw FSS 14

The screw solution for temporary and approved multiple use

Inclined supports Site facilities in tunnels

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Concrete with a strength of 10N/
mm2
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with a dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FSS allows complete disassembly Temporary anchoring of building site The FSS is designed for multiple use.
and is perfectly suited for temporary equipment When the concrete screw is driven
anchoring of building site equipment Formwork props into the drill hole the thread anks cut
in indoor and outdoor areas. Diagonal props positively into the concrete.
The approval governs multiple usage Supply lines in tunnels Use the supplied ring gauge for check-
in cracked and non-cracked concrete. ing the thread outer diameter before
Also approved for use in new/green each screwing action.
concrete (grer gleich 10N/mm2). If the inserted depth of the case gauge
The provided ring gauge allows to covers more than three thread leads
check the multiple usage before each (measured from the tip of the screw),
screwing action. the FSS cannot be re-used.
For installation, a tangential impact
screw driver with a socket suited to
impact wrenches is recommended.

250
Concrete screw FSS 14

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Concrete screw FSS - without cone

Concrete screw FSS-C - with cone

Drill hole Min. drill hole Screw length Screw-in depth Max. xture Drive Sales unit
Approval diameter depth for thickness
through xings
do h2 ls hnom t x
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FSS 14 x 130/15 SW 22 523921 14 140 130 115 15 SW 22 10
FSS C 14 x 130/15 SW 24 523922 14 140 130 115 15 SW 24 10

INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE SCREWS (USE A CORDLESS OR CABLED IMPACT WRENCH)


Concrete Screw FSS Recommended nominal torque Max. nominal torque
of the tangential impact wrench*) of the tangential impact wrench*)
[Nm] [Nm]
FSS 14 450 650
* The values apply to conrete strength of approx. 40N/mm , for other concrete strength classes the values may differ.
) 2

The conversion of nominal output int o effective tightening torque varies from machine to machine - always therefore use torque control.

LOADS
Shuttering screw FSS
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for use as a temporary xing of site equipment 4).
For the design the complete approval Z-21.8-2015 has to be considered.
Cracked and non-cracked concrete
Type min. Min. torque permissible load min. spacing Minimum Minimum
embedment member moment edge distance edge distance
depth thickness in load rectangular to
direction load direction
fck,cube 10 N/ fck,cube 15 N/ fck,cube 20 N/
mm mm mm
hnom hmin Tinst,max Fperm3) Fperm3) Fperm3) s2) c12) c22)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FSS 14 x 130 SW 22 / 115 200 50 10,0 12,0 13,3 500 165 250
FSS C 14 x 130 SW 24 115 225 50 12,0 14,7 16,7 500 165 250
1)
The required partial safety factors are considered. Only single anchors are regulated in the 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle, with the exception of rectan-
approval. gularly to the axis of the tilt-up brace acting forces..
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance for single anchors. 4)
E.g. tilt-up braces, fall protections and scaffoldings.

251
Hammerset anchor EA II

The internally threaded anchor with rim for simple hammerset


High performance steel anchors

installation

Sprinklers Pipelines

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked, for the multiple xings of non-
load-bearing systems
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The embossed rim prevents the Pipelines and ventilation systems The EA II is suitable for pre-positioned
anchor sleeve from slipping, thus Sprinkler systems installation.
ensuring a trouble-free hammerset Cable conduits and wires Position the hammerset anchor in
installation. Gratings the drill hole and drive in ush to the
The metric internal thread means that Steel constructions surface of the anchor base using the
it is possible to use standard screws or Machines hammer.
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation Consoles The sleeve is then expanded by driving
to suit the intended use. Shuttering props in the internal bolt with the EAW H
The EA II S-SDS machine setting Diamond or core drilling devices Plus setting tool (alternative: EA II-SDS
tool allows for eortless installation, (EAIIM12D) machine setting tool), and expanded
particularly in the case of series instal- against the drill hole wall.
lations. The setting tools must sit on the rim of
The embossing that is applied when the anchor to ensure correct expan-
expanding with the EAW H Plus sion.
setting tool oers a simple control of Use the special EA II M12 D with
the anchoring and provides increased thicker sleeve for xing diamond and
safety. core drilling devices.

252
Hammerset anchor EA II

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerset anchorEA II. Not suitable for diamond


drilling appliances and diamond saws.

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor Internal Min. bolt Max. bolt Sales unit
steel steel diameter depth for pre- length thread penetration penetration
Approval

positioned
installation
do h1 l A1 lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
EA II M 6 048264 048410 8 32 30 M6 6 13 100
EA II M 8 048284 048411 10 33 30 M8 8 13 100
EA II M 8 x 40 048323 048412 10 43 40 M8 8 13 50
EA II M 10 x 30 048332 12 33 30 M 10 10 13 50
EA II M 10 048339 048414 12 43 40 M 10 10 17 50
EA II M 12 048406 048415 15 54 50 M 12 12 22 25
EA II M 16 048408 048416 20 70 65 M 16 16 28 20
EA II M 20 048409 048417 25 85 80 M 20 20 34 10
Associated setting tool for manual installation (EAW H plus), for installation with hammer drill (EA II-S-SDS)

TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerset anchor EA-N D. Hammerset anchor EA II M12 D.


Suitable for diamond drilling Suitable for diamond drilling
machines and diamond saws. appliances and diamond saws

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth tration tration


do h1 l A1 lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
EA M 12 N D 500872 16 50 50 M 12 12 22 50
EA II M 12 D 048407 16 54 50 M 12 12 22 25
Associated setting tool for manual installation (EAW H plus), for installation with hammer drill (EA II-S-SDS)

ACCESSORIES
Machine setting tool EA II S-SDS

Tool holder Match Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
EA II S-SDS 6 048065 SDS plus EA II M6 1
EA II S-SDS 8 048066 SDS plus EA II M 8 1
EA II S-SDS 8 x 40 048067 SDS plus EA II M 8 x 40 1
EA II S-SDS 10 x 30 048068 1) SDS plus EA II M 10 x 30 1
EA II S-SDS 10 048070 SDS plus EA II M 10 1
EA II S-SDS 12 048071 SDS plus EA II M 12 D / EA II M 12 / EA M 12 N D 1
EA II S-SDS-M 16 048072 1) SDS max EA II M 16 1
EA II S-SDS-M 20 048073 1) SDS max EA II M 20 1
1) Delivery time on request.

253
High performance steel anchors Hammerset anchor EA II

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool EAW H Plus with


hand impact protection for your Setting tool EA-ST
safety and embossing tool.

Match Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
EAW H 6 Plus 044630 EA II M6 1
EAW H 8 Plus 044631 EA II M 8 1
EAW H 8 x 40 Plus 044632 EA II M 8 x 40 1
EAW H 10 Plus 044633 EA II M 10 1
EAW H 10 x 30 plus 048487 EA II M 10 x 30 1
EAW H 12 Plus 044634 EA II M 12, EA II M 12 D 1
EAW H 16 Plus 044635 EA II M 16 1
EAW H 20 Plus 044636 EA II M 20 1
EA-ST 12 504585 EA II M6 1

LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II (screw property class 4.6)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/60.
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0142 has to be considered.
Cracked or non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Max. Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
anchorage depth member thickness7) torque moment
hef hmin Tinst,max Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
EA II M6 30 100 4,0 1,2 65 115
EA II M8 30 100 8,0 2,0 95 140
EA II M8 x 40 40 100 8,0 2,0 95 140
EA II M10 x 30 30 120 15,0 2,0 85 140
EA II M10 40 120 15,0 3,0 95 160
EA II M12 50 120 35,0 4,3 145 200
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 7)
When the spacing and edge distance will be increased the minimum member thickness can be
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an reduced. Exact data see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
groups) see approval.

LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II (screw property class 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0135 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Max. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
EA II M65) 30 100 4,0 4,0 3,9 65 115
EA II M85) 30 100 8,0 4,0 4,9 95 140
EA II M8 x 40 40 100 8,0 6,1 4,9 95 140
EA II M10 x 305) 30 120 15,0 4,0 6,2 85 140
EA II M10 40 120 15,0 6,1 6,2 95 160
EA II M12 50 120 35,0 8,5 11,3 145 200
EA II M12D 50 120 35,0 8,5 15,4 145 200
EA II M16 65 160 60,0 12,6 18,3 180 240
EA II M20 80 200 120,0 17,2 29,1 190 280
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 5)
Only for multiple use for non-structural applications.

254
Hammerset anchor EA II

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II A4 (screw property class A4-50)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/60.
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0142 has to be considered.
Cracked or non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Max. Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
anchorage depth member thickness7) torque moment
hef hmin Tinst,max Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
EA II M6 A4 30 100 4,0 1,2 65 115
EA II M8 A4 30 100 8,0 2,0 95 140
EA II M8 x 40 A4 40 100 8,0 2,0 95 140
EA II M10 x 30 A4 30 120 15,0 2,0 85 140
EA II M10 A4 40 120 15,0 3,0 95 160
EA II M12 A4 50 120 35,0 4,3 145 200
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 7)
When the spacing and edge distance will be increased the minimum member thickness can be
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an reduced. Exact data see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
groups) see approval.

LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II A4 (screw property class A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0135 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Max. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
EA II M6 A45) 30 100 4,0 4,0 3,2 65 115
EA II M8 A45) 30 100 8,0 4,0 5,6 95 140
EA II M8 x 40 A4 40 100 8,0 6,1 5,6 95 140
EA II M10 x 30 A45) 30 120 15,0 4,0 6,9 85 140
EA II M10 A4 40 120 15,0 6,1 7,1 95 160
EA II M12 A4 50 120 35,0 8,5 12,9 145 200
EA II M12D A4 50 120 35,0 8,5 13,5 145 200
EA II M16 A4 65 160 60,0 12,6 21,1 180 240
EA II M20 A4 80 200 120,0 17,2 33,7 190 280
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 5)
Only for multiple use for non-structural applications.

255
High performance steel anchors Nail anchor FNA II

The installation-friendly hammerset anchor for multiple xings

Suspended ceilings Fire protection boards

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
highly corrosion-resistant steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C12/15 to C50/60,
cracked, for multiple xings of
non-structural applications
Also suitable for:
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Prestressed hollow-core concrete slabs

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The special active principle allows for Fire protection plates The FNAII with nail head is suitable
a simple hammerset installation and, Fire protection boards for push-through installation. The
therefore, a short processing time. Ventilation systems FNAIIM6 is suitable for pre-posi-
The extremely short anchor depth Wire and nonious hangers tioned and push-through installation.
prevents reinforcement hits, and cre- Mounting rails The FNAIIOE and H are suitable for
ates the conditions for a trouble-free Metal clamps pre-positioned installation.
installation. Sub-structures made of wood or metal The installed FNAII nail anchor
The optimised expansion clip ensures expands automatically under load. The
hold when placing in the drill hole, and cone is pulled into the expansion clip
prevents it falling out during overhead and expands it against the drill hole
installations. wall.
The massive shaft cross-section guar- Available setting tools:
antees a high load-bearing capacity, FNAS-SBO to slip onto the drill,
thus oering an extremely high level FNAS-SDS for series installation with
of safety. a drilling hammer,
A range of head shapes allows for the FNAS-H for the manual installation of
xing of wide-ranging xtures, and mounting rails.
for the ideal adaptation to suit the
intended use.

256
Nail anchor FNA II

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Nail anchor FNA II with nail head

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. xture KD head- Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant diameter hole depth length thickness

Approval
steel for through
xings
do h2 l t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FNA II 6 x 25/5 044121 1) 6 40 35 5 13 100
FNA II 6 x 30/5 044115 1) 044122 6 45 40 5 13 100
FNA II 6 x 30/5 044124 6 45 40 5 13 25
FNA II 6 x 30/30 044116 044123 6 70 65 30 13 50
FNA II 6 x 30/30 044125 6 70 65 30 13 25
FNA II 6 x 30/50 044117 046024 500569 6 90 85 50 13 50
FNA II 6 x 30/75 044118 500573 2) 6 115 110 75 13 50
FNA II 6 x 30/100 044119 500574 2) 6 140 135 100 13 50
FNA II 6 x 30/120 044120 500575 2) 6 160 155 120 13 50
1) with hexagon below the nail head for anti-rotation lock of hole and wire hangers (for example) and centring for optional setting tool FNA-S
2) On request.

TECHNICAL DATA

Nail anchor FNA II M6 with thread and


ange nut

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. xture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant diameter hole depth length thickness nut
Approval

steel for through


xings
do h2 l t x M SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FNA II 6 x 25 M6/5 044111 6 40 45 5 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 044109 6 45 50 5 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 044112 2) 6 45 50 5 M6 10 50
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 044113 2) 6 45 50 5 M6 10 25
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 x 41 044110 1) 6 40 41 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/10 046022 6 45 55 10 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M8/5 044114 6 45 51 5 M8 13 50
1) without nut; e.g. for fixing ofpipe clamps
2) with nut and washer (no flange nut)

257
High performance steel anchors Nail anchor FNA II

TECHNICAL DATA

Nail anchorFNA II-H with hook

Nail anchor FNA II-OE with eye

zinc-plated Drill hole Anchor length Min. drill hole Inner diameter of Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth the hook/eye

do l h1
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [ mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FNA II 6 x 25 H 044126 6 54 35 10 50
FNA II 6 x 25 OE 044127 6 54 35 10 50

TECHNICAL DATA

Machine setting tool FNA S-SDS


Machine setting tool FNA S-SBO
for mounting on the drill bit (drill-
6mm)
Hand tool FNA S-H

Print table text Technical details Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
The ideal setting tool for the serial installation with
FNA S-SDS 061547 for all FNA II with nail head SDS-plus adapter for driving in FNA II with nail head 1
using a hammer drill.
For a power saving and fast installation to be placed
FNA S-SBO 061548 for all FNA II with nail head 1
on the drill.
E.g. for the fixing of installation of mounting rails.
FNA S-H 095990 for FNA II with metric thread M6 Chuck with outer diameter of 15mm for the installati- 1
on of FNA II M6 by hand.
1) with hexagon below the nail head for anti-rotation lock of hole and wire hangers (for example) and centring for optional setting tool FNA-S
2) On request.

258
Nail anchor FNA II

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
Nail anchor FNA II
Highest permissible loads1) for one xing point5) for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/604).
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0175 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation torque Permissible load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FNA II 6 x 25 25 80 - 1,4 40 40
FNA II 6 x 30 30 80 - 2,4 40 40
FNA II 6 x 25 M6 25 80 4,0 1,4 40 40
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 30 80 4,0 2,4 40 40
FNA II 6 x 30 M8 30 80 4,0 2,4 40 40
FNA II 6 x 25 OE 25 80 - 0,7 40 40
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. groups) see approval.
4)
Loads for concrete strength class C12/15 see approval.
5)
A fixing point is defined as a single anchor or a group of 2 or 4 anchors.

LOADS
Nail anchor FNA II A4
Highest permissible loads1) for one xing point 5) for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/604).
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0175 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation torque Permissible load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FNA II 6 x 30 A4 30 80 - 2,4 40 40
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 A4 30 80 4,0 2,4 40 40
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. groups) see approval.
4)
Loads for concrete strength class C12/15 see approval.
5)
A fixing point is defined as a single anchor or a group of 2 or 4 anchors.

LOADS
Nail anchor FNA II C
Highest permissible loads1) for one xing point 5) for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/604).
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0175 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation torque Permissible load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FNA II 6 x 30 C 30 80 - 2,4 40 40
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 C 30 80 4,0 2,4 40 40
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. groups) see approval.
4)
Loads for concrete strength class C12/15 see approval.
5)
A fixing point is defined as a single anchor or a group of 2 or 4 anchors.

259
Nail anchor FNA II RB

The easy-to-assemble xing solution for removable re


High performance steel anchors

protection panel

Fire protection boards Fire protection boards

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Concrete C12/C15 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
For multi-point xings of non-load-
bearing systems

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Easy removal of re protection panel Fixing of re protection panel in tunnel Nail anchor with low anchoring depth
without damage construction The washer increases the pull through
Reusability of removed re protection For xing of one and more layers of forces signicantly and provides the
panel re protection panel of all manufactur- damage of the panel during disman-
Secure xing, particularly when ers e.g. Aestuver and Promat tling.
exposed to vibration, wind and push- Mounting: Drill, hammer in, and youre
ing/pulling eects done!
Easy-to-assemble solution Easy pinching o of nail head thanks
Low anchoring depth (30 mm) to special 2-stage pliers
Convenient assembly without torque- For a fast assembly process, we rec-
controlled setting tool ommend the scher compressed air
Approved system which has proven setting device (item no. 093731).
itself one million times over
Large range of anchor lengths possible

260
Nail anchor FNA II RB

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Nail anchor FNA II RB

stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill Min. drill hole Anchorage Anchor Max. usable length Sales unit
steel sion resistant diameter hole depth depth for pre- depth length
Approval
steel 1.4529 for through positioned
xings installation
do h2 h1 hef l tx
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4 C
FNA II 6 x30/30 RB 530674 6 66 36 30 68 30 50
FNA II 6 x30/30 RB 530798 6 66 36 30 68 30 200
FNA II 6 x30/30 RB 530675 6 66 36 30 68 30 50
Other effective lengths available on request.

TECHNICAL DATA

Washer 30/1,5/7,5

stainless highly corro- Internal diameter External Thickness Sales unit


steel sion resistant
steel d S
[mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4 C
Washer 30/1,5/7,5 531161 531162 7,5 30 1,5 100

ACCESSORIES

FNA RB Z - 2-stage plier

Adapted for Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FNA RB Z 531142 Plier for removal of FNA II RB 1

261
High performance steel anchors Nail anchor FNA II RB

ACCESSORIES

Air compressed setting tool

Match Required for Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Air compressed setting tool 093731 for FNA II + FNA II RB - 1
Drop in element 093729 - Air compressed setting tool Art No. 93731 1
Stop ring 093730 - Air compressed setting tool Art No. 93731 1
Fitting 093732 - Air compressed setting tool Art No. 93731 1

LOADS
Nail anchor FNA II RB
Highest permissible loads1) for one xing point 5) for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/604).
For the design the complete approval ETA - 06/0175 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation torque Permissible load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FNA II 6 x 30 RB 30 80 - 2,4 40 40
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. groups) see approval.
4)
Loads for concrete strength class C12/15 see approval.
5)
A fixing point is defined as a single anchor or a group of 2 or 4 anchors.

262
Ceiling nail FDN

High performance steel anchors


The cost-ecient push-through anchor for multiple xings

Suspended ceilings with Nonius hangers Suspended ceilings

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked, for multiple xings of
non-structural applications
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The simple active principle allows for Wire and nonious hangers The FDN is suitable for push-through
cost-ecient hammerset installation. Ventilation systems installation.
The ush-sunk expansion nail signies Strips The FDN ceiling nail is driven into
the complete expansion of the anchor, Metal proles the drill hole with a hammer until it is
and thereby ensures minimum move- Punched tapes rmly in position. Do not hit the expan-
ment when under load. Sub-structures made of metal sion wedge at this stage.
The two hit zones (rst nail head, then Then, drive the expansion wedge in
expansion pin) ensure correct instal- ush to the nail head. This causes the
lation - especially in narrow drill holes FDN to expand against the drill hole
- and also ensure high safety in use. wall.
The head embossing oers a simple
control of the anchoring, and thus
saves time.

263
High performance steel anchors Ceiling nail FDN

TECHNICAL DATA

Ceiling nail FDN

zinc-plated Drill hole Anchor length Max. xture Min. drill hole KD head- Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter thickness depth


do l t x h1
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FDN 6/5 (6 x 35) 078644 6 43 5 45 15 100
FDN 6/35 (6 x 65) 078645 6 73 35 75 15 100

LOADS
Ceiling nail FDN
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/60.
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0144 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation torque Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
anchorage depth member thickness
hef hmin Tinst Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FDN 6 32 80 - 2,4 130 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. groups) see approval.

264
Bolt anchor FBN II

The cost-ecient xing for exible use in non-cracked

High performance steel anchors


concrete

Column bases Stormwater overow tank manholes

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
hot-dip galvanised steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The standard anchorage depth Steel constructions The FBN II is suitable for pre-posi-
achieves the maximum load-bearing Guard rails tioned and push-through installation;
capacities. Thus fewer xing points Consoles also suitable for stand-o installation
and smaller anchor plates are required. Ladders under certain conditions.
The reduced anchorage depth reduces Cable conduits Prior to installation, place the hexagon
the drill hole depth. This minimises the Machines nut in the optimal position (the drive-in
amount of time needed for installation Staircases pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of
whilst increasing exibility. Gates the hexagon nut).
The long thread balances component Faades When applying the torque, the cone
tolerances and allows for stand-o bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
installations, thus increasing exibility. and expands it against the drill hole
Few hammer blows and the minimal wall.
torque slippage allow for a noticeably The head embossing oers a simple
simpler installation. control of the anchoring.
The drive-in pin protects the thread In the case of series installation, we
from damage, and thus ensures a recommend using the FABS bolt
faster installation and dismantling of anchor setting tool.
the attachment.

265
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FBN II

TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FBN II

zinc-plated steel stainless steel hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
nised steel diameter hole depth length usable length nut

Approval
for through hef,stand/
xings hef,red
do h2 l tx x length SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
FBN II 6/5 505526 1) 2) 6 45 50 5/- M 6 x 12 10 100
FBN II 6/10 505527 1) 2) 505532 1) 2) 6 50 55 10/- M 6 x 17 10 100
FBN II 6/30 505528 1) 2) 505535 1) 2) 6 70 75 30/- M 6 x 35 10 100
FBN II 8/5 040662 8 61 66 5/15 M 8 x 34 13 50
FBN II 8/10 040664 507555 8 66 71 10/20 M 8 x 39 13 50
FBN II 8/10 507575 8 66 71 10/20 M 8 x 39 13 50
FBN II 8/20 040669 8 76 81 20/30 M 8 x 49 13 50
FBN II 8/30 040700 507556 8 86 91 30/40 M 8 x 59 13 50
FBN II 8/30 507576 8 86 91 30/40 M 8 x 59 13 50
FBN II 8/50 040771 507557 8 106 111 50/60 M 8 x 79 13 50
FBN II 8/50 507577 8 106 111 50/60 M 8 x 79 13 50
FBN II 8/70 040777 8 126 131 70/80 M 8 x 99 13 20
FBN II 8/70 507578 8 126 131 70/80 M 8 x 99 13 20
FBN II 8/100 040783 8 156 161 100/110 M 8 x 129 13 20
FBN II 10/10 040827 507558 10 78 86 10/20 M 10 x 46 17 50
FBN II 10/10 507579 10 78 86 10/20 M 10 x 46 17 50
FBN II 10/20 040851 507559 10 88 96 20/30 M 10 x 56 17 50
FBN II 10/30 040854 507560 10 98 106 30/40 M 10 x 66 17 50
FBN II 10/30 507580 10 98 106 30/40 M 10 x 66 17 50
FBN II 10/50 040855 507561 10 118 126 50/60 M 10 x 86 17 20
FBN II 10/50 507582 10 118 126 50/60 M 10 x 86 17 20
FBN II 10/70 040931 10 138 146 70/80 M 10 x 106 17 20
FBN II 10/100 040943 507562 10 168 176 100/110 M 10 x 136 17 20
FBN II 10/100 507583 10 168 176 100/110 M 10 x 136 17 20
FBN II 10/140 040944 10 208 216 140/150 M 10 x 176 17 20
FBN II 10/160 040945 10 228 236 160/170 M 10 x 196 17 20
FBN II 12/10 040950 507563 12 95 106 10/25 M 12 x 59 19 20
FBN II 12/10 507589 12 95 106 10/25 M 12 x 59 19 20
FBN II 12/20 044558 507564 12 105 116 20/35 M 12 x 69 19 20
FBN II 12/30 045263 507565 12 115 126 30/45 M 12 x 79 19 20
FBN II 12/30 507591 12 115 126 30/45 M 12 x 79 19 20
FBN II 12/50 045264 507566 12 135 146 50/65 M 12 x 99 19 20
FBN II 12/50 507592 12 135 146 50/65 M 12 x 99 19 20
FBN II 12/80 045265 12 165 176 80/95 M 12 x 129 19 20
FBN II 12/100 045266 507567 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 20
FBN II 12/100 507596 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 20
FBN II 12/120 045267 12 205 216 120/135 M 12 x 169 19 20
FBN II 12/140 045268 12 225 236 140/155 M 12 x 189 19 20
FBN II 12/160 045269 12 245 256 160/175 M 12 x 189 19 20
FBN II 16/10 507568 16 114 130 10/25 M 16 x 74 24 10
FBN II 16/25 045564 507569 16 129 145 25/40 M 16 x 89 24 10
FBN II 16/25 507598 16 129 145 25/40 M 16 x 89 24 10
FBN II 16/50 045565 507570 16 154 170 50/65 M 16 x 105 24 10
1) Use restricted to anchoring of structural components which are statically indeterminate.
2) Nut and washer not pre-assembled/supplied loose.

266
Bolt anchor FBN II

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FBN II

zinc-plated steel stainless steel hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
nised steel diameter hole depth length usable length nut

Approval
for through hef,stand/
xings hef,red
do h2 l tx x length SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
FBN II 16/50 507553 16 154 170 50/65 M 16 x 105 24 10
FBN II 16/80 045566 16 184 200 80/95 M 16 x 144 24 10
FBN II 16/100 045567 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 10
FBN II 16/100 507554 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 10
FBN II 16/140 045568 16 244 260 140/155 M 16 x 184 24 10
FBN II 16/160 045569 16 264 280 160/175 M 16 x 184 24 10
FBN II 16/200 045570 16 304 320 200/215 M 16 x 100 24 10
FBN II 20/30 045573 507571 20 165 187 30/55 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/30 508015 20 165 187 30/55 M 20 x 90 30 50
FBN II 20/60 045574 507572 20 195 217 60/85 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/80 045575 20 215 237 80/105 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/120 045576 20 255 277 120/145 M 20 x 90 30 10
1) Use restricted to anchoring of structural components which are statically indeterminate.
2) Nut and washer not pre-assembled/supplied loose.

TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FBN II K

zinc-plated stainless steel, hot-dip Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
steel, short short version galvanised diameter hole depth length usable length nut
Approval

version steel, short for through hef,stand/


version xings hef,red
do h2 l tx x length SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
FBN II 8/5 K 040806 508007 8 51 56 -/5 M 8 x 24 13 50
FBN II 8/5 K 508012 8 51 56 -/5 M 8 x 24 13 50
FBN II 8/10 K 040807 8 56 61 -/10 M 8 x 29 13 50
FBN II 10/5 K 040946 508010 10 63 71 -/5 M 10 x 31 17 50
FBN II 10/5 K 508013 10 63 71 -/5 M 10 x 31 17 50
FBN II 10/10 K 040947 10 68 76 -/10 M 10 x 36 17 50
FBN II 12/5 K 045272 508011 12 75 86 -/5 M 12 x 39 19 20
FBN II 12/5 K 508014 12 75 86 -/5 M 12 x 39 19 20
FBN II 12/10 K 045273 12 80 91 -/10 M 12 x 44 19 20
FBN II 12/30 K 045274 12 100 111 -/30 M 12 x 64 19 20
FBN II 16/15 K 045571 508745 16 104 120 -/15 M 16 x 64 24 10

267
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FBN II

TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FBN II K

zinc-plated stainless steel, hot-dip Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
steel, short short version galvanised diameter hole depth length usable length nut

Approval
version steel, short for through hef,stand/
version xings hef,red
do h2 l tx x length SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
FBN II 16/15 K 507597 16 104 120 -/15 M 16 x 64 24 10
FBN II 16/25 K 045572 16 114 130 -/25 M 16 x 74 24 10
FBN II 20/10 K 045577 20 120 142 -/10 M 20 x 50 30 10

ACCESSORIES
scher Anchor bolt setting tool FABS

Matching anchor type Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FABS 077937 FAZ II, FBN II, EXA for diameter from M6 - M12 1

LOADS
Bolt anchor FBN II
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0211 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. eective Max. eective Min. member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]

FBN II 65) 30 100 4,0 2,9 3,4 40 40


30 100 15,0 2,9 7,1 40 40
FBN II 85)
40 100 15,0 6,1 7,6 40 40
40 100 30,0 6,1 12,0 50 80
FBN II 10
50 100 30,0 8,5 12,0 50 50
50 100 50,0 8,5 17,9 70 100
FBN II 12
65 120 50,0 12,6 17,9 70 70
65 120 100,0 12,6 29,0 90 120
FBN II 16
80 160 100,0 17,2 31,5 90 90
80 160 200,0 17,2 38,3 120 120
FBN II 20
105 200 200,0 25,9 38,3 120 120
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 5)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for multiple use for non-structural
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. applications.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

268
Bolt anchor FBN II

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
Bolt anchor FBN II A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0211 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. eective Max. eective Min. member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]

FBN II 6 A4 5) 30 100 4,0 2,9 3,0 40 40


30 100 10,0 2,9 7,1 50 45
FBN II 8 A4 5)
40 100 10,0 6,1 7,3 40 45
40 100 20,0 6,1 11,6 50 80
FBN II 10 A4
50 100 20,0 8,5 11,6 70 55
50 100 35,0 8,5 15,7 70 100
FBN II 12 A4
65 120 35,0 12,6 15,7 70 70
65 120 80,0 12,6 29,0 90 120
FBN II 16 A4
80 160 80,0 17,2 29,1 120 80
80 160 150,0 17,2 39,6 140 120
FBN II 20 A4
105 200 150,0 25,9 49,1 120 120
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 5)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for multiple use for non-structural
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. applications.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

269
Bolt anchor FBN II GS

The cost-ecient xing with large washer for exible use in


High performance steel anchors

non-cracked concrete

Footing beams Anchoring of purlins

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The larger washer included with the Wood constructions The FBN II is suitable for pre-posi-
FBN II GS creates a larger supporting tioned and push-through installation;
surface and, as such, allows for the also suitable for stand-o installation
xing of wood constructions. under certain conditions.
The pre-tted washer ensures a fast Prior to installation, place the hexagon
installation. nut in the optimal position (the drive-in
Furthermore, the FBN II GS bolt pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of
anchor oers all of the benets of the the hexagon nut).
FBN II see page 265. When applying the torque, the cone
bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
and expands it against the drill hole
wall.
The head embossing oers a simple
control of the anchoring.
In the case of series installation, we
recommend using the FABS bolt
anchor setting tool.

270
Bolt anchor FBN II GS

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Bolt anchor FBN II-GS with large washer

steel, Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. Thread Width across Washer (outer Sales unit
zinc-plated, diameter depth for usable length nut diameter x
Approval

with large through xings hef,stand/ thickness)


washer hef,red
do h2 l tx x length SW
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FBN II 12/80 GS 045578 12 165 176 80/95 M 12 x 129 19 44 x 4 20
FBN II 12/100 GS 045579 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 44 x 4 20
FBN II 12/120 GS 045580 12 205 216 120/135 M 12 x 169 19 44 x 4 20
FBN II 12/140 GS 045581 12 225 236 140/155 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 12/160 GS 045583 12 245 256 160/175 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 12/180 GS 045584 12 265 276 180/195 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 12/200 GS 045585 12 285 296 200/215 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 12/250 GS 045586 12 335 346 250/265 M 12 x 100 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 16/100 GS 045588 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 56 x 5 10
FBN II 16/140 GS 045590 16 244 260 140/155 M 16 x 184 24 56 x 5 10
FBN II 16/160 GS 045591 16 264 280 160/175 M 16 x 184 24 56 x 5 10
FBN II 16/200 GS 045593 16 304 320 200/215 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 10
FBN II 16/180 GS 045592 16 284 300 180/195 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 3 10
FBN II 16/300 GS 052204 16 404 420 300/315 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 10

ACCESSORIES
scher Anchor bolt setting tool FABS

Matching anchor type Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FABS 077937 FAZ II, FBN II, EXA for diameter from M6 - M12 1

LOADS
Bolt anchor FBN II GS
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 07/0211 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. eective Max. eective Min. member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
50 100 50,0 8,5 17,9 70 100
FBN II 12 GS
65 120 50,0 12,6 17,9 70 70
65 120 100,0 12,6 29,0 90 120
FBN II 16 GS
80 160 100,0 17,2 31,5 90 90
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
chor with a spacing s 3 x hef and an edge distance c 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 5)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for multiple use for non-structural
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. applications.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge

271
Heavy-duty anchor TA M

The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for xings


High performance steel anchors

in non-cracked concrete

Fall protection devices Plant construction

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The optimised geometry minimises Steel constructions The TAM is suitable for pre-positioned
setting energy and allows for use in Hand-rails installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows Consoles When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. Ladders pulled into the expansion sleeve and
The three-part expansion sleeve Cable conduits expands it against the drill hole wall.
creates even load distribution, thus Machines For correct installation, it must be
allowing small edge and axial spacing. Staircases ensured that the pre-positioned
Thus the TA M is extremely exible. Gates anchor TA M can be supported on the
The metric internal thread allows to Faades attachment, or that the threaded rod is
use standard screws or threaded rods Stand-o installations countered.
for the ideal adaptation to suit the Determining the screw length ls:
intended use. Screw length ls =
The red plastic cap protects against Length of xing
soiling and thus ensures free-running + Thickness of xture tx
of the thread. + Thickness of washer.

272
Heavy-duty anchor TA M

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor TA M

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth

do h1 l M
ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M6 090245 10 65 49 M6 50
TA M8 090246 12 70 56 M8 50
TA M10 090247 15 90 69 M 10 25
TA M12 090248 18 105 86 M 12 25

TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-S with screw

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. xture Screw Width across nut Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth thickness

do h1 l t x x length SW
ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M6 S/10 090249 10 65 49 10 M 6 x 60 10 50
TA M8 S/10 090250 12 70 56 10 M 8 x 65 13 50
TA M10 S/20 090251 15 90 69 20 M 10 x 90 17 25
TA M12 S/25 090252 18 105 86 25 M 12 x 110 19 20

LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-S/TA M (screw with grade 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 04/0003 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
TA M6 S 40 100 10,0 3,6 3,3 80 50
TA M8 S 45 100 20,0 5,7 6,7 90 60
TA M10 S 55 110 40,0 9,5 11,0 110 70
TA M12 S 70 140 75,0 11,9 17,0 160 120
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.

273
High performance steel anchors Heavy-duty anchor TA M

TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor SL M

zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
steel depth tration
do h1 l A1 lE,min
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
SL M 16 050556 24 110 90 M 16 90 10
SL M 20 050557 30 130 110 M 20 5
SL M 24 050558 35 150 125 M 24 125 5

TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor SLM-N A4

stainless Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
steel depth tration
do h1 l A1 lE,min
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
SL M 8 N A4 050526 12 60 54 M8 52 25
SL M 10 N A4 050527 16 70 62 M 10 62 20

LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor SLM (screw with grade 8.8)
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/254).
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation torque Recommended load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Frec 3) smin 2) cmin 2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SL M16 62 130 100,0 8,0 60 120
SL M20 77 150 150,0 11,0 80 160
SL M24 90 200 200,0 13,9 90 180
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load. 4)
For higher strength classes up to C50/60 higher recommended loads may be possible.

274
Heavy-duty anchor TA M

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor SLM (screw with grade A4-70)
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/254).
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation torque Recommended load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Frec 3) smin 2) cmin 2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SL M 8 N A4 45 100 25,0 3,5 50 90
SL M 10 N A4 50 100 50,0 5,0 50 100
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load. 4)
For higher strength classes up to C50/60 higher recommended loads may be possible.

275
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T

The installation-friendly push-through anchor for xings in non-


High performance steel anchors

cracked concrete

Collision protection Benches

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The optimised geometry minimises Steel constructions The TA M-T is suitable for push-
setting energy and allows for use in Hand-rails through installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows Consoles When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. Ladders pulled into the expansion sleeve and
The three-part expansion sleeve Cable conduits expands it against the drill hole wall.
creates even load distribution, thus Machines The hexagonal head of the TA M-BP is
allowing small edge and axial spacing. Staircases tightened until it breaks o.
Thus the TA M-T is extremely exible. Gates
The TA M-BP version with twist-o Faades
head hinders the dismantling of the
xture for use as a theft-deterrent and
break-in protection.
The detachable screw connection
allows for surface ush removal.

276
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T,


for push-through installation

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
Approval

steel diameter depth for through thickness


xings
do h2 l t x M SW
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M8 T/25 S 090268 12 95 84 25 M8 13 50
TA M10 T/25 S 090269 15 110 100 25 M 10 17 25
TA M12 T/25 S 090270 18 120 114 25 M 12 19 20

TECHNICAL DATA

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T BP,


with twist-o head

zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. xture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel diameter depth for through thickness
xings
do h2 l t x M SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M8 BP 090265 12 95 84 25 M8 13 50

LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 04/0003 has to be considered.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
TA M6 T 40 100 10,0 3,6 3,3 80 50
TA M8 T 45 100 20,0 5,7 6,7 90 60
TA M10 T 55 110 40,0 9,5 11,0 110 70
TA M12 T 70 140 75,0 11,9 17,0 160 120
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
anchor with a spacing s 3 x h ef and an edge distance c 1,5 x h ef. Accurate data see approval. distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.

277
Sleeve anchor FSA

The push-through anchor for structural xings in non-cracked


High performance steel anchors

concrete

Bicycle racks Waste bins

VERSIONS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15 to C20/25, non-
cracked
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The optimised geometry minimises Hand-rails The FSA is suitable for push-through
setting energy and enables the use in Consoles installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows Ladders When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. Cable conduits pulled into the expansion sleeve and
The anchor design makes it possible Gates expands it against the drill hole wall.
to use dierent head shapes for ex- Faades The half-moon shaped recesses act
ible design solutions: Hexagon head Temporary or structural xings as a crumple zone to take the torque
(type S), bolt version with nut and slippage, so that the attachment is
washer (type B). pulled onto the anchor base.
The detachable screw connection
allows for surface ush removal.

278
Sleeve anchor FSA

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Sleeve anchor FSA-S

zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Max. xture Anchor length Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel depth for through thickness
xings
do h2 t x l M SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FSA 8/15 S 068520 8 65 15 64 M6 10 50
FSA 8/40 S 068521 8 90 40 89 M6 10 50
FSA 8/65 S 068522 8 115 65 114 M6 10 50
FSA 10/10 S 068523 10 65 10 65 M8 13 20
FSA 10/35 S 068524 10 90 35 90 M8 13 20
FSA 10/60 S 068525 10 115 60 115 M8 13 20
FSA 12/10 S 068526 12 75 10 76 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/25 S 068527 12 90 25 91 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/50 S 068528 12 115 50 116 M 10 17 20

TECHNICAL DATA

Sleeve anchor FSA-B

zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Max. xture Anchor length Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel depth for through thickness
xings
do h2 t x l M SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FSA 8/15 B 068500 8 65 15 65 M6 10 50
FSA 8/40 B 068501 8 90 40 90 M6 10 50
FSA 8/65 B 068502 8 115 65 115 M6 10 50
FSA 10/10 B 068503 10 65 10 69 M8 13 20
FSA 10/35 B 068504 10 90 35 94 M8 13 20
FSA 10/60 B 068505 10 115 60 119 M8 13 20
FSA 12/10 B 068506 12 75 10 81 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/25 B 068507 12 90 25 96 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/50 B 068508 12 115 50 121 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/75 B 068509 12 140 75 146 M 10 17 20

LOADS
Sleeve anchor FSA
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/25.
Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Min. Installation Recommended Recommended Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nrec3) Vrec3) smin 2) cmin 2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FSA 8 35 70 8,0 2,0 3,4 70 50
FSA 10 40 80 25,0 3,5 6,3 80 60
FSA 12 50 100 40,0 5,0 9,9 100 75
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 3)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads the given loads have to be reduced.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load.

279
High performance steel anchors Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB

The reusable xing system for diamond drills and saws

Diamond drills Detail: Diamond drills

VERSIONS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The detachable screw connection Diamond and core drilling devices The FDBB is suitable for pre-positioned
between the expansion element and Diamond saws and push-through installation.
spindle enables simple dismantling An expansion element must be added
and ensures that the spindle bolt can to the spindle bolt before installation.
be reused. Use a hammer to drive the FDBB
The robust, reusable spindle bolt guar- through the base plate of the drilling
antees a long life span. device into the drill hole.
The active principle of the anchor bolt When the nut is tightened, the cone
enables an active controlled expan- bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
sion, thus oering a high level of and expands it against the drill hole
safety. wall.
The large steel cross-section provides The expansion element remains in the
high shear load-bearing capability and, drill hole when dismantling the spindle
as such, high security for the jerky bolt. The spindle bolt is once again
stoppage of the drill bit. completed with an expansion element
and can be reused.

280
Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB

Expansion element FDBB SE

zinc-plated Drill hole Usable Min. drill hole Width across nut Length Contents Sales unit
steel diameter length depth for through
xings
do tx h2 SW l
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
1 expansion element 16 SE,
FDBB 16/50 Set 090680 16 50 135 27 200 1 spindle bolt 16/50/160, 1 1
washer, 1 nut
FDBB 16 SE 090681 16 Expansion element 25

LOADS
Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in non-cracked concrete.
C20/25 C12/15
Type Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended
bending moment tensile load shear load tensile load shear load
Mrec Nrec Vrec2) Nrec Vrec2)
[Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
FDBB 98,0 12,0 13,3 9,0 13,3
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Steel failure value.

281
Wall screw MR

The xing with simple hammerset installation in non-cracked


High performance steel anchors

concrete

Radiators

VERSIONS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The special construction of the anchor Non-approval-relevant xings only The MR is suitable for pre-positioned
sleeve enables it to be set into the drill Hand-rails and push-through installation.
hole with a low number of hammer Gratings The anchor sleeve is driven into the
blows. This enables easy installation. Garden gates drill hole with a hammer, without the
The ush-sunk expansion pin signies need for an expansion pin.
the complete expansion of the anchor, Then the expansion pin is driven in
and thereby ensures minimum move- with a hammer, and the wall screw
ment when under load. expands against the drill hole wall.
The special geometry of the expan-
sion pin reduces the setting energy,
thereby enabling a fast and energy-
saving installation.

282
Wall screw MR

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Wall screw MR

zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Anchor length Min. drill hole Thread Width across nut Max. xture Sales unit
steel depth for through thickness
xings
do l h2 M SW t x
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
MR 8 050583 8 70 70 M8 13 22 25
MR 10 050584 10 85 85 M 10 15 24 20
MR 12 050585 12 100 100 M 12 18 27 10

283
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY

The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for xings


High performance steel anchors

in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs

Air conditioning units in pre-stressed hollow- Cable trays in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete
core concrete slabs slabs

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete
slabs C45/55

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The active principle of the anchor Pipes The FHY is suitable for pre-positioned
means that the FHY can be used in Cable conduits installation.
cavities or in solid materials up to 5 Ventilation systems Position the FHY hollow-ceiling anchor
cm from the tensioning wire. This Sprinkler systems in the drill hole and drive in ush to
ensures the highest exibility and user- Suspended ceilings the surface of the anchor base using
friendly installation. Consoles the hammer.
The embossed edge prevents the Steel constructions The FHY pre-positioned anchor must
anchor sleeve from slipping in the Wood constructions be able to be supported on the attach-
cavity, thus allowing for trouble-free ment for expansion.
installation. When applying the torque, the cone is
The optimised geometry minimises pulled into the expansion sleeve and
setting energy and allows for use in expands it into the cavity or expands
extremely narrow spaces. This allows it in the solid material against the drill
for user-friendly installation. hole wall.
The metric internal thread means that Screw length ls =
it is possible to use standard screws or Minimum screw-in depth e2
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation + Thickness of xture tx
to suit the intended use. + Thickness of washer
(with threaded rod: + height of nut)

284
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY

High performance steel anchors


TECHNICAL DATA

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Anchor Thread Min. drill Min. bolt Sales unit
Approval

steel steel diameter length hole depth penetration

do l M h1 lE,min
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FHY M 6 030138 10 37 M6 50 37 50
FHY M 6 030139 10 37 M6 50 37 50
FHY M 8 030146 12 43 M8 60 43 25
FHY M 8 030147 12 43 M8 60 43 25
FHY M10 030148 16 52 M 10 65 52 20
FHY M10 030151 16 52 M 10 65 52 20

LOADS
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY (screw with grade 5.8)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs of strength class B55 resp. C45/55.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.1-1711 has to be considered.
Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs
Type Web thickness Min. anchorage depth Torque moment Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance

du hef Tinst Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)


[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
25 - 29 30 10,0 0,7 70 100
FHY M6 30 - 39 30 10,0 0,9 80 100
40 30 10,0 2,0 100 100
25 - 29 35 10,0 0,7 70 100
FHY M8 30 - 39 35 10,0 0,9 80 100
40 35 10,0 2,0 100 100
30 - 39 40 20,0 1,2 80 100
FHY M10
40 40 20,0 3,0 100 100
1)
The required safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
groups) see approval.

285
High performance steel anchors Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY

LOADS
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY A4 (screw with grade A4-70)
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs of strength class B55 resp. C45/55.
Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs
Type Web thickness Min. anchorage depth Torque moment Recommended load Min. spacing Min. edge distance

du hef Tinst Frec3) smin2) cmin2)


[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
25 - 29 30 10,0 0,7 70 100
FHY M6 A4 30 - 39 30 10,0 0,9 80 100
40 30 10,0 2,0 100 100
25 - 29 35 10,0 0,7 70 100
FHY M8 A4 30 - 39 35 10,0 0,9 80 100
40 35 10,0 2,0 100 100
30 - 39 40 20,0 1,2 80 100
FHY M10 A4
40 40 20,0 3,0 100 100
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load.

286
Aircrete anchor FPX-I

The strong internally threaded anchor with unique 4-way

High performance steel anchors


expansion for xings in aerated concrete

Rail xing Air conditioning units

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Aerated concrete (AAC) with compres-
sive strength class AAC 2 to AAC 7
Aerated concrete wall and ceiling
boards with compressive strength 3.3
to 4.4 N/mm2
Planked aerated concrete masonry,
e.g. plastered, tiled, papered etc.

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FPX-I enables easy tightening via Suspended ceilings The FPX-I with internal thread is suita-
the hexagon wrench using a cordless Cable trays ble for pre-positioned installation.
screwdriver or ratchet and therefore Pipelines Pre-drilling enables easy hammering
oers top installation comfort. Ventilation ducts in, even in high-strength aerated
The deformation-controlled expan- Guard rails/hand rails concrete. There is no need to clean
sion of the anchor with the hexagon TV consoles the drill hole.
wrench ensures safe, even and gentle Kitchen cupboards When the anchor is tightened with the
installation. Stand-o installations hexagon wrench, the internal thread
The unique 4-way expansion of the sleeve starts to rotate and the cone
FPX-I with a square expansion sleeve is pulled into the square expansion
prevents the rotation of the anchor in sleeve. The aerated concrete is com-
the drill hole and ensures high tension pressed on the four sides and gener-
and shear loads, which means fewer ates an undercut in the drill hole.
xing points. When reached the optimum expan-
The releasing of the hexagonal wrench sion, the hexagon wrench is released
guarantees an automatical setting con- automatically from the anchor.
trol for each installation process.
The rst steel anchor with an ETA-Ap-
proval and re protection certicate
for xings in aerated concrete enables
use for safety-relevant xings, too.

287
High performance steel anchors Aircrete anchor FPX-I

TECHNICAL DATA

Aircrete anchor FPX-I

Drill diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Eect. anchorage Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth for depth tration tration
Approval

pre-positioned
installation
d0 h1 l hef lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FPX M6-I 519021 10 95 75 70 10 15 25
FPX M8-I 519022 10 95 75 70 8 15 25
FPX M10-I 519023 10 95 75 70 10 15 25
FPX M12-I 519024 10 95 75 70 12 15 25

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FPX M6 I Setting tool FPX M8-M12 I

Matching anchor type Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Setting tool FPX M6 I 522517 FPX M6-I 10
Setting tool FPX M8-M12 I 522518 FPX M8-I - FPX M12-I 10

288
Aircrete anchor FPX-I

High performance steel anchors


LOADS
AAC anchor X-Pansion internal thread FPX-I (minimum screw property class 4.8)
Highest permissible loads1) in aerated concrete
For the design the complete approval ETA - 12/0456 has to be considered.
Type M6 M8 M10 M12

Minimum member thickness with drill hole cleaning hmin [mm] 100
Minimum member thickness without drill hole cleaning hmin [mm] 120
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 70
Maximum fastening torque for fixing screw Tmax [Nm] 3,05)
Permissible load for single anchors Fperm3)
Min. distance to joints for single anchors cF [mm] 09) / 7513) / 12514)
Min. edge distance2) c1 [mm] 12511)
Min. spacing2) orthogonal c1 c2 [mm] 188
Min. spacing15) a [mm] 375 (600)12)
fck 1,6 N /mm2
m 0,25 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 0,3
fck 2,0 N /mm2
m 0,35 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 0,4
AAC masonry 4) 7)
fck 4,0 N /mm2
m 0,50 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 0,9
fck 6,0 N /mm2
m 0,65 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 1,4
fck 3,3 N /mm2
m 0,50 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 0,6
AAC slabs 4), cracked
fck 4,4 N /mm2
m 0,55 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 0,8
fck 3,3 N /mm2
m 0,50 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 0,8
AAC slabs4), non-cracked
fck 4,4 N /mm2
m 0,55 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 1,2
Permissible load for anchor groups with 2 or 4 anchors Fperm,n 3) 6) 8)

Min. spacing 2) within a anchor group and 2 single anchors 15) smin [mm] 100
Min. edge distance2) c1 [mm] 250
Min. spacing2) orthogonal c1 c2 [mm] 375
Min. spacing a [mm] 750
fck 1,6 N /mm2
m 0,25 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 0,6
fck 2,0 N /mm2
m 0,35 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 0,8
AAC masonry 4) 7) 10)
fck 4,0 N /mm2
m 0,50 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 1,8
fck 6,0 N /mm2
m 0,65 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 2,8
fck 3,3 N /mm2
m 0,50 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 1,2
AAC slabs 4) 10), cracked
fck 4,4 N /mm2
m 0,55 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 1,6
fck 3,3 N /mm2
m 0,50 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 1,6
AAC slabs 4) 10), non-cracked
fck 4,4 N /mm2
m 0,55 kg/dm3 Fperm 3) [kN] 2,4
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 10)
For not visible joints the permissible total load of the anchor group has to be halved and must be
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. designed for multiple use according ETAG 001, Part 6.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacing resp. edge distance without reducing the permissible load. 11)
For reinforced AAC slabs with width 700 mm: c 1 150 mm.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. 12)
Value in brackets valid for AAC slabs.
4)
Strength class fck and dry density m according EN 771-4 resp. EN 12602. 13)
cF for tensile load and/or shear load parallel to the joint which is not filled with mortar with
5)
If the anchor cannot support against the fixture no installation torque must be applied (Tmax =0). width 2 mm.
6)
While using 4 anchors they have to be arranged rectangularly. 14)
cF = c1 for shear load or oblique load orthogonal to the joint which is not filled with mortar with
7)
For masoned joints a proof against pull-out of the block is required. width 0 mm.
8)
Permissible total load of the anchor group. 15)
For 2 single anchors with a spacing 375 mm ( smin) the spacings and edge distances for
9)
For joints completely filled with mortar with a joint width 12mm and a compressive strength anchor groups are valid.
according to EN 998-2 f ck AAC no distances to joints is required.

289
290
Frame xings / Stand-o installation
Frame xings / Stand-o installation
Frame xings / Stand-o installation

Frame xing SXR .......................................................................................................... 293


Frame xing SXRL ........................................................................................................ 299
Frame xing FUR .......................................................................................................... 305
Frame xing SXS .......................................................................................................... 311
Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP ..................................................................................... 315
Hammerx N .................................................................................................................. 316
Nail sleeve FNH ............................................................................................................. 320
Window frame xing F-S ........................................................................................... 322
Metal frame xing F-M ............................................................................................... 324
Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS .................................................................. 326
Wall tie VB ....................................................................................................................... 329
Adjustable xing S10J ............................................................................................... 330
Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS ....................................................................... 332
Spacing screw ASL ...................................................................................................... 333
Stand-o installation Thermax 8 / 10.................................................................. 335
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 / 16............................................................... 338
Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M ................................................................... 344
Remedial wall tie VBS 8............................................................................................. 346

291
Frame xings / Stand-o installation

Range of frame xings and stand-o fasteners

Frame xings Window frame xings

Frame xing SXR Window frame xing F-S


The all-round solution with short drill hole depth The nylon xing for stress-free stand-o installa-
tion of window and door frames

Page 293 Page 322

Metal frame xing F -M


Frame xing SXRL
The xing for stress-free installation of window
The powerful problem solver
and door frames with high re resistance
with long expansion sleeve
Page 311 Page 324

Frame xing FUR Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS


The adaptable multi-substrate anchor The economical special screw for window
installation
Page 305 Page 326

Frame xing SXS


The high-performance specialist
with SX-technology Stand-o installation
Page 311
Spacing screw ASL
The spacing screw for exible positioning and
alignment of wooden xtures
Page 333
Nailplugs

Hammerx N Stand-o installation Thermax 8 and 10


The hammer-in plug for a simple, fast and eco- The thermally separated stand-o installation in
nomical installation external thermal insulation composite systems
(ETICS)
Page 335
Page 316

Stand-o installation Thermax 12 and 16


Nail sleeve FNH The approved stand-o installation with thermal
The user-friendly spring sleeve for light xings separation in external thermal insulation compo-
in solid building materials site systems (ETICS)
Page 320
Page 338

Wall tie VB
The stainless steel A4 joint for two-shell masonry
Adjustable xings
Page 329
Adjustable xing S10J
The xing for innite adjustment of timber con- Remedial wall tie VBS-M
structions in all standard solid building materials The quick faade repair for two-leaf cavity walls
Page 344
Page 330

Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS Remedial wall tie VBS 8


The adjustable screw for fast and innitely adju- The professional faade repair for two-leaf
stable installation of timber constructions cavity walls
Page 346
Page 332

292
Frame xing SXR

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


The all-round solution with short drill hole depth

Faade sub-structures Faade sub-structures

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel
hot-dip galvanised steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C12/15
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid block made from lightweight and
normal weight concrete
Solid brick
Thermal insulation blocks
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The special functioning allows for use Faade, ceiling and roof substructures The SXR is suitable for push-through
in solid and hollow building materi- made of wood and metal installation.
als with an anchorage depth of just Windows The SXR expands in solid building
50mm, ensuring an economical Gates and doors materials and knots in hollow building
xing. Wardrobes materials.
The ETA approval covers use in a Cable trays With vertically perforated bricks, only
range of solid and hollow building Squared timbers use rotary drilling (no impact drilling).
materials, and guarantees a secure Kitchen cabinets Countersunk head screws are recom-
xing. mended for the installation of timber
The specially developed combination constructions; in the case of metal
of plugs and screws ensures the very constructions, use plugs with a wide
best handling. The plug has a notice- sleeve rim and a moulded washer
able hold, making installation more on the screw, which also features an
convenient. integrated hexagon socket.
The extensive range with diameters of
6, 8 and 10mm oers the right plug
for every xing.

293
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing SXR

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

SXR - without screw

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Min. anchorage depth Anchor length Max. xture thick- Sales unit
for through xings ness
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SXR 6 x 35 503228 6 45 30 35 5 100
SXR 6 x 50 503229 6 60 30 50 20 100
SXR 6 x 60 503230 6 70 30 60 30 100
SXR 8 x 60 506194 8 70 50 60 10 100
SXR 8 x 80 506196 8 90 50 80 30 100
SXR 8 x 100 506198 8 110 50 100 50 100
SXR 8 x 120 506199 8 130 50 120 70 100

TECHNICAL DATA

SXR-Z - with zinc-plated scher safety screw


with cross drive PZ

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. anchorage Anchor length Max. xture Drive Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness
xings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SXR 6 x 35 Z 503231 1) 6 45 30 35 5 PZ2 50
SXR 6 x 50 Z 503232 1) 6 60 30 50 20 PZ2 50
SXR 6 x 60 Z 503233 1) 6 70 30 60 30 PZ2 50
1) not pre-assembled

294
Frame xing SXR

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

SXR-T - with scher countersunk head


safety screw

zinc-plated steel stainless steel hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill Min. ancho- Anchor Max. xture Drive Sales unit
nised steel diameter hole depth rage depth length thickness

Approval
for through
xings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
SXR 8 x 60 T 502999 8 70 50 60 10 T30 50
SXR 8 x 80 T 503000 8 90 50 80 30 T30 50
SXR 8 x 100 T 503001 8 110 50 100 50 T30 50
SXR 8 x 120 T 503002 8 130 50 120 70 T30 50
SXR 10 x 80 T 046263 046272 10 90 50 80 30 T40 50
SXR 10 x 100 T 046264 046274 10 110 50 100 50 T40 50
SXR 10 x 100 T 509534 10 110 50 100 50 T40 50
SXR 10 x 120 T 046265 046278 10 130 50 120 70 T40 50
SXR 10 x 120 T 509535 10 130 50 120 70 T40 50
SXR 10 x 140 T 046266 046279 10 150 50 140 90 T40 50
SXR 10 x 140 T 509536 10 150 50 140 90 T40 50
SXR 10 x 160 T 046267 046283 10 170 50 160 110 T40 50
SXR 10 x 180 T 046268 046285 10 190 50 180 130 T40 50
SXR 10 x 200 T 046269 046286 10 210 50 200 150 T40 50
SXR 10 x 230 T 046270 046287 10 240 50 230 180 T40 50
SXR 10 x 260 T 046271 046288 10 270 50 260 210 T40 50

TECHNICAL DATA

SXR-FUS - with scher hexagon head safety


screw, moulded washer and integrated T40
bit recess

zinc-plated steel stainless steel hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill Min. ancho- Anchor Max. xture Drive Sales unit
nised steel diameter hole depth rage depth length thickness
Approval

for through
xings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
SXR 10 x 52 FUS 502456 1) 10 62 50 52 2 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 60 FUS 046329 046339 10 70 50 60 10 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 60 FUS 509537 10 70 50 60 10 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 80 FUS 046330 046340 10 90 50 80 30 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 80 FUS 509538 10 90 50 80 30 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 100 FUS 046331 046342 10 110 50 100 50 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 100 FUS 509539 10 110 50 100 50 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 120 FUS 046332 046343 10 130 50 120 70 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 140 FUS 046333 046344 10 150 50 140 90 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 140 FUS 509540 10 150 50 140 90 T40/SW13 50
1) not pre-assembled

295
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing SXR

TECHNICAL DATA

SXR-FUS - with scher hexagon head safety


screw, moulded washer and integrated T40
bit recess

zinc-plated steel stainless steel hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill Min. ancho- Anchor Max. xture Drive Sales unit
nised steel diameter hole depth rage depth length thickness

Approval
for through
xings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
SXR 10 x 160 FUS 046334 046345 10 170 50 160 110 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 180 FUS 046335 046361 10 190 50 180 130 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 200 FUS 046336 046362 10 210 50 200 150 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 230 FUS 046337 046363 10 240 50 230 180 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 260 FUS 046338 046364 10 270 50 260 210 T40/SW13 50
1) not pre-assembled

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap ADT

Colour Cap Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ mm] [pcs]


ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100

ACCESSORIES

Washer U stainless steel A2

External Hole diameter Thickness Matching anchor type Sales unit


d D S
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
U 11,5 x 21 x 1,5 DIN 522 A2 010026 21 11,5 1,5 SXR 10, SXRL 10, FUR 10, SXS 10 500

296
Frame xing SXR

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


ACCESSORIES
Aircrete hole punch GBS

Drill hole Min. drill hole depth for Match Sales unit
through xings
d0 h2
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [pcs]
GBS 10 x 80 050590 1) 9 85 SXR 10 x 52, SXR 10 x 60, SXR 10 x 80 1
GBS 10 x 100 050591 1) 9 105 SXR 10 x 100 1
GBS 10 x 135 050593 1) 9 140 SXR 10 x 120 1
GBS 10 x 160 050594 1) 9 165 SXR 10 x 140, SXR 10 x 160 1
GBS 10 x 185 050595 1) 9 190 SXR 10 x 180 1
GBS 10 x 230 050596 1) 9 235 SXR 10 x 200, SXR 10 x 230 1
1) According to the approval, the Aircrete hole punch GBS must be used for drill-hole production in aerated concrete.

LOADS
Frame xing SXR 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in masonry.
For the design the complete approval ETA-07/0121 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry and perforated brick masonry
Type compressive brick brick type, naming min. anchorage min. member permissible load min. spacing min. edge distance
strength acc. DIN depth thickness
fb [-] hnom hmin Fperm3) 5) smin2) cmin2)
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
SXR 8 20 Mz 50 100 0,71 100 100
SXR 10 20 Mz 50 100 0,86 100 100
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
SXR 8 10 KS 50 100 0,71 100 100
SXR 10 10 KS 50 100 0,86 100 100
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
SXR 8 20 HLz 50 100 0,34 100 100
SXR 10 12 HLz 50 100 0,26 100 100
SXR 10 20 HLz 50 100 0,71 100 100
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
SXR 8 12 KSL 50 100 0,57 100 100
SXR 10 12 KSL 50 100 0,57 100 100
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
SXR 8 10 Hbl 50 100 0,71 100 100
SXR 10 6 Hbl 50 100 0,71 100 100
SXR 10 10 Hbl 50 100 0,71 100 100
Solid brick and solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete V
SXR 8 2 V 50 100 0,34 100 100
SXR 10 2 V 50 100 0,21 100 100
Aerated concrete blocks and reinforced panels AAC
SXR 10 2 AAC 50 100 0,147) 200 100
SXR 10 6 AAC 50 100 0,27 200 100
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc
load actions L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a minimum coated screws measures against incoming humidity according approval have to be taken.
spacing smin according table 11 resp. table15 of the approval. 5)
The given values for hollow or perforated masonry apply for rotary drilling (without impact). The
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings (anchor group) resp. edge distance while reducing the permissi- given loads are reference values which may change due to type of brick and manufacturer. If the
ble load. The combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One embedment depth is higher than hnom = 50 mm, job site tests have to be carried out.
of them has to be increased according approval. 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up to 80 C). For long term
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile temperatures up to 30 C higher permissible loads may be possible.
loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval. 7)
Drill hole created by punching.

297
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing SXR

LOADS
Frame xing SXR 4)
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in normal concrete C12/15 resp.
B15. For the design the complete approval ETA-07/0121 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hnom hmin Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SXR 8 50 100 1,0 1,25) 50 50
SXR 10 50 100 1,8 2,05) 50 60
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc
load actions L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing coated screws measures against incoming humidity according approval have to be taken.
s scr,N and an edge distance c c cr,N according table 8 of the approval. 5)
The permissible shear load determined acc. ETAG 020, Annex C considers exclusively steel failure
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings (anchor group) resp. edge distance for concrete C16/20 while of the screw. For SXR 8 It amounts Vperm = 4,2 kN for galvanised screws and Vperm = 3,4 kN for
reducing the permissible load. The combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance screws made of stainless steel. For SXR 10 it amounts Vperm = 6,0 kN. Due to that the expected
is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval. Values for concrete C12/15 displacements will disable the proper function of the fixture a maximum shear load on the basis of
see approval. table 7 of the approval is recommended.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up to 80 C). For long term
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. temperatures up to 30 C higher permissible loads may be possible.

LOADS
Frame xing SXR
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specied diameter.
Type SXR 6

Screw diameter [mm] 4,5


Min. edge distance in concrete ar [mm] 50
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,25
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,20
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,20
Vertically perforated brick Hlz 12 ( 1.0 kg/dm) [kN] 0,10
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 12 [kN] 0,20
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

298
Frame xing SXRL

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


The powerful problem solver with long expansion sleeve

Timber sub-structures Wall consoles

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Vertically perforated brick
Aerated concrete
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Thermal insulation blocks
Solid block made from lightweight and
normal weight concrete
Solid brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Concrete C12/15
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Through the special geometry of the Faade, ceiling and roof substructures In perforated brick masonry, the two
plug, the retention forces are evenly made of wood and metal expansion zones ensure that the
distributed in the drill hole. TV consoles introduction of force is gentle on the
When the plug is to be set below the Kitchen cabinets substrate. The porous block llets are
plaster, the longer ribs prevent plug Wardrobes not crushed by the second expansion
rotation during installation. Squared timbers zone and therefore serve to transmit
The variable anchorage depths of 70 Windows the force.
or 90 mm oer special advantages Doors and gates In aircrete and solid building material,
and high loads when anchoring in the two expansion zones combine
aerated concrete. to form one long expansion element,
When anchoring in hollow and solid thus providing for a uniform and at
construction materials, the two expan- distribution of the load into substrate.
sion zones lead to optimum retention
values.
The SXRL with eective lengths up to
290 mm provides the right plug for
every application.

299
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing SXRL

TECHNICAL DATA

SXRL-T - with scher countersunk head


safety screw

zinc-plated stainless Drill diameter Min. drill Usable Usable Anchor Drive Sales unit
steel steel hole depth length at length at length
Approval for through anchorage anchorage
xings depth 70mm depth 90mm
d0 h2 tx tx l
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
SXRL 10 x 80 T 522698 522709 10 90 10 80 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 100 T 522699 522710 10 110 30 10 100 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 120 T 522700 522711 10 130 50 30 120 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 140 T 522701 522712 10 150 70 50 140 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 160 T 522703 522713 10 170 90 70 160 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 180 T 522704 522714 10 190 110 90 180 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 200 T 522705 522715 10 210 130 110 200 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 230 T 522706 522716 10 240 160 140 230 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 260 T 522707 1) 522717 1) 10 270 190 170 260 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 290 T 522708 1) 522718 1) 10 300 220 200 290 T40 50
SXRL 14 x 80 T 530920 530932 14 95 10 80 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 100 T 530921 530933 14 115 30 10 100 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 120 T 530922 530934 14 135 50 30 120 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 140 T 530923 530935 14 155 70 50 140 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 160 T 530924 530936 14 175 90 70 160 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 180 T 530925 530937 14 195 110 90 180 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 200 T 530926 530938 14 215 130 110 200 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 230 T 530927 530939 14 245 160 140 230 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 260 T 530928 530940 14 275 190 170 260 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 300 T 530929 1) 530941 1) 14 315 230 210 300 T50 20
SXRL 14 x 330 T 530930 1) 530942 1) 14 345 260 240 330 T50 20
SXRL 14 x 360 T 530931 1) 530943 1) 14 375 290 270 360 T50 20
1) not pre-assembled

300
Frame xing SXRL

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

SXRL-FUS - with scher hexagon head sa-


fety screw, moulded washer and integrated
bit recess

zinc-plated stainless Drill diameter Min. drill Usable Usable Anchor Drive Sales unit
steel steel hole depth length at length at length

Approval
for through anchorage anchorage
xings depth 70mm depth 90mm
d0 h2 tx tx l
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
SXRL10 x 80 FUS 522719 522730 10 90 10 80 T40/SW13 50
SXRL10 x 100 FUS 522720 522731 10 110 30 10 100 T40/SW13 50
SXRL10 x 120 FUS 522721 522732 10 130 50 30 120 T40/SW13 50
SXRL10 x 140 FUS 522723 522733 10 150 70 50 140 T40/SW13 50
SXRL10 x 160 FUS 522724 522734 10 170 90 70 160 T40/SW13 50
SXRL10 x 180 FUS 522725 522735 10 190 110 90 180 T40/SW13 50
SXRL10 x 200 FUS 522726 522736 10 210 130 110 200 T40/SW13 50
SXRL10 x 230 FUS 522727 522737 10 240 160 140 230 T40/SW13 50
SXRL10 x 260 FUS 522728 1) 522738 1) 10 270 190 170 260 T40/SW13 50
SXRL10 x 290 FUS 522729 1) 522739 1) 10 300 220 200 290 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 14 x 80 FUS 530946 530955 14 95 10 80 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 100 FUS 530947 530956 14 115 30 10 100 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 120 FUS 530948 530957 14 135 50 30 120 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 140 FUS 530949 530958 14 155 70 50 140 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 160 FUS 530950 530959 14 175 90 70 160 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 180 FUS 530951 530960 14 195 110 90 180 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 200 FUS 530952 530961 14 215 130 110 200 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 230 FUS 530953 530962 14 245 160 140 230 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 260 FUS 530954 530963 14 275 190 170 260 T50/SW17 50
1) not pre-assembled

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap ADT

Colour Cap Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ mm] [pcs]


ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100

ACCESSORIES

Washer U stainless steel A2

External Hole diameter Thickness Matching anchor type Sales unit


d D S
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
U 11,5 x 21 x 1,5 DIN 522 A2 010026 21 11,5 1,5 SXR 10, SXRL 10, FUR 10, SXS 10 500

301
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing SXRL

LOADS
Frame xing SXRL 10 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in masonry.
For the design the complete approval ETA-07/0121 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry and perforated brick masonry
Type compressive brick brick type, naming min. anchorage min. member permissible load min. spacing min. edge distance
strength acc. DIN depth thickness
fb [-] hnom hmin Fperm3) 5) smin2) cmin2)
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
SXRL 10 20 Mz 70 110 1,14 100 100
SXRL 10 28 Mz 70 110 1,57 100 100
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
SXRL 10 12 KS 70 110 1,86 100 100
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
SXRL 10 20 HLz 70 110 0,34 100 100
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
SXRL 10 20 KSL 70 110 1,00 100 100
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
SXRL10 6 Hbl 70 110 0,437) 100 100
SXRL10 10 Hbl 70 110 0,717) 100 100
Solid brick and solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete V
SXRL 10 2 V 70 100 0,34 100 100
Aerated concrete blocks and reinforced panels AAC
SXRL 10 2 AAC 90 175 0,32 200 100
SXRL 10 6 AAC 90 175 1,43 200 100
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc
load actions L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a minimum coated screws measures against incoming humidity according approval have to be taken.
spacing smin according table 11 resp. table15 of the approval. 5)
The given values for hollow or perforated masonry apply for rotary drilling (without impact). The
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings (anchor group) resp. edge distance while reducing the permissi- given loads are reference values which may change due to type of brick and manufacturer. If the
ble load. The combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One embedment depth is higher than hnom = 70 mm, job site tests have to be carried out.
of them has to be increased according approval. 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C). For long term
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile temperatures up to 30C higher permissible loads may be possible.
loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval. Thickness of outer web min. 35mm and hammer drilling.

302
Frame xing SXRL

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


LOADS
Frame xing SXRL 14 4)
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in masonry.
For the design the complete approval ETA-14/0297 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry and perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Bulk density Min. Min. Min. Permissible load Min. Min.
brick strength brick format anchorage member thick- spacing edge distance
depth8) ness9)
fb (L x W x H) hnom hmin Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[N/mm] [kg/dm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz acc. DIN 105-100:2012-01, EN 771-1:2011
SXRL 14 10 0,86 100 100
SXRL 14 10 1,29 100 200
1,8 NF (240x113x71) 70 110
SXRL 14 20 1,14 100 100
SXRL 14 20 1,71 100 200
Solid sand-lime brick KS acc. DIN V 106, DIN EN 771-2
SXRL 14 10 0,86 100 100
SXRL 14 10 1,00 100 200
1,8 NF (240x113x71) 70 110
SXRL 14 20 1,29 100 100
SXRL 14 20 1,43 100 200
SXRL 14 8 0,57 100 100
1,8
SXRL 14 8 2 DF 1,57 100 200
70 110
SXRL 14 12 (240x115x113) 1,00 100 100
20
SXRL 14 12 2,43 100 200
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete V acc. DIN V 18152-100, DIN EN 771-3
SXRL 14 2 1,2 0,34 100 100
SXRL 14 6 0,57 100 100
SXRL 14 6 250x240x245 70 110 1,29 100 200
1,6
SXRL 14 10 1,00 100 100
SXRL 14 10 2,29 100 200
Vertically perforated brick Hlz acc. DIN 105-100:2012-01, DIN EN 771-1:2011
SXRL 14 6 0,34 5) 100 100
SXRL 14 8 3 DF 0,43 5) 100 100
1,0 70 110
SXRL 14 10 (240x175x113) 0,57 5) 100 100
SXRL 14 12 0,57 5) 100 100
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL acc. DIN V 106, DIN EN 771-2
SXRL 14 6 0,34 100 100
2 DF
SXRL 14 8 0,43 100 100
(240x115x113)
SXRL 14 10 1,4 70 110 0,57 100 100
SXRL 14 10 9 DF 0,57 100 100
SXRL 14 20 (380x175x240) 1,14 100 100
Hollow brick of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl acc. DIN V 18153-100, EN 771-3
SXRL 14 0,7 20 240x500x240 7) 70 110 0,43 5) 100 100
Aerated concrete blocks acc. DIN V 4165-100:2005-10, EN 771-4 and reinforced wall panels acc. EN 12602, DIN 4223
SXRL 14 2 70 175 0,32 80 80
SXRL 14 2 90 175 0,43 80 80
- -
SXRL 14 6 70 300 1,43 80 100
SXRL 14 6 90 300 1,80 100 120
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc
load actions F = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a minimum coated screws measures against incoming humidity according approval have to be taken.
spacing smin according table B3.2 of the approval. 5)
The given values for hollow or perforated masonry apply for rotary drilling (without impact). The
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings (anchor group) resp. edge distance while reducing the permissi- given loads are reference values which may change due to type of brick and manufacturer.
ble load. The combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C). For long term
of them has to be increased according approval. temperatures up to 30C higher permissible loads in solid and hollow bricks may be possible.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 7)
Thickness of outer web 50 mm.
loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval.

303
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing SXRL

LOADS
Frame xing SXRL 10 4)
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in normal concrete C12/15 resp.
B15. For the design the complete approval ETA-07/0121 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hnom hmin Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SXRL 10 70 110 2,6 2,65) 50 50
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc
load actions L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing coated screws measures against incoming humidity according approval have to be taken.
s scr,N and an edge distance c c cr,N according table 8 of the approval. 5)
The permissible shear load determined acc. ETAG 020, Annex C considers exclusively steel failure
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings (anchor group) resp. edge distance for concrete C16/20 while of the screw. It amounts Vzul = 6,0. Due to that the expected displacements will disable the
reducing the permissible load. The combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance proper function of the fixture a maximum shear load on the basis of table 7 of the approval is
is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval. Values for concrete C12/15 recommended.
see approval. 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up to 80 C). For long term
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge temperatures up to 30 C higher permissible loads may be possible.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

LOADS
Frame xing SXRL 14 4)
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in normal concrete C12/15 resp.
B15 up to C50/60. For the design the complete approval ETA-14/0297 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hnom hmin Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SXRL 14 70 110 3,4 3,4 5) 80 100
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc
load actions L=1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing coated screws measures against incoming humidity according approval have to be taken.
sscr,N and an edge distance cc cr,N according table B2.2 of the approval. 5)
The permissible shear load determined acc. ETAG 020, Annex C considers exclusively steel failure
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings (anchor group) resp. edge distance for concrete C16/20 while of the screw. It amounts Vperm = 12,4 kN for galvanised screws and Vperm = 11,6 kN for screws
reducing the permissible load. The combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance made of stainless steel. Due to that the expected displacements will disable the proper function of
is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval. Values for concrete C12/15 the fixture a maximum shear load on the basis of table C4 of the approval is recommended.
see approval. 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C).
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

304
Frame xing FUR

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


The adaptable multi-substrate anchor

Faade sub-structures Wood constructions

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C12/15
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid panel made from gypsum
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The universal operating principle with Faade and roof substructures made The FUR is suitable for push-through
an anchorage depth of 70mm and of wood and metal installation.
unique asymmetrical teeth, makes it Windows Screwing in the screw causes the
an assembly-friendly anchor even in Squared timbers individual teeth to expand. In solid
an unknown base material. As such, Gates and doors materials, the teeth create even expan-
the FUR is the right choice for projects Claddings sion forces. In hollow materials, the
with an unknown base material; ensur- Interior ttings teeth expand through the solid part of
ing a secure xing at all times. the block and form an undercut in the
The slim geometry guarantees a sim- cavity.
ple installation, even in cases involving With vertically perforated bricks, only
thick wooden xtures and narrow drill use rotary drilling (no impact drilling).
holes. Countersunk head screws are recom-
Complete range available with diam- mended for the installation of timber
eters of 8, 10 and 14 mm as well as constructions; in the case of metal
anchor lengths from 80 to 360 mm. constructions, use anchors with
hexagon head screws and moulded
washers.

305
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing FUR

TECHNICAL DATA

FUR-T - with scher countersunk head safety


screw

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill Min. ancho- Anchor length Max. xture Drive Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth rage depth thickness

Approval
for through
xings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FUR 8 x 80 T 070110 070120 8 90 70 80 10 T30 50
FUR 8 x 100 T 070111 070121 8 110 70 100 30 T30 50
FUR 8 x 120 T 070112 070122 8 130 70 120 50 T30 50
FUR 10 x 80 T 088756 088784 10 90 70 80 10 T40 50
FUR 10 x 100 T 088757 088785 10 110 70 100 30 T40 50
FUR 10 x 115 T 088760 088791 10 125 70 115 45 T40 50
FUR 10 x 135 T 088758 088786 10 145 70 135 65 T40 50
FUR 10 x 160 T 088759 088787 10 170 70 160 90 T40 50
FUR 10 x 185 T 088761 088788 10 195 70 185 115 T40 50
FUR 10 x 200 T 088764 088789 10 210 70 200 130 T40 50
FUR 10 x 230 T 088762 088790 10 240 70 230 160 T40 50
FUR 14 x 100 T 048711 14 115 70 100 30 T50 50
FUR 14 x 140 T 048712 048719 14 155 70 140 70 T50 50
FUR 14 x 165 T 048713 048720 14 180 70 165 95 T50 50
FUR 14 x 180 T 048714 048721 14 195 70 180 110 T50 50
FUR 14 x 210 T 048844 048845 14 225 70 210 140 T50 50
FUR 14 x 240 T 048715 14 255 70 240 170 T50 50
FUR 14 x 270 T 048716 14 285 70 270 200 T50 50
FUR 14 x 300 T 090759 14 315 70 300 230 T50 20
FUR 14 x 330 T 090760 14 345 70 330 260 T50 20
FUR 14 x 360 T 090761 14 375 70 360 290 T50 20

306
Frame xing FUR

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

FUR-SS - with scher hexagon head safety


screw

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill Min. ancho- Anchor length Max. xture Width across Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth rage depth thickness nut

Approval
for through
xings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FUR 8 x 80 SS 070130 070140 8 90 70 80 10 10 50
FUR 8 x 100 SS 070131 070141 8 110 70 100 30 10 50
FUR 8 x 120 SS 070132 8 130 70 120 50 10 50
FUR 10 x 80 SS 088776 088792 10 90 70 80 10 13 50
FUR 10 x 100 SS 088777 088793 10 110 70 100 30 13 50
FUR 10 x 115 SS 088783 088799 10 125 70 115 45 13 50
FUR 10 x 135 SS 088778 088794 10 145 70 135 65 13 50
FUR 10 x 160 SS 088779 088795 10 170 70 160 90 13 50
FUR 10 x 185 SS 088780 088796 10 195 70 185 115 13 50
FUR 10 x 200 SS 088781 088797 10 210 70 200 130 13 50
FUR 10 x 230 SS 088782 088798 10 240 70 230 160 13 50

TECHNICAL DATA

FUR-FUS - with scher hexagon head safety


screw, moulded washer and integrated bit
recess

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill Min. ancho- Anchor length Max. xture Drive Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth rage depth thickness
Approval

for through
xings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FUR 10 x 80 FUS 093527 2) 093528 2) 10 90 70 80 10 T40/SW13 50
FUR 10 x 100 FUS 097797 2) 10 110 70 100 30 T40/SW13 50
FUR 14 x 80 FUS 048724 1) 048731 1) 14 95 70 80 10 T50/SW17 50
FUR 14 x 100 FUS 048725 1) 048732 1) 14 115 70 100 30 T50/SW17 50
FUR 14 x 140 FUS 048726 1) 048733 1) 14 155 70 140 70 T50/SW17 50
FUR 14 x 165 FUS 048727 1) 048734 1) 14 180 70 165 95 T50/SW17 50
FUR 14 x 180 FUS 048728 1) 048735 1) 14 195 70 180 110 T50/SW17 50
FUR 14 x 210 FUS 048842 1) 048843 1) 14 225 70 210 140 T50/SW17 50
FUR 14 x 240 FUS 048729 1) 048736 1) 14 255 70 240 170 T50/SW17 50
FUR 14 x 270 FUS 048730 1) 048737 1) 14 285 70 270 200 T50/SW17 50
1) Collar: 26 x 3 mm.
2) Collar: 18 x 2 mm.

307
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing FUR

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap ADT

Colour Cap Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ mm] [pcs]


ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100

ACCESSORIES

Washer U stainless steel A2

External Hole diameter Thickness Matching anchor type Sales unit


d D S
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
U 11,5 x 21 x 1,5 DIN 522 A2 010026 21 11,5 1,5 SXR 10, SXRL 10, FUR 10, SXS 10 500

LOADS
Universal frame xing FUR 8
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings
The given loads are valid for safety screws with the specied diameter
Type FUR 8

Safety screw [mm] 6


Min. edge distance in concrete ar [mm] 60
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec 2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 1,00
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,60
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,60
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

LOADS
Frame xing FUR 4)
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in normal concrete C12/15 resp.
B15. For the design the complete approval ETA-13/0235 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type min. min. permissible permissible min. min.
anchorage depth member thickness tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hnom hmin Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FUR 10 70 110 1,8 1,85) 50 50
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc
load actions L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing coated screws measures against incoming humidity according approval have to be taken.
s scr,N and an edge distance c c cr,N according table 8 of the approval. 5)
The permissible shear load determined acc. ETAG 020, Annex C considers exclusively steel failure
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings (anchor group) resp. edge distance for concrete C16/20 while of the screw. It amounts Vperm = 5,4 kN for galvanised screws and Vperm = 5,0 kN for screws
reducing the permissible load. The combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance made of stainless steel. Due to that the expected displacements will disable the proper function of
is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval. Values for concrete C12/15 the fixture a maximum shear load on the basis of table 7 of the approval is recommended.
see approval. 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up to 80 C).
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.

308
Frame xing FUR

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


LOADS
Universal frame xing FUR 4)
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in masonry.
For the design the complete approval ETA-13/0235 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry and perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Bulk density Min. Min. Min. Permissible load Min. Min.
brick strength brick format anchorage member thick- spacing edge distance
depth8) ness9)
fb (L x W x H) hnom hmin Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[N/mm] [kg/dm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz acc. DIN 105-100 resp. DIN EN 771-1
FUR 10 8 0,57 100 100
NF
FUR 10 10 1,8 70 110 (113) 0,71 100 100
(240x113x71)
FUR 10 12 0,86 100 100
Calcium silicate solid brick KS acc. DIN V 106 resp. DIN EN 771-2
FUR 10 8 0,43 100 100
NF
FUR 10 10 1,8 70 110 (113) 0,57 100 100
(240x113x71)
FUR 10 20 0,71 100 100
FUR 10 8 0,71 100 100
FUR 10 10 1,8 500x175x235 70 110 (175) 0,86 100 100
FUR 10 12 1,00 100 100
Lightweight solid brick KLB V acc. DIN V 18152-100 resp. DIN EN 771-3
FUR 10 6 0,57 100 100
1,6 250x240x245 70 110 (240)
FUR 10 8 0,86 100 100
Vertical perforated brick Hlz acc. DIN 105-100 resp. DIN EN 771-1
FUR 10 10 0,295) 100 100
FUR 10 12 0,375) 100 100
1,4 Form B 70 110 (175)
FUR 10 16 0,495) 100 100
FUR 10 20 0,575) 100 100
Calcium silicate hollow brick KSL acc. DIN V 106 resp. DIN EN 771-2
FUR 10 10 0,43 100 100
2 DF
FUR 10 12 1,6 70 110 (115) 0,57 100 100
(240x115x113)
FUR 10 16 0,71 100 100
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc
load actions F = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a minimum coated screws measures against incoming humidity according approval have to be taken.
spacing smin according table 10 of the approval. 5)
Erection of the drill hole by rotary drilling (without impact).
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings (anchor group) while reducing the permissible load. The 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 C (resp. short term up to 80 C).
combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to 8)
If the embedment depth hnom is higher than 70 mm (only for hollow and perforated masonry), job
be increased according approval. site tests have to be carried out acc. approval.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 9)
Values in brackets derived from minimum brick format.
loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval. If the joints are not visible the permissible
load has to be halved.

LOADS
Universal frame xing FUR 14 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in normal concrete C12/15 resp.
B155). For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-1204 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. embedment depth Min. member thickness Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance

hnom (hv) h (d) Fperm3) smin (a) 2) cmin (ar) 2)


[mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FUR 14 70 120 1,8 50 60
1)
The required safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. 4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. have to be taken.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. Restrictions for permanently 5)
Permissible loads for FUR 10 in the weather shell of triple-skin outer wall panels as well as in
acting tensile loads see approval. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending no-fines lightweight concrete for FUR 10 and FUR 14 see approval.
moments see approval table 4.

309
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing FUR

LOADS
Universal frame xing FUR 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of facades in masonry.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-1204 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Brick type, Min. Min. Permissible load Min. Min.
brick strength naming acc. DIN anchorage depth member thickness spacing edge distance
fb hnom (hv) h (d) Fperm3) 5) smin (a) 2) cmin (ar) 6)
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
FUR 14 12 Mz 70 115 0,60 250 100
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
FUR 14 12 KS 70 115 0,60 250 100
Solid brick and solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete V
FUR 14 2 70 115 0,57) 250 100 100
1)
The required safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. 4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity
2)
Minimum permissible spacing without reducing the permissible load. have to be taken.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. Restrictions for permanently 6)
Minimum permissible edge distance with surcharge as well as to not solidified joints. For edge
acting tensile loads see approval. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending distance without surcharge see approval.
moments see approval table 4. 7)
Determination of the permissible load by tests on site. Maximum permissible load = 0,50 kN.

310
Frame xing SXS

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


The high-performance specialist with SX-technology

Cable trays Faade sub-structures

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete C12/15
Solid sand-lime brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Three-layer composite exterior wall
panels
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The ideal interaction of the SXS with Faade and roof substructures made The SXS is suitable for push-through
the scher CO-NA (CO-NA is short for of wood and metal installation. Screwing in the CO-NA
the German term for conical expan- Windows screw causes the SXS to expand in
sion) screw allows for the highest Fire protection doors four directions and anchor into the
load-bearing capacities in solid build- Guard rails building material.
ing materials and cracked concrete. Handrails When a crack forms in the concrete,
This allows for an economical xing. Squared timbers the cones of the screw actively
The CO-NA screw causes the plug to Kitchen cabinets expand, thus increasing the expansion
expand in the crack. This is conrmed Gates eect and the holding force of the
by the rst approval for a plastic frame plug.
xing for single xings. Countersunk head screws are recom-
The large diameter of the CO-NA mended for the installation of timber
screw means that high shear loads constructions; in the case of metal
can be supported safely. Thus fewer constructions, use plugs with a wide
xing points are required. sleeve rim and a moulded washer
on the screw, which also features an
integrated hexagon socket.

311
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing SXS

INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

SXS-T - with CO-NA countersunk head


screw

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. ancho- Anchor length Max. xture Min. drill Drive Sales unit
steel steel diameter rage depth thickness hole depth
Approval

for through
xings
do hnom (hv) l t x h2
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
SXS 10 x 80 T 019601 019602 10 50 80 30 90 T40 50
SXS 10 x 100 T 019604 019605 10 50 100 50 110 T40 50
SXS 10 x 120 T 019616 019617 10 50 120 70 130 T40 50
SXS 10 x 140 T 019621 019623 10 50 140 90 150 T40 50
SXS 10 x 160 T 024076 024077 10 50 160 110 170 T40 50
SXS 10 x 180 T 024080 024082 10 50 180 130 190 T40 50

TECHNICAL DATA

SXS-FUS - with CO-NA hexagon head


screw, moulded washer and integrated
T40 bit recess

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. ancho- Anchor length Max. xture Min. drill Drive Sales unit
steel steel diameter rage depth thickness hole depth
Approval

for through
xings
do hnom (hv) l t x h2
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
SXS 10 x 60 FUS 019599 019600 10 50 60 10 70 T40/SW13 50
SXS 10 x 80 FUS 019603 019628 10 50 80 30 90 T40/SW13 50
SXS 10 x 100 FUS 019614 019615 10 50 100 50 110 T40/SW13 50
SXS 10 x 120 FUS 019619 019620 10 50 120 70 130 T40/SW13 50
SXS 10 x 140 FUS 019624 019626 10 50 140 90 150 T40/SW13 50
SXS 10 x 160 FUS 024045 024062 10 50 160 110 170 T40/SW13 50
SXS 10 x 180 FUS 024046 024063 10 50 180 130 190 T40/SW13 50

312
Frame xing SXS

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


ACCESSORIES

Cover cap ADT

Colour Cap Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ mm] [pcs]


ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100

ACCESSORIES

Washer U stainless steel A2

External Hole diameter Thickness Matching anchor type Sales unit


d D S
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
U 11,5 x 21 x 1,5 DIN 522 A2 010026 21 11,5 1,5 SXR 10, SXRL 10, FUR 10, SXS 10 500

LOADS
Frame xing SXS 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in normal concrete C16/20 resp.
B207). For the design the complete approval ETA-09/0352 has to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
embedment depth member thickness tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hnom (hv) hmin Nperm3) 6) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SXS 10 50 100 2,0 2,05) 50 50
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 5)
The permissible shear load determined acc. ETAG 020, Annex C considers exclusively steel failure
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. of the screw. It amounts Vperm = 7,4 kN for galvanised screws and Vperm = 6,9 kN for screws
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance (anchor group) while reducing the permissi- made of stainless steel. Due to that the expected displacements will disable the proper function of
ble load. The combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance as well as the min. the fixture a maximum shear load on the basis of table 7 of the approval is recommended.
member thickness is not possible. Details see approval. 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C). For long term
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge temperatures up to 30C higher permissible loads may be possible.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. 7)
Values for concrete C12/15 see approval.
4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity
have to be taken.

LOADS
Frame xing SXS 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor in normal concrete C20/25 resp. B25.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-1734 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. embed- Min. member Permissible Permissible Min. spacing Min. edge Permissible Permissible Min. spacing Min. edge
ment depth thickness tensile load shear load distance tensile load shear load distance
hnom (hv) hmin Nperm6) Vperm6) smin2) cmin2) Nperm6) Vperm6) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SXS 10 50 100 1,0 2,5 55 50 1,3 2,5 55 60
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance (anchor group) while reducing the permissi- 4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity
ble load. The combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One have to be taken.
of them has to be increased according approval. 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C). For long term
temperatures up to 30C higher permissible loads may be possible.

313
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Frame xing SXS

LOADS
Frame xing SXS 10 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple xings of non-structural applications in masonry.
For the design the complete approval ETA-09/0352 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Brick type, Min. Min. Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength naming acc. DIN embedment depth member thickness load spacing edge distance
fb [-] hnom (hv) hmin Fperm3) 6) smin2) cmin2)
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
SXS10 20 Mz 50 115 0,71 250 100
Solid sand-lime brick KS
SXS10 28 KS 50 115 1,40 250 100
Solid brick and solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete V
SXS10 12 V 50 115 1,00 250 100
Aerated concrete block PB2, PP2
SXS10 2 PP/PB 50 175 0,325) 250 80
Aerated concrete block PB7, PP7
SXS10 7 PP/PB 50 175 1,075) 250 100
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. have to be taken.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacing (anchor group) while reducing the permissible load. 5)
Drill hole created by hammer drill without impact.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C). For long term
loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval. temperatures up to 30C higher permissible loads may be possible.

314
Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


The elastic protective coating for use with frame xings

Sealing of the screw heads Sealing of the screw heads

BUILDING MATERIALS
zinc-plated frame xings
corrosive metals

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


FTC-CP professionally prevents the Faade anchorings in line with the Thixotropic, bitumen-based anti-corro-
penetration of moisture into the building approvals for frame xings, sion agent.
anchor shaft and securely protects e.g. SXS, SXR, SXRL and FUR Good stability under load; non-drip, no
the connection from corrosion - as For all sub-structures, e.g. made from spray mist.
required in the DIBt and ETA approv- wood, aluminium, metal. Shake canister for at least 2 minutes
als. from the time the mixing balls can be
Once dry, the optimised formulation heard.
provides a long-lasting, elastic protec- Spray as evenly as possible from a
tive coating with a secure hold and a distance of 15 to 20 cm.
high abrasion resistance. Ideal processing temperature +16 C
The thixotropic anti-corrosion agent is to +25 C.
also ideally suited to other corrosion Quick-drying (dried through after 3-4
protection applications and thus oers hours at 600 m and 20 C).
a wide range of uses. Temperature-resistant from -25 C to
80 C.
Salt and water-resistant, and resistant
to abrasion.

TECHNICAL DATA

Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP


Colour Contents per can Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
FTC-CP 511440 black 500 12

315
Hammerx N

The hammer-in plug for a simple, fast and economical


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

installation

Timber sub-structures Cable ducts

VERSIONS CHARACTERISTICS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Building brick
Natural stone
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The rapid hammerset installation Substructures made of wood and The Hammerx N is suitable for push-
reduces the amount of time required metal through installation.
and allows for an economic series Wall connection or plaster proles When hammered in, the nail screw
installation. Slides causes the plug to expand in two
The integrated hammer-in stop Sheets directions, thus providing a secure
prevents the plug from expanding Cable and pipe clamps anchoring in the building material.
prematurely (jamming), thus enabling Punched tapes Countersunk head plugs are recom-
a problem-free installation. mended for the installation of timber
Together with the cross-slot recess, constructions; in the case of metal
the thread of the nail screw allows the constructions, use at-head plugs, and
screw to be removed, thus allowing for use pan-head plugs for long holes.
subsequent dismantling.
The wide range of diameters, usage
lengths and head shapes provides the
correct plug for every xing.

316
Hammerx N

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerx N-S with nail, pre-assembled

Hammerx N-S A2 with stainless steel A2


nail, pre-assembled

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole dia- Eect. anchorage Anchor length Min. drill hole Max. xture Sales unit
steel steel A2 meter depth depth for through thickness
xings
do hef l h2 t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A2
N 5 x 30/5 S (100) 050395 2) 050370 5 25 30 45 5 100
N 5 x 30/5 S (200) 513732 2) 5 25 30 45 5 200
N 5 x 40/15 S (100) 050351 5 25 40 55 15 100
N 5 x 40/15 S (200) 513733 2) 5 25 40 55 15 200
N 5 x 50/25 S (100) 050352 5 25 50 65 25 100
N 5 x 50/25 S (200) 513734 2) 5 25 50 65 25 200
N 6 x 40/10 S (50) 050354 050372 6 30 40 55 10 50
N 6 x 40/10 S (100) 048788 6 30 40 55 10 100
N 6 x 40/10 S (200) 513834 2) 6 30 40 55 10 200
N 6 x 60/30 S (50) 050355 050373 6 30 60 75 30 50
N 6 x 60/30 S (100) 048789 6 30 60 75 30 100
N 6 x 60/30 S (200) 513835 2) 6 30 60 75 30 200
N 6 x 80/50 S (50) 050353 6 30 80 95 50 50
N 6 x 80/50 S (100) 048790 6 30 80 95 50 100
N 6 x 80/50 S (200) 513836 2) 6 30 80 95 50 200
N 8 x 60/20 S (50) 050356 050374 8 40 60 75 20 50
N 8 x 60/20 S (100) 048791 8 40 60 75 20 100
N 8 x 80/40 S (50) 050358 050375 8 40 80 95 40 50
N 8 x 80/40 S (100) 048792 8 40 80 95 40 100
N 8 x 100/60 S (50) 050357 050376 8 40 100 115 60 50
N 8 x 100/60 S (100) 048793 8 40 100 115 60 100
N 8 x 120/80 S (50) 050359 8 40 120 135 80 50
N 8 x 120/80 S (100) 048794 8 40 120 135 80 100
N 10 x 100/50 S (50) 050346 1) 10 50 100 115 50 50
N 10 x 135/85 S (50) 050347 1) 10 50 135 150 85 50
N 10 x 160/110 S (50) 050348 1) 10 50 160 175 110 50
N 10 x 230/180 S (50) 050335 1) 10 50 230 245 180 50
1) not pre-assembled
2) also specially suitable for fischer Pipe clips FC, see chapter Electrical fixings.

317
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Hammerx N

TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerx N-F with cylindrical head and


nail, pre-assembled

Drill hole diameter Eect. anchorage Anchor length Min. drill hole depth Max. xture thick- Sales unit
depth for through xings ness
do hef l h2 t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
N 5 x 25/1 F (100) 514872 5 25 25 40 1 100
N 5 x 25/1 F (200) 514873 5 25 25 40 1 200
N 5 x 30/5 F (100) 513736 5 25 30 45 5 100
N 5 x 30/5 F (200) 513739 5 25 30 45 5 200
N 5 x 40/15 F (100) 513737 5 25 40 55 15 100
N 5 x 40/15 F (200) 513740 5 25 40 55 15 200
N 5 x 50/25 F (100) 513738 5 25 50 65 25 100
N 5 x 50/25 F (200) 513741 5 25 50 65 25 200
N 6 x 35/5 F (100) 522948 6 30 35 40 5 100
N 6 x 40/10 F (50) 513837 6 30 40 55 10 50
N 6 x 40/10 F (100) 513840 6 30 40 55 10 100
N 6 x 40/10 F (200) 513843 6 30 40 55 10 200
N 6 x 60/30 F (50) 513838 6 30 60 75 30 50
N 6 x 60/30 F (100) 513841 6 30 60 75 30 100
N 6 x 60/30 F (200) 513844 6 30 60 75 30 200
N 6 x 80/50 F (50) 513839 6 30 80 95 50 50
N 6 x 80/50 F (100) 513842 6 30 80 95 50 100
N 6 x 80/50 F (200) 513845 6 30 80 95 50 200
N 8 x 60/20 F (50) 513697 8 40 60 75 20 50
N 8 x 60/20 F (100) 513701 8 40 60 75 20 100
N 8 x 80/40 F (50) 513698 8 40 80 95 40 50
N 8 x 80/40 F (100) 513702 8 40 80 95 40 100
N 8 x 100/60 F (50) 513699 8 40 100 115 60 50
N 8 x 100/60 F (100) 513703 8 40 100 115 60 100
N 8 x 120/80 F (50) 513700 8 40 120 135 80 50
N 8 x 120/80 F (100) 513704 8 40 120 135 80 100

318
Hammerx N

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

Hammerx N-P with at edge and nail, pre-


assembled

Hammerx N-P A2 with at edge and stain-


less steel A2 nail, pre-assembled

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole diameter Eect. anchorage Anchor length Min. drill hole Max. xture Sales unit
steel steel A2 depth depth for through thickness
xings
do hef l h2 t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A2
N 5 x 30/5 P (100) 050338 5 25 30 45 5 100
N 6 x 30/1 P (100) 514869 6 30 30 45 1 100
N 6 x 40/7 P (50) 050339 6 30 40 55 7 50
N 6 x 40/7 P A2 (50) 050369 6 30 40 55 7 50
N 6 x 40/7 P (100) 048795 6 30 40 55 7 100
N 6 x 40/7 P A2 (100) 092520 6 30 40 55 7 100
N 6 x 40/7 P (200) 514871 6 30 40 55 7 200
N 8 x 40/1 P (50) 015903 8 40 40 55 1 50
N 8 x 40/1 P (100) 514870 8 40 40 55 1 100

TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerx N-P K with at edge N-S M with nail and connection
and plastic nail, pre-assembled thread M 6
Hammerx N-S D A2 with
isolating washer and nail, pre-
assembled
Drill hole Eect. anchorage Anchor length Max. xture Min. drill hole Washer Sales unit
diameter depth thickness depth for through
xings
do hef l t x h2
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [ mm] [pcs]
N 6 x 40/7 P K (50) 050342 6 30 40 7 55 50
N 6 x 40/10 S M6 (50) 050398 6 30 40 10 55 50
N 6 x 40/10 S D A2 (50) 050367 6 30 40 10 55 19 50
N 6 x 60/30 S D A2 (50) 050368 6 30 60 30 75 19 50

LOADS
Hammerx N
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for screw nails with the specied diameter.
Type N5 N6 3) N8 N10

Screw nail diameter [mm] 3,5 4 5 7


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,16 0,20 0,27 0,33
Solid brick Mz12 [kN] 0,14 0,18 0,24 0,30
Solid sand-lime brick KS12 [kN] 0,14 0,17 0,24 0,33
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete V4 [kN] 0,05 0,12 0,15 0,16
Aerated concrete PB2 [kN] 0,03 0,04 0,05 0,10
Aerated concrete PB4 [kN] 0,07 0,10 0,13 0,16
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 3)
The values have to be reduced by 50% for N 6 x 40/7 P K.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

319
Nail sleeve FNH

The user-friendly spring sleeve for light xings in solid building


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

materials

Timber sub-structures

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


No plugs or screws are required for the Squared timbers The FNH nail sleeve is suitable for
one-piece nail sleeve. This guarantees Substructures made of wood and push-through installation.
a simple and easy installation. metal The nail sleeve is hammered in and
The geometry of the nail sleeve makes Metal proles expands its entire length in the hole.
it easy to push it into the drill hole. The FNH is not approved for safety-rel-
This saves time and money. evant applications.
The Dacromet coating guarantees a FNH is suitable for interior applications
high quality corrosion protection for a and for temporary external xings.
long-lasting xing.

320
Nail sleeve FNH

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

Nail sleeve FNH

Drill hole diameter Eect. anchorage Anchor length Max. xture thick- Min. drill hole depth Sales unit
depth ness for through xings
do hef l t x h2
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FNH 5/50 050192 5 20 50 30 60 100
FNH 6/30 019863 6 30 30 40 100
FNH 6/40 050638 6 30 40 10 50 100
FNH 6/50 077525 6 30 50 20 60 100
FNH 6/60 019864 6 30 60 30 70 100
FNH 6/80 019865 6 30 80 50 90 100
FNH 8/70 019866 8 40 70 30 80 100
FNH 8/90 019867 8 40 90 50 100 50
FNH 8/110 019868 8 40 110 70 120 50
FNH 8/130 019869 8 40 130 90 140 50
FNH 8/150 019870 8 40 150 110 160 50
FNH 8/180 043905 8,5 40 180 140 190 50

LOADS
Nail sleeve FNH
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications.
Type FNH 5 FNH 6 FNH 8

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)


Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,10 0,35 0,60
Min. member thickness [mm] 50 60 70
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

321
Window frame xing F-S

The nylon xing for stress-free stand-o installation of window


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

and door frames

Window frames

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The operating principle of the plug Window frames The F-S is suitable for push-through
prevents the frame from being pulled Door frames installation.
against the substrate, and ensures a By tightening the screw, the glass--
stress-free and long-lasting xing of bre-reinforced plastic cone is drawn
the frame. into the sleeve, whereby it is expanded
The special plug geometry anchors and wedged inside the drill hole. The
the metal and plastic proles against window frames are thus xed in a
compressive and tensile loads, and stress-free manner.
allows for a secure hold of the window The maximum installation torque is
frame. 3Nm for F8S and 6Nm for F10S.
The cover caps (available separately)
can be used to discreetly cover the
screw heads.

322
Window frame xing F-S

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

F-S - with zinc-plated countersunk screw and


cross drive PZ3

Drill hole diameter Eect. anchorage Anchor length Max. xture Min. drill hole Max. installation Sales unit
depth thickness depth for through torque
xings
do hef l t x h2 Tinst
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [pcs]
F 8 S 100 088635 8 40 100 50 115 3 50
F 8 S 120 088636 8 40 120 70 135 3 50
F 8 S 140 088637 8 40 140 90 155 3 50
F 10 S 75 088625 10 50 75 15 90 6 50
F 10 S 100 088626 10 50 100 40 115 6 50
F 10 S 120 088627 10 50 120 60 135 6 50
F 10 S 140 088628 10 50 140 80 155 6 50
F 10 S 165 088629 10 50 165 105 180 6 50

ACCESSORIES

Cover caps for F-S - with countersunk screw and cross drive PZ3

Diameter Colour Sales unit


D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
ADF 12W white 060275 12 white 100

LOADS
Window frame xing F-S
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications.
Type F8S F 10 S

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)


Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,78 1,48
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,90 1,25
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,90 1,25
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete V2 [kN] 0,25 -
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 6 [kN] 0,25 -
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

323
Metal frame xing F-M

The xing for stress-free installation of window and door


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

frames with high re resistance

Fire protection doors

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The F-M metal frame plug achieves Window frames The F-M is suitable for push-through
re resistance F120. This allows for Door frames installation.
use in areas where re resistance is By tightening the screw, the cone is
relevant. drawn into the sleeve and the xing is
The operating principle prevents the expanded which wedges it inside the
window frame from being pulled drill hole. The window frames are thus
against the substrate, and ensures a xed in a stress-free manner.
stress-free and long-lasting xing of The maximum installation torque is
the frame. 5Nm.
The special plug geometry anchors
the metal and plastic proles against
compressive and tensile loads, and
allows for a secure hold of the window
frame.
The cover caps (available separately)
can be used to discreetly cover the
screw heads.

324
Metal frame xing F-M

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA
F 8 M - with countersunk screw and cross
drive PZ2

F 10 M - with countersunk screw and cross


drive PZ3

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Eect. anchorage Anchor length Max. xture Drive Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness
xings
do h2 hef l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
F 8 M 72 088660 2) 8 90 30 72 42 PZ2 100
F 8 M 92 088662 2) 8 110 30 92 62 PZ2 100
F 8 M 112 088664 2) 8 130 30 112 82 PZ2 100
F 8 M 132 088666 2) 8 150 30 132 102 PZ2 100
F 10 M 72 088670 1) 10 90 30 72 42 PZ3 100
F 10 M 92 088672 1) 10 110 30 92 62 PZ3 100
F 10 M 112 088674 1) 10 130 30 112 82 PZ3 100
F 10 M 132 088676 1) 10 150 30 132 102 PZ3 100
F 10 M 152 088678 1) 10 170 30 152 122 PZ3 100
F 10 M 182 088680 1) 10 200 30 182 152 PZ3 50
F 10 M 202 061064 1) 10 220 30 202 172 PZ3 50
1) Screw head 13 mm
2) Screw head 10 mm

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap ADM 10

Colour Cap height Cap Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [ mm] [pcs]


ADM 10 W wei 088688 white 4 16,5 F 10 M 100
ASM 10 W wei 060320 white 3 15 F 10 M 100

LOADS
Metal frame xing F-M
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications.
Type F8M F 10 M

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)


Concrete C20/25 [kN] 1,14 1,36
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,33 0,47
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,72 0,74
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 6 [kN] 0,30 0,50
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

325
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS

The economical special screw for window installation

Window frames

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


No additional plugs are required for Window frames Note the drill hole and screw-in depths
screw installation, thus allowing work Door frames for the dierent building materials
to progress quickly and economically. Squared timbers listed in the table.
The small drill bit diameter of 6mm In order to avoid the screw twisting
allows for ecient work, including in during installation in concrete, the
the case of series installation. maximum anchorage depths stipu-
The continuous thread prevents the lated must be adhered to.
window frame from being pulled Cylinder head screws are recom-
against the substrate, and ensures a mended for recessed installation in
stress-free and long-lasting xing of wooden proles.
the frame. Flat head screws are recommended
The optimised special thread reduces for installation in plastic and alumin-
the amount of force required for ium proles.
screwing in the screws, meaning that
the installation process can be com-
pleted without the use of too much
force.

326
Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

d0

Frame xing screw FFSZ h ef


- with cylinder head lS
td

Drill hole diameter Screw length Drive Head Sales unit


do ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [ mm] [pcs]
FFSZ 7,5 x 52 T25 092695 6 52 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 62 T25 092697 6 62 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 72 T25 092698 6 72 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 82 T25 092699 6 82 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 92 T25 092700 6 92 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 102 T25 092701 6 102 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 112 T25 092702 6 112 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 122 T25 092703 6 122 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 132 T25 092704 6 132 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 152 T25 092705 6 152 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 182 T25 092706 6 182 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 202 T25 092708 6 202 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 212 T25 092709 6 212 T25 7,5 100

TECHNICAL DATA

Frame xing screw FFS - with at head

Drill hole diameter Screw length Drive Head Sales unit


do ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [ mm] [pcs]
FFS 7,5 x 42 062379 6 42 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 52 062395 6 52 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 62 062396 6 62 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 72 061550 6 72 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 82 068955 6 82 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 92 061551 6 92 T30 11,5 100

327
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS

TECHNICAL DATA

Frame xing screw FFS - with at head

Drill hole diameter Screw length Drive Head Sales unit


do ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [ mm] [pcs]
FFS 7,5 x 102 068956 6 102 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 112 061552 6 112 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 122 068957 6 122 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 132 061553 6 132 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 152 061554 6 152 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 182 061555 6 182 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 202 068958 6 202 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 212 061556 6 212 T30 11,5 100

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap FFS A

Cap Cap height Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [pcs]


FFS A-BR dark brown 061561 15 4 FFS-flat head 100
FFS A-W white 061560 15 4 FFS-flat head 100

LOADS
Frame xing screw FFSZ and FFS
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Type Eective Recommended Recommended Min. spacing Min. edge distance
anchorage depth tensile load shear load
hef Nrec Vrec smin cmin
[mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FFS 7,5 20 0,9 0,4 60 30
FFSZ 7,5 20 0,9 0,4 60 30
FFS 7,5 40 1,9 0,6 120 30
FFSZ 7,5 40 1,9 0,6 120 30
1)
Required safety factors are considered.

328
Wall tie VB

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


The stainless steel A4 joint for two-shell masonry

Facing masonry

BUILDING MATERIALS
All concrete and masonry materials
in conjunction with the appropriate
frame xing.

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The VB securely connects the facing Two-shell external walls (facings) The VB must be used with plugs for
masonry with the load-bearing layer. Closers and economy facings anchoring in load-bearing walls.
The high quality A4 stainless steel The frame xings SXS10, SXR10
connecting wire guarantees a and FUR10 have technical approvals
long-lasting xing. for the anchoring of wall ties in con-
The VB is exible and can be mounted crete, building bricks and perforated
on any point of the external wall. sand-lime brick.
Where the distance between masonry
shells is up to 12cm, 5wire anchors
are to be used per square metre, and
where the distance is up to 15cm,
7wire anchors. An additional 3wall
ties per metre are to be used along all
free edges of the outside shells.
5wall ties per square metre are to be
used for mortared closers and econ-
omy facings.

TECHNICAL DATA

Cladding tie VB

Contents Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
VB 050495 1) 1 wire anchor, A4 stainless steel, 1 stainless steel washer A4, 1 drip ring 50
1) Wire: angled 265 mm, other lengths on request.

329
Adjustable xing S10J

The xing for innite adjustment of timber constructions in all


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

standard solid building materials

Stand-o installations

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Wood
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The combination of adjustment plug Substructures made of wooden bat- The S10J is suitable for push-through
and spacing screw allows for universal tens of 20-25mm thickness. installation.
usage in wooden and solid building Once the screw has been screwed in,
materials. the xture distance can be innitely
The special operating principle of the adjusted by modifying the rotation
adjustable xing S10J and the spac- direction.
ing screw allows for innite adjust- For the xing of wood on wood, e.g.
ment. This saves on the use of wedges in the roof truss, only use adjustment
and blocks when xing the xture. screw JS.

330
Adjustable xing S10J

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

Adjustable xing S 10 J 75 S

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Eect. anchorage Anchor length Max. timber Max. adjustment Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness travel
xings
do h2 hef l da x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
S 10 J 75 S 080710 10 115 50 75 25 30 50

TECHNICAL DATA

Adjustable screw JS

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Eect. anchorage Max. timber thick- Max. adjustment Sales unit
for through xings depth ness travel
do h2 hef da x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
JS 6 x 110 080700 5 50 - 110 30 25 55 50

331
Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS

The adjustable screw for fast and innitely adjustable


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

installation of timber constructions

Stand-o installations Stand-o installations

BUILDING MATERIALS
Wood and wooden materials or
wooden panels

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The special operating principle of Substructures made of wooden bat- The JUSS is suitable for push-through
the adjustable screw JUSS allows for tens of 20-25mm thickness. installation.
innite adjustment. This saves on the Once the screw has been screwed in,
use of wedges and blocks when xing the parallel thread below the screw
the xture. head causes the xture to initially pull
The self-drilling thread of the adjust- against the substrate. The xture dis-
able screw JUSS cuts directly into tance can then be innitely adjusted
the wood. As such, no pre-drilling is by modifying the rotation direction.
required.

TECHNICAL DATA

Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS

Eect. anchorage Max. distance Screw Max. timber thick- Drive Sales unit
depth ness
hef a ds x ls da
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
JUSS 6 x 60 059040 30 30 6 x 60 20 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 70 059041 30 40 6 x 70 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 80 059042 30 50 6 x 80 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 90 059043 30 60 6 x 90 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 100 059044 30 70 6 x 100 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 110 059045 30 80 6 x 110 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 120 059046 30 90 6 x 120 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 145 059047 30 115 6 x 145 25 T25 100

332
Spacing screw ASL

The spacing screw for exible positioning and alignment of

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


wooden xtures

Stand-o installations Stand-o installations

BUILDING MATERIALS
Without plug: suitable for wooden
materials and wooden panels
With SX or UX plugs: all concrete and
masonry materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The coordinated threads with the Window frames The ASL is suitable for push-through
same pitch allow for the pin-point posi- Door frames installation.
tioning and alignment of the xture, Squared timbers Pre-drill the xture at the desired
which can even be mounted at an Claddings angle in order to achieve the correct
angle to the screw. This allows for an Substructures made of wood positioning and alignment.
exact and exible xing. When screwing in the screw, the
During the installation, the xture is external thread cuts into the pre-drilled
not pulled onto the substrate, instead xture, and xes it into the stipulated
it is brought directly to the desired position.
distance and position. This allows for a The angled position of the screws
simple and exact installation. (15 - 30) allows high shear loads to
When combined with SX8 and UX8 be supported.
plugs, it can be used in almost all
wall materials, guaranteeing a secure
xing.

333
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Spacing screw ASL

TECHNICAL DATA

Spacing screw ASL

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Max. distance Screw Drive Sales unit
do h1 a ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
ASL 6 x 80 059061 8 55 35 6 x 80 T25 100
ASL 6 x 100 059062 8 55 55 6 x 100 T25 100
ASL 6 x 120 059063 8 55 75 6 x 120 T25 100
ASL 6 x 150 059064 8 55 105 6 x 150 T25 50

334
Stand-o installation Thermax 8 / 10

The thermally separated stand-o installation in external

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS)

External lighting Signs and down pipes

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Building brick
Aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The stand-o installation allows for the For the thermally separated xing of: The Thermax 8 and 10 systems are
xture to be adjusted to the exact posi- Signs suitable for pre-positioned installation.
tion required, whereby pressure marks Lighting The self-tapping, glass-bre-reinforced
and damage to the ETICS are avoided. Letter boxes cone cuts its own way through the
Combining Thermax 8 and 10 with Motion detectors plaster into the insulation during
the universal plug UX provides a Downpipes installation.
secure anchoring in the substrate. Lightning rods The anti-cold cone uses a thermal
The plastic cone creates a thermal Blind guide rails barrier to minimise heat losses.
barrier between the xture and the Installation without any special tools.
inner xture, and oers an energy-opti- The extensive range features t-
mised xing. ting options with metric screws
The glass-bre-reinforced plastic cone (M6/8/10), sheet screws (6.3 mm),
cuts its own way through the ETICS chipboard screws (6.0 mm) or chip-
with a positive t, and allows for a board screws (4.5 - 5.5 mm) when
simple and fast installation without the using an SX 5 expansion plug.
need for any special tools.

335
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Stand-o installation Thermax 8 / 10

TECHNICAL DATA

Thermax 8 and 10

Drill hole Drill hole Usable length Anchorage Cover cap- Width across Chipboard / metric / Sales unit
diameter depth depth nut sheet metal screw
do h0 tx hef SW
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Thermax 8/60 M6 045685 1) 2) 10 120 45 - 60 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/80 M6 045686 1) 2) 10 140 60 - 80 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/100 M6 045687 1) 2) 10 160 80 - 100 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/120 M6 045688 1) 2) 10 180 100 - 120 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/140 M6 045689 1) 2) 10 200 120 - 140 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/160 M6 045690 1) 2) 10 220 140 - 160 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/180 M6 045691 1) 2) 10 240 160 - 180 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/100 M6 045692 1) 2) 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/120 M6 045693 1) 2) 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/140 M6 045694 1) 2) 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/160 M6 045695 1) 2) 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/180 M6 045696 1) 2) 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/200 M6 512605 2) 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/220 M6 514250 2) 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/240 M6 514251 2) 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/100 M8 045697 2) 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/120 M8 045698 2) 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax10/140 M8 045699 2) 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/160 M8 045700 2) 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/180 M8 514252 2) 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/200 M8 514253 2) 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/220 M8 514254 2) 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/240 M8 514255 2) 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/100 M10 045702 2) 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/120 M10 045703 2) 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/140 M10 045704 2) 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/160 M10 045705 2) 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/180 M10 514256 2) 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/200 M10 514257 2) 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/220 M10 514258 2) 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/240 M10 514259 2) 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 M10 20
1) including SX 5
2) Min. depth of engagement ls = 22mm + thickness of mounting member e

336
Stand-o installation Thermax 8 / 10

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


LOADS
Stand-o installation Thermax 8 and 10
Highest recommended tensile loads1) for a single anchor.
Type UX10/Thermax 8 UX12/Thermax 10

Recommended tensile loads in the respective base material Nrec2)


Concrete 3) 4) C20/25 [kN] 1,00 1,00
Solid brick 3) 4) Mz 12 [kN] 0,50 0,70
Perforated sand-lime brick 3) 4) KSL 12 [kN] 0,60 0,80
Vertically perforated brick 4) Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30
Aerated concrete 3) 4) P4 [kN] 0,40 0,60
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 3)
The given recommended tensile loads apply for fastenings with metric screws. When using
2)
The UX-plug must be installed in the base material with full anchorage depth. The drilling method chipboard screws with diameter 6,0 mm they have to be reduced to 0,35 kN.
is to be adapted to the building material used. As different joint qualities are possible, the given 4)
The given recommended tensile loads apply for fastenings with metric screws. When using a
values only apply for installation in the brick. SX5-plug chipboard screws with diameter 4,5 - 5,5 mm they have to be reduced to 0,1 kN.

LOADS
Stand-o installation Thermax 8 and 10
Highest recommended shear loads1) for a single anchor.
Type UX10/Thermax 8 UX12/Thermax 10

Recommended shear loads Vrec1)


External Thermal Insulation Composite System2) 180 mm [kN] 0,15 0,20
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Values are valid for an EWI made from PS- respectively PU-rigid foam panels.

337
Stand-o installation Thermax 12/16

The approved stand-o installation with thermal barrier in


Frame xings / Stand-o installation

external thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS)

Awnings Satellite dishes and air conditioning units

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Concrete, cracked and non-cracked
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid brick
Also suitable for:
Aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


When combined with the injection For the thermally separated xing of: The Thermax 12 and 16 systems are
mortars FISV and FISEM, the stand- Awnings suitable for pre-positioned installation.
o installation is approved for high Canopies The self-tapping, glass-bre-reinforced
loads in a range of materials. This French balcony railings cone cuts its own way through the
allows for a secure xing. Brackets plaster into the insulation during
Usage lengths of 60 to 295mm can Air conditioning units installation.
be covered with just one Thermax. Satellite dishes The anti-cold cone uses a thermal
The plastic cone creates a thermal barrier to minimise heat losses.
barrier between the xture and the In the case of resistant plaster (e.g.
inner xture, and oers an energy-opti- thick cement plaster), it is recom-
mised xing. mended that the Thermax cutting
The glass-bre-reinforced plastic cone blade included is used for grinding out
cuts its own way through the ETICS the plaster.
with a positive t, and allows for a The sealing of the annular gap with
simple, fast and adjustable installation the adhesive and sealant KD seals the
without the need for any special tools. faade at plaster level.

FOR USE WITH

FIS SB mortar FIS V mortar FIS VT mortar


see page 82 see page 130 see page 137
338
Stand-o installation Thermax 12/16

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Thermax 12/110 M12

Thermax 16/170 M12

zinc-plated stainless Contents Sales unit


Approval

steel steel

Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [pcs]


Item gvz A4
20 M12 threaded rods, 20 anti-cold cones, 20 M12 A4 setscrews,
Thermax 12/110 M12 051291 20 A4 washers, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 5 bit, 20
5 cutting blades, 5 user manuals
10 M12-A4 threaded rods, 10 anti-cold cones, 10 M12-A4 setscrews,
Thermax 12/110 M12 051537 10 A4 washers, 10 A4 nuts, 10 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 3 bit, 10
3 cutting blades, 3 user manual
2 M12 threaded rods, 2 anti-cold cones, 2 M12 A4 setscrews, 2 A4 washers,
Thermax 12/110 M12 B 051290 1
2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 130 , 1 bit, 1 cutting blade, 1 user manual
20 M16 threaded rods, 20 anti-cold cones, 20 M12 A4 setscrews,
Thermax 16/170 M12 051293 20 A4 washers, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 5 bit, 20
5 cutting blades, 5 applicator tip extension hoses, 5 user manuals
10 M16 A4 threaded rods, 10 anti-cold cones, 10 M12-A4 setscrews,
Thermax 16/170 M12 051543 10 A4 washers, 10 A4 nuts, 10 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 3 bit, 10
3 cutting blades, 3 applicator tip extension hoses, 3 user manual
2 M16 threaded rods, 2 anti-cold cones, 2 M12 A4 setscrews, 2 A4 washers,
Thermax 16/170 M12 B 051292 2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 1 cutting blade, 1
1 applicator tip extension hose, 1 user manual

339
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Stand-o installation Thermax 12/16

INSTALLATION DATA
td
hef tfix
ttol tWDVS
ETICS

Tinst
d0

Example for simple fixing Example for multiple fixing

Type Threaded Building Max. xture Clamped Min. ancho- Nominal drill Drill hole depth Perforated Required Installation
rod material thickness thickness rage depth hole diameter sleeve resin quantity torque
tx e hef do td Tinst
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Scale unit] [Nm]
Concrete/
70 14 tfix + 70 mm - 5
Thermax Solid brick
M12 60 - 1101) < 162) 20
M12/110 M12 (...) Perforated
130 20 tfix + 130 mm + 5 mm 20 x 130 26
brick
Concrete/
80 18 tfix + 80 mm - 7
Thermax Solid brick
M16 60 - 1701) < 162) 20
M16/170 M12 (...) Perforated
200 20 tfix + 200 mm + 5 mm 20 x200 40
brick
1) further usable lengths see approval
2) according to the approval the usable length up to 200 mm is possible

TECHNICAL DATA

Superbond mortar Injection mortar


FIS SB 390 S FIS VT 380 C

Injection mortar All-round adhesive gluing and


FIS V 360 S sealing KD-290

Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]


FIS SB 390 S 518830 D 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S 041834 D 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 6
FIS VT 380 C 094401 D, F, NL, DK, S, TR 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS easy mixer 12
KD-290 white (D) 059389 D 1 cartridge 290 ml 12
KD-290 white (GB) 046915 GB 1 cartridge 290 ml 12

ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Cleaning brush BS for concrete

Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BS 14 078180 16 14 1
BS 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1

340
Stand-o installation Thermax 12/16

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING

Brush set for masonry Blow-out pump ABG

Suitable for drill diameter Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Brush set 14/20 mm 048980 8 - 16 1
Brush set 20/30 mm 048981 16 - 30 1
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 1

DISPENSER

Dispenser FIS DM S

Adapted for Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VT 360 S and 1-K-cartridges

ACCESSORIES

Cone drill PBB Centring sleeve PBZ

Match Sales unit


Approval

Item Art.-No. DIBt [pcs]


Cone drill PBB 090634 M8 - M12; FIS E 1
Centring sleeve PBZ 090671 M8 - M12; FIS E 10

341
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Stand-o installation Thermax 12/16

LOADS
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 and 16
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for one Thermax5) in concrete and solid brick masonry8) for xing in groups2). For the design the complete
approval Z-21.8-1837 as well as the approval of the used mortar has to be considered.
Concrete and solid brick masonry
Typ Compres- Brick type, Min. Max. in- Permis- Permissible shear load for Min. Min.
sive brick naming eective stallation sible spacing3) edge
t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x =
strength acc. DIN7) anchorage torque tensile distance
62mm5) 100mm5) 120mm5) 140mm5) 160mm5) 180mm5) 200mm5) 250mm5) 300mm5)
depth load 12)

Tinst, smin
fb [-] hef, min Nperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) c (a )
max
9)
(amin) min r
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Non-cracked11) and cracked concrete14)
Thermax 12 25 C20/25 70 (72)10) 20,0 3,404) 0,88 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 55 55
Thermax 16 25 C20/25 80 (96)10) 20,0 3,404) 1,51 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 65 65
Solid brick Mz
Thermax 12 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 0,88 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 60
Thermax 16 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 1,51 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 60
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
Thermax 12 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 0,88 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 60
Thermax 16 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 1,51 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 60
1)
Required safety factors are considered. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
2)
For single fixation see approval. 7)
For further conditions see approval.
3)
Minimum spacing while reducing the permissible load. For combinations of tensile loads, shear 8)
Masonry with satisfactory surcharge and no edge influence.
loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see 9)
Fixing screw M12.
approval. 10)
Values in brackets are valid for FIS PM with Powersleeve.
4)
Corresponding to the permissible tension load of the Thermax cone. 11)
The usage of FIS V is only approved for non-cracked concrete.
5)
The permissible loads refer to the Thermax with galv. threaded rod without anchor sleeve. When 12)
Only valid for masonry with satisfactory surcharge or proof against tilting. Not valid for shear
the displacement under short term load (e.g. wind load) is limited to 1mm the closing of the loads towards the free edge.
annular gap with fischer all-round sealing KD is sufficient. For measures for displacements larger 13)
No reduction of the permissible load necessary.
than 1mm see approval, chapter 3.2.4. 14)
The usage of FIS EM and FIS PM with Powersleeve is approved in cracked and non-cracked
6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate concrete.

342
Stand-o installation Thermax 12/16

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


LOADS
Stand-o installation Thermax 12 and 16
Highest permissible loads1) 6) 11) for one Thermax5) in hollow brick masonry8) for xing in groups2). For the design the complete approval
Z-21.8-1837 as well as the approval of the used mortar has to be considered.
Perforated brick masonry
Type Compres- Brick type, Min. Max. Permis- Permissible shear load for Min. Min.
sive brick naming eective installati- sible spacing3) edge
t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x = t x =
strength acc. DIN7) anchorage on torque tensile dis-
62mm5) 100mm5) 120mm5) 140mm5) 160mm5) 180mm5) 200mm5) 250mm5) 300mm5)
depth load tance12)
Tinst, s
fb [-] hef,min10) Nperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) min cmin (ar)
max
9)
(amin)
[N/mm] [-] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
Thermax 12 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 50
Thermax 16 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 50
Thermax 12 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 50
Thermax 16 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 50
Thermax 12 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 0,88 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 50
Thermax 16 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 1,0 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 50
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
Thermax 12 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 50
Thermax 16 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 50
Thermax 12 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 50
Thermax 16 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 50
Thermax 12 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 0,88 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 50 50
Thermax 16 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 1,40 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 50 50
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
Thermax 12 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,50 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 20013) 50
Thermax 16 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 20013) 50
Thermax 12 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 20013) 50
Thermax 16 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 20013) 50
Hollow block of normal concrete Hbn
Thermax 12 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 - - 20013) 50
Thermax 16 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 0,14 0,08 20013) 50
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid masonry for temperatures in the substrate
2)
For single fixation see approval. up to +50C (resp. short term up to 80C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
Minimum spacing while reducing the permissible load. For combinations of tensile loads, shear 7)
For further conditions see approval.
loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see 8)
Masonry with satisfactory surcharge and no edge influence.
approval. 9)
Fixing screw M12.
4)
Values are valid for rotary drilling (without hammer action). KSL must have a thickness of the 10)
The minimum effective anchorage applies to anchor sleeve FIS H 20x85 K
outer web of min. 30mm (old bricks). 11)
Values are valid for FIS V, Zul.-Nr. Z-21.3-1824.
5)
The permissible loads refer to the Thermax with galv. threaded rod. When the displacement under 12)
Only valid for masonry with satisfactory surcharge or proof against tilting. Not valid for shear
short term load (e.g. wind load) is limited to 1mm the closing of the annular gap with fischer loads towards the free edge.
all-round sealing KD is sufficient. For measures for displacements larger than 1mm see approval, 13)
No reduction of the permissible load necessary.
chapter 3.2.4.

343
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M

The quick faade repair for two-leaf cavity walls

Facing masonry

VERSIONS APPROVALS
zinc-plated steel
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Facing masonry with and without an
air layer


ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The approved xing in stone and in VBS-M is especially suitable for The remedial wall tie VBS-M is set in
joints from at least 50 mm facing applications where external thermal the load-bearing layer and into facing
masonry provides a high degree of insulation composite systems (ETICS) masonry using push-through installa-
exibility and security. are installed past to the faade repair. tion.
Use in joints and with a low anchor- Retrospective repairs of two-leaf cavity In accordance with the approval, no
age depth of just 50 mm allows for a walls in line with DIN 1053-1 and EN drill hole cleaning is required.
quick and economical installation. 845/846 as well as economy facings The two expansion zones in the
The small anchor rim and screw head with DIN 18515. load-bearing layer and in the facing
allow for a surface-ush or deep-set masonry ensure a secure xation.
installation. The plug doesnt x into the facing
The drill hole can be retrospectively masonry until the head grips into the
sealed so that it is no longer visible in load-bearing layer. This ensures the
the faade. very best installation safety.
A drip coil prevents condensate
running into the load-bearing layer,
thus preventing frost and corrosive
damage.

344
Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


TECHNICAL DATA

Remedial wall tie VBS-M

zinc-plated stainless Max. shell Max. shell Facing mason- Drill diameter Drill hole depth Eect. ancho- Anchor length Sales unit
steel steel distance at distance at ry + cavity rage depth
115 mm facing 115 mm facing
masonry, ush masonry,
installation 20 mm sunk
installation
tx d0 h0 hef l
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
VBS-M 8 x 120 514243 514236 20* 70 8 140 >50 120 100
VBS-M 8 x 185 514244 514237 20 40 135 8 205 >50 185 100
VBS-M 8 x 205 514245 514238 40 60 155 8 225 >50 205 100
VBS-M 8 x 225 514246 514239 60 80 175 8 245 >50 225 100
VBS-M 8 x 245 514247 514240 80 100 195 8 265 >50 245 100
VBS-M 8 x 265 514248 514241 100 120 215 8 285 >50 265 100
VBS-M 8 x 285 514249 514242 120 140 235 8 305 >50 285 100
* Max. 20 mm mortar layer in the case of 50 mm thick economy facing.
The drill hole depth is to be adapted accordingly in the case of sunk installation of the anchor.

ACCESSORIES / DRILLS
SDS Plus IV 8/100/400 Masonry drill bit 8/100/400
SDS Plus II Pointer 8/400/460
Description Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
SDS PLUS IV 8/100/400 517689 fischer Quattric drill bit with SDS fixture and short flute for drilling in concrete 1
fischer masonry drill bit with SDS fixture and short flute, ground sharp, for rotary drilling in
Masonry drill bit 8/100/400 517690 1
perforated brick and in the bed joint
SDS Plus II 8/400/460 503936 fischer hammer drill bit for drilling in concrete and in the facing brick 1

ACCESSORIES / BITS

FPB TX 25/5 long Star recess TX

Description Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
fischer Profi-Bit long, which can be extended to 50 mm bit, allows for deep setting in stone and in
FPB TX 25/5 long 517693 5
the bed joint
FPB TX 25/10 507728 fischer Profi-Bit 10

345
Frame xings / Stand-o installation Remedial wall tie VBS 8

The professional faade repair for two-leaf cavity walls

Repairing outer leafs Detail: Repairing outer leafs

VERSION APPROVALS
stainless steel

BUILDING MATERIALS
Facing masonry with and without an
air layer

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The expansion-force-free xing pre- Post-installation needling of two-leaf The remedial wall tie VBS8 comprises
vents splitting and cracks. This means cavity walls in line with DIN1053-1 a perforated plastic sleeve and a pro-
that VBS8 can be used even in old led A4stainless steel tie 4mm.
and sensitive masonry. VBS8 is used together with the injec-
The drill bit diameter of just8 mm tion mortar FISV.
means that a minimal amount of mor- The anchor is inserted in the bed joint
tar is required for each xing point. of the outer leaf using push-through
Thus VBS8 is particularly economical. installation.
The installation is approved anywhere
along the entire bed joint, thus ensur-
ing a high level of installation safety.
The grey colour of the injection mortar
is similar to the colour of the bed joint.
This means that the xing is almost
invisible to the eye.

FOR USE WITH

FIS V mortar
see page 130
346
Remedial wall tie VBS 8

Frame xings / Stand-o installation


INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA

Remedial wall tie VBS

stainless steel Cavity or Drill hole Outer leaf Depth = embe- Fixing length Anchorage Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval

insulation diameter dment depth depth FIS V bearing


wall
do h0 = hs l hef
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item A4
VBS 8/20 078763 1) 2) 0 - 20 8 90 195 188 >60 4 100
VBS 8/50 078799 1) 2) 20 - 50 8 90 225 218 >60 4 100
VBS 8/80 078800 1) 2) 50 - 80 8 90 255 248 >60 4 100
VBS 8/120 078801 1) 2) 80 - 120 8 90 295 288 >60 6 100
VBS 8/150 078802 1) 2) 120 - 150 8 90 325 318 >60 6 100
1) Product consisting of perforated plastic sleeve, profiled wire A4 and injection nozzle.
2) For the closing of the curtain walling about 2-3 additional scale units of mortar FISV are required.

ACCESSORIES

Compressed-air cleaning tool Hammer drill SDS-Plus Pointer, DIN 8039


Technical details Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


VBS 8 cleaning set 090241 content: cleaning brush and extension tube for blow-out pump 1
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286 for professional cleaning of the drill hole 1
SDS-Plus Pointer 8,0 / 460 mm 074330 Hammer drill with self-centring drill bit and relief-ground drill grooving 1

347
348
General xings
General xings
General xings

Universal plug UX ......................................................................................................... 351


Expansion plug SX ....................................................................................................... 356
Expansion plug S .......................................................................................................... 359
Metal expansion anchor FMD.................................................................................. 362
Expansion plug M-S ..................................................................................................... 364
Anchor M ......................................................................................................................... 366
Brass xing MS .............................................................................................................. 368
Aircrete anchor GB ....................................................................................................... 370
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K ..................................................................................... 372
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M .................................................................................... 374
Brass xing PA 4 ........................................................................................................... 376
Balcony cladding xing P9K..................................................................................... 378
Stair-tread xing TB / TBB......................................................................................... 380
Repair pad FIX.it ............................................................................................................ 381
Doorstop TS .................................................................................................................... 382

349
General xings

Range of general xings


Expansion- and universal
Plugs for metric screws
plugs

Universal plug UX Expansion plug M-S


The nylon plug for all building materials The expansion plug for metric screws
and threaded bolts
Page 351 Page 364

Expansion plug SX Anchor M


The powerful nylon plug The powerful nylon expansion anchor
with 4-way expansion with brass cone for metric threads
Page 356 Page 366

Brass xing MS
Expansion plug S
The brass expansion xing
The installation-friendly nylon plug
with metric thread
with 2-way expansion
Page 359 Page 368

Metal expansion anchor FMD


The metal anchor for wood
and chipboard screws
Page 362 Special applications

Brass xing PA 4
The brass xing
for thin board building materials
Plugs for aerated concrete
Page 376
Balcony cladding xing P9K
For the rear-ventilated stand-o fastening
Aircrete anchor GB
of balcony cladding to hollow proles
Approved safety in aerated concrete
Page 378
Page 370
Stair-tread xing TB / TBB
To x wooden step treads in
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K
concrete and steel sub-structures
The versatile plastic anchor
for aerated concrete Page 380
Page 372
Doorstop TS
The installation-friendly doorstop
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M
The metal anchor for metric screws Page 382
for aerated concrete
Page 374 Repair pad FIX.it
To remedy over-sized or damaged drill holes

Page 381

350
Universal plug UX

General xings
The nylon plug for all building materials

Mirror xings Sanitary installations

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
breboards
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Cavity oor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone
Aerated concrete
Chipboard
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The universal operating principle Pictures The UX with rim is suitable for pre-
(knotting or expanding) allows for use Lighting positioned installation; the UX without
in all solid, hollow and board building Skirting rim is suitable for push-through instal-
materials. Thus the UX is the correct Light cabinets lation.
choice for unknown base materials. Towel rails Turning in the screw causes the UX to
The UXs angled connection ridges Mirror cabinets expand in the solid building material
allow for optimum screw guidance. Curtain rails and to knot within the cavity.
Serrated anti-rotation locks prevent Wash basin xings The required screw length is given by
rotation in the drill hole. This guaran- TV consoles the plug length + xture thickness +
tees the greatest possible installation Plumbing and heating xings 1x screw diameter.
safety. Suitable for wood and chipboard
Fixing sets with screws, eye screws screws, as well as stud screws.
and hooks provide the right solution In the case of board building materials,
for all applications. the threadless part of the screw must
not be longer than the xture, and the
UX with rim is to be used.
The edge distance must be at least
one plug length.

351
General xings Universal plug UX

TECHNICAL DATA

UX - without rim

UX R - with rim

UX R S - with rim and screw

without rim with rim with rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Wood and chip- Max. xture Sales unit
screw diameter depth thickness board screws thickness
do h1 dp l ds / ds x ls t x
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item UX UX R UX R S
UX 5 x 30 094721 094722 5 40 9,5 30 3-4 100
UX 6 x 35 062754 062756 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 100
UX 6 x 35 094758 6 60 9,5 35 4,5 x 60 20 25
UX 6 x 50 072094 072095 6 60 9,5 50 4-5 100
UX 6 x 50 094759 6 75 9,5 50 4,5 x 75 20 25
UX 8 x 40 505483 8 50 9,5 40 4,5 - 6 100
UX 8 x 50 077869 077870 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 100
UX 8 x 50 094762 8 70 9,5 50 5 x 70 15 25
UX 8 x 50 094760 8 80 9,5 50 5 x 80 25 25
UX 10 x 60 077871 077872 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 50
UX 10 x 60 094761 1) 10 85 12,5 60 6 x 85 20 10
UX 12 x 70 062758 12 85 70 8 - 10 25
UX 14 x 75 062757 14 95 75 10 - 12 20
1) with screw

352
Universal plug UX

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

UX RH - with rim and round hook UX WH - with rim and angle hook

UX RH N - with rim and round hook (white UX WH N - with rim and angle hook (white UX OH N - with rim and eyebolt (white
coated) coated) coated)

with rim and with round with rim and with angle with eyebolt Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Screw dimen- Sales unit
round hook hook (white angle hook hook (white (white diameter depth thickness sion
coated) coated) coated) do h1 dp l ds x ls
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [ mm] [pcs]
Item RH RH N WH WH N OH N
UX 6 x 35 094407 6 45 9,5 35 4,5 x 67 25
UX 6 x 35 094408 6 45 9,5 35 4,5 x 51 25
UX 8 x 50 094409 094412 094414 8 60 9,5 50 5,5 x 87 25
UX 8 x 50 094410 094413 8 60 9,5 50 5,5 x 70 25

TECHNICAL DATA

UX in bucket

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Min. panel thickness Fixing length Wood and chipboard Sales unit
screws
do h1 dp l ds / ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
UX 6 x 35 R in bucket 508027 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 2500
UX 8 x 50 R in bucket 508028 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 1000
UX 10 x 60 R in bucket 508029 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 600

353
General xings Universal plug UX

TECHNICAL DATA

Assortment box UX / SX Box UX / SX-S Meister-Box


Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


Box UX 6/8/10 093182 100 plugs UX 6 x 35, 70 plugs UX 8 x 50, 20 plugs UX 10 x 60 1
Box UX-R 6/8/10 093819 100 plugs UX 6 x 35 R, 70 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 20 plugs UX 10 x 60 R 1
50 plugs UX 6 x 35, 50 screws 4,5 x 50, 50 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 screws 4,5 x 45, 2
Box UX / SX-S 093181 1
5 plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 screws 5 x 65, 25 plugs SX 8 x 40, 25 screws 5 x 50
60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 plugs SX 8 x 40, 20 plugs SX 10 x 50, 60 plugs UX 5 x 30 R,
Assortment box UX / SX 040991 1
40 plugs UX 6 x 50 R, 50 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 plugs UX 10 x 60 R
International version:
Profi-Box UX 50 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35 R, 25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50 R,
518526 1
+ screws + hooks 20 Chipboard screws 4,5 x 60, 15 Chipboard screws 5 x 70,
4 Angle hooks 5,5, x 70, 4 Round hooks 5,5 x 80
International version:
Profi-Box UX / UX-R 518527 25 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35, 25 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35 R, 25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50, 1
25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 Universal plugs UX 10 x 60
German version:
Meister-Box UX 50 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35 R, 25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50 R,
513894 1
+ screws + hooks 20 Chipboard screws 4,5 x 60, 15 Chipboard screws 5 x 70,
4 Angle hooks 5,5, x 70, 4 Round hooks 5,5 x 80
German version:
Meister-Box UX / UX-R 513893 25 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35, 25 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35 R, 25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50, 1
25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 Universal plugs UX 10 x 60

354
Universal plug UX

General xings
LOADS
Universal plug UX
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specied diameter.
Type UX5 UX6 UX6 x 50 UX8 UX10 UX12 UX14

Screw diameter [mm] 4 5 5 6 8 10 12


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,60 0,60 1,00 1,50 1,80
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,30 0,50 0,70 0,80
Hollow sand lime stone KSL 12 [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,40 0,50 0,60 0,80 0,80
Vertically perforated brick Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40 0,60 0,70
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 - -
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm [kN] 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 - -
Gypsum fibreboard (Fermacell) [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 - -
Plaster wall 0,9 kg/dm [kN] - - - 0,15 0,35 0,45 0,50
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

LOADS
Universal plug UX with hook screws respective eye screws
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for the included hook screws respective eye screws.
Type UX6 RH UX6 WH UX8 RH UX8 WH UX8 OE

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)


Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,40 0,45 0,40
Vertically perforated brick Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05
1)
Includes the safety factor 4 (failure by bending the hook). 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

355
General xings Expansion plug SX

The powerful nylon plug with 4-way expansion

Wall consoles Air conditioning units

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Cavity oor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The 4-way expansion provides the Lighting The SX is suitable for pre-positioned
optimum force distribution in the Wardrobes and push-through installation.
material, and oers high load-bearing Motion detectors When turning in the screw, the SX
capacities in solid and hollow building Skirting expands in four directions, thus provid-
materials. Light shelves ing a secure anchoring in the building
The expansion-free plug neck prevents Mirror cabinets material.
the creation of expansion forces on Letter boxes The required screw length is given
the material surface whilst screwing TV consoles by: Plug length + xture thickness +
in the screw. This helps to prevent Trellis 1xscrew diameter.
damage to tiles and plaster. Folding shutters Suitable for wood, chipboard and
The pronounced rim prevents the plug Bath and toilet installations spacing screws (scher ASL, see page
from slipping into the drill hole, thus 333).
allowing for a simple installation.
The greater anchorage depth of the
SX 6x50, 8x65 and 10x80 means
that the plug is especially suited to
xings in hollow building materials,
aerated concrete and to bridge plaster.

356
Expansion plug SX

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Plug SX with rim

Plug SX - with greater anchorage depth,


without rim

Plug SX with rim and screw

with rim with greater with rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. xture Wood and chip- Sales unit
anchorage screw diameter depth thickness board screws
depth, do h1 l t x ds / ds x ls
without rim
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item SX SX SX-S
SX 4 x 20 070004 4 25 20 2-3 200
SX 5 x 25 070005 5 35 25 3-4 100
SX 6 x 30 070006 6 40 30 4-5 100
SX 6 x 30 070021 6 40 30 10 4,5 x 40 50
SX 6 x 50 078185 024827 6 60 50 4-5 100
SX 8 x 40 070008 8 50 40 4,5 - 6 100
SX 8 x 40 070022 8 50 40 20 5 x 60 50
SX 8 x 65 024828 8 75 65 4,5 - 6 50
SX 10 x 50 070010 10 70 50 6-8 50
SX 10 x 80 024829 10 95 80 6-8 25
SX 12 x 60 070012 12 80 60 8 - 10 25
SX 14 x 70 070014 14 90 70 10 - 12 20
SX 16 x 80 070016 16 100 80 12 (1/2") 10

TECHNICAL DATA

SX in bucket

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Anchor length Max. xture thick- Wood and chipboard Sales unit
ness screws
do h1 l t x ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SX 6 in bucket 507900 6 40 30 4-5 3200
SX 8 in bucket 507904 8 50 40 4,5 - 6 1200
SX 10 in bucket 507909 10 70 50 6-8 720

357
General xings Expansion plug SX

TECHNICAL DATA

Box SX 5/6/8 Pro-Box Box UX / SX-S Assortment box UX / SX


Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


Box SX 5/6/8 030191 100 plugs SX 5 x 25, 100 plugs SX 6 x 30, 100 plugs SX 8 x 40 1
50 plugs UX 6 x 35, 50 screws 4,5 x 50, 50 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 screws 4,5 x 45,
Box UX / SX-S 093181 1
25 plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 screws 5 x 65, 25 plugs SX 8 x 40, 25 screws 5 x 50
60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 plugs SX 8 x 40, 20 plugs SX 10 x 50, 60 plugs UX 5 x 30 R,
Assortment box UX / SX 040991 1
40 plugs UX 6 x 50 R, 50 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 plugs UX 10 x 60 R
International version:
Profi-Box SX 518524 1
60 Expension plugs SX 6 x 30, 60 Expansion plugs SX 8 x 40, 12 Expansion plugs SX 10 x 50
International version:
Profi-Box SX + screws 518525 50 Expansion plugs SX 6 x 30, 30 Expansion plugs SX 8 x 40, 1
50 Chipboard screws 4,5 x 40, 30 Chipboard screws 5 x 60
German version:
Meister-Box SX-plugs 041648 1
60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 60 plugs SX 8 x 40, 12 plugs SX 10 x 50
German version:
Meister-Box SX + screws 513777 50 Expansion plugs SX 6 x 30, 30 Expansion plugs SX 8 x 40, 1
50 Chipboard screws 4,5 x 40, 30 Chipboard screws 5 x 60

LOADS
Plug SX
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specied diameter.
Type SX 4 x 20 SX 5 x 25 SX 6 x 30 SX 8 x 40 SX 10 x 50 SX 10 x 80 SX 12 x 60 SX 14 x 70 SX 16 x 80
SX 6 x 50 SX 8 x 65
Screw diameter [mm] 3 4 5 6 8 8 10 12 12
Min. edge distance in concrete cmin [mm] - - 35 40 50 50 65 100 120
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,16 0,30 0,65 0,70 1,20 1,20 1,70 2,00 2,60
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,11 0,25 0,30 0,60 0,65 1,20 0,70 0,80 0,90
Solid sand lime stone KS 12 [kN] 0,17 0,30 0,50 0,60 1,20 1,20 1,70 2,00 2,60
Aerated concrete PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,03 0,03 0,03 0,04 0,09 0,20 0,14 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] 0,07 0,09 0,09 0,14 0,30 0,60 0,45 0,50 0,60
Vertically perforated bricks Hlz 12 ( 1.0 kg/dm) [kN] 0,13 0,07 0,07 0,17 0,17 0,50 0,26 0,40 0,60
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 12 [kN] 0,15 0,17 0,30 0,35 0,30 0,80 0,35 0,30 0,40
Plaster wall [kN] - - - 0,26 0,37 - 1,00 1,00 -
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

358
Expansion plug S

General xings
The installation-friendly nylon plug with 2-way expansion

Small shelves Signs

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The rimless plug sleeve allows for the Pictures The S plug is suitable for pre-posi-
plug to be set as deep as required Lighting tioned and push-through installation.
below the plaster to the bearing Skirting When turning in the screw, the S plug
substrate to achieve the maximum Light shelves expands in two directions, thus provid-
load-bearing capacity. Mirror cabinets ing a secure anchoring in the building
As the plug only expands in two direc- Letter boxes material.
tions, it is possible to direct the expan- Motion detectors The required screw length is given
sion forces so that they run parallel Information boards by the plug length + plaster and/or
to the edge of the building material Curtain rails insulation material thickness + xture
by turning the plug. This allows for Electrical installations thickness + 1 x screw diameter.
smaller edge distances. Suitable for wood and chipboard
The slimline plug geometry makes screws.
it easy to push the plug into the drill The edge distance must be at least
hole. For a fast and simple installation. one plug length.
The anti-rotation lock prevents the For installations close to the edge, turn
plug rotating in the drill hole, thus the plug so that the expansion force
guaranteeing a high level of installa- acts parallel to the edge.
tion safety.

359
General xings Expansion plug S

TECHNICAL DATA

Plug S

Drill hole Anchor length Min. drill hole Wood and chip- Sales unit
diameter depth board screws
do l h1 ds
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item Standard Doublepack
S4 050104 4 20 25 2-3 200
S5 050105 5 25 35 3-4 100
S5 050124 5 25 35 3-4 200
S6 050106 6 30 40 4-5 100
S6 050125 6 30 40 4-5 200
S8 050108 8 40 55 100
S8 050126 8 40 55 4,5 - 6 200
S 10 050110 10 50 70 4,5 - 6 50
S 10 050127 10 50 70 6-8 100
S 12 050112 12 60 80 8 - 10 25
S 14 050114 14 75 90 10 - 12 20
S 16 050116 16 80 100 12 (1/2") 10
S 20 050120 20 90 120 16 5

TECHNICAL DATA

S in bucket

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Anchor length Wood and chipboard Sales unit
screws
do h1 l ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
S 6 in bucket 508024 6 40 30 4-5 3200
S 8 in bucket 508025 8 55 40 4,5 - 6 1400
S 10 in bucket 508026 10 70 50 6-8 720

360
Expansion plug S

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Stacking box ST scherbox


Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


ST 1 S8 S 060510 34 plugs S 8, 34 countersunk wood screws SH 5 x 45 1
ST 1 S6 S 060509 50 plugs S 6, 50 countersunk wood screws SH 4,5 x 60 1
ST 1 S6/8 060499 50 plugs S 6, 30 plugs S 8 1
Box S 5.6.8 060513 100 plugs S 5, 100 plugs S 6, 100 plugs S8 1
Box S 6.8.10 060515 100 plugs S 6, 100 plugs S 8, 25 plugs S 10 1
Box empty 060500 1

LOADS
S-Plug
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specied diameter.
Type S4 S5 S6 S8 S10 S12 S14 S16 S20

Screw diameter [mm] 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 12 16


Min. edge distance in concrete cmin [mm] 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 100
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,16 0,28 0,40 0,60 1,10 1,50 1,85 2,26 3,88
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,14 0,24 0,28 0,50 - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3)
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,14 0,24 0,28 0,55 - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3)
Aerated concrete PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] - 3) - 3) 0,05 0,07 0,16 0,28 0,40 - 3) - 3)
Plaster wall [kN] - 3) - 3) - 3) 0,15 0,23 0,37 0,60 - 3) - 3)
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 3)
Due to that the failure of the substrate varies too much no reproducible values can be given.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

361
General xings Metal expansion anchor FMD

The metal anchor for wood and chipboard screws

Pipes Gas meters

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
Cavity oor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Aerated concrete
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The metal expansion anchor FMD is Gas pipes The FMD is suitable for pre-positioned
especially suited to applications in Water pipes installation.
installation technology. Cable and pipe clips Inserting the screw causes the FMD
The external teeth expand in the to expand, and the metal teeth x
building material, thus ensuring a high the anchor securely in the building
load-bearing capacity. material.
The ribbed internal geometry of the The required (stud) screw length is
FMD is suitable for wood and chip- given by: Anchor length + plaster
board screws, and makes it possible to and/or insulation layer thickness +
guide the screw securely. This oers xture thickness or installation spacing
increased installation safety, and ena- + 1 x screw diameter.
bles a broad range of applications. Suitable for wood and chipboard
screws.
The drill diameter is relative to the
compressive strength of the building
material. The higher the compressive
strength, the greater the drill diameter.
The 6x32 and 8x38 sizes can be
hammered directly into low-strength
aerated concrete without the need for
pre-drilling.

362
Metal expansion anchor FMD

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Metal expansion xing FMD

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Screw diameter Sales unit
depth
do h1 l ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FMD 6 x 32 061224 1) 7-9 38 32 5-6 100
FMD 8 x 38 061225 1) 10 - 12 46 38 6-8 100
FMD 8 x 60 061226 1) 10 - 12 68 60 6-8 50
FMD 10 x 60 061209 1) 12 - 14 68 60 8 - 10 50
1) The drill diameter is relative to the substrate compressive strength. Generally, the higher the compressive strength, the greater the drill diameter.
Details see table "Recommended drill hole diameter".

RECOMMENDED DRILL HOLE DIAMETER [mm]


Type FMD 6 x 32 FMD 8 x 38 FMD 8 x 60 FMD 10 x 60

Concrete C 20/25 7 10 12 14
Aerated concrete PB4 6 10 10 12
Vertically perforated brick HLZ 12 7 10 10 12

LOADS
Metal expansion xing FMD
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with maximum diameter.
Type FMD 8 x 38 FMD 8 x 60 FMD 10 x 60

Screw diameter [mm] 8 8 10


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Aerated concrete PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,60
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

363
General xings Expansion plug M-S

The expansion plug for metric screws and threaded bolts

Downpipes Folding shutters

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Cavity oor slabs made from bricks
and concrete or similar
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The internal geometry of the M-S Handrails The M-S is suitable for pre-positioned
allows for the use of standard metric Folding shutters and push-through installation.
screws or threaded rods for the ideal Trellis When turning in the screw, the M-S
adaptation to suit the intended use. Downpipes expands in two directions, thus provid-
The rimless plug sleeve allows for the Stand-o installation ing a secure anchoring in the building
plug to be set as deep as required Light wells material.
below the plaster to the bearing The required screw length is given by:
substrate to achieve the maximum Plug length + plaster and/or insulation
load-bearing capacity. layer thickness + xture thickness +
As the plug only expands in two direc- 1x screw diameter.
tions, it is possible to direct the expan- Suitable for metric screws and
sion forces so that they run parallel threaded bolts.
to the edge of the building material Chamfer the thread to make it easier
by turning the plug. This allows for to screw in screws and threaded rods.
smaller edge distances. The beige colouring of the M-S allows
The slimline plug geometry makes it to be dierentiated from the S plug.
it easy to push the plug into the drill
hole, for a fast and simple installation.

364
Expansion plug M-S

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Anchor M-S for metric screws

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Sales unit
depth
do h1 l M
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
M6S 050152 8 55 40 M6 100
M8S 050153 10 70 50 M8 50
M 10 S 050154 14 90 70 M 10 20
M 12 S 050155 16 100 80 M 12 10

LOADS
Anchor M-S
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for machine screws with the specied thread size.
Type M6S M8S M 10 S M 12 S

Thread size [M] M6 M8 M10 M12


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,54 0,66 1,06
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,24 0,33 0,46 0,79
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,24 0,33 0,43 0,71
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

365
Anchor M

The powerful nylon expansion anchor with brass cone for


General xings

metric threads

Plant construction Protective grilles

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Natural stone with dense structure

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The anchors large external diameter Machines The M anchor is suitable for pre-posi-
helps to achieve a large applied load Curbs tioned installation.
in the building material. This allows for Control boxes Turning in the screw causes the
maximum load-bearing capacity. internal brass cone to expand the M
The anchors high expansion makes it anchor, thus reliably anchoring it in the
insensitive to building material toler- building material.
ances. This guarantees a simple and The required screw length is given by
secure installation. anchor length + xture thickness.
The internal thread allows for the use Suitable for metric screws and
of standard metric screws or threaded threaded bolts.
rods, and for surface ush removal and
reuse of the xing point. This provides
great exibility.

366
Anchor M

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Anchor M for metric screws

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Max. installation Sales unit
depth torque
do h1 l M Tinst
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [pcs]
M5 050505 1) 10 45 35 M5 4 50
M6 050506 1) 12 50 40 M6 7 50
M8 050508 1) 16 65 50 M8 16 20
M 10 050510 1) 20 80 60 M 10 32 10
M 12 050512 1) 24 90 65 M 12 54 5
1) The given torque values apply to screws of strength class 5.8.

LOADS
Anchor M
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for machine screws with the specied thread size.
Type M5 M6 M8 M 10 M 12

Thread size [mm] M5 M6 M8 M10 M12


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 1,10 1,80 2,60 4,40 5,00
1)
Includes the safety factor 5. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

367
General xings Brass xing MS

The brass expansion xing with metric thread

Protective wall panels Handrails

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The compact design of the brass Cellar shelves The MS brass xing is suitable for
xing reduces the amount of drill- Substructures made of wood and pre-positioned and push-through
ing required, helping to ensure a fast metal installation.
installation. Boilers Turning in the metric screw causes
The special surface structure of the Aggregates the front part of the brass xing to
MS prevents the xing from rotating in Control boxes expand, thus securely anchoring it in
the drill hole. This provides increased Protective wall panels the substrate.
installation safety. Handrails Calculating screw length for ush x-
The internal thread allows for the use ing installation: Fixing length + xture
of standard metric screws or threaded thickness = min. screw length.
rods, and for surface ush removal and Suitable for metric screws and
reuse of the xing point. This provides threaded bolts.
great exibility. The brass xing may have to be
expanded slightly before installation
by turning in the threaded screw.

368
Brass xing MS

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Brass xing MS for metric screws

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth tration
do h1 l M lE,min
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
MS 4 x 15 026424 5 20 15 M4 15 100
MS 5 x 18 026425 6 25 18 M5 15 100
MS 6 x 22 078660 8 27 22 M6 22 100
MS 8 x 28 078981 10 35 28 M8 28 50
MS 10 x 32 078661 12 39 32 M 10 32 25
MS 12 x 37 078662 15 46 37 M 12 37 10
MS 16 x 43 078663 20 50 43 M 16 43 10

LOADS
Brass xing MS
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for machine screws with the specied thread size.
Type MS 4 x15 MS 5 x 18 MS 6 x 22 MS 8 x 28 MS 10 x 32 MS 12 x 37 MS 16 x 43

Thread size [M] M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,40 0,65 1,10 1,60 2,20 3,30
Solid brickwork [kN] 0,20 0,35 0,55 0,90 1,30 1,60 2,30
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

369
General xings Aircrete anchor GB

Approved safety in aerated concrete

Pipes Suspended ceilings

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVAL / CHARACTERISTICS


Approved for:
Aerated concrete with compressive
strength 2 to 4 N/mm
Aerated concrete wall or ceiling
boards with compressive strength 3.3
to 4.4 N/mm

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The general building approval guaran- Suspended ceilings (only GB 14) The GB is suitable for pre-positioned
tees approved safety for use in safety- Cable trays installation.
relevant applications. Pipelines The spiral-shaped outer ribs ensure a
The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a Guard rails positive t connection between the
positive t in the soft building material, Faade and roof constructions made building material and anchor.
thus ensuring the best pressure distri- of wood and metal The required screw length is given by:
bution and load-bearing capacity. Anopy brackets Anchor length + xture thickness +
Can be applied with a hammer - there Letter boxes 1xscrew diameter.
is no need for special tools, thus sav- Trellis The GB must be used with scher
ing time and money for the installa- safety screws to full the approval and
tion. to achieve the maximum load-bearing
The GB can also be used safely out- capacity.
side (e.g. in faade installation) when GB 14 is approved for use in cracked
combined with the approved scher aerated concrete.
safety screw in A4. Use rotary drilling to create the drill
hole
Can be used in unplastered aerated
concrete

370
Aircrete anchor GB

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Aircrete anchor GB

Drill hole Min. drill hole Plug length = scher safety Sales unit
Approval

diameter depth min. anchorage screw


depth
DIBt do h1 l = hef ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GB 8 050491 8 60 50 5 25
GB 10 050492 10 65 55 7 20
GB 14 050493 14 90 75 10 10

FISCHER SAFETY SCREW FOR GB


Screw material
Fixing type Usable length Screw dimension * Zink plated and Stainless steel of the
tx passivated steel 6.8 corrosion resistance classe III,
e.g. A4

[mm] [mm]
min. max. x ls Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
GB 8 5 30 5 x 85 0892301) 0892401)
GB 10 0 3 7 x 65 080404 080260
5 23 7 x 85 089170 080405 089244 080261
25 43 7 x 105 089172
40 58 7 x 120 089174 080407
60 78 7 x 140 089176 080408
85 103 7 x 165 089178
GB 14 0 10 10 x 95 080412 080266
0 20 10 x 105 089186 080413 080271
35 55 10 x 140 089188 080415
60 80 10 x 165 089190 080416
1)
Cross drive recess Z * Further sizes on request

LOADS
Aircrete anchor GB
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
The given loads are valid for scher- safety screws4) acc. attached table.
For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-123 has to be considered.
Type GB 8 GB10 GB14

Min. spacing 7) smin [mm] 150 (100)8) 200 (150)8) 300 (200)8)
Min. edge distance 2) cmin [mm] 100 (75)8) 150 (100)8) 200 (150)8)
Min. edge distance to solidified joints 6) cmin [mm] 9 10 12
min. member thickness hmin [mm] 75 100 2005)
Anchorage depth hef (hv) [mm] 50 55 75
Permissible load in the respective base material Fperm3)
Aerated concrete PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,40
Aerated concrete P3,3 (GB3,3) [kN] 0,30 0,50 0,80
Aerated concrete PB4, PP4, P4,4 ( G4 , GB4,4) [kN] 0,40 0,60 0,90
Tensile zone of aerated concrete roof- and ceiling slaps acc. DIN 4223 P3,3 (GB3,3) [kN] - - 0,30
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 5)
The minimum member thickness of aerated concrete roof- and ceiling slaps is 150 mm.
2)
Minimum permissible edge distance. 6)
Only in aerated concrete walls.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 7)
Minimum possible axial spacing while reducing the permissible load.
loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval. 8)
Values in brackets apply to PB2, PP2 (G2).
4)
gvz and A4.

371
General xings Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K

The versatile nylon anchor for aerated concrete

External lighting Radiators

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The FTP K is suitable for both wood Pictures The FTP K is suitable for pre-positioned
screws and metric screws, and thus Lighting installation.
oers exibility in screw choice. Shelves Set the FTP K with setting tool FTP
The spiral-shaped outer thread taps Mirror cabinets EK. The aircrete anchor taps itself into
itself into the soft aerated concrete Letter boxes the aerated concrete with a positive t
with a positive t, thus ensuring a Signs during the installation process.
secure hold. Motion detectors Suitable for wood and metric screws
Setting with the FTP EK setting tool Cable and pipe clips with diameter 4 to 10 mm.
requires only a small amount of force. Stand-o installations Use a low torque when installing.
For a convenient installation.
The special geometry allows for an
almost expansion-force-free anchoring.
This allows for small edge and spacing
distances, and avoids splitting in the
case of plastered surfaces.

372
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K (nylon)

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Woodscrew Metric screw Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth diameter tration tration
do h1 l ds M lE,min lE,max
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FTP K 4 078411 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 4 - 4,5 M4 35 60 25
FTP K 6 078412 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 5-6 M5-6 40 60 25
FTP K 8 078413 1) 10 - (12) 70 60 7-8 M8 45 70 25
FTP K 10 078414 1) 12 - (14) 80 70 9 - 10 M 8 - 10 50 80 10
1) Values in brackets for drill hole diameter apply for aerated concrete, compressive strength of 5,0 N/mm or higher.

ACCESSORIES
Setting tool FTP EK for FTP K
(nylon)

Match Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FTP EK 4/6 090990 FTP K4 / FTP K6 1
FTP EK 8 090991 FTP K8 1
FTP EK 10 090992 FTP K10 1

LOADS
Turbo Aircrete anchor FTP K
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete and plaster walls.
The given loads are valid for screws with the specied diameter.
Type FTP K4 FTP K6 FTP K8 FTP K10

Screw diameter (metric and woodscrew) [mm] 4 5-6 8 8-10


Edge distance cmin [mm] 100 100 150 200
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Aerated concrete PP2; PB2 ( 2,5 N/mm2) [kN] 0,15 0,20 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete PP4; PB4 ( 5,0 N/mm2) [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,40 0,50
Plaster wall [kN] - - 0,29 0,54
1)
Includes the safety factor 5. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

373
General xings Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M

The metal anchor for metric screws for aerated concrete

Motion detectors Shelves

BUILDING MATERIALS
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The Allen key chuck makes it possible Pictures The FTP M is suitable for pre-posi-
to set the FTP M without the need for Lighting tioned installation.
a special setting tool. This allows for a Shelves The aircrete anchor taps itself into the
simple installation. Mirror cabinets aerated concrete with a positive t
The FTP M achieves a very high load- Curtain rails during the installation process.
bearing capacity in aerated concrete Cable and pipe clips Suitable for metric screws with diam-
for increased safety. Stand-o installations eter 6 to 10 mm.
The spiral-shaped outer thread taps Radiators For installation with an Allen key:
itself into the aerated concrete with a TV consoles Allen key size corresponds to screw
positive t. This means that it can be diameter, e.g. FTP M6 is installed with
set without the need for much force. Allen key size 6.
The special geometry allows for an For installation with cordless screw-
almost expansion-force-free anchoring. driver: use a low torque and use the
This allows for small edge and spacing correct 6-kt bit FTP EM.
distances, and avoids splitting in the
case of plastered surfaces.

374
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M (metal)

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Metric screw Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth tration tration
do h1 l M lE,min lE,max
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FTP M 6 078415 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 M6 15 20 25
FTP M 8 078416 1) 10 - (12) 70 60 M8 20 25 25
FTP M 10 078417 1) 12 - (14) 80 70 M 10 25 30 25
1) Values in brackets for drill hole diameter apply for aerated concrete, compressive strength of 5,0 N/mm or higher.

ACCESSORIES

Setting tool FTP EM for FTP M (metal)

Match Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FTP EM 6 078577 FTP M6 1
FTP EM 8 078578 FTP M8 1
FTP EM 10 078579 FTP M10 1

LOADS
Turbo Aircrete anchor FTP M
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete and plaster walls.
The given loads are valid for screws with the specied diameter.
Type FTP M6 FTP M8 FTP M10

Thread M M6 M8 M10
Edge distance cmin [mm] 100 150 200
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Aerated concrete PP2; PB2 ( 2,5 N/mm2) [kN] 0,30 0,45 0,60
Aerated concrete PP4; PB4 ( 5,0 N/mm2) [kN] 0,50 0,65 0,70
Aerated concrete PP6; PB6 ( 7,5 N/mm2) [kN] 0,70 0,80 0,90
Plaster wall [kN] - 0,45 0,65
1)
Includes the safety factor 5. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

375
General xings Brass xing PA 4

The brass xing for thin board building materials

Furniture ttings Furniture hinges

BUILDING MATERIALS
Wooden board building materials
Plastic boards
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The short brass xing PA 4 only Handles The PA 4 is suitable for pre-positioned
requires a very low anchorage depth Angle brackets installation.
and is therefore the solution for thin Furniture ttings Turning in the metric screw causes
board building materials. the front part of the brass xing to
The special surface structure of the expand, thus securely anchoring it in
PA4 prevents the xing from rotat- the substrate.
ing in the drill hole. This provides Calculating screw length for ush x-
increased installation safety. ing installation: Fixing length +xture
The internal thread allows for the use thickness = min. screw length
of standard metric screws and ena-
bles the ideal adaptation to suit the
intended use.

376
Brass xing PA 4

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Brass xing PA4

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Bolt penetration Eect. anchorage Sales unit
depth depth
do h1 l M s hef
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
PA 4 M 6/7,5 050484 1) 8 7,5 7.5 M6 7,5 7,5 200
PA 4 M 6/10,5 058484 1) 8 10,5 10.5 M6 10,5 10,5 100
PA 4 M 6/13,5 059484 1) 8 13,5 13.5 M6 13,5 13,5 100
PA 4 M 8/25 050485 1) 10 25 25 M8 25 25 50
PA 4 M 10/25 050486 1) 12 25 25 M 10 25 25 25
1) Values of drill hole diameter apply for hard building materials. For soft building materials the drill diameter needs to be reduced by 0.5 mm.

LOADS
Brass xing PA 4
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for machine screws with the specied thread size.
Type PA 4 M 6/7,5 PA 4 M 6/10,5 PA 4 M 6/13,5 PA 4 M 8/25 PA 4 M 10/25

Thread size [M] M6 M6 M6 M8 M10


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Chipboard [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,40 - -
Deal wood [kN] 0,18 0,25 0,38 - -
Beechwood [kN] 0,50 0,75 1,00 - -
Plastics [kN] 0,75 1,50 2,00 - -
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] - - 0,80 1,95 2,30
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

377
Balcony cladding xing P9K

For the rear-ventilated stand-o fastening of balcony cladding


General xings

to hollow proles

Balcony cladding

BUILDING MATERIALS
For xing onto hollow metal proles

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The wide collar of the P9K plug xes Balcony cladding Turning in the screw causes the plug
the balcony cladding to the hollow Fittings to expand in the hollow prole, thus
prole with a spacing. This avoids the Electrical switches ensuring a load-bearing connection.
formation of rot. The wide collar prevents direct contact
The expansion within the railing post between the xture and the hollow
means that no second drilling on the prole.
opposite side of the post is necessary.
This allows for a practically invisible
xing of the balcony cladding.
The material quality of the P9K creates
an elastic yet load-bearing connec-
tion. This allows for the absorption of
thermal stresses, thus increasing the
lifespan of the cladding.
The short expansion element means
that the balcony cladding xing only
requires a very small cavity. It is there-
fore suitable for narrow hollow proles.

378
Balcony cladding xing P9K

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Plug P 9 K

Drill hole diameter Screw diameter Collar height Width across nut Sales unit
do ds SW
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
P9K 059395 9 5 5 15 50

LOADS
Balcony board xing P 9 K
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specied diameter.
Type P9K

Screw diameter [mm] 5


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Wall thickness of hollow profile 2 mm [kN] 0,27
Wall thickness of hollow profile 3 mm [kN] 0,29
Wall thickness of hollow profile 4 mm [kN] 0,31
1)
Includes the safety factor 7. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

379
General xings Stair-tread xing TB / TBB

To x wooden step treads in concrete and steel sub-structures

Stair treads on steel stair stringers Stair treads on concrete stair stringers

BUILDING MATERIALS
TB for xing in:
Hollow steel proles
TBB for xing in:
Concrete
Solid building materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The elastic shaft geometry allows for Wooden step treads The plastic expansion plugs are suit-
the absorption of vibrations, prevents able for anchoring wooden step treads
creaking, and thus increases comfort. and wooden boards >30 mm to steel
The stair-tread xing for steel sub- proles (TB) or in solid building materi-
structures (TB) only requires a very als (TBB).
small cavity due to the short expan- The ideal retention forces are only
sion element. Thus it is suitable even achieved when using cold wood glue.
for narrow steel proles. The plastic washers included with the
TBB allow you to level out any uneven-
ness in the substrate.

TECHNICAL DATA

Stair-tread xing TB for installation on steel Stair-tread xing TBB for installation on Stair-tread xing TBZ 2 for centre-marking
staircase stringers concrete staircase stringers the stair-tread holes
Drill hole in stair Drill hole in steel Drill hole in Collar height Screw Width across nut Adapted for Sales unit
thread staircase stringer concrete
ds x ls SW
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [ mm] [ mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
TB 060580 14 x 25 9 5 5 x 40 15 50
TBB 060583 14 x 25 8 x 55 5,5 x 70 50
TBZ 2 060584 TB and TBB 10

380
Repair pad FIX.it

General xings
To remedy over-sized or damaged drill holes

Repairing damaged curtain rails Repairing damaged curtain rails

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Cavity oor slabs made of brick, con-
crete, etc.
Vertically perforated brick made from
lightweight concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Aerated concrete
Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Using FIX.it means that you can avoid To repair over-sized or damaged drill The pad, which is covered with a spe-
having to drill another hole, and makes holes in combination with plastic cial mortar, hardens in the drill hole,
it possible to reuse a pre-existing drill plugs. thus anchoring the plug securely in
hole. the damaged or over-sized drill hole.
The repair pad FIX.it can be used as a Wet the pad with water, wrap it
single layer or as multiple layers, and around the plug and push it into the
thus can be exibly adapted to suit damaged drill hole.
various drill hole sizes and shapes. After about three minutes the special
The pad, which is covered with a pad will harden and the xture can
special mortar, hardens after only then be attached.
approx. three minutes in the drill hole. Use several pads for larger tolerances.
This allows for a fast installation of the The curing time for the rst pad is
xture. approx. three minutes. Add an addi-
tional minute for each additional pad
used.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


FIX.it 092507 card with 10 FIX.it pads 20

381
General xings Doorstop TS

The installation-friendly doorstop

Door stops

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Floor screed

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The extended plug shaft makes it pos- Doorstop with exible positioning The doorstop TS is suitable for pre-
sible to attach the doorstop directly, positioned installation.
thus simplifying installation. When turning in the screw, the plug
The invisible xing ensures visual expands and anchors itself in the
appeal. building material.
The TS contains all the components The plug must be pushed into the drill
required for installation and is there- hole up to the point where the plug
fore a convenient complete solution. shaft thickens.
The doorstop is available in a range of It can be removed by removing the
colours to suit every oor covering and doorstop, unscrewing the screw, and
individual design wishes. pulling out the plug.

382
Doorstop TS

General xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Door stop TS Doorstop assortment TS-SORT


Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Colour Contents Sales unit
depth
do h1
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
TS 8 G 060535 8 50 grey 10
TS 8 W 060536 8 50 white 10
TS 8 S 060539 8 50 black 10
TS 8 BR 060540 8 50 brown 10
TS 8 BG 060551 8 50 beige 10
TS-SORT 060521 8 50 assortment 5 x grey, white, beige, black brown 1

383
384
Cavity xings
Cavity xings
Cavity xings

Metal cavity xing HM ................................................................................................ 386


Gravity toggle/spring toggle K, KD, KDH, KM ................................................... 389
Board xing PD .............................................................................................................. 393
Plasterboard xing GK ................................................................................................ 395
Plasterboard xing metal GKM ................................................................................ 397

385
Cavity xings Metal cavity xing HM

The versatile metal cavity xing with metric screws

Curtain rails Shelves

BUILDING MATERIALS
Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
breboards
Cavity oor slabs
Light building boards made of wood
wool
Chipboard
Plywood

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Due to the extensive range, the HM Pictures The metal cavity xing HM is suitable
is suitable for board building materi- Lighting for pre-positioned installation.
als with a thickness of 3-50 mm and Shelves The xing should be selected based
thus suitable for a number of dierent Towel rails on the thickness of the board building
applications. Mirror cabinets material, to allow the very best expan-
The metric internal thread allows the Curtain rails sion in the cavity.
attachment to be removed and retted TV consoles During installation, the expanding
several times, thus oering the best Sub-structures arms swing open and press onto the
possible exibility. reverse side of the board.
The HMs expanding arms ensure a The HM can be installed using installa-
large supporting surface, thus allowing tion pliers. If using a battery operated
a high load-bearing capacity. screwdriver or screwdriver for installa-
The claws around the edge of the x- tion, the pre-assembled screws must
ing penetrate the board building mate- be removed rst. When screwing in
rial, preventing the xing from rotating, and expanding the xing, the attach-
thus ensuring a secure installation. ment, or a max. 6 mm plate, needs to
be used as a turning stop.

386
Metal cavity xing HM

Cavity xings
TECHNICAL DATA

HM-S with metric screw

HM-SS with hexagon headed screw

HM-H with angle hook

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Screw Panel thickness Fixture thickness Sales unit
depth
do h1 l ds x ls dp t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
HM 4 x 32 S 519769 8 40 32 M 4 x 40 3 - 13 15 - 25 50
HM 4 x 45 S 519770 8 52 45 M 4 x 52 16 - 23 12 - 21 50
HM 4 x 60 S 519771 8 65 60 M 4 x 65 31 - 40 12 - 21 50
HM 5 x 37 S 519772 10 45 37 M 5 x 45 6 - 15 8 - 17 50
HM 5 x 52 S 519774 10 58 52 M 5 x 58 7 - 21 10 - 24 50
HM 5 x 65 S 519775 10 71 65 M 5 x 71 20 - 34 12 - 26 50
HM 6 x 37 S 519777 12 45 37 M 6 x 45 6 - 15 12 - 21 50
HM 6 x 52 S 519778 12 58 52 M 6 x 58 7 - 21 14 - 28 50
HM 6 x 65 S 519782 12 71 65 M 6 x 71 17 - 34 13 - 30 50
HM 6 x 80 S 519779 12 88 80 M 6 x 88 32 - 50 16 - 34 50
HM 8 x 54 SS 519783 1) 12 60 54 M 8 x 60 7 - 21 16 - 30 50
HM 4 x 32 H 519780 8 45 32 3 - 13 50
HM 5 x 65 H 519781 10 71 65 20 - 34 50
1) with hexagon headed screw, assembly only by using the professional installation tool HM Z 1

ACCESSORIES

HM Z 1 - the professional instal-


HM Z 2 - the DIY installation tool
lation tool

Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
HM Z 1 062320 1
HM Z 2 062321 1

387
Cavity xings Metal cavity xing HM

LOADS
Metal cavity xing HM
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
Typ HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM
4 x 32 S 4 x 45 S 5 x 37 S 5 x 52 S 5 x 65 S 6 x 37 S 6 x 52 S 6 x 65 S 8 x 54 SS
Thread size [M] M4 M4 M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M6 M8
Installation parameter
Drill hole dimeter [mm] 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 12
panel thickness [mm] 3-13 16-23 6-15 7-21 20-34 6-15 7-21 17-34 7-21
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,15 - 0,15 0,15 - 0,15 0,15 - 0,15
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,15 - 0,15 0,15 - 0,15 0,15 - 0,15
Gypsum plasterboard 19 mm (2 x 9,5 mm) [kN] - 0,25 - 0,25 - - 0,25 0,25 0,25
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm (2 x 12,5 mm) [kN] - - - - 0,3 - - 0,3 -
Chipboard 10 mm [kN] 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Chipboard 13 mm [kN] 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Chipboard 28 mm [kN] - - - - 0,5 - - 0,5 -
Plywood 4 mm [kN] 0,1 - - - - - - - -
Hardboard 3 mm [kN] 0,1 - - - - - - - -
Wood wool slab 16 mm [kN] - 0,05 - 0,05 - - 0,05 - 0,05
Wood wool slab 25 mm [kN] - - - - 0,05 - - 0,05 -
Fibre cement board 8 mm [kN] 0,15 - 0,15 0,15 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Gypsum fibreboard 10 mm [kN] 0,15 - 0,15 0,15 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Gypsum fibreboard 15 mm [kN] - - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
1)
Includes the safety factor 3. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

388
Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM

The cavity xing for dierent board thicknesses and large

Cavity xings
usage lengths

Ceiling lamps Wash basins

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
breboards
Cavity oor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
Chipboard
Plywood

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The long threaded rod of the toggle Pictures The gravity and spring toggle are suit-
xings KD and KDH allows for use Lighting able for pre-positioned installation.
with dierent board thicknesses and Light shelves When placed in the drill hole, the bear-
thick attachments, and oers maxi- Towel rails ing elements of the gravity and spring
mum exibility. Mirror cabinets toggles independently swing open
An integrated tension spring causes Light cabinets behind the board.
the catch elements of the spring tog- Wash basins and urinals (KM 10) The KM10 is specially suited to xing
gles KD3+4 and KDH3+4 to open Cable and pipe clips wash basins and urinals into installa-
independently, thus allowing for a tion and cavity walls.
simple installation. No special installation tool required.
The wide transition beams ensure a For a fast and convenient installation.
good load distribution. This achieves a
high load-bearing capacity.
The nylon gravity toggle K54 allows
for the use of standard wood and
chipboard screws.

389
Cavity xings Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM

TECHNICAL DATA

Nylon toggle K 54

Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Thread Sales unit
do dp a l x length
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
K 54 050323 10 65 58 125 woodscrew 4mm 25

TECHNICAL DATA

Spring toggle KD 3 + 4

Spring toggle with hook KDH 3 + 4

Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Thread Sales unit
do dp a l x length
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
KD 3 080181 12 65 27 95 M 3 x 90 50
KDH 3 080182 12 51 27 105 M 3 x 80 25
KD 3 B 080192 12 65 27 95 M 3 x 90 10
KD 4 080183 14 69 34 105 M 4 x 100 25
KDH 4 080184 14 25 34 95 M 4 x 70 25
KD 4 B 080193 14 69 34 105 M 4 x 100 10

390
Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM

Cavity xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Gravity toggle KD 5 + 6 + 8

Gravity toggle with hook KDH 5 + 6 + 8

Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Thread Sales unit
do dp a l x length
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
KD 5 080187 16 63 70 100 M 5 x 100 25
KDH 5 080188 16 60 70 130 M 5 x 90 20
KD 6 080185 16 63 70 100 M 6 x 100 25
KDH 6 080186 16 60 70 130 M 6 x 100 20
KD 8 080178 20 55 75 100 M 8 x 100 20
KDH 8 080179 20 55 75 130 M 8 x 100 20

TECHNICAL DATA

Gravity toggle KM 10

Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Screw Sales unit
do dp a l ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
KM 10 050326 30 90 140 180 M 10 x 180 25

391
Cavity xings Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM

LOADS
Toggle xing KD
Highest recommended loads3) for a single anchor.
Type KD3 KD4 KD5 KD6 KD8 KDH3 KDH4 KDH5 KDH6 KDH8

Thread size [M] M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec3)
Max. possible recommended load2) [kN] 0,45 0,90 2,20 2,80 4,30 0,072) 0,132) 0,302) 0,452) 1,40
Gypsum plasterboard1) 12,5 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,18 0,07 2) 0,132) 0,15 0,15 0,18
Oriented strand board1) 15 mm [kN] 0,34 0,58 0,85 0,85 0,89 0,07 2) 0,132) 0,302) 0,452) 0,89
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. Failure of the base material decisive. 3)
Valid for axial tensile load.
2)
Includes the safety factor 2.25. Steel failure/bending of the hook decisive.

LOADS
Toggle xing KM 10 and K 54
Average failure loads
Typ KM10 K 54

Screw diameter M10 4 mm


Average failure loads Fu1) 2) 3) [kN] 13,0 0,8
1)
Upon these failure loads an appropriate safety factor has to be considered (see chapter Basic 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
knowledge of fastening technology). 3)
If the failure of the base material is not possible.

392
Board xing PD

The expansion plug for xings in gypsum plasterboard, gypsum

Cavity xings
breboard and wooden panels

Towel rails Small shelves

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
breboards
Wooden boards
MDF boards
Multiplex boards
OSB boards
Plywood boards
Chipboard
Wood core plywood boards

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The operating principle of the xing Pictures The board xing PD is suitable for pre-
allows for use in various board thick- Lighting positioned installation.
nesses, including in low cavity depths. Light shelves Use rotary drilling to create the drill
This provides great exibility. Towel rails hole.
The special xing geometry with a Mirror cabinets When the screw is tightened, the
nylon cone ensures a high tightening Curtain rails plastic cone is pulled into the sleeve
torque that can be identied immedi- and expands the xing.
ately. This oers a high level of installa- Use full-thread screws, or alternatively,
tion safety. the part of the screw without thread
The longitudinal ribs prevent the xing may not be longer than the thickness
from rotating in the drill hole, thus of the item being attached.
allowing for a reliable installation. Do not use screws with double-start
The board xing PD can be used with threads.
the most wide-ranging screws, hooks
and eye screws. This allows for a
broad range of applications.

393
Cavity xings Board xing PD

TECHNICAL DATA

Board xing PD

Board xing PD S - with chipboard screw

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Chipboard screw Max. xture Sales unit
depth thickness thickness
do h1 dp l ds / ds x ls t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
PD 8 024771 8 31 6 29 4 100
PD 10 015935 10 30 7 28 5 100
PD 12 015937 12 29 9 27 6 50
PD 8 S 024772 1) 8 31 6 29 4 x 40 11 50
PD 10 S 015936 1) 10 30 7 28 5 x 40 12 50
PD 12 S 015938 1) 12 29 9 27 6 x 50 22 25
1) PD-S with chipboard screw.

LOADS
Board xing PD
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specied diameter.
Type PD 8 PD 10 PD 12

Chipboard screw [mm] 4 5 6


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,15
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15
Gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,30
Plywood [kN] 0,15 0,40 0,80
Chipboard 16 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

394
Plasterboard xing GK

Cavity xings
The fastest installation in gypsum plasterboard

Wall lamps in series installation Wall lamps

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Gypsum plasterboard, single and
double-planked

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The included setting tool combines Pictures The gypsum plasterboard xing GK is
the drilling and xing setting functions. Lighting suitable for pre-positioned installation.
It thus allows for a fast and simple Electrical installations The GK is screwed ush into the
installation. Fitting accessories gypsum plasterboard using the setting
The sharp, self-tapping thread of the Ideal for: tool provided. Overtightening the
GK enables a secure, positive t xing. Series installations xing should be avoided. Therefore,
This achieves a high load-bearing the installation torque should be
capacity. limited when using a battery operated
The short xing length means that screwdriver.
only a small amount of space is Adapted for wood, self-tapping and
required behind the board. As a result, chipboard screws of 4.0 to 5.0mm
the GK can also be used in the case of diameter.
unknown board thickness and cavity For board thicknesses greater than
depth. 15mm, drill a hole rst by using the
The cross-drive recess in the head of setting tool.
the xing means that the GK can also Not suitable for gypsum breboard
be screwed out like a screw without a and tiled plasterboard.
setting tool.
The GK can be used with the most
wide-ranging screws, hooks and eye
screws. This allows for a broad range
of applications.

395
Cavity xings Plasterboard xing GK

TECHNICAL DATA

Plasterboard xing GK

Plasterboard xing GKS

Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. xture thick- Screw Drive Sales unit
rst supporting layer ness
l t t x ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GK 052389 1) 2) 22 25 4,0 - 5,0 x Ls 100
GKS 052390 1) 3) 22 25 13 4,5 x 35 PZ2 50
1) Including installation tool GKW.
2) Min. screw length = length of plug 22 mm + thickness of building component.
3) Supplied with plasterboard screw.

ACCESSORIES

Installation tool GKW

Pro-Box

Contents Sales unit


Item Art.-No. [pcs]
GKW 052393 - 10
Profi-Box GK 50 Plasterboard fixings GK, 1 Installation tool, 38 Chipboard screws 4,2 x 35,
518528 1
+ screws + hooks 6 Angle hooks 4,2 x 40, 6 Round hooks 4 x 46

LOADS
Plasterboard xing GK
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specied diameters.
Type GK

Chipboard screw [mm] 4,0 - 5,0


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,07
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,08
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,11
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

396
Plasterboard xing metal GKM

The self-tapping metal xing for gypsum plasterboard and

Cavity xings
gypsum breboard

Wall lamps Speaker cabinets

BUILDING MATERIALS
Gypsum breboard
Gypsum plasterboard

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Due to its material properties, the Pictures The GKM is suitable for pre-positioned
GKM can be used in gypsum plaster- Lighting installation.
board and gypsum breboard, and can Electrical installations The self-tapping metal xing GKM
be used with the most wide-ranging Fitting accessories taps itself into the plasterboard with a
screws, hooks and eye screws. This positive t.
allows for a broad range of applica- Flush installation in the board building
tions. material. Overtightening the xing
The sharp, self-tapping thread enables should be avoided. Therefore, the
a secure, positive t xing. This installation torque should be limited
achieves a high load-bearing capacity. when using a battery operated screw-
The cross-drive recess means that driver.
a standard screwdriver or bit can Adapted for wood, self-tapping and
be used. No special setting tool is chipboard screws of 4.0 to 5.0mm
required. diameter.
The short xing length means that Pre-drill with a 8mm drill bit when
only a small amount of space is using gypsum breboard and double-
required behind the board. As a result, planked gypsum plasterboard.
the GKM can also be used in the case Not suitable for tiled plasterboard.
of unknown board thickness and cav-
ity depth.

397
Cavity xings Plasterboard xing metal GKM

TECHNICAL DATA

Plasterboard xing metal GKM

Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. xture thick- Screw Drive Sales unit
rst supporting layer ness
l t t x ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GKM 024556 31 35 4,0 - 5,0 x Ls 100
GKM 12 040432 1) 31 35 12 4,5 x 35 PZ2 100
GKM 27 040434 2) 31 35 27 4,5 x 50 PZ2 100
1) Supplied with plasterboard screws panhead.
2) Supplied with plasterboard screws countersunk head.

LOADS
Plasterboard xing metal GKM
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specied diameters.
Type GKM

Chipboard screw [mm] 4,0 - 5,0


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,07
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,08
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,11
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.

398
399
Cavity xings
400
Electrical xings
Electrical xings
Electrical xings

ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS ................................................................................................ 402


ClipFix plus SD ............................................................................................................... 404
Cable clasp KB ............................................................................................................... 406
Cable harness SHA ...................................................................................................... 408
Pipe clip RC ..................................................................................................................... 410
Pipe clip FC ..................................................................................................................... 412
Saddle clip SCH............................................................................................................. 414
Nail clip NS / MNS ...................................................................................................... 416
Nail disc NSB .................................................................................................................. 418
Spacer pipe clamp AM ............................................................................................... 420
Conduit clip BSM .......................................................................................................... 422
Impact nail ED ................................................................................................................ 424
Cable tie BN / UBN...................................................................................................... 426
Wireclip ............................................................................................................................ 428

401
Electrical xings ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS

The user-friendly clip xing for pipes and conduits

Cable xing Fixing exible pipes

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Solid pumice block
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The complete element combines For xing of: The clip xing is set into the drill hole
anchor, screw and clamp. This saves Individual electric cables without the need for any additional
materials, allows for one-handed instal- Cable bundles screws and xes the pipe directly to
lation, and reduces assembly time. Flexible pipes the base material.
The slimline geometry of the xing Rigid plastic pipes The clamping force of the locking
element only protrudes slightly, thus catch allows the ClipFix to hold itself in
saving space. the drill hole.
The three dierent sizes of each of Place the clasp of the cable strap LS
the cable strap LS, twin clamp ZS and into the drill hole so that it is level and
single clamp ES cover a range of cable the teeth grip.
diameters, thus reducing storage. Recommended loads (safety factor 4):
The long-lasting nylon material is cable strap LS up to 6kg, twin clamp
ame resistant, halogen- and sili- ZS and single clamp ES up to 11kg
cone-free, can be used all year round, Temperature resistance once installed
including during a frost. This ensures a from -20C to +80C.
high level of safety.

402
ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Clip x plus cable strap SF plus LS

Clip x plus single clamp SF plus ES

ClipFix plus twin clamp SF plus ZS

Drill hole Min. drill hole Clamping range Sales unit


depth
d0 h1 D
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus LS 3/13 058155 6 35 3 - 13 100
SF plus LS 8/28 058156 6 50 8 - 28 100
SF plus LS 20/40 058157 6 50 20 - 40 100
SF plus ES 10 048151 6 40 3 - 12 100
SF plus ES 18 048152 6 40 10 - 25 100
SF plus ES 28 058183 6 40 15 - 31 100
SF plus ZS 10 058184 6 35 3 - 12 100
SF plus ZS 18 048161 6 40 10 - 25 100
SF plus ZS 28 048162 6 40 15 - 31 75

403
Electrical xings ClipFix plus SD

The user-friendly clip xing for cable ducts and cable clasps

Fixing cable ducts Fixing cable harnesses

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Solid pumice block
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The ClipFix plus SD combines anchor For xing of: To x, manually place the ClipFix plus
and screw. This saves on materials Cable channels SD directly into the drill hole. No addi-
and makes it easier to ax cable ducts Cable clasps tional screws are needed.
that are dicult to access without the Installation base cable harness The clamping force of the locking
need for additional tools. Flat building components catch allows the ClipFix to hold itself in
The simple clip xing reduces installa- the drill hole.
tion time. Recommended loads (safety factor4):
The extended shank of the clip xing SD up to 11kg
FSplusSD40 allows bridging of Temperature resistance once installed
non-bearing plaster layers, as well as from -20C to +80C.
the xing of thicker attachments.
The long-lasting nylon material is
ame resistant, halogen- and sili-
cone-free. It can be used all year
round, including during a frost. This
ensures a high level of safety.

404
ClipFix plus SD

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

scher ClipFix plus clip xing SF plus SD

Drill hole Min. drill hole Max. usable Sales unit


depth length
d0 h1 tx
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus SD 30 058178 6 35 4 200
SF plus SD 40 058179 6 35 15 100

405
Electrical xings Cable clasp KB

The at cable clasp for space-saving cable xing

Fixing cable harnesses Fixing cable harnesses

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


When using ClipFix SD:
Concrete
Solid pumice block
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The at design of the KB cable clasp For the xing of several individual The cables are clamped under the
allows for a space-saving cable xing, cables clasps. Additional cables can be easily
and simplies subsequent cable-lay- laid even after installation.
ing. The cable clasp KB is adapted to be
The combination of cable clasp KB xed either with xing SD or with
and ClipFix SD allows for one-handed Hammerx N6.
installation, thus enabling a exible Manually place the ClipFix plus SD
and economic installation. directly into the drill hole. No addi-
The long-lasting nylon material is hal- tional screws are needed.
ogen- and silicone-free. It can be used The Hammerx N is expanded when
all year round, including during a frost. the nail is driven in, and holds by
This ensures a high level of safety. friction in the drill hole.
Temperature resistance once installed
from -20C to +80C.

406
Cable clasp KB

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

ClipFix plus cable clasp SFplus KB 8

ClipFix plus cable clasp SFplus KB 16

Cable clasp KB 8

Cable clasp KB 16

Drill hole Min. drill hole Dimensions Dimension of slot Max. number of ducts Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 axb BxL
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus KB 8 048171 6 35 15 x 133 6 x 10 8 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
SF plus KB 16 048172 6 35 15 x 230 6 x 10 16 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 25
KB 8 058135 15 x 133 6 x 10 8 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
KB 16 058136 15 x 230 6 x 10 16 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50

407
Electrical xings Cable harness SHA

The adaptable cable harness for xing cable bundles

Fixing cable bundles Fixing cable bundels

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


When using clip xing SD:
Concrete
Solid pumice block
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The seal of the cable harness SHA For xing of: Cable bundles can be laid in the cable
makes it easy to lay cables at a later Electric cables, loose and bundled harness SHA. The seal makes it easy
date, thus ensuring high user-friend- to lay cables at a later date.
liness. The cable harness SHA can either be
Combining several SHA cable har- axed with ClipFix plus, installation
nesses allows for a cost-eective xing base MS or with plugs and screws.
of cables to just one MS installation Several SHA cable harnesses can be
base. combined below one another.
The MS installation base allows for The SHA cable harnesses can also be
various xing options, and allows for lined up adjacent to one another with
great exibility for the installation. the connection piece SHAKP.
The long-lasting nylon material is hal- The maximum installation distance of
ogen- and silicone-free. It can be used 80cm must not be exceeded.
all year round, including during a frost. Temperature resistance once installed
This ensures a high level of safety. from -20C to +80C.

408
Cable harness SHA

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Cable harness SHA

Installation base SHA MS

Steckx plus installation base SF plus MS

Connection piece SHA KP

Drill hole Min. drill hole Dimensions Max. number of ducts Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 axb
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SHA 15 058139 93 x 49 15 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
SHA 30 058140 128 x 59 30 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 25
SHA MS 058141 41 x 27 connection piece 50
SF plus MS 048181 6 35 41 x 27 installation base with clip-plug 50
SHA KP 058142 installation base 50

409
Electrical xings Pipe clip RC

The convenient pipe xing

Fixing plastic insulation pipes Fixing plastic insulation pipes

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


When using clip xing SD:
Concrete
Solid pumice block
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The pipe clipRC can be used with For xing of: Plastic insulation pipes are laid into
pre-installed clip xingSD, with Ham- Plastic insulation pipes the pipe clip. The pre-tensioning of the
merx N6 or in 11mm C-shaped pro- pipe clip holds the pipes securely.
le-rails, and thus allows for a exible The pipe clipRC is adapted to be xed
and cost-eective installation. with either clip xingSD or Hammer-
The 6mm-long hole allows for the x N6.
optimal alignment of the pipe xing Manually place the ClipFix plusSD
and ensures a more user-friendly directly into the drill hole. No addi-
installation. tional screws are needed.
Two additional pipe clips can be The HammerxN is expanded when
added to the sides of a pre-xed pipe the nail is driven in, and holds by
clip. This saves assembly time and friction in the drill hole.
materials. Temperature resistance once installed
The long-lasting nylon material is hal- from -20C to +80C.
ogen- and silicone-free. It can be used
all year round, including during a frost.
This ensures a high level of safety.

410
Pipe clip RC

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Clipx plus pipe clip RC

Pipe clip RC PG

Drill hole Min. drill hole Suitable for IEC Clamping range Dimension of slot Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 D BxL
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus RC IEC 12 048190 6 35 12 12 - 13 6x7 100
SF plus RC IEC 16 048191 6 35 16 15 - 16 6x8 100
SF plus RC IEC 20 048193 6 35 20 20 - 21 6 x 10 100
SF plus RC IEC 25 048197 6 35 25 24 - 25 6 x 10 50
SF plus RC IEC 32 048198 6 35 32 31 - 32 6 x 10 25
SF plus RC IEC 40 048199 6 35 40 38 - 40 6 x 10 25
RC IEC 12 058194 12 12 - 13 6x7 100
RC IEC 16 058120 16 15 - 16 6x8 100
RC IEC 20 058122 20 20 - 21 6 x 10 100
RC IEC 25 058198 25 24 - 25 6 x 10 50
RC IEC 32 058199 32 31 - 32 6 x 10 40
RC IEC 40 058200 40 39 - 40 6 x 10 40
RC IEC 50 079194 1) 50 50 - 51 6 x 10 20
RC IEC 63 079196 1) 63 62 - 64 6 x 10 15
1) Does not include latching catches, therefore cannot be mounted side by side.

411
Electrical xings Pipe clip FC

The exible pipe clip for various diameters

Cable xing Fixing plastic insulating conduits

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


When using Hammerx N:
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid brick
Natural stone
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The exible pipe clip socket ensures a For xing of: The cable or pipe is laid in the pipe
secure hold for various cable and pipe Electric cables clipFC. The pre-tensioning of the pipe
diameters, and reduces the number of Flexible and rigid plastic pipes clip holds the cables or pipes securely.
products required. The pipe clipFC is adapted to be xed
The pipe clipFC can be installed with with N5 Hammerxes.
both N5 Hammerxes and 11mm-C- The HammerxN is expanded when
shaped prole-rails, and thus oers the nail is driven in, and holds by
great exibility. friction in the drill hole.
Two additional pipe clips can be Temperature resistance once installed
added to the sides of a pre-xed clip from -40C to +80C.
clamp. This saves assembly time and
materials.
The long-lasting nylon material is halo-
gen-free. It can be used all year round,
including during a frost. This ensures a
high level of safety.

412
Pipe clip FC

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Pipe clip FC

Clamping range Sales unit


D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
FC 6 - 9 GR 068060 6-9 100
FC 9 - 12 GR 068062 9 - 12 100
FC 12 - 16 GR 068064 12 - 16 50
FC 16 - 20 GR 068066 16 - 20 25

413
Electrical xings Saddle clip SCH

The exible cable clamp for various diameters

Fixing cable harnesses Cable xing

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


When using Hammerx N:
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid brick
Natural stone
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


With its elastic spring tabs, the saddle For xing of: The cables or pipes are laid in the
clipSCH can bear dierent cable Electric cables saddle clipSCH and xed by inserting
diameters. This increases exibility Flexible and rigid plastic pipes the locking latch.
and reduces the number of products The internal tabs adapt to t various
required. cable or pipe diameters.
Additional clips can be added to the The saddle clipSCH is adapted to be
sides of a pre-xed clip. This saves xed with N5 Hammerxes.
installation time and materials. The HammerxN is expanded when
The long-lasting nylon material is hal- the nail is driven in, and is held in
ogen- and silicone-free. It can be used place by friction in the drill hole.
all year round, including during a frost. Temperature resistance once installed
This ensures a high level of safety. from -40C to +80C.

414
Saddle clip SCH

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Saddle SCH, colour: Nylon transparent

Saddle SCH, colour: grey RAL 7035

Art.-No. Clamping range Dimension of insulated pipes Sales unit

Grey RAL Nylon trans- D


Item 7035 parent [mm] [pcs]
SCH 812 068012 060012 8 - 12 6x1-8x1 100
SCH 1216 068016 060016 12 - 16 10 x 1 - 12 x 1 50
SCH 1619 068019 069019 16 - 19 50
SCH 1623 068023 060023 16 - 23 15 x 1 - 18 x 1 50
SCH 2332 068032 060032 23 - 32 22 x 1 - 22 x 1,5 25
SCH 3242 060042 32 - 42 22 x 1 - 22 x 1,5 25

415
Electrical xings Nail clip NS / MNS

The fast xing for electric cables

Cable xing Cable xing

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Hardboard
Wood
Aerated concrete
Chipboard
Plywood
Solid gypsum panels and other plas-
tered substrates
Vertically perforated brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The nail clip features a pre-assembled To x electric cables with varying Position the nail clip with the laid
nail, allowing for a fast xing, thus diameters cable. Hammer in the pre-assembled
reducing assembly time. nail with a hammer.
The small space required for xing
simplies installation in narrow spaces.
The nail clip MNS covers cable diam-
eters from 4 mm to 14 mm with just
3 sizes.

416
Nail clip NS / MNS

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Nail clip NS

Nail clip MNS

For cable Clamping range Length of nail Sales unit


D L
Item Art.-No. [ mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
NS 7 058173 7 7 25 100
NS 8 058174 8 8 25 100
NS 9 058175 9 9 25 100
NS 10 058176 10 10 30 100
NS 12 058177 12 12 35 100
MNS 4-7 094673 4-7 25 100
MNS 7-11 094674 7 - 11 25 100
MNS 10-14 094675 10 - 14 30 100

417
Electrical xings Nail disc NSB

The secure cable xing in wall slots

Cable xing Cable xing in slits

BUILDING MATERIALS
Wall slots
Also suitable for:
Hardboard
Wood
Chipboard
Plywood
Solid gypsum panels
Vertically perforated brick
Aerated concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The nail disc NSB allows for use in two For xing cables in wall slots Align the nail disc with either dimen-
slot widths, thus oering high exibil- sions 27 mm or 34 mm, depending
ity for the installation. on the slot width, and hit the nail in
The vaulted structure of the nail disc with the hammer.
ensures an optimal contact pressure The disc xes the cable in the wall slot.
and, as such, for a secure hold.
The at nail disc only protrudes
slightly, and can thus be easily plas-
tered over.
The nail disc NSB is made from high-
strength polypropylene. The nail is
made from hardened, galvanised steel.
The tried and tested material combina-
tion for in-wall installation.

418
Nail disc NSB

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Nail disc NSB

Dimension of nail Dimension of disc Sales unit


axb bxl
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
NSB 2/40 048308 2 x 40 27 x 34 200
NSB 2/50 048309 2 x 50 27 x 34 150
NSB 2/60 048310 2 x 60 27 x 34 100
NSB 3/40 048311 3 x 40 27 x 34 150
NSB 3/50 048312 3 x 50 27 x 34 150
NSB 3/60 048313 3 x 60 27 x 34 100

419
Electrical xings Spacer pipe clamp AM

The installation-friendly metal spacing disc for cables and pipes

Fixing steel armoured conduits Fixing conduits

BUILDING MATERIALS
When using nail anchor FNAII:
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Pre-stressed concrete hollow slabs
When using HammerxN:
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Solid brick
Natural stone
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The fast-locking latch ensures easy For xing of: The spacer clampAM with M6 thread
opening and closing without com- Steel conduits can either be axed with scher nail
pletely removing the screw, and allows Electric cables anchor FNAII6x30M6x43, stud
for a simple and fast installation. screw STST6x60 and STST6x80 or
The pre-tted combination screw with with Hammerx N 6x40/10 M6.
conventional slotted or recessed screw
head allows for the use of dierent
screwdrivers, thus allowing for a sim-
ple installation.

420
Spacer pipe clamp AM

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Metal two-piece pipe clamp AM

Dimension IEC Clamping range Sales unit


D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
AM 8 060185 8 50
AM 10 060186 10 50
AM 12 060187 12 12 50
AM 14 060188 14 50
AM 15/16 060189 16 15 - 16 50
AM 18 060190 18 50
AM 20 060191 20 20 50
AM 22 060192 22 50
AM 24 060193 24 50
AM 25/26 060194 25 25 - 26 50
AM 28 060195 28 50
AM 30 060196 30 50
AM 32 060209 32 32 25
AM 34 060210 34 25
AM 37 060211 37 37 20
AM 40 090849 40 40 15
AM 50 090850 50 50 10
AM 63 090851 63 63 10

421
Electrical xings Conduit clip BSM

The at metal clip for cables and pipes

Fixing armoured conduits Fixing armoured conduits

BUILDING MATERIALS
When using impact nail ED:
Concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The open conduit clip BSM is ideal for For xing of: Depending on your requirements, use
the post-installation xing of conduits. Electrical conduits a conduit clip with 1 or 2 xing points,
The conduit clip allows for a direct x- Flexible and rigid plastic insulating or a twin clamp.
ing with impact nails and is, therefore, Steel conduits The conduits or pipes are laid in the
quick and easy to install. conduit clip. Assembling the clip xes
Two conduits or pipes can be xed the conduits / pipes.
with just one xing point with the twin Our recommendation for xtures on
clamp BSMZ. concrete: Impact nail ED15, 18, 22.

422
Conduit clip BSM

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Conduit clip BSM

Conduit clip BSMD

Conduit clip BSMZ

Art.-No. Dimension IEC Clamping range Sales unit

D
Item BSM BSMD BSMZ [mm] [pcs]
6 015014 6 100
8 015015 8 100
10 015016 10 100
10 015068 10 50
12 015017 015069 12 50
14 015018 015070 14 50
15 015093 15 50
16 060149 060169 16 16 50
18 060150 060170 18 50
20 060151 060171 079535 20 20 50
22 060152 060172 22 50
24 060153 079536 24 50
25 090839 090844 25 25 50
26 096958 015076 26 50
28 060175 28 25
28 060155 079537 28 50
30 015019 30 50
32 090840 32 32 50
32 090845 32 32 25
37 060158 060178 37 25
40 090841 090846 40 40 25
42 015081 42 20
42 015021 42 25
47 015082 47 20
50 090842 50 50 20
50 090847 50 50 15
63 090848 63 63 10
63 090843 63 63 15

423
Electrical xings Impact nail ED

Fixing in concrete without pre-drilling

Fixing armoured conduits Fixing perforated tapes

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The stable impact nail ED can be set in For xing of: The impact nail ED is set in the setting
concrete with the impact nail setting Conduit clips such as BSM, BSMD, tool SZE.
tool SZE without pre-drilling. This BSMZ The bracket in the setting tool holds
allows for a fast installation. Perforated band such as LBK, LBV the nail securely in place during the
The setting tool SZEs impact pro- installation procedure.
tection provides the best protection The nail can then be directly hit into
for your hand, thus ensuring a safe the concrete.
installation.

424
Impact nail ED

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

Impact nail ED

Length Diameter Sales unit


l D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
ED 15 048212 15 4 200
ED 18 079815 18 4 200
ED 22 014570 22 4 200

TECHNICAL DATA

Impact nail setting tool SZE Toolset for SZE


Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


SZE 079820 1
Toolset for SZE 043365 4

425
Electrical xings Cable tie BN / UBN

For the simple bundling of cables and pipes

Cable xing Bundling electric cables

CHARACTERISTICS

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The long-lasting nylon material is halo- For bundling of Lie the cable tie around the object to
gen- and silicone-free. Electric cables be xed, and pull the band through
The cable tie UBN (black) is made Flexible and rigid plastic insulating the head of the cable tie. The cable tie
from UV-stabilised material, and is pipes can no longer be opened due to the
therefore particularly suited to use in Steel conduits latching of the tab in the teeth.
exterior areas. Temperature resistance once installed
from -40C to +80C
Recommended processing tempera-
ture up to -25C

426
Cable tie BN / UBN

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA
Cable tie BN, colour: transparent

Cable tie UBN, colour: black

Colour: Colour: black Dimensions Sales unit Outer carton


transparent
bxl
[mm] [pcs] [pcs]
Item
BN/UBN 2,5 x 100 087478 087488 2,5 x 100 100 20000
BN/UBN 2,5 x 120 087479 087489 2,5 x 120 100 15000
BN/UBN 2,5 x 200 087480 087490 2,5 x 200 100 10000
BN/UBN 3,6 x 150 087481 087491 3,6 x 150 100 10000
BN/UBN 3,6 x 200 019802 037573 3,6 x 200 100 10000
BN/UBN 3,6 x 300 037490 069364 3,6 x 300 100 7500
BN/UBN 4,6 x 200 087484 087494 4,6 x 200 100 7500
BN/UBN 4,8 x 250 037582 069367 4,8 x 250 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 280 087485 087495 4,8 x 280 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 350 037653 069368 4,8 x 350 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 370 037583 069369 4,8 x 370 100 8000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 430 037708 069370 4,8 x 430 100 5000
BN/UBN 7,6 x 350 087487 087497 7,6 x 350 100 2500
BN/UBN 7,6 x 450 037996 069374 7,6 x 450 100 2500
BN/UBN 7,6 x 550 037997 069375 7,6 x 550 100 2000
BN/UBN 8,8 x 760 037998 069376 8,8 x 760 100 1800
BN/UBN 8,8 x 810 038000 069377 8,8 x 810 100 1500
BN/UBN 8,8 x 1168 038002 069379 8,8 x 1168 100 800

427
Electrical xings Wireclip WIC

Innitely variable xing of wire suspensions

Suspension of signs Suspensions for trade show exhibits

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNUNCTIONING


The simple system, comprising wire For suspension of: Loops are formed from the wire, which
and Wireclip, guarantees ease of use. Lighting strips can be threaded through the Wire-
The Wireclips simple closing mecha- Cable trays clips. This allows objects to be hung.
nism means that no tools are needed. Bus bars The Wireclips can be adjusted at any
This allows for a cost-eective instal- Ventilation ducts time.
lation. Pipes The FNA II 6x25 OE is suitable for
The reclosable Wireclips make it pos- Signs xing the wire.
sible to adjust the length at any time. Cooling ceilings Note:
This guarantees the greatest exibility. Do not apply paint or any other
coating.
Do not apply lubricant.
Do not use for lifting loads.
Remove damaged wire ends using the
wire cutter WIZ prior to introducing
wires into the Wireclip.

428
Wireclip WIC

Electrical xings
TECHNICAL DATA

WIC 2 WIC 3 WIC 4


Wire- Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]


WIC 2 VE20 044559 2 - 2,5 20
WIC 3 VE20 044561 2,5 - 3,5 20
WIC 4 VE10 044563 3-4 10
WIC 2 VE100 044560 2 - 2,5 100
WIC 3 VE100 044562 2,5 - 3,5 100
WIC 4 VE50 044564 3-4 50

TECHNICAL DATA

WIS cable set with eyelet Wire cutter WIZ


Cable length Wire- Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [m] [mm] [pcs]


WIS 2/1 045956 1 2 10
WIS 2/2 045957 2 2 10
WIS 2/3 045958 3 2 10
WIS 2/5 045959 5 2 10
WIS 2/10 045960 10 2 10
WI 2 mm 044565 1) 200 2 1
WIZ 044721 1
1) on a roll

LOADS
Wireclip
Highest recommended loads1) for each Wireclip.
Type Diameter of wire cable Recommended tensile load

[mm] [kN]
WIS complete system2) 2 0,5
WIC 22) 2 0,6
WIC 22) 2,5 1,0
WIC 32) 3 1,2
WIC 42) 4 2,3
1)
Includes the safety factor 5. 2)
Only in combination with fischer wire cable.

429
430
Sanitary xings
Sanitary xings
Sanitary xings

Sanitary xings for board materials ....................................................................... 432


Ceramic xings .............................................................................................................. 434
Wash basin and urinal xings .................................................................................. 436

431
Sanitary xings for board materials

Complete xing sets for wash basins and urinals in board


Sanitary xings

building materials and plumbing walls

Urinals Wash basins

BUILDING MATERIALS
Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
breboards
Chipboard

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


With their special geometries, KM and Wash basins KM is suitable for push-through instal-
WDP are the specialists for xings in Urinals lation.
plumbing and hollow walls. When placed in the drill hole, the wide
The wide transition beams of the transition beam of the KM indepen-
KM and the large base plate of the dently swings open behind the board.
WDP ensure a good load distribution, WDP is set into the plumbing walls
thus allowing for a high load-bearing during wall installation.
capacity.

432
Sanitary xings for board materials

Sanitary xings
TECHNICAL DATA

WDP - Wash basin and urinal xing

Thread Length Sales unit


x length l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
WDP 10 x 170 014320 M 10 170 10

TECHNICAL DATA

Gravity toggle KM 10

Drill hole diameter Anchor length Min. cavity depth Max. panel Screw Sales unit
thickness
do l a dp ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
KM 10 050326 30 180 140 90 M 10 x 180 25

433
Sanitary xings Ceramic xings

Complete xing sets for free-standing toilets and bidets

Free-standing toilets Bidets

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Complete xing sets including brass Free-standing toilets S8RD is suitable for push-through
screws allow for quick and easy instal- Bidets installation.
lation. Ceramic shelves WCN and S8D are suitable for both
A pronounced rim prevents contact Mirrors pre-positioned and push-through
between the screw and ceramics, installation.
thus ensuring nothing gets damaged The WB5Ns assembly bracket is ex-
during xing. ibly positioned on the base using the
The WB5Ns assembly bracket with long hole. The ceramics are then xed
pre-drilled rows of holes allows for a to the bracket via the rows of holes.
exible xing with two directions. These counterbalance any height
The WCN is also suitable for xing dierences in the ceramic assembly
ceramic shelves and mirrors, and holes.
can thus be used for a wide range of
applications.

434
Ceramic xings

Sanitary xings
TECHNICAL DATA
WCN

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


WCN 1 060561 2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 6kt., 2 cover caps white, 2 snap-fit sleeves 50
WCN 2 060562 2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome, 2 snap-fit sleeves 50

TECHNICAL DATA
S 8 D 70 WCR

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome and white,
S 8 D 70 WCR 060564 50
2 snap-fit sleeves

TECHNICAL DATA
S 8 RD WCR
Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


S 8 RD 60 WCR 060570 2 wall plugs S 8 RD 60, 2 brass screws 6 x 65 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome and white 50
S 8 RD 80 WCR 060568 2 wall plugs S 8 RD 80, 2 brass screws 6 x 85 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome and white 50

TECHNICAL DATA

WC xing WB 5N

Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


2 S plugs SX 10, 2 Screws 7x65 zinc-plated, 2 Nylon angles, 2 washers 8mm,
WB 5N 018652 50
2 screws A2 stainless steel, 2 flanged sleeves, 2 cover caps chrom

435
Wash basin and urinal xings

Complete xing sets for wash basins, urinals and sanitary


Sanitary xings

installations

Urinals Wash basins

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


Concrete
Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
breboards
Vertically perforated brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Cavity oor slabs made of brick, con-
crete, etc.
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone
Aerated concrete
Chipboard
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Complete xing sets allow for quick Wash basins The rimless UX is suitable for pre-posi-
and easy installation. Urinals tioned and push-through installation.
The universal plug UX can be used in Built-in toilets Screwing in the screw causes the UX
all solid, hollow and board materials, Boilers to expand in the solid building material
thus oering a high level of exibility. Gas heaters and to knot within the cavity.
Flanged nuts and collar sleeves made Cisterns Maximum load-bearing capacity is
of high-strength nylon are resistant to only achieved when the screw is
ageing and chemicals, and guarantee screwed in so far that the spanner at
a long-lasting xing that will not dam- lies on the plug rim.
age the ceramics. Tiles and plaster are not classed as
Cover caps with a high-quality chrome load-bearing base materials.
nish ensure the xture remains visu-
ally attractive for a long period of time.

436
Wash basin and urinal xings

Sanitary xings
TECHNICAL DATA

WD - Wash basin and urinal xing

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M 8x90 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M8,
WD 8 x 90 080659 50
installation instructions
WD 8 x 110 080658 2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M 8x110 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M8 50
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10x120 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M10 MH,
WD 10 x 120 080655 50
installation instructions
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10x140 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M10 MH,
WD 10 x 140 080656 50
2 hexagon nuts M10, installation instructions

TECHNICAL DATA

BO - Boiler xing set

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


BO 120 080654 4 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 4 stud screws M 10 x 120 zinc-plated, 4 flanged nuts BU M 10 25

TECHNICAL DATA

Wash basin xing WST

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stutd screws M 10 x 140 zinc-plated,
WST 10 x 140 080660 50
2 hexagon nuts M10 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BDH M10, installation instruction
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 12 x 150 zinc-plated,
WST 12 x 150 080661 50
2 hexagon nuts M 12 zinc-plated, 2 flanged bushes BDH M 12
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 12 x 180 zinc-plated,
WST 12 x 180 080662 50
2 hexagon nuts M 12 zinc-plated, 2 flanged bushes BDH M 12

TECHNICAL DATA

UST 8 x 110 - Urinal xing UST 10 x 120 - Urinal xing

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M 8 x 110, 2 washers B 8.4 DIN 125,
UST 8 x 110 083578 50
2 plastic washer 8,4 x 16 x 1,6, 2 cap nuts FA 8, 2 cover caps chrome plated
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10 x 120, 2 flanged nuts BU M 10,
UST 10 x 120 080668 10
2 cover caps AKM 10 CR

437
Sanitary xings Wash basin and urinal xings

TECHNICAL DATA

WL - WC- and sanitary xing

Contents per plastic bag Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]


WL 7 x 60 080651 2 wall plugs UX 10, 2 screws 7 x 65 hex. head zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 100
WL 8 x 70 080652 2 wall plugs UX 10, 2 screws 8 x 70 6kt. DIN 571 zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 100
WL 10 x 70 080650 2 wall plugs UX 12, 2 screws 10 x 70 6kt. DIN 571 zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 50

ACCESSORIES

BUM Flanged nut

Thread Width across nut Washer Match Sales unit


x length SW
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BU M 8 MH 060200 M8 17 40 STST M8 25
BU M 10 MH 060201 M 10 17 40 STST M10 25
BU M 12 MH 060204 M 12 19 40 STS M 12 25

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap AKM

Colour Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


AKM 10 W 080972 white BU M10 MH 20
AKM 10 CR 080951 chrome BU M10 MH 100
AKM 12 CR 080952 chrome BU M12 MH 100

ACCESSORIES

Installation tool HED

Thread Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


HED 079831 M 6, M 8, M 10, M 12 1

438
439
Sanitary xings
440
Scaold and eye screw xings
Scaold and eye screw xings
Scaold and eye screw xings

Scaold anchoring GS 12 + plug S 14 ROE / S 16 H R ............................. 442


Scaold anchoring FI G .............................................................................................. 444
Eye screw GS.................................................................................................................. 446
Ring nut RI ....................................................................................................................... 448

441
Scaold and eye screw xings Scaold anchoring GS 12 + plug

The standard scaold anchoring

Scaold anchoring Faade scaolds

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


S 14 ROE + GS 12 suitable for:
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick
S 16 H R + GS 12 suitable for:
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Aerated concrete
Solid panel made from gypsum
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The ideal interaction of the scaold Faade scaolds In order to achieve the maximum load-
eyebolt and plug allows for a high Ropes bearing capacity, nylon plugs should
load-bearing capacity, thus providing Chains only be used once.
increased safety. Climbing scaolds We recommend use with plug
The high-quality weld stops the eye Lighting S16HR in perforated brick and aer-
from opening. Clothes lines ated concrete.
The large diameter of the cover caps Hanging baskets The screw-in markings provide a visual
(available separately) covers drill holes control during assembly, and thus
completely and discreetly, even those allow for a simple and problem-free
with slightly broken edges. installation.
Pre-drill into wood when not using
plugs. The drill bit diameter should
equal the core diameter of the screw.
Suitable cover caps AD12x40 (see
page PL) for closing o remaining drill
holes for S14ROE.
Not suitable for swings, hammocks
etc.

442
Scaold anchoring GS 12 + plug

Scaold and eye screw xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Scaold eyebolt GS 12

Shaft diameter Shaft length Max. thickness of Eye- Match Sales unit
non-bearing layer
ds L t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GS 12 x 90 080925 12 90 15 23 S 14 ROE 70 25
GS 12 x 120 080926 12 120 30 / 10 23 S 14 ROE 100 / S16 H 100 R 25
GS 12 x 160 080927 12 160 65 / 45 23 S 14 ROE 135 / S 16 H 135 R 25
GS 12 x 190 080960 12 190 110 / 70 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 230 080961 12 230 110 / 70 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 300 081269 12 300 110 / 70 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 350 080962 12 350 110 / 70 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25

TECHNICAL DATA

Plug S 14 ROE

Plug S 16 H R

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Eect. anchorage Anchor length Max. thickness of Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth for through depth non-bearing layer tration
xings
do h2 hef l t x l+5
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
S 14 ROE 70 052160 14 80 70 70 75 25
S 14 ROE 100 052161 14 110 70 100 30 105 25
S 14 ROE 135 052162 14 145 70 135 65 140 25
S 14 ROE 185 052164 14 195 70 185 110 190 25
S 16 H 100 R 059187 1) 16 120 90 100 10 105 50
S 16 H 135 R 059188 1) 16 155 90 135 45 140 50
S 16 H 160 R 059189 1) 16 180 90 160 70 165 50
1) Also suitable for screws with metric thread M12.

LOADS
Scaold anchoring S14 ROE / S 16 H R + GS 12
Average failure loads1) of a single anchor.
Type S 14 ROE + GS 12 S 16 H R + GS 12

Average failure load in the respective base material F2)


Concrete C20/25 [kN] 14,5 -
Solid brick Mz12 [kN] 13,0 -
Solid sand-lime brick KS12 [kN] 14,5 -
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete V2 [kN] 3,0 -
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL12 [kN] 3,5 5,0
Vertically perforated brick Hlz12 [kN] 3,5 3,5
1)
The determination of the permissible load follows national regulations. If national regulations are missing we recommend to use a safety factor 7.
2)
Valid for short term tensile load.

443
Scaold and eye screw xings Scaold anchoring FI G

The scaold anchoring with metric thread M12

Scaold anchoring Faade scaolds

BUILDING MATERIALS
When combined with internal
threaded anchor:
Concrete C20/25 - C50/60:
Injection mortar FIS EM / FIS V
Internal threaded anchor
RG 18x125 M12 I
Art.-No. 50562 (see page 116)

Masonry:
Injection mortar FIS V 360 S
Perforated sleeve FIS H 20x85 K
Art.-No. 41904 (see page 165)
Internal threaded anchor
FIS E 15x85 M12
Art.-No. 43634 (see page 156)

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


When used together with an internal Faade scaolds The scaold anchoring FIG should be
threaded anchor or a steel xture with Climbing scaolds used with an internal threaded anchor.
internal thread M12, the scaold Tensioning ropes Detailed information about its func-
screw FIG allows for repeated installa- Chains tioning can be found in the Chemical
tion and removal using the same xing Lighting xings chapter.
point. Clothes lines Not suitable for swings, hammocks
The high-quality weld stops the Hanging baskets etc.
eye from opening, thus providing
increased safety.

444
Scaold anchoring FI G

Scaold and eye screw xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Scaold eyebolt FI G 12

Thread Thread length Shaft diameter Max. thickness of Eye- Sales unit
non-bearing layer
M LG ds t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FI G 12 x 40 080933 M 12 30 12 40 23 20
FI G 12 x 80 080934 M 12 30 12 80 23 20

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap AD 12 x 40

Colour Length Head height Sales unit


l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
AD 12 x 40 W 060259 white 40 3 100
AD 12 x 40 G 060260 grey 40 3 100

445
Eye screw GS

The universal eye screw for use with scher plugs or for direct
Scaold and eye screw xings

use in wood

Hanging baskets Trellis

BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS


S 12 R + GS 10 suitable for:
Concrete
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick
S 14 H R + GS 10 suitable for:
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
GS 10 suitable for:
Wood

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The ideal interaction of the eye screw Ropes Pre-drill when using with wood. The
and plug allows for a high load-bear- Chains drill bit diameter should equal the core
ing capacity, thus providing increased Climbing scaolds diameter of the screw.
safety. Lighting The maximum load-bearing capacity
The high-quality weld stops the eye Clothes lines is achieved when combined with the
from opening. Hanging baskets plugs recommended by scher (see
table Technical Data). The nylon plug
must only be used once.
Not suitable for swings, hammocks
etc.

446
Eye screw GS

Scaold and eye screw xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Eye screw GS

Shaft diameter Shaft length Bolt penetration Match Eye- Sales unit
ds L s
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GS 8 x 50 502620 8 50 50 S 10 / SX 10 15 20
GS 8 x 80 080918 8 80 58 S 10 / SX 10 22 20
GS 8 x 100 080919 8 100 58 S 10 / SX 10 22 20
GS 8 x 120 080920 8 120 58 S 10 / SX 10 22 20
GS 10 x 160 080929 10 160 S 12 R, S 14 H R, GB 14 30 20

TECHNICAL DATA

Plug S 12 R

Plug S 14 H R

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Eect. anchorage Anchor length Max. xture thick- Sales unit
for through xings depth ness
do h2 hef l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
S 12 R 100 050177 12 110 60 100 40 100
S 12 R 135 050178 12 145 60 135 75 100
S 14 H 100 R 059179 14 110 90 100 10 50
S 14 H 135 R 059180 14 145 90 135 45 50

LOADS
Eye screw GS
Highest recommended loads1) of a single anchor.
Type S 10 + GS 8 S 12 R + GS 10 S 14 H R + GS 10

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)


Concrete C12/15 [kN] 0,67 1,03 -
Solid brick Mz12 [kN] 0,63 1,00 -
Solid sand-lime brick KS12 [kN] 0,57 0,84 -
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete V4 [kN] 0,26 0,29 0,43
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL12 [kN] - 0,30 0,34
Vertically perforated brick Hlz12 [kN] 0,36 0,36 0,50
1)
Includes the safety factor 7.
2)
Valid for axial load.

447
Scaold and eye screw xings Ring nut RI

The ring nut for all xings with threaded studs

Hanging baskets

BUILDING MATERIALS
In line with the anchor used:
Concrete, cracked and non-cracked
Solid and hollow building materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The metric internal thread gives the Ropes The ring nut is to be used with an
ring nut RI exibility and means it can Chains anchor with threaded studs.
be used with a range of steel anchors Climbing scaolds Detailed information about its func-
or threaded rods; e.g. FHII, FHBII-A, Lighting tioning can be found in the High
RGM, FZA, FAZII, FISA. Clothes lines Performance Steel Anchors and
Hanging baskets Chemical Fixings chapters. The
following anchors, for example, can be
used: FHB II, RG M, FZA, FAZ II, FIS A.
Not suitable for swings, hammocks
etc.

TECHNICAL DATA

Ring nut RI

Match Eye- Total height Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]


RI M 8 080840 M8 20 36 20
RI M 10 080842 M 10 25 45 10
RI M 12 080844 M 12 30 53 10

448
449
Scaold and eye screw xings
450
Insulation xings / Faade xings
Insulation xings / Faade xings
Insulation xings / Faade xings

Insulation support DHK .............................................................................................. 452


Insu
Insulation
su
ulaatiion
on ssupport
uppo
up port DHK
po ......................................................................................................... 452
DHK ..............................................................................................
.................... 452
Insulation support DHM ............................................................................................. 454
Insulation
IInnsuulaati
tion
io n ssupport
on upppo
portrt DHM
DHMHM... .............................................................................................
......................................................................................................... .. .......... 454
45
54
Render xing DIPK ....................................................................................................... 456
R Re
Render
end der xing
xin
ng DIDIPK
P ........................................................................................................
PK .................................................. ........................................................................... ..... 456
45
56
Render xing FIF-K ....................................................................................................... 458
Render
Re
R end
n ere xing
xin
ing FIF-K
g FI
FIF-
F K .......................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
... .......... 458
45
58
Render xing FIF-S ....................................................................................................... 460
Re
R end
n er
Render er xing
xin
i g FIF-F S .......................................................................................................
F-
FIF-S ................................................................................................................ .. .......... 460 46
60
Insulation discs .............................................................................................................. 462
In
Insulation
nsu
sulati
laati
t onnddiscs
iscs ...............................................................................................................
is
iscs .......
.. .............................................. ... ............. .. ............... ....................................................... 462
Retaining disc with screw DHT S ........................................................................... 464
Holding
Ho
H ld
ding cclclamp
lamp
mp DVDVN VN ..................... ..................................................................................................... 468
..................................................................................................... 468
46
Insulation xing FID ..................................................................................................... 466
R Re etaainin
Retaining ng d iscc w
disc ith
it
with h scscrerew
re
screw w DH .......................................................................................... 464
DHT S ............................................................................ 46
64
Holding clamp DVN ..................................................................................................... 468
In
IInsulation
nsuula
lati
t on xing
xing
in
ng FI
FID D ...........................
.....................................................................................................
................................................... ......................
.. .... .................................. 466
466
46
Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H......................................................................... 469
Insulation
In
nsula
su
u ation on
nddisc
iscc FA
is FATB TBB.....................................................................................................
........................................................................ ....................................... ................................. 391 391
39
Fibre
F brre cement
Fi ceeme
ment p panel
anel sscrew crew
cr rew wF FAFZ
AF
A FZ H..........................................................................
FZ ................................................................................. 469
....... 4 9
46

451
Insulation support DHK

The cost-eective plastic insulation support for all conventional


Insulation xings / Faade xings

insulating boards

Insulating materials in rear-ventilated faades Insulating materials in rear-ventilated faades

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Aerated concrete
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The optimised geometry of the expan- To x soft and pressure-resistant The DHK is set in push-through instal-
sion section ensures a low anchorage insulating materials in rear-ventilated lation using a hammer.
depth and reduces the amount of faades, such as: The plate size of the insulation sup-
drilling required. Mineral / glass wool port is to be selected in line with the
Flexible pins in the plate area adapt to PU panels compressive strength of the insulat-
the insulating material, and ensure a Light building boards made of wood ing material: DHK 45 for pressure-
sustained contact pressure. wool resistant; DHK 90 for soft insulating
The simple hammerset installation Cork boards / coir matting materials.
allows for a quick installation process Polystyrene The expansion of the ribs in the drill
and thus reduces workload. Foam glass boards hole gives the DHK an ideal contact
The colouring of the DHK 90 means pressure.
that it does not stand out on black Temperature range when installed:
clad insulating material in rear-venti- -40C to +80C.
lated faades.
The DHK 45 is suitable for use in
pressure-resistant insulating boards
and reveals.

452
Insulation support DHK

Insulation xings / Faade xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Insulation support DHK 45, Insulation support DHK,


plate- 45 mm plate- 90 mm
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Eect. anchorage Anchor length Max. xture Sales unit
depth depth thickness
do h1 hef l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
DHK 40 080937 8 30 20 65 40 250
DHK 60 080938 8 30 20 85 60 250
DHK 80 080939 8 30 20 105 80 250
DHK 100 080940 8 30 20 125 100 250
DHK 120 080941 8 30 20 145 120 200
DHK 140 080949 8 30 20 165 140 200
DHK 160 512150 8 30 20 185 160 100
DHK 180 512151 8 30 20 205 180 100
DHK 200 512153 8 30 20 225 200 100
DHK 220 512154 8 30 20 245 220 100
DHK 45/40 080892 8 30 20 65 40 250
DHK 45/60 080893 8 30 20 85 60 250
DHK 45/80 080894 8 30 20 105 80 250
DHK 45/100 080895 8 30 20 125 100 250

LOADS
Insulation support DHK
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
Type DHK

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec 2)


Concrete C12/15 [kN] 0,03
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,03
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,03
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 6 [kN] 0,03
Vertically perforated brick Hlz 12 [kN] 0,02
Aerated concrete PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,02
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 2)
Valid for tensile load.

453
Insulation support DHM

The re-protection-tested metal insulation support for re-


Insulation xings / Faade xings

resistant insulating boards

Pressure-resitant insulating materials on ceiling Pressure-resistant insulating materials in curtain


undersides faades

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Concrete
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Aerated concrete
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The metal insulation support achieves To x re-resistant soft or pressure- The insulation support is set in push-
re resistance F 120. This means that resistant insulating materials, such through installation using a hammer.
it can be used where there are re as: The spring steel expands when ham-
resistance requirements. Mineral / glass wool mered into the base material.
The DTM 80 plate for soft insulating Light building boards made of wood Use the DTM 80 plate (available sepa-
materials (available separately) simpli- wool rately) to x soft insulating materials.
es storage and minimises costs. Foam glass boards
The simple hammerset installation Also suitable for:
allows for a quick installation process Polystyrene boards
and thus reduces workload. Coir matting
The shaft geometry allows setting in
aerated concrete without pre-drilling,
thus saving a stage of installation.

454
Insulation support DHM

Insulation xings / Faade xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Insulation support metal DHM, Insulation retaining metal washer DTM 80,
washer- 35 mm washer- 85 mm, inside- 14 mm
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Eect. anchorage Anchor length Max. xture Sales unit
depth depth thickness
do h1 hef l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
DHM 30 088801 1) 8 60 50 90 0 - 40 250
DHM 60 088802 1) 8 60 50 110 30 - 60 250
DHM 90 088803 1) 8 60 50 140 60 - 90 250
DHM 120 061581 1) 8 60 50 170 90 - 120 250
DHM 135 503131 1) 8 60 50 185 120 - 135 250
DHM 150 061582 1) 8 60 50 200 150 250
DHM 200 519317 1) 8 60 50 250 170 - 200 125
DHM 250 519318 1) 8 60 50 300 220 - 250 125
DHM 30 INOX 506135 1) 8 60 50 90 0 - 40 250
DHM 60 INOX 506136 1) 8 60 50 110 30 - 60 250
DHM 90 INOX 506137 1) 8 60 50 140 60 - 90 250
DHM 120 INOX 506138 1) 8 60 50 170 90 - 120 250
DHM 150 INOX 506140 1) 8 60 50 200 120 - 150 250
DHM 200 INOX 519319 1) 8 60 50 250 170 - 200 125
DHM 250 INOX 519320 1) 8 60 50 300 220 - 250 125
DTM 80 088806 250
DTM 80 INOX 506141 250
1) Fixing tapped into aerated concrete G2/G4 without pre-drilling.

ACCESSORIES

Cover cap DHM ADK-W Cover cap DHM ADK-GR Cover cap DHM ADK-BG
Diameter Colour Outer carton Sales unit
D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
DHM ADK-W 013330 37 white 5000 250
DHM ADK-GR 046843 37 grey 10000 250
DHM ADK-BG 046844 37 beige 2500 250

LOADS
Insulation support DHM
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
Type DHM
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec 2)
Concrete C12/15 [kN] 0,25
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,25
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,25
Aerated concrete (without pre-drilling) PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,10
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 2)
Valid for tensile load.

455
Insulation xings / Faade xings Render xing DIPK

The cost-eective drive anchor with plastic nail

Pressure-resistant insulation boards with render-


ing

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The glass-bre-reinforced plastic nail To x pressure-resistant insulating Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive
(GRP nail) reduces the heat transmis- materials in faades, such as: and/or old render, are to be included
sion and prevents marks on the plaster Polystyrene boards in the anchors useful length.
surface. Light building boards made of wood The DIPK is set in push-through instal-
The simple hammerset installation wool lation using a hammer.
allows for a quick installation process Cork boards / coir matting In solid materials the GRP nail needs
and thus reduces workload. PU panels to be shortened at the predetermined
The well-proven design with low breaking point.
anchorage depth reduces the amount Driving the nail into the anchor shaft
of drilling required, thus achieving a causes the DIPK to expand in the base
high level of eciency. material.
The DIPK can be used universally in
rear-ventilated curtain faades, as well
as in plaster faades.

456
Render xing DIPK

Insulation xings / Faade xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Render xing DIPK

Drill hole diameter Usable length Min. drill hole Eect. anchorage Nail length Fixing length Sales unit
depth depth
do tx h1 hef l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
DIPK 8/20-40 041865 8 20 - 40 40 30 77 70 200
DIPK 8/40-60 041866 8 40 - 60 40 30 97 90 200
DIPK 8/60-80 041867 8 60 - 80 40 30 117 110 200
DIPK 8/80-100 041868 8 80 - 100 40 30 137 130 200
DIPK 8/100-120 041869 8 110 - 120 40 30 157 150 200
DIPK 10/10-30 043966 10 10 - 30 40 30 67 60 200
DIPK 10/40-60 043967 10 40 - 60 40 30 97 90 200
DIPK 10/60-80 043968 10 60 - 80 40 30 117 110 200
DIPK 10/80-100 043969 10 80 - 100 40 30 137 130 200
DIPK 10/100-120 043970 10 110 - 120 40 30 157 150 200
DIPK 10/120-140 043971 1) 10 120 - 140 40 30 117 170 200
DIPK 10/140-160 043972 1) 10 140 - 160 40 30 137 190 200
1) Installation with setting tool, included in each package.

457
Insulation xings / Faade xings Render xing FIF-K

The pre-assembled drive anchor with reinforced plastic nail

Pressure-resistant insulation boards with render-


ing

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The pre-assembled xing element To x pressure-resistant insulating Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive
simplies installation and saves time. materials in plaster faades, such as: and/or old render, are to be included
The simple hammerset installation Polystyrene boards in the FIF-Ks useful length.
allows for a quick installation process Mineral wool boards The FIF-K is set in push-through instal-
and thus reduces workload. Light building boards made of wood lation using a hammer.
The geometry of the expansion sec- wool Driving the nail into the anchor shaft
tion ensures a low anchorage depth Cork boards / coir matting causes the FIF-K to expand in the base
and reduces the amount of drilling PU panels material.
required. Temperature range when installed:
The integrated hammer-in stop -40C to +80C.
prevents the xing from expanding
prematurely, thus enabling a problem-
free installation.
The glass-bre-reinforced plastic nail
reduces the heat transmission and
prevents marks on the plaster surface.

458
Render xing FIF-K

Insulation xings / Faade xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Render xing FIF-K

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Eect. anchorage Anchor length Max. xture Disk Sales unit
depth depth thickness
do h1 hef l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FIF-K 8/60 511771 8 45 35 108 70 58 100
FIF-K 8/80 511772 8 45 35 128 90 58 100
FIF-K 8/100 511773 8 45 35 148 110 58 100
FIF-K 8/120 511774 8 45 35 168 130 58 100
FIF-K 8/140 511775 8 45 35 188 150 58 100
FIF-K 8/160 511776 8 45 35 208 170 58 100
FIF-K 8/180 511777 8 45 35 228 190 58 100

LOADS
Render xing FIF-K
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
Type FIF-K

Recommended tensile loads in the respective base material Nrec 2)


Concrete C12/15 [kN] 0,15
Solid sand-lime brick KS12 [kN] 0,20
Solid brick Mz12 [kN] 0,20
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL12 [kN] 0,15
Vertically perforated brick HLz12 [kN] 0,15
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl10 [kN] 0,15
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load.

459
Render xing FIF-S

The pre-assembled drive anchor with innovative steel-plastic


Insulation xings / Faade xings

nail

Pressure-resistant insulation boards with rende-


Detail: innovative steel-plastic combination
ring

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete
Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
Vertically perforated brick
Perforated sand-lime brick
Solid sand-lime brick
Natural stone with dense structure
Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
Solid brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The innovative plastic nail with steel To x pressure-resistant insulating Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive
tip allows for high load-bearing materials in plaster faades, such as: and/or old render, are to be included
capacities. This reduces the number of Polystyrene boards in the FIF-Ss useful length.
anchors required per m. Mineral wool boards The FIF-S is set in push-through instal-
The long plastic nail breaks up the Light building boards made of wood lation using a hammer.
heat transmission. This in turn pre- wool Driving the nail into the anchor shaft
vents marks on the plaster surface. Cork boards / coir matting causes the FIF-S to expand in the base
The pre-assembled xing element sim- PU panels material.
plies installation and thus saves time. Temperature range when installed:
The simple hammerset installation -40C to +80C.
allows for a quick installation process
and thus reduces workload.
The geometry of the expansion sec-
tion ensures a low anchorage depth
and reduces the amount of drilling
required.
The integrated hammer-in stop
prevents the xing from expanding
prematurely, thus enabling a problem-
free installation.

460
Render xing FIF-S

Insulation xings / Faade xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Render xing FIF-S

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Eect. anchorage Anchor length Max. xture Disk Sales unit
depth depth thickness
do h1 hef l t x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FIF-S 8/60 511810 8 45 35 108 70 58 100
FIF-S 8/80 511811 8 45 35 128 90 58 100
FIF-S 8/100 511812 8 45 35 148 110 58 100
FIF-S 8/120 511813 8 45 35 168 130 58 100
FIF-S 8/140 511814 8 45 35 188 150 58 100
FIF-S 8/160 511815 8 45 35 208 170 58 100
FIF-S 8/180 511816 8 45 35 228 190 58 100
FIF-S 8/200 511817 8 45 35 248 210 58 100
FIF-S 8/220 511818 8 45 35 268 230 58 100
FIF-S 8/240 511819 8 45 35 288 250 58 100
FIF-S 8/260 511820 8 45 35 308 270 58 100
FIF-S 8/280 511821 8 45 35 328 290 58 100
FIF-S 8/300 511822 8 45 35 348 310 58 100
FIF-S 8/320 511823 8 45 35 368 330 58 100
FIF-S 8/340 511824 8 45 35 388 350 58 100

LOADS
Render xing FIF-S
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
Type FIF-S

Recommended tensile loads in the respective base material Nrec 2)


Concrete C12/15 [kN] 0,30
Solid sand-lime brick KS12 [kN] 0,30
Solid brick Mz12 [kN] 0,30
Solid block of normal weight concrete Vbn20 [kN] 0,25
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL12 [kN] 0,15
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL20 [kN] 0,25
Vertically perforated brick HLz12 [kN] 0,20
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl10 [kN] 0,20
Solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete Vbl8 [kN] 0,20
Lightweight aggregate concrete LAC4 [kN] 0,15
Lightweight aggregate concrete LAC6 [kN] 0,20
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 2)
Valid for tensile load.

461
Insulation xings / Faade xings Insulation discs

Discs for combining nail and frame xings, as well as screws

Insulating materials in two-leaf external walls

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The various disc diameters allow for To x soft and pressure-resistant insu- The disc size is to be selected in line
individual adaptation to various insula- lation materials. with the compressive strength of the
tion materials and requirements and DT90/4 on VB wall tie insulating material.
oer the greatest exibility with wide- DT 60/10, DTM 60/10 and DTM To be combined with anchors, screws
ranging applications. 70/10 in combination with 10mm or nails corresponding to the available
The exible pins in the DT 90 ensure frame xing base material.
sustained pressure on the insulation, DT 90/8 and insulation washer 8/60 DT90/4 is suitable for pushing on to
thus providing a secure hold. in combination with 8mm hammerx scher wall tie VB.
The DTM 60 made of stainless steel HV and HK 36 with 5mm screws
A4 makes it possible to use a frame
xing, and allows for a secure xing
of the insulation material in faade
construction in cases of high require-
ments.

462
Insulation discs

Insulation xings / Faade xings


TECHNICAL DATA

HV 36 plastic HV 36 zinc ISO-disk 8/60 DT 60/10 DTM-A4 DTM 70/10 DT 90


Disk Disc height Through hole Steel sheet Sales unit
thickness
df
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
HK 36 plastic 004283 36 3 5 100
HV 36 zinc 004286 36 3 5 100
ISO-disk 8/60 001680 60 7 8 100
DT 60/10 044317 60 7 10,5 0,5 50
DTM 60/10 A4 088805 60 3 10,5 0,5 100
DTM 70/10 zinc 044318 70 3 10,5 50
DT 90/4 080957 1) 90 7 4 250
DT 90/8 080958 90 7 8 250
1) The central hole is adapted in such a way that the disc clamps well on the 4 mm wire of the VB walltie.

463
Retaining disc with screw DHT S

The installation-friendly polyamide retaining disc for panel


Insulation xings / Faade xings

building materials

Pressure-resistant insulation boards on ceiling Pressure-resistant insulation boards on timber


undersides constructions

BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS


Wood and wooden materials
Sheet thickness up to 0.8 mm

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The DHT-S screw allows setting with- To x pressure-resistant insulating Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive,
out pre-drilling, thus saving a stage of materials in plaster faade, such as: are to be included in the useful length.
installation. Polystyrene The retaining disc with screw is set in
The plug reduces the heat transmis- PU panels push-through installation with a cord-
sion and prevents marks on the plaster Light building boards made of wood less screwdriver.
surface. wool A PH2 bit is required for installation.
The extremely thin disc construc- Cork boards / coir matting After installation, seal the screw hole
tion allows for use with thin layers of with the enclosed plug.
plaster and reinforcements and oers
maximum exibility.

464
Retaining disc with screw DHT S

Insulation xings / Faade xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Retaining disc with screw DHT S

Colour Usable length Shaft length Screw length Eect. anchorage Disk Sales unit
depth
tx L ls hef
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
DHT S 30 W 044390 white 30 20 45 25 50 500
DHT S 50 W 044392 white 40 - 50 20 65 25 50 500
DHT S 70 W 044394 white 60 - 70 40 65 25 50 500
DHT S 80 W 044395 white 70 - 80 40 75 25 50 500
DHT S 100 W 044388 white 90 - 105 40 100 25 50 500
DHT S 120 W 044389 white 110 - 125 40 120 25 50 500
DHT S 150 W 516154 white 140 - 155 40 150 25 50 500

465
Insulation xings / Faade xings Insulation xing FID

The xing for anchoring in insulation

Fixings in ETICS Fixings in ETICS

BUILDING MATERIALS
Non-plastered, pressure-resistant insu-
lating boards
Plastered, pressure-resistant insulating
boards
ETICS insulating boards

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Since the anchor is set exclusively in To x lightweight xtures in plas- The FID can be set in the insulating
the insulation itself, xtures can be tered and non-plastered insulating board with a cordless screwdriver or
installed without thermal bridges. boards. by hand.
The geometry of the FID allows for The areas of application are: The special spiral thread taps itself in
a simple installation in thin layers of Faade construction (ETICS) the insulating board.
plaster, without the need for pre-drill- Insulating construction Fixtures are xed with a4.5mm
ing, thus saving a stage of installation. Electric construction screw for the FID50, and with a
The FID 50 is used in thin insulating Refrigerated and climate construction 6mm screw for the FID90.
boards from 50mm. The FID 90 is Acoustic construction Water ingress in the insulation can be
used in thicker insulating boards, and prevented by sealing the plug collar
can bear higher loads. with a suitable sealant after successful
The bit mounting allows for setting pre-positioned installation.
with standard tools, thus allowing for a
fast and economic installation.

466
Insulation xing FID

Insulation xings / Faade xings


TECHNICAL DATA

Insulation xing FID 50 Insulation xing FID 90


Anchor length Min. bolt pene- Wood and chip- Drive Sales unit
tration board screws
l ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FID 50 048213 50 50 4,5 - 5 T40 50
FID 90 510971 90 90 6 6 mm / 6-kt 25

LOADS
Insulation xing FID
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with maximum diameter.
Type FID 50 FID 90

Screw diameter [mm] 4,5- 5,0 6


Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec 2)
Polystyrene PS 15 [kN] 0,05 0,08
Polystyrene PS 20 [kN] 0,09 0,14
1)
Includes the safety factor 5. 2)
Valid for tensile load.

467
Insulation xings / Faade xings Holding clamp DVN

The installation-friendly insulation clamp

Pressure-resistant insulation boards on timber Pressure-resistant insulation boards on ceiling


constructions undersides

BUILDING MATERIALS
Wooden materials
Wooden panel materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The holding clamp DVN allows for a To x pressure-resistant insulation The holding clamp is xed with the
hidden installation for a homogeneous materials (e.g. polystyrene, PU panels, supplied nails on the wooden sub-
surface. glass foam boards) onto timber strate with a hammer.
The complete xing system, compris- sub-structures, predominantly in the The points of the holding clamp
ing the clamp and zinc-plated nails, ceiling area. DVN are pushed into the slot side of
allows for an immediate installation in the insulating board until it is held
line with building requirements. securely.
The Sendzimir-galvanised steel claw
allows for durable use for the secure
anchoring of pressure-resistant insula-
tion materials.

TECHNICAL DATA

Clamp DVN

For insulation Sales unit


thickness

Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]


DVN 15 047240 up to 60 250
DVN 30 047243 from 80 250

468
Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ-H

Insulation xings / Faade xings


The pre-assembled bre cement panel screw

Corrugated root tiles made of bre cement

BUILDING MATERIALS
Wood
Panel building materials

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The screw is pre-tted with a seal For xing of: The screw is set in push-through instal-
washer. This provides a complete x- Fibre cement panels lation using a cordless screwdriver. No
ing set for a simple installation. Undulating roof tiles pre-drilling of the bre cement panel
The screw is protected against corro- is required.
sion and thus withstands the stresses
of weather when used outside.

TECHNICAL DATA

Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H

Diameter x length Min. bolt pene- Sales unit


tration
l2
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FAFZ-H 6,5 x 130 DS 25 092210 6,5 x 130 50 100

469
470
Foams, sealants
Foams, sealants
Foams, sealants

One-component gun foam PUP B2 ....................................................................... 472


One-component gun foam PUP G B2 .................................................................. 473
One-component gun foam PUBS B2 .................................................................... 474
One-component gun foam PUP B3 ....................................................................... 475
One-component gun foam PUFS B1 .................................................................... 476
One-component gun foam PUPP G B2 ................................................................ 477
One-component rapid installation foam PU1 .................................................... 478
2-component rapid foam PU2................................................................................. 479
2-component xing foam .......................................................................................... 480
Accessories ..................................................................................................................... 481
Premium sanitary silicone DSSA ............................................................................ 483
Sanitary silicone DSSI ................................................................................................. 484
Multi-silicone DMS ....................................................................................................... 485
Premium high temperature silicone DHS ............................................................ 486
Premium construction silicone DBSA ................................................................... 487
Roof and wall silicone DBSI ...................................................................................... 488
Premium silicone for natural stone DNS .............................................................. 489
Premium B1 silicone DFS ......................................................................................... 490
Premium painting acrylic DMA ............................................................................... 491
Acrylic sealant DA ........................................................................................................ 492
Premium structured acrylic DSA ............................................................................ 493
Premium express cement DEC ................................................................................ 494
Premium all-weather sealant DDK ......................................................................... 495
Roof sealing compound DD ..................................................................................... 496
Accessories ..................................................................................................................... 497
Sealant selection matrix and colour board ......................................................... 498
Zinc Spray FTC-ZS ........................................................................................................ 500
Zinc-Alu Spray FTC-ZA................................................................................................ 501

471
One-component gun foam PUP B2

The gun foam with proven sound and thermal insulation as well
Foams, sealants

as increased foam yield

Window connection joints Connection joints around shutter boxes

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials General test certicate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-137
Concrete Proven joint soundproong
Anodised layer R(ST,w)=61 dB in line with ISO EN
Gypsum plasterboard 717-1
Wood Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
Sand-lime brick heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone) Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
Masonry ness of a<0.1 m/[h*m*(daPa)/3]
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The thermal protection and proven Insulating and lling window connec- 1-component PU foam
reduction of air permeability full the tion joints, around window sills and Building material class B2
high standards for modern thermal shutter boxes Yellow in colour
protection. Insulating and lling in roong work Foam yield of extruded foam 55 l
The proven 61dB sound insulation and dry construction Processing temperature +5C to
fulls the standards of modern sound Insulating and lling nished ele- +35C
insulation and helps to reduce noise. ments, wall connections, wall penetra- Non-tacky after approx. 25 minutes
The high yield of up to 55 l reduces tions and cavities Can be cut after approx. 1 hour
the number of cans needed, thus Insulating and lling pipe penetrations Cures within 5 to 8 hours
ensuring maximum economic e- and ventilation ducts Temperature resistant from -40C to
ciency. +90C
The low level of foam expansion dur- Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
ing the curing period avoids rework- several layers and then dampen
ing, thus guaranteeing a simple and Fresh foam stains can be removed
time-saving application. immediately with scher PU cleaner.
The solid valve prevents adhesion
when being stored horizontally or
during long interruptions of work, thus
guaranteeing long-lasting functionality.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per can Max. foam yield Colour Sales unit
(free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PUP 750 B2 (D) 053084 825 55 yellow 12

472
One-component gun foam PUP G B2

Foams, sealants
The grey gun foam in the compact can with high foam yield

Window connection joints Closing joints in structural work

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials General test certicate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-137
Concrete Proven joint soundproong
Anodised layer R(ST,w)=61 dB in line with ISO EN
Gypsum plasterboard 717-1
Wood Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
Sand-lime brick heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone) Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
Masonry ness of a<0.1 m/[h*m*(daPa)/3]
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The compact, handy can allows for Insulating and lling component joints, 1-component PU foam
use in dicult to access areas, and wall connections and wall penetra- Building material class B2
achieves a high degree of emptying tions Concrete-grey in colour
without premature loss of gas. Insulating and lling in roong work Foam yield of extruded foam 43 l
The grey colour of the foam is ideally and dry construction (e.g. in the For use at ambient and base material
suited to concrete substrates and ceiling area) temperatures of -5C to +35C (can
allows for an inconspicuous lling of Insulating and lling window connec- temperature +5C to +20C)
joints. tion joints, around window sills and Non-tacky after approx. 8 minutes
The proven thermal protection and shutter boxes Can be cut after approx. 20 minutes
reduction of air permeability full the Insulating and lling pipe penetrations Cures within 5 to 8 hours
high standards for modern thermal and ventilation ducts Temperature resistant from -40C to
protection. +90C
The proven 61dB sound insulation Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
fulls the standards of modern sound several layers and then dampen.
insulation and helps to reduce noise. Fresh foam stains can be removed
The solid valve prevents adhesion immediately with scher PU cleaner.
when being stored horizontally or
during long interruptions of work, thus
guaranteeing long-lasting functionality.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per can Max. foam yield Colour Sales unit
(free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PUP 500 G B2 (D) 503259 500 43 grey 12

473
Foams, sealants One-component gun foam PUBS B2

The gun foam with proven resistance to water pressure

Sealing concrete manhole rings Filling pipe penetrations

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials General test certicate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-137
Concrete Test for watertightness up to 0.5 bar
Anodised layer for the adhesion of manhole rings
Fibre cement Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
Gypsum plasterboard heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
Wood Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
Sand-lime brick ness of a < 0.1 m/[h*m*(daPa)/3]
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone)
Masonry
Metals
Plaster
Stone

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


External testing of watertightness To quickly ll joints between hinged One-component PU foam
when used in connection with hinged manhole rings Building material class B2
manhole rings fulls the requirements To seal and bind well shafts, manhole Beige in colour
for a well foam. shafts, domestic sewage treatment Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l
The special foam is ready and easy plants and cisterns Processing temperature +5C to
to use, and replaces the time- and To insulate and ll wall penetrations, +30C
work-intensive application of mortar. cavities, wall connections and nished Non-tacky within approx. 15 minutes
The high resistance to dilute chemi- elements Bind manholes together before skin
cals and mineral oil, the resistance to formation.
acids and bacteria found in soil, and Do not cut or spread foam coming
the resistance to rot all guarantee a from the hinge
lasting function. Hardened after approx. 24 hours
PUBS is graded as normally inam-ma- Temperature resistant from -40C to
ble as per the B2 test and can, there- +90C
fore, also be used above ground. This Layer thicknesses > 50 mm foam in
oers the highest level of exibility. several layers and then dampen
The easy dosage allows for a con- Fresh foam stains can be removed
trolled lling and sealing, and en-sures immediately with scher PU cleaner.
that the correct amount is used.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per can Max. foam yield Colour Sales unit
(free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PUBS 750 B2 (D/GB) 513763 750 45 beige 12

474
One-component gun foam PUP B3

Foams, sealants
The gun foam with the perfect dosage

Window connection joints Connection joints around shutter boxes

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials Proven joint soundproong
such as: R(ST,w)=60 dB in line with ISO EN
Concrete 717-1
Anodised layer
Gypsum plasterboard
Wood
Sand-lime brick
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone)
Masonry
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
FUNCTIONING
The low level of foam expansion dur- Insulating and lling in roong work
1-component PU foam
ing the curing period avoids rework- and dry construction
Building material class B3
ing, thus guaranteeing a simple and Insulating and lling window connec-
Beige in colour
time-saving application. tion joints, around window sills and
Foam yield of extruded foam 41 l
The easy dosage allows for a con- shutter boxes
Processing temperature +10C to
trolled lling and sealing, and ensures Insulating and lling nished ele-
+30C
that the correct amount is used. ments, wall connections, wall penetra-
Non-tacky after approx. 15 minutes
The proven 60dB sound insulation tions and cavities
Can be cut after approx. 45 minutes
fulls the standards of modern sound Insulating and lling pipe penetrations
Cures within 5 to 8 hours
insulation and helps to reduce noise. and ventilation ducts
Temperature resistant from -40C to
The perfect-t connection between
+90C
the can and the gun means that work
Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
can be interrupted for as long as you
several layers and then dampen.
like, and thus guarantees long-lasting
Fresh foam stains can be removed
functionality.
immediately with scher PU cleaner.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per can Max. foam yield Sales unit
(free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PUP 750 B3 (GB) 058501 750 41 12

475
Foams, sealants One-component gun foam PUFS B1

The hardly ammable B1 gun foam

Filling cavities in the insulation Foaming steel door frames

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials General test certicate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-620
Concrete
Anodised layer
Gypsum plasterboard
Wood
Sand-lime brick
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone)
Masonry
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The PUFS is hardly ammable in line High-eciency thermal insulation on 1-component PU foam
with the B1 test and can therefore be faades Building material class B1
used between solid, mineral or metal Insulating and lling in roong work Concrete-grey in colour
building materials. Thus it provides the Insulating and lling window connec- Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l
highest level of safety. tion joints, around window sills and Processing temperature +10C to
The high-quality solid valve prevents shutter boxes +25C
adhesion when being stored horizon- Insulating and lling nished ele- Non-tacky after approx. 10 minutes
tally or during long interruptions of ments, wall connections, wall penetra- Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
work, thus guaranteeing long-lasting tions and cavities Cures within 5 to 8 hours
functionality. Temperature resistant from -40C to
The easy dosage allows for a con- +90C
trolled lling and sealing, and ensures Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
that the correct amount is used. several layers and then dampen.
Fresh foam stains can be removed
immediately with scher PU cleaner.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per can Max. foam yield Sales unit
(free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PUFS 750 (D/GB) 045300 750 45 12

476
One-component gun foam PUPP G B2

Foams, sealants
The economic adhesive foam for perimeter insulation boards

Bonding perimeter insulation boards Filling pipe penetrations

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Concrete General test certicate from building
Bitumen coatings authorities P-NDS04-772
Anodised layer
Gypsum plasterboard
Wood
Cold bitumen sheeting
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone)
Masonry
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The high foam yield allows for the Bonding expanded polystyrene panels 1-component PU foam
bonding of approx. 13 m of wall Insulating and lling wall penetrations Building material class B2
space, and is therefore especially Foaming in electrical installations Concrete-grey in colour
economical. Filling joints and cavities in all internal Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l
The use of the can/gun system constructions Processing temperature +10C to
provides a time saving of approx. 30% Fixing and sealing walls and ceilings +25C
and thus guarantees ecient work. Non-tacky after approx. 10 minutes
The special PU foam formulation Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
ensures the best adhesion to concrete Temperature resistant from -40C to
and bituminous substrates, and allows +90C
for the long-term xing of insulation Low heat conductivity
boards. Applications comparable to conven-
The very low level of post-expansion tional gun foams
avoids the formation of cavities and Fresh foam stains can be removed
guarantees a long-lasting insulation. immediately with scher PU cleaner.
Apply a min. of 3 end-to-end stripes
per board, vertically from bottom
to top on the external wall (spacing
approx. 30 cm). The bottom board
should be on xed ground as protec-
tion from later slipping. After approx.
10 minutes apply the boards onto the
holding surface and press hard.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per can Max. foam yield Sales unit
(free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PUP P 750 G B2 (D) 506671 750 45 12

477
One-component rapid installation foam PU1

The high-quality installation foam with reusable x adapter


Foams, sealants

system

Window connection joints Sealing concrete manhole rings

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials General test certicate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-136 for B2
Concrete Proven joint soundproong for B2:
Anodised layer R(ST,w)=61 dB in line with ISO EN
Gypsum plasterboard 717-1 for B2
Wood Test for watertightness for the adhe-
Sand-lime brick sion of manhole rings
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone)
Masonry
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The reclosable x adapter allows Bonding and sealing manhole rings 1-component PU foam
for immediate use and for the reuse Insulating and lling in roong work Building material class B2 or B3
of opened cans, thus guaranteeing and dry construction Beige in colour
long-lasting functionality. Insulating and lling window connec- Solid valve prevents adhesion when
The rapid installation foam has been tion joints, around window sills and being stored horizontally
approved as watertight by an external shutter boxes Foam yield of extruded foam 750 ml:
inspection and is thus suitable for use Insulating and lling nished ele- 45 l (500 ml: 30 l)
in wet conditions. It fulls the require- ments, wall connections and wall Processing temperature +5C to
ments of a well foam. penetrations +35C
The ergonomic handle sits perfectly in Non-tacky after approx. 20 minutes
the hand and allows for easy use. Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
Cures within 5 to 8 hours
Temperature resistant from -40C to
+90C
Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
several layers and then dampen.
Fresh foam stains can be removed
immediately with scher PU cleaner.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per can Max. foam yield Sales unit
(free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PU 1/500 B2 050426 500 30 12
PU 1/500 B3 (GB/E/F) 058500 500 28 12
PU 1/500 B3 (DK/SE/NO/FI) 016260 500 28 12
PU 1/750 B2 053080 750 45 12
PU 1/750 B3 (GB/E/F) 050427 750 41 12
PU 1/750 B3 (DK/SE/NO/FI) 016396 750 41 12

478
2-component rapid foam PU2

The high-quality 2-component rapid foam for secure xing with

Foams, sealants
pull activation

Foaming door frames Foaming below bath tubs

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials General test certicate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-666
Concrete
Anodised layer
Gypsum plasterboard
Wood
Sand-lime brick
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone)
Masonry
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The humidity-independent system Installation of door frames (install 2-component PU foam
guarantees a controlled foaming, thus expanders) Building material class B2
ensuring a safe and fast curing with- Filling and insulating of cavities in Light blue in colour
out repressing. walls and ceilings Solid valve minimises premature loss
The pull mechanism allows for a sim- Foaming in windows, bath tubs and of gas
ple, safe activation of the components. showers Foam yield of extruded foam 13 l
The extremely uniform and ne-pore Fixing insulating elements, wooden Processing temperature +15C to
foam structure provides high strength cladding, sheet metal panels, control +25C
values and oers a maximum of boxes Non-tacky after approx. 6 minutes
functionality. Can be cut after approx. 10 minutes
The high foam yield allows for the set- Cures after approx. 30 minutes
ting of up to 3 door frames. Thus the Temperature resistant from -40C to
foam is particularly economical. +90C
The high resistance to rotting and Fresh foam stains can be removed
ageing ensures consistent quality and immediately with scher PU cleaner.
guarantees a long-lasting xing.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per can Max. foam yield Sales unit
(free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PU 2/402 (D) 053081 400 13 12

479
2-component xing foam

The 2-component xing foam for secure xing with rotation


Foams, sealants

activation

Foaming door frames Foaming below bath tubs

BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES


Bonds to all standard building materials General test certicate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-666
Concrete
Anodised layer
Gypsum plasterboard
Wood
Sand-lime brick
Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teon, silicone)
Masonry
Metals with priming coat
Plaster

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The humidity-independent system Installation of door frames (install 2-component PU foam
guarantees a controlled foaming, thus expanders) Building material class B2
ensuring a safe and fast curing. Filling and insulating of cavities in Light green in colour
The ideal foam yield allows for the set- walls and ceilings Activation via rotary disc on the bot-
ting of up to 3 door frames. Thus the Foaming in windows, bath tubs and tom of the can
foam is particularly economical. showers Foam yield of extruded foam 11 l (suf-
The high resistance to rotting and Fixing insulating elements, wooden cient for up to 3 door frames)
ageing ensures consistent quality and cladding, sheet metal panels, control Processing temperature +15C to
guarantees a long-lasting xing. boxes +25C
Non-tacky after 7 to 9 minutes
Can be cut after 9 to 11 minutes
Cures after approx. 30 minutes
Temperature resistant from -40C to
+80C
Fresh foam stains can be removed
immediately with scher PU cleaner.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per can Max. foam yield Sales unit
(free foaming)

Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]


PU 2/403 (D) 053089 400 11 12

480
Accessories

PUP K2 PUP M3 PUP M4 BLACK

Foams, sealants
ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES
The light construction facilitates use The PUP M3 meets the tough require- The complete PTFE coating reduces
on construction sites and allows for ments of a construction site and thus cleaning to a minimum.
fatigue-free work. oers a long lifespan. Non-return ball and basket are coated
The impact-requiring control prevents The ergonomic handle allows for an with PTFE. This prevents bonding and
the unintentional unscrewing of the ideal position of centre of gravity, and guarantees a long-lasting function.
regulating screw, and is therefore therefore precise handling. The perfect combination of the
particularly user-friendly. The innitely variable control of the ergonomically shaped handle and
The gun adapter is suitable for all foam expulsion allows for a controlled trigger makes handling particularly
standard systems and enables univer- lling and insulating, and enables user-friendly.
sal application. application-orientated work. The tubes included with the 19 cm
Opened cans can remain screwed Opened cans can remain screwed long, tapered pistol pipe mean that it
onto the gun during interruptions of onto the gun during interruptions of can be individually lengthened for use
work without curing. work without curing. in the narrowest joints, thus oering a
high degree of exibility.

TECHNICAL DATA
Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


PUP K2 062400 1
PUP M3 033208 1
PUP M4 BLACK 513429 1

481
Accessories

PU-cleaner
Foams, sealants

ADVANTAGES
The active components ensure a high
cleaning eect, making the cleaner
ideal for the safe removal of fresh PU
foam.
The gun adapter is suitable for all
standard systems and enables univer-
sal application.
The separate spray head allows for the
cleaning of external surfaces, making
the product extremely versatile.
The highly active cleaner can etch
sensitive surfaces (paint, dye, textiles,
plastics). Thus you should always
conduct preliminary tests.

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


PUR 150 (D) 053083 150 12
PUR 500 (D/GB) 053085 500 12

482
Premium sanitary silicone DSSA

Foams, sealants
The high-quality premium sanitary silicone

Joints in sanitary areas Sealings in the kitchen

BUILDING MATERIALS
Chrome Glazed surfaces
Stainless steel Wood (with primer)
Anodised layer H-PVC
Enamel Ceramics
Epoxy Polyester
Tiles Sanitary acrylic
Glass

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The high-quality formulation allows for Corner, movement and connection Chemical base: 1-component silicone
easy application and smoothing, and joints in sanitary areas (sinks, showers, acetate
ensures ecient work. bath tubs, expansion joints between Permanently elastic
The outstanding movement capacity tiles etc.) With fungicide
means that DSSA is ideal for high- Connection joints in the kitchen Skin formation time: approx. 6 minutes
stress expansion joints. This guaran- Seal welds for display cabinets and Processing temperature: +5C to
tees long-lasting jointing. glass blocks +35C
The very good hold on smooth sur- Small-scale adhesions (e.g. window Temperature resistance: -50C to
faces prevents damp from forming in bars) +200C
the substrate and guarantees reliable Good chemical resistance
functioning. Very good resistance to weather,
The high wear resistance gives the ageing and UV
surface a high level of protection when Compatible with paint
cleaning. Together with the fungicidal Not paintable
properties, an ideal jointing can be Free of MDI and solvents
achieved that will last over the long Selection table for substrates - refer to
term. page 498

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DSSA TP (D/GB) 053100 transparent 310 12
DSSA W (D/GB) 053101 white 310 12
DSSA GR (D/GB) 053102 grey 310 12
DSSA BG (D/GB) 053103 bahama beige 310 12
DSSA DG (D/GB) 053105 dark grey 310 12
DSSA SW (D/GB) 053120 black 310 12
DSSA SG (D/GB) 058530 silver grey 310 12
DSSA FUG (D/GB) 512208 joint grey 310 12
DSSA SAG (D/GB) 512209 sanitary grey 310 12
DSSA MA (D/GB) 512210 manhattan 310 12
DSSA AN (D/GB) 512211 anthracite 310 12

483
Foams, sealants Sanitary silicone DSSI

The standard sanitary silicone

Joints in sanitary areas Wash basins

BUILDING MATERIALS
Stainless steel Glass
Anodised layer H-PVC
Epoxy Ceramics
Tiles Painted wood
Glazed surfaces Polyester

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The 25% elasticity means that DSSI Joints in sinks and toilets Chemical base: 1-component silicone
is ideal for expansion and connection Expansion joints between oor and acetate
joints. This guarantees long-lasting wall tiles Permanently elastic
jointing. Joints around enamel and plastic With fungicide
The very good hold on smooth showers and bath tubs Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
surfaces, e.g. tiles, prevents damp Connection joints between timber and Processing temperature: +5C to
forming in the substrate and guaran- tiles +30C
tees reliable functioning. Connection joints in the kitchen Temperature resistance: -50C to
The fungicidal properties ensure a Seal welds for display cabinets and +120C
clean look over the long term. glass blocks Permitted overall deformation: 25%
Glazing wood and aluminium win- Good chemical resistance
dows Very good resistance to weather,
ageing and UV
Not paintable
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 498

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DSSI TP (GB/E) 058515 transparent 280 12
DSSI W (GB/E) 058516 white 280 12

484
Multi-silicone DMS

The silicone sealant with an acetate base for internal and

Foams, sealants
external applications

Joints in sanitary areas Sealings in the kitchen

BUILDING MATERIALS
Stainless steel Glass
Anodised layer H-PVC
Epoxy Ceramics
Tiles Painted wood
Glazed surfaces Polyester

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Thanks to the practical elasticity of Bathrooms, showers and toilets Chemical base: 1-component silicone
25%, DMS is ideally suited to con- Connection joints to sinks acetate
nection joints with expansion. This Expansion joints between tiles Permanently elastic
guarantees long-lasting jointing. Connection joints in the kitchen With fungicide
The fungicidal properties ensure a Joints between timber and tiles Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
clean look over the long term. Seal welds for display cabinets and Processing temperature: +5C to
The very good hold on smooth sur- glass blocks +40C
faces prevents damp from forming in Temperature resistance: -50C to
the substrate and guarantees reliable +120C
functioning. Permitted overall deformation: 25%
The good resistance to UV, weathering Very good resistance to weather,
and ageing means that DMS can be ageing and UV
used both indoors and outdoors, and Not paintable
oers a high level of security over the Selection table for substrates - refer to
long term. page 498

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DMS TP (GB/E) 040385 transparent 280 24
DMS W (GB/E) 040386 white 280 24
DMS GR (GB/E) 040389 grey 280 24
DMS SW (GB/E) 504413 black 280 24
DMS TP (F/PT) 521782 transparent 280 24
DMS W (F/PT) 521783 white 280 24

485
Foams, sealants Premium high temperature silicone DHS

The silicone sealant for high temperature requirements

Sealing replaces Sealing cookers

BUILDING MATERIALS
Aluminium (with primer) Glass
Chrome Glazed surfaces
Stainless steel Ceramics
Anodised layer Not for corrosive adhesive surfaces such
Enamel as non ferrous heavy metal, sheet zinc
Tiles etc.

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The high temperature resistance of up Sealing of joints around cookers, Chemical base: 1-component silicone
to +300C means that DHS can be ovens and replaces acetate
used for joints with increased thermal Sealing of joints around boilers and Permanently elastic
load. industrial furnaces Skin formation time: approx. 15
Meanwhile, the high resistance to Sealing of joints around pipes and minutes
chemicals also allows for use in areas channels subjected to high tempera- Processing temperature: +5C to
subjected to chemical loads, thus tures +40C
oering a high level of application Sealing of ventilation grilles Temperature resistance: -60C to
safety. Sealing of air conditioning units +280C(short term to +300C)
The very good adhesion to smooth Very good resistance to chemicals
surfaces allows for the components to Very good resistance to weather,
be completely sealed. This allows for ageing and UV
reliable functioning. Not paintable
DHS is easy to apply and smooth Free of MDI and solvents
out. This allows for ecient work, Selection table for substrates - refer to
and helps to guarantee a simple and page 498
time-saving application.

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DHS RB (D/GB) 053125 reddish brown 310 12

486
Premium construction silicone DBSA

The low-odour premium construction silicone with high

Foams, sealants
adhesive spectrum

External connection joints Fixing mirrors

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete H-PVC
Chrome Ceramics
Stainless steel Copper
Anodised layer Masonry
Enamel Brass
Epoxy PMMA, PC
Tiles Polyester
Glass, glazed surfaces Steel
Wood (with primer) Zinc

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The high-quality, neutral silicone seal- Connection and expansion joints in Chemical base: 1-component silicone
ant with a very low volume shrinkage the construction industry (e.g. win- neutral alkoxy
is suitable for demanding applications dows, doors, faades, light domes) Fulls DIN EN ISO 11600 F+G 25
in construction and the industrial Window glazing Permanently elastic
sector, and guarantees a high degree Movement and connection joints in Low-odour
of functional safety. kitchens, sanitary areas and installa- With fungicide
DBSA is low-odour and is therefore tions Skin formation time: approx. 10 min
ideal for use in conned spaces. Fixing mirrors (transparent version) Processing temperature: +5C to
The silicone is easy to apply and Sealing machines, containers and +35C
smooth out, thus allowing for ecient building apparatus Temperature resistance: -40C to
work and a simple and time-saving +120C
jointing. Permitted overall deformation: 25%
The high wear resistance gives the Non-corrosive
surface a high level of protection when Very good resistance to weather,
cleaning and thus ensures a perfect ageing and UV
look over a long period. Compatible with paint
Not paintable
Resistant to wear and streak-free
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 498
TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DBSA TP (D/GB) 053090 transparent 310 12
DBSA W (D/GB) 053091 white 310 12
DBSA GR (D/GB) 053092 concrete grey 310 12
DBSA BR (D/GB) 053093 brown 310 12
DBSA SW (D/GB) 053094 black 310 12
DBSA BG (D/GB) 053095 beige 310 12
DBSA K (D/GB) 053096 pine 310 12
DBSA E (D/GB) 053097 oak 310 12
DBSA B (D/GB) 020050 beech 310 12
DBSA ZEG (D/GB) 512212 cement grey 310 12
DBSA AN (D/GB) 512213 anthracite 310 12

487
Foams, sealants Roof and wall silicone DBSI

The versatile construction silicone

External connection joints Joints between buildings

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete H-PVC
Chrome Ceramics
Stainless steel Copper
Anodised layer Masonry
Enamel Brass
Epoxy Polyester
Tiles Sanitary acrylic
Glass Steel
Glazed surfaces Zinc
Wood (with primer)

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The neutral silicone sealant is suitable Connection and expansion joints in Chemical base: 1-component silicone
for various applications in construction the construction industry neutral oxime
and the industrial sector, and thus Connection joints on windows and Permanently elastic
oers a high level of exibility. doors With fungicide
The high movement capacity means Sealing faades, curtain walling panels Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
that DBSI is ideal for expansion joints. and metal structures Processing temperature: +5C to
This guarantees long-lasting jointing. Movement and connection joints in +30C
DBSI is non-corrosive and is therefore kitchens, sanitary areas and installa- Temperature resistance: -40C to
well suited to copper and zinc-plated tions +120C
surfaces. Thus it can be used without Non-corrosive
problems in the metal processing Very good resistance to weather,
industry. ageing and UV
Compatible with paint
Not paintable
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 498

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DBSI W (D/GB) 094416 white 310 12
DBSI TP (D/GB) 094417 transparent 310 12
DBSI TP (F/ES) 521773 transparent 280 24
DBSI G (F/ES) 521781 grey 280 24

488
Premium silicone for natural stone DNS

The discolouration-free silicone sealant for marble and natural

Foams, sealants
stone

Joints on tiles and natural stone and marble


Joints on natural stone panels
panels

BUILDING MATERIALS
Marble Wood (with primer)
Natural stone (e.g. granite, porphyry, H-PVC
quartzite, sandstone) Ceramics
Also suitable for: Copper
Concrete Masonry
Stainless steel PMMA, PC
Anodised layer Sanitary acrylic
Tiles Steel
Glass Zinc

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The specially adapted formulation Sealing and jointing marble and natu- Chemical base: 1-component silicone
prevents edge soiling and gives a last- ral stone for internal and external use neutral alkoxy
ing clean look, particularly for natural Joints in sanitary areas Permanently elastic
stone and marble. Joints in faade construction Low-odour
DNS is easy to use and smooth, thus Corner joints in oors and walls With fungicide
allowing for ecient work. This guar- Movement-compensating adhesion Skin formation time 10 to 15 minutes
antees a fast and simple jointing. of natural stone onto metal structures Processing temperature: +5C to
The neutral interlacing silicone with an (e.g. stair treads) +40C
alkoxy base is low-odour and is there- Temperature resistance: -40C to
fore ideal for use in conned spaces. +120C
Non-corrosive
Good chemical resistance
Very good resistance to weather,
ageing and UV
Compatible with paint
Not paintable
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 498

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DNS TP (D/GB) 053121 transparent 310 12

489
Foams, sealants Premium B1 silicone DFS

The hardly ammable silicone sealant

Joints on re protection doors Sealings in public buildings

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete Glazed surfaces
Chrome Ceramics
Stainless steel Copper
Anodised layer Masonry
Enamel Brass
Epoxy Polyester
Tiles Steel
Glass Zinc

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The good re-inhibiting properties Sealing connection and expansion Chemical base: 1-component silicone
provide maximum safety for the seal- joints that are required to have a neutral alkoxy
ing of solid, mineral or metal building re-resistant eect against the spread- Hardly ammable material (building
materials. ing of re, water, smoke and poison- material class DIN 4102-B1) in line
Non-corrosive, thus can be used on ous fumes. with DIN 4102-1
aluminium, copper and zinc-plated Sealing components that have Permanently elastic
surfaces. This guarantees problem-free increased requirements concerning Low-odour
use within the metal processing their properties in the case of re. Skin formation time: approx. 25
industry. minutes
The neutral interlacing silicone with Processing temperature: +5C to
an alkoxy base is extremely low-odour +40C
and is therefore ideal for use in con- Temperature resistance: -40C to
ned spaces. +120C
Non-corrosive
Very good resistance to weather,
ageing and UV
Compatible with paint
Not paintable
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 498

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DFS GR (D/GB) 053131 grey 310 12

490
Premium painting acrylic DMA

The elastic acrylic sealant for internal and external applications

Foams, sealants
with immediate rain resistance

Joints in the roof area Internal expansion joints

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete Clinker brick
Anodised layer Masonry
Fibre cement Metal
Gypsum Aerated concrete
Gypsum plasterboard Plaster
Wood Brick
H-PVC Zinc
Sand-lime brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The immediate rain resistance allows For internal and external application Chemical base: 1-component disper-
for external application in all weather Internal connection joints between sion acrylic
conditions, thus avoiding interruption wood, plastic and metal windows and Elasto-plastic
of work. walls Low-odour
The high movement capacity means Joints in dry and internal construction Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
that DMA is ideal for expansion joints. Joints between stairs and walls, ceil- Processing temperature: +5C to
This guarantees long-lasting jointing. ings and walls +40C
The optimised formulation ensures Connection joints for shutter boxes Temperature resistance: -20C to
that strongly absorbent substrates do and window sills +75C
not cause splitting in the joints. This Renovation work (split jointing) Non-corrosive
increases functional safety. Very good resistance to weather,
The water-based acrylate sealant has a ageing and UV
neutral odour and is therefore ideal for Compatible with paint
use in conned spaces. Can be painted and plastered
Frost-protected in the cartridge
Free of silicone, MDI and solvents
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 498

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DMA W (D/GB) 512186 white 310 12

491
Foams, sealants Acrylic sealant DA

The acrylic sealant for internal joints

Sealing door frames Closing internal masonry cracks

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete Sand-lime brick
Anodised layer Clinker brick
Gypsum Masonry
Gypsum plasterboard Aerated concrete
Wood Plaster
H-PVC Brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The good hold on absorbent sub- Fractures in masonry and other solid Chemical base: 1-component disper-
strates guarantees a secure sealing building materials in internal areas sion acrylic
and thus allows for a reliable and Connection joints with low movement Elasto-plastic
economic application. Joints in window sill connections Low-odour
The sealant can be painted and Connection joints inside buildings Skin formation time: approx. 20
plastered and allows for a good hold between windows, doors, stairs, ceil- minutes
of standard paints/plasters on the ings and walls Processing temperature: +5C to
sealant, thus guaranteeing a non-criti- +40C
cal post-treatment. Temperature resistance: -20C to
The water-based acrylate sealant has a +75C
neutral odour and is therefore ideal for Non-corrosive
use in conned spaces. Compatible with paint
Can be painted and plastered
Frost-protected in the cartridge
Free of silicone, MDI and solvents
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 498

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DA W (E/F) 058512 white 310 12
DA W (D/GB) 053110 white 310 12
DA GR (D/GB) 053111 grey 310 12
DA BR (D/GB) 053112 brown 310 12

492
Premium structured acrylic DSA

Foams, sealants
The structured acrylic sealant for plastered walls

Joints in the roof area Closing external masonry cracks

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete Clinker brick
Anodised layer Masonry
Gypsum Polystyrene
Gypsum plasterboard Aerated concrete
Wood Plaster
H-PVC Brick
Sand-lime brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The pitted structure is ideal for coarse Filler paste to repair coarse surfaces Chemical base: 1-component disper-
surfaces, and ensures a perfect on internal and external walls sion acrylic
appearance, e.g. on rough plaster. Connection joints with low movement Elasto-plastic
The sealant can be painted and Joints in dry and internal construction Low-odour
plastered and allows for an outstand- Joints between walls and ceilings Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
ing hold of standard paints/plasters Joints on window and shutter connec- Processing temperature: +5C to
on the sealant, thus guaranteeing a tions +40C
non-critical post-treatment. Temperature resistance: -20C to
The good resistance to UV, weather +75C (rain-resistant once cured)
and ageing allows for use both indoors Non-corrosive
and outdoors. This guarantees versa- Very good resistance to weather,
tile and long-lasting jointing. ageing and UV
Compatible with paint
Paintable
Frost-protected in the cartridge
Free of silicone, MDI and solvents
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 498

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DSA W (D/GB) 512185 white 310 12

493
Express Cement Premium DEC

The ready-to-use, extrudable joint mortar for the long-lasting


Foams, sealants

closing of masonry joints

Masonry joints Wall breakthrough

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete Ceramics
Pumice Clinker brick
Fibre cement Masonry
Gypsum Aerated concrete
Wooden materials Plaster
Sand-lime brick CementBrick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The ready-to-use, sprayable joint Repairing masonry joints Chemical base: 1C polymer dispersion
mortar means that there is no need to Closing masonry cracks Plastic
add water or carry out time-consum- Fixing roof tiles Consistency: Firm
ing pre-mixing work. It enables clean, Bonding tiling and bricks Practically odour-free
purposeful work. This means that you Repairing chipped edges Skin formation time: Approx. 5 min-
avoid dirtying surrounding areas and Closing drill holes in facing masonry utes.
wasting material. during repair work Processing temperature: +5C to
Good adhesion even on slightly damp General repair work (e.g. drill holes +40C (not below +5C)
substrates practically allows for all- with cracked edges) Temperature resistance: Approx. -20C
weather work and prevents forced to +75C
interruptions. Weather-proof after approx. 24 hours.
The structure of the high-quality water- Very good resistance to UV, weather
based polymer has been perfectly and ageing
designed with the visual appearance Paintable
of the mortar in mind. This ensures a Frost-protected in the cartridge
discreet joint and perfect appearance. Free of silicone, MDI and solvents-
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 498

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Contents per Sales unit
plastic bag

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs] [pcs]


DEC CG (GB/GR) 519026 cement grey 310 12
DEC CG (D/NL/F) 519321 cement grey 310 12
V-Nozzle Express Cement 524315 5 1

494
Premium all-weather sealant DDK

The permanently elastic joint sealant with a strong hold on all

Foams, sealants
substrates

Chimney ashings Sealing gutters

BUILDING MATERIALS
Aluminium Clinker brick
Concrete Copper
Bitumen sheeting Masonry
Roong felt Metal
Stainless steel Brick
Wood Zinc

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Thanks to the high elasticity of 25%, Sealing of roong membranes Chemical base: 1-component syn-
DDK is ideally suited to high-stress Grouting roof penetrations such as thetic rubber
joints. This guarantees long-lasting chimneys or light domes, as well as Permanently elastic
jointing. edge connections Highly transparent formulation
DDK holds without a base coat, Sealing of metal and plastic gutters Skin formation time: 15 - 20 minutes
including on moist and bituminous Sealings around antennas and ventila- Processing temperature: +5C to
substrates, and is therefore suitable for tion ducts +40C
all applications in the roong area. For Sealing of chimney ashings Temperature resistance: -25C to
a high degree of economy. Sealant for metal structures +100C
The immediate rain resistance allows Permitted overall deformation: 25%
for external application in all weather Allows for emergency roof repairs
conditions, thus avoiding interruption Non-corrosive
of work. Very good resistance to weather,
DDK is non-corrosive, and thus can be ageing and UV
used on aluminium, copper and zinc- Compatible with paint
plated surfaces. This oers maximum Paintable
exibility. Frost-protected in the cartridge
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 498

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DDK TR (D/GB) 049103 transparent 310 12

495
Foams, sealants Roof sealing compound DD

The special sealant to ll joints between bitumen sheeting

Sealings around skylights Sealings around roofs with bitumen sheeting

BUILDING MATERIALS
Aluminium Copper
Concrete Plastics
Bitumen sheeting Masonry
Roong felt Metal
Stainless steel Brick
Wood Zinc
Clinker brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


The special bitumen-based formula- Sealing roong membranes and Chemical base: 1-component bitumen
tion seals roong membranes and roong felt Plastic
roong felt securely. This guarantees Bonding bitumen shingle Skin formation time > 15 hours
long-lasting functionality. Grouting roof penetrations such as Processing temperature: +5C to
DD also holds to moist substrates chimneys or light domes, as well as +40C
without a base layer. This makes edge connections Temperature resistance: -20C to
application largely independent of Sealing of metal and plastic gutters +80C
the weather and thus helps to avoid Sealings around antennas and ventila- Non-corrosive
interruption of work. tion ducts Frost-protected in the cartridge
DD is non-corrosive, and thus can be Selection table for substrates - refer to
used on aluminium, copper and zinc- page 498
plated surfaces. This oers maximum
exibility.

TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


DD SW (D/GB) 053127 black 310 12

496
Accessories sealants

KP M1 KP M2

Foams, sealants
ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES
The handy, robust solid metal con- The 18:1 transmission ratio makes
struction for standard cartridges up to extrusion rapid and energy-ecient
310 ml bears up against requirements even in the case of highly viscous
on the construction site and, as such, materials, thus guaranteeing stress-
is also suitable for professional use. free work.
The continuous in-feed allows for a The robust design with the special,
precise dosage, making it easy to use. hardened drive block meets the tough
The slim shape of the device allows for requirements of a construction site
an exact application, even in dicult and thus oers a long lifespan.
to reach spots, thus oering a high Due to the accessible cartridge, it is
level of exibility possible to align the extrusion nozzle
perfectly in place and guarantee appli-
cation-orientated work.

TECHNICAL DATA
Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]


KP M 1 053115 1
KP M 2 053117 1

497
Foams, sealants Sealant selection matrix

SEALANT SELECTION MATRIX

Non ferrous heavy metal (copper, brass)


Acrylic glass (Macrolon, perspex etc.)

Gypsum / gypsum plasterboard


Acrylic tubs (sanitary acrylic)
+ suitable

Natural stone / marble


T requires test

Brick / clinker brick


ABS / Polystyrene
- not suitable

Zinc / galvanizing
Sandblasted iron
Concrete block

Stainless steel
Chem. basis

Stoneware
Aluminium

Hard PVC

Polyester
Ceramics
Concrete

Bitumen

Aircrete

Resopal
Enamel

Plaster
Wood
Glass
Tiles
DSSA Premium sanitary silicone Silicone acetate + - + + - - - - + - + + - + + + + - + - - + + - -
DSSI Sanitary silicone Silicone acetate - - + + - - - - + - + + - + + + + - + - - + + - -
DMS Multi-silicone Silicone acetate + - T + - - - - + - + + - + - + + - + - - + + - -
DHS Premium high temperature silicon Silicone acetate + - - + T - - T + - + + T + - + + - + T T + + T T
DBSA Premium construction silicone Silicone alkoxy + + T + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DBSI Roof and wall silicone Silicone oxime + - + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DNS Premium silicone for natural stone Silicone oxime + - + + + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
DFS Premium B1 silicone Silicone alkoxy + + + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DMA Premium painting acrylic Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - + + - + + + - + + + - + + + + + + +
DA Acrylic Sealant Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - - + - - + T - - + T - + + + + + + T
DSA Premium structured acrylic Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - - + - - + + - T + T - + + + + + + +
DDK Premium all-weather sealant Synthetic rubber + - - + + - + + + + - + - - + + + - + + + + + + +
DD Roof sealing compound Bitumen - - - + + - + + + + - + - - - + + - + - T - + + +
Note: Avoid direct contact between the silicone and bituminous or plasticiser materials (e.g. EPDM, butyl, neoprene). The written and spoken information contained in this technical datasheet and our practical
support is provided to the best of our knowledge and does not represent binding information or guarantees as described in 443 of the German Civil Code. We recommend that you test the suitability of our pro-
ducts for the intended application prior to use. Due to the diverse range of applications of the individual product and the unpredictable conditions on site, we also recommend testing the adhesion prior to use.

SEALANT COLOUR BOARD


DSSA Premium sanitary silicone

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
53100 53101 53103 58530 512208 53102 512209 512210 53105 512211 53120
transparent white bahama beige silver grey joint grey grey sanitary grey manhattan dark grey anthracite black

DHS Premium high temperature silicone

Art.-No.
53125
reddish brown

DBSA Construction silicone

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
53090 53091 53095 53096 53097 20050 53092 512212 53093 512213 53094
transparent white beige pine oak beech concrete grey cement grey brown anthracite black

DFS Premium B1 silicone DA Acrylic sealant

Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.


53131 53110 58512 53111 53112
grey white white grey brown

498
Sealant selection matrix

Foams, sealants
08 07 01 03 12
03 11 04
11 03
03 07
11 03 11 04
09 03
11

07
01

01 09
08 05
04 03
02 05 03 04
03 03 02
04 04
03
07 07
08 04
02 01

Example of use for sealants


01 DSSA Premium sanitary silicone 07 DMA Premium painting acrylic

02 DHS Premium high temperature silicone 08 DA Acrylic sealant

03 DBSA Premium construction silicone 09 DSA Premium structured acrylic

04 DBSI Roof and wall silicone 11 DDK Premium all-weather sealant

05 DNS Premium silicone for natural stone 12 DD Roof sealing compound

06 DFS Premium B1 silicone

499
Zinc Spray FTC-ZS

Fast-drying surface and corrosion protection with outstanding


Foams, sealants

long-term eect for metals.

Column bases Stand mounting

BUILDING MATERIALS
All iron and steel surfaces
Blank laminations

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


In the salt spray test in line with DIN For all metals that need corrosion Dark-grey colour (similar to RAL 7042)
50021, coated metal parts displayed protection Metal proportion of over 92% in dry
no corrosion, even after 500 hours. Rust protection base layer for surfaces lm
The high proportion of zinc in the dry threatened by water and weather Shake can well for approx. 3 minutes
lm provides secure protection to all For the coating of drilling and cutting Apply at a distance of 2030 cm in a
metal surfaces that are permanently points as well as welded joints cross coat
exposed to the elements. Conductive interlayer for spot welding Surface dust-dry after just approx. 8
Thanks to the adhesive layer of corro- Repairing damaged zinc coatings minutes
sion protection and the fact that it can Fully hardened within 24 hours
be painted over, it is also ideal as a Smooth, non-porous lm
high-quality base layer. Abrasion-resistant
The high resistance to cracking and Excellent corrosion protection with
aking of a metal base material was long-term eect
conrmed by the mandrel ex test in Heat-resistant up to approx. 500C
line with DIN EN ISO 1519 Electroconductive and suitable for spot
(without damage). welding
Ideal processing temperature of 16C
to 25C

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


FTC-ZS 509242 400 12

500
Zinc-Alu Spray FTC-ZA

Ideal for repairing damaged zinc coatings using colour-

Foams, sealants
matching corrosion protection.

Ventilation systems Ladders

BUILDING MATERIALS
All iron and steel surfaces
Hot-dip galvanised surfaces following
drilling, ironwork or welding
Non-ferrous heavy metal

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING


Zinc Alu Spray represents a subtle For post-galvanising and repairing Silver-grey colour (similar to RAL
repair to damaged hot-dip galvanised damaged areas of galvanised parts, 9006) with high gloss level
areas thanks to its colour matching drilling and cutting points and welded Shake can well for approx. 2 minutes
with the hot-dip galvanisation. joints Apply at a distance of 2530 cm in a
Thanks to the excellent holding Repairing damaged zinc coatings cross coat
properties on blank metal, it guaran- Climate control and ventilation tech- Surface dust-dry after just approx. 8
tees a lasting connection to the base nology minutes
material. Guard rails Touch-dry after 2025 minutes
The fast-drying Zinc Alu Spray guar- Metal constructions Fully hardened within 24 hours
antees good, weatherproof corrosion Sheet metal coverings Smooth, non-porous lm
protection and, as such, is suitable for High abrasion resistance
use both indoors and out. Long-term heat resistance up to
approx. 200C (briey up to 300C)
Ideal processing temperature of 16C
to 25C

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


FTC-ZA 509241 400 12

501
502
Adhesives
Adhesives
Adhesives

Assembly adhesive MK .............................................................................................. 504


Construction adhesive KK ......................................................................................... 505
All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD .......................................................... 506
PVC adhesive.................................................................................................................. 507

503
Assembly adhesive MK

The building adhesive for interior areas with high initial


Adhesives

adhesion

Skirting Door stops

BUILDING MATERIALS
Concrete Sand-lime brick
Pumice Clinker brick
Anodised layer Masonry
Fibre cement Metal
Gypsum Polystyrene hard foam
Gypsum plasterboard Aerated concrete
Wood Plaster
H-PVC Brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTION / ASSEMBLY


The extremely high initial adhesion of Skirting Chemical base: One-component
120 kg/m makes it possible to attach Timber sub-structures acrylate dispersion
lots of components without the need Dcor, acoustic and insulating panels Creme white in colour
for additional xings, and thus reduces Cable ducts Processing temperature +5C to
the amount of time required. Window sills +35C
The components can be adjusted for Tiles Setting time approx. 15 minutes
a few minutes after they have been Door plates High initial adhesion of 120 kg/m
attached. This makes installation Fully functional after 24 to 48 hours
easier. Temperature resistance -20C to
The acrylate adhesive has a neutral +70C
odour and is therefore ideal for use in Non-drip (suitable for use on ceilings)
conned spaces. Addresses uneven surfaces
The special recipe makes it compatible At least one of the components to be
with foamed polystyrene, e.g. Styro- bonded must be absorbent.
foam. MK is, therefore, suitable for a Reclosable nozzle
broad range of applications. Free from solvents, silicone and MDI
Extrude with silicone application gun

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Type of packaging Colour Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
MK-310 (D) 053128 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12
MK-310 (GB) 046903 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12
MK-310 (E/P) 514857 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12
MK-310 (H/RO) 040179 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12

504
Construction adhesive KK

Adhesives
The fast-curing building adhesive for interior and exterior use

Signs Bonding in interior construction

BUILDING MATERIALS
ABS Ceramics
Concrete Clinker brick
Pumice Masonry
Anodised layer Metal
Fibre cement Natural stone
Gypsum Polystyrene hard foam
Gypsum plasterboard Aerated concrete
Wooden materials Plaster
H-PVC Brick
Sand-lime brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTION / ASSEMBLY


The polyurethane adhesive is resistant Gluing timber sub-structures Chemical base: One-component PUR
to moisture and thus can be used in Stair construction and stair renova- adhesive
exterior areas. tions Beige in colour
The extremely quick hardening Laminate cladding Processing temperature 0C to +35C
shortens the pressing and joining Skirting Setting time approx. 3 minutes
times. Thus subsequent work can be Dcor, acoustic and insulating panels Fully functional after approx. 10 min-
completed more quickly. Professional modelling utes (for invisible joints)
The optimised recipe achieves a high Door plates Temperature resistance -40C to
adhesion, including in the case of high Cable ducts +110C
temperatures, for high security. General repair and installation bond- Non-drip (suitable for use on ceilings)
The special recipe makes it compatible ings Lightly foaming / bridges gaps
with foamed polystyrene, e.g. Styro- Assembly parts have to be xed until
foam. Thus, KK is suitable for a broad functional strength has been reached
range of applications. Very high ultimate strength
Reclosable nozzle
Free from solvents and silicone
Extrude with silicone application gun

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Type of packaging Colour Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]


KK-310 (D) 059014 310 Cartridge beige 12
KK-310 (GB) 046910 310 Cartridge beige 12

505
Adhesives All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD

The exible adhesive and sealant for interior and exterior use

Sheet metal coverings Bonding and sealing aluminium proles

BUILDING MATERIALS
ABS Plastics
Concrete Copper
Pumice Masonry
Anodised layer Metals
Gypsum plasterboard Natural stone (coloured variants)
Glass Polycarbonate and PMMA
Wooden materials Polystyrene hard foam
H-PVC Aerated concrete
Ceramics Plaster
Clinker brick Brick

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTION / ASSEMBLY


The MS polymer allows for an elastic Stress-compensating bonding and sealing Chemical base: One-component
adhesion for vibration-dampening and of: hybrid polymer
stress-compensating connections for Standard mirrors (coloured variant) Colours: white, grey, black, crystal
demanding applications. Vibrating constructions clear
The extremely high initial adhesion of Metal proles Processing temperature +5C to
110 kg/m (coloured variant) makes it Joints and seams in climate and venti- +35C
possible to attach lots of components lated constructions Setting time 5 to 10 minutes
without the need for additional xing, Kitchens and built-in furniture High initial adhesion of 110 kg/m or
and thus reduces the amount of time Stair treads and window sills 50 kg/m for the crystal clear variant
required. Floor joints, connection joints in car Fully functional after 1 to 3 days
The transparent variant is ideal for body and vehicle construction Temperature resistance: -40C to
inconspicuous gluing and sealing, and +90C
guarantees an ideal appearance. Also bonds on a moist base material
and is water resistant
Suitable for bonding non-absorbent
components (see TDS)
Can be painted (see TDS)
Free from solvents, MDI and silicone
Very good resistance to weather, age
and UV

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Type of packaging Colour Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
KD-290 white (GB) 046915 290 Cartridge white 12
KD-290 crystal clear (D) 503317 290 Cartridge crystal clear 12
KD-290 white (D) 059389 290 Cartridge white 12
KD-290 grey (D) 503318 290 Cartridge grey 12
KD-290 black (D) 503319 290 Cartridge black 12
KD-290 white (I) 046917 290 Cartridge white 12

506
PVC adhesive

Adhesives
The UV and weather-proof PVC special adhesive

Pressurised water pipes up to 1.5bar Rainwater downpipes made of PVC

BUILDING MATERIALS
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
Not suitable for PE, PP, PTFE, silicone
and bitumen

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTION / ASSEMBLY


The eective resistance to weather- Weatherboarding, guttering, rabbet Chemical base: One-component PVC
ing and exceptional resistance to UV ledges and shutter strips in window adhesive
rays allows for long-lasting adhesion in construction The PVC adhesive uses the principle of
exterior areas. Removal systems, pipes pressurised cold welding; in other words, the adhe-
The quick hardening shortens the up to 1.5 bar, bushing and ttings in sive partially dissolves the surfaces so
pressing and joining times. Thus sanitary areas that, once inserted, the components
subsequent work can be completed Gutters are as good as welded in place.
more quickly. Moulded pieces Transparent in colour
Panels Processing temperature +5C to
PVC pond foils +35C
Setting time approx. 3 minutes
Fully functional after 5 to 15 minutes
Temperature resistance -15C to
+70C
Max. gap lling capacity < 0.6 mm
Apply across the entire area on both
sides
Non-drip
For pipes pressurised up to 1.5 bar
Water-resistant
Resistant to weathering and UV rays

TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Colour Type of packaging Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
PVC-125 (GB/I) 046926 125 transparent Tube in folding box 25

507
508
Drills and bits
Drills and bits
Drills and bits

Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric .................................................................. 510


Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer V .................................................................. 512
Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV ........................................................ 516
Chisel ................................................................................................................................. 518
Pro-bit FPB .................................................................................................................... 519
Diamond bit FDB .......................................................................................................... 522
Stainless steel bit FSB ................................................................................................. 525
Bit holder FBH ................................................................................................................ 527

509
Drills and bits Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric

The expert for the best performance in reinforced concrete

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The one-piece cutting element made To create approval-compliant drill
from solid carbide guarantees a low holes in:
vibration run which results in quiet Concrete
drilling. Masonry
The drill bit head with four cutting Also suitable for:
edges prevents jamming in the con- Natural stone
crete reinforcement.
The quadruple ute reliably transports
the drilling dust from the drill hole,
thus reducing wear.
The distinctive centring tip allows
for simple and high-precision drilling
and thus oers increased installation
safety.
The PGM-compliant cutting element
guarantees perfect-t drill holes and
satises the highest safety require-
ments.

510
Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric

Drills and bits


TECHNICAL DATA

Detail: top of drill Detail: top of drill


Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric
6 - 16 mm from 18 mm
Drill hole Total length Working length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]


SDS Plus IV 6/50/110 504123 6 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 6/100/160 504124 6 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 6/150/210 504131 6 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 6,5/250/310 506521 6,5 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 8/50/110 504132 8 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 8/100/160 504133 8 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 8/150/210 504134 8 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 8/250/310 506524 8 310 250 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 8/400/460 508123 8 460 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 10/50/110 504137 10 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 10/100/160 504140 10 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 10/150/210 504141 10 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 10/250/310 504143 10 310 250 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 10/400/450 506525 10 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 12/100/160 504144 12 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 12/150/210 504145 12 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 12/250/310 504150 12 310 250 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 12/400/450 506527 12 450 400 Plastic clip 1
SDS Plus IV 14/100/160 504152 14 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 14/150/210 504153 14 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 14/250/310 504154 14 310 250 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 14/400/450 506530 14 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 15/100/160 512609 15 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 15/150/210 512610 15 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 16/100/160 506532 16 160 100 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 16/150/210 506533 16 210 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 16/250/310 506535 16 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 16/400/450 506536 16 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 18/200/250 504162 18 250 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Plus IV 18/400/450 504163 18 450 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Plus IV 20/200/250 504164 20 250 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Plus IV 20/400/450 504167 20 450 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Plus IV 6/50/110 DP 508104 6 110 50 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 6/100/160 DP 508105 6 160 100 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 6/150/210 DP 508106 6 210 150 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 8/100/160 DP 508107 8 160 100 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 8/150/210 DP 508108 8 210 150 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 10/100/160 DP 508109 10 160 100 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 10/150/210 DP 508110 10 210 150 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 12/100/160 DP 508111 12 160 100 Plastic tube 5 1
SDS Plus IV 12/150/210 DP 508112 12 210 150 Plastic tube 5 1

511
Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer V

The two-ute cutter is setting new standards when it comes to


Drills and bits

drilling speed

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The optimised drill geometry allows To create approval-compliant drill
for rapid drilling progress, reduced holes in:
wear and tear, and less eort. Concrete
The centring tip allows for easy and Masonry
precise drilling and prevents slipping Also suitable for:
on smooth surfaces. Natural stone
The Power Breakers on the drill bit
head have a destructive eect. They
create micro-cracks in the material and
achieve a noticeably improved drilling
speed.
The larger reinforcement chamfers
(+35%) guarantee that the drill acts
in the best possible way when it hits
concrete reinforcements. This consid-
erably reduces the risk of problems
caused by drill jamming.
The new Vario KVS helix oers further
benets: The narrow crown width
behind the drill bit head reduces
friction and ensures a more powerful
transfer of energy during impact drill-
ing. The improved helix allows for an
ideal transportation of the drill residue.
The spiral shape increases stability
and, with it, the break resistance.

512
Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer V

Drills and bits


TECHNICAL DATA

Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer V Detail: top of drill


Drill hole Total length Working length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]


SDS Plus-V II 4/50/110 531753 4 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 4/100/160 531754 4 160 100 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 5/50/110 531755 5 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 5/100/160 531756 5 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 5/150/210 531757 5 210 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 5/250/310 531759 5 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 5,5/100/160 531761 5,5 160 100 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 5,5/150/210 531762 5,5 210 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 4/50/110 531763 4 110 50 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 6/50/110 531765 6 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 6/100/160 531766 6 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 6/150/210 531767 6 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 6/200/260 531768 6 260 200 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 6/250/310 531769 6 310 250 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 6,5/50/110 531770 6,5 110 50 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 6,5/100/160 531771 6,5 160 100 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 6,5/150/210 531772 6,5 210 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 6,5/200/260 531773 6,5 260 200 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 6,5/250/310 531774 6,5 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 7/50/110 531775 7 110 50 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 7/100/160 531776 7 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 7/150/210 531777 7 210 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 7/200/250 531778 7 250 200 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 8/50/110 531779 8 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 8/100/160 531780 8 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 8/150/210 531781 8 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 8/200/260 531782 8 260 200 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 8/250/310 531783 8 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 8/350/400 531784 8 400 350 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 8/400/460 531785 8 460 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 8/550/600 531786 8 600 550 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 9/100/160 531788 9 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 9/150/210 531789 9 210 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 9,5/100/160 531790 9 160 100 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 10/50/110 531791 10 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 10/100/160 531792 10 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 10/150/210 531793 10 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 10/200/260 531794 10 260 200 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 10/250/310 531795 10 310 250 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 10/300/350 531796 10 350 300 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 10/400/450 531797 10 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 10/550/600 531798 10 600 550 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 10/750/800 531799 10 800 750 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 10/950/1000 531800 10 1000 950 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 11/100/160 531801 11 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 11/250/310 531802 11 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 12/100/160 531803 12 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 12/150/210 531804 12 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 12/200/260 531805 12 260 200 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 12/250/310 531806 12 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 12/300/360 531807 12 360 300 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 12/400/450 531808 12 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 12/550/600 531809 12 600 550 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 12/950/1000 531810 12 1000 950 Plastic clip 1 1

513
Drills and bits Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer V

TECHNICAL DATA

Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer V Detail: top of drill


Drill hole Total length Working length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]


SDS Plus-V II 13/100/160 531811 13 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 13/150/210 531812 13 210 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 13/200/260 531813 13 260 200 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 13/250/310 531814 13 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 14/100/160 531815 14 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 14/150/210 531816 14 210 150 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 14/200/260 531817 14 260 200 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 14/250/310 531818 14 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 14/400/450 531819 14 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 14/550/600 531820 14 600 550 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 14/950/1000 531821 14 1000 950 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 15/100/160 531822 15 160 100 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 15/150/210 531823 15 210 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 15/200/260 531824 15 260 200 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus-V II 15/400/450 531825 15 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 16/100/160 531826 16 160 100 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 16/150/210 531827 16 210 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 16/200/260 531828 16 260 200 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 16/250/310 531829 16 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 16/400/450 531830 16 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 16/550/600 531831 16 600 550 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 16/750/800 531832 16 800 750 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 16/950/1000 531833 16 1000 950 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 17/150/210 531834 17 210 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 17/400/450 531835 17 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 18/150/200 531836 18 200 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 18/250/300 531837 18 300 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 18/400/450 531838 18 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 18/550/600 531839 18 600 550 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 18/950/1000 531840 18 1000 950 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 19/150/200 531841 19 200 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 19/400/450 531842 19 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 20/150/200 531843 20 200 150 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 20/250/300 531844 20 300 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 20/400/450 531845 20 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 20/550/600 531846 20 600 550 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 20/950/1000 531847 20 1000 950 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 22/200/250 531849 22 250 200 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 22/400/450 531850 22 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 22/550/600 531851 22 600 550 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 22/950/1000 531852 22 1000 950 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 24/200/250 531853 24 250 200 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 24/400/450 531854 24 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 25/200/250 531855 25 250 200 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 25/400/450 531856 25 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 25/550/600 531857 25 600 550 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 26/200/250 531858 26 250 200 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 26/400/450 531859 26 450 400 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus-V II 6/50/110 QP 531860 6 110 50 Plastic box 10 10
SDS Plus-V II 6/100/160 QP 531861 6 160 100 Plastic box 10 10
SDS Plus-V II 8/100/160 QP 531862 8 160 100 Plastic box 10 10
SDS Plus-V II 8/150/210 QP 531863 8 210 150 Plastic box 10 10
SDS Plus-V II 10/100/160 QP 531864 10 160 100 Plastic box 10 10
SDS Plus-V II 10/150/210 QP 531865 10 210 150 Plastic box 10 10

514
Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer V

Drills and bits


TECHNICAL DATA

Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer V Detail: top of drill


Drill hole Total length Working length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]


SDS Plus-V II 10/200/260 QP 531866 10 260 200 Plastic box 10 10
SDS Plus-V II 10/250/310 QP 531867 10 310 250 Plastic box 10 10
SDS Plus-V II 12/100/160 QP 531868 12 160 100 Plastic box 10 10
SDS Plus-V II 12/150/210 QP 531869 12 210 150 Plastic box 10 10
SDS Plus-V II 12/200/260 QP 531870 12 260 200 Plastic box 10 10

515
Drills and bits Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV

The hammer drill bits with SDS Max drill chuck

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The SDS Max drill chuck ensures opti- To create approval-compliant drill
mum transfer of force and allows for holes in:
rapid drilling progress for large volume Concrete
drill holes. Masonry
The drill bit head with four cutting Also suitable for:
edges prevents jamming in the con- Natural stone
crete reinforcement.
The quadruple ute reliably transports
the drilling dust from the drill hole,
thus reducing wear.
The core-reinforced ute ensures max-
imum transfer of energy, and guaran-
tees a low-vibration drilling.
The PGM-compliant cutting element
guarantees perfect-t drill holes and
satises the highest safety require-
ments.

516
Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV

Drills and bits


TECHNICAL DATA

Detail: top of drill Detail: top of drill


Hammerdrill SDS Max II and IV
SDS Max II 12 - 15 mm SDS Max IV from 16 mm
Drill hole Total length Working length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter
do l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Max II 12/200/340 504188 12 340 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 12/400/540 504189 12 540 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 12/800/920 098278 12 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 14/200/340 504192 14 340 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 14/400/540 504194 14 540 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 14/1000/1120 098279 1) 14 1120 1000 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 15/200/340 504196 15 340 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 16/200/340 504198 16 340 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 16/400/540 504199 16 540 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 16/800/920 504200 16 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 16/1200/1320 504206 16 1320 1200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 18/200/340 504207 18 340 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 18/400/540 504208 18 540 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 18/800/920 504209 18 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 18/1200/1320 504213 18 1320 1200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 20/200/320 504214 20 320 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 20/400/520 504217 20 520 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 20/800/920 504222 20 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 20/1200/1320 504223 20 1320 1200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 22/200/320 504224 22 320 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 22/400/520 504225 22 520 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 22/800/920 504226 22 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 24/200/320 504228 24 320 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 24/400/520 504229 24 520 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/200/320 504235 25 320 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/400/520 504236 25 520 400 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/800/920 504237 25 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/1200/1320 504238 25 1320 1200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/2000/2120 098287 1) 25 2120 2000 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 28/250/370 504240 28 370 250 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 28/450/570 504241 28 570 450 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 28/550/670 504242 28 670 550 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/250/370 504245 30 370 250 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/450/570 504246 30 570 450 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/800/920 057779 1) 30 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/1230/1350 040187 1) 30 1350 1210 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/1620/1740 040188 1) 30 1740 1620 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 30/2020/2140 040189 1) 30 2140 2000 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 32/450/570 504248 32 570 450 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 32/800/920 504249 32 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/250/370 504251 35 370 250 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/450/570 504256 35 570 450 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/550/670 504257 35 670 550 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/800/920 504258 35 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/1200/1320 504259 35 1320 1200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/1620/1740 040191 1) 35 1740 1620 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 35/2020/2140 040192 1) 35 2140 2000 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 38/450/570 504268 38 570 450 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 40/250/370 504269 40 370 250 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 40/450/570 504270 40 570 450 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 40/800/920 504271 40 920 800 Plastic tube 1 1
1) delivery on request

517
Chisel

High-performance chisel with SDS Plus and SDS Max drill


Drills and bits

chuck

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The SDS Plus and SDS Max drill chuck Suitable for creating holes, slots and
for the chisel allow for use with pro- installation paths in:
fessional hammer drilling machines, Concrete
and ensure a proven and safe transfer Masonry
of force. Natural stone
The use of a high quality, specially
hardened steel with surface protection
increases the life span of the tools.
The high oscillation endurance allows
for high work comfort and contributes
to the achievement of clean results.

TECHNICAL DATA

Pointed Flat Scaling

Hollow Canal Tile scaling

with glides Slotting


Type Length Width Contents Sales unit

l B
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Plus Pointed 250 504277 Pointed 250 1 1
SDS Plus Flat 20/250 504278 Flat 250 20 1 1
SDS Plus Scaling 40/250 504279 Scaling 250 40 1 1
SDS Plus Hollow 22/250 504280 Hollow 250 22 1 1
SDS Max Pointed 280 504281 Pointed 280 1 1
SDS Max Pointed 400 504282 Pointed 400 1 1
SDS Max Pointed 600 504283 Pointed 600 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/280 504284 Flat 280 25 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/400 504286 Flat 400 25 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/600 504287 Flat 600 25 1 1
SDS Max Scaling 50/400 504288 Scaling 400 50 1 1
SDS Max Scaling 80/300 504290 Scaling 300 80 1 1
SDS Max Scaling 115/350 504291 Scaling 350 115 1 1
SDS Max Hollow 26/300 504293 Hollow 300 26 1 1
SDS Max Canal 32/300 504294 Canal 300 32 1 1
SDS Max Tile Scaling 50/400 504295 Tile scaling 400 50 1 1
SDS Max with Glides 35/380 504296 with glides 380 35 1 1
SDS Max Slotting 32/300 504301 Slotting 300 32 1 1

518
Pro-bit FPB

Drills and bits


The economical bit

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The bit made from special steel with a Number of internal drives in various pro-
high hardness grade (s2 mod.) guaran- le sizes, such as:
tees the greatest service life and oers PH, PZ cross-slot
maximum cost-eectiveness. TX star recess
The high dimensional accuracy allows Hexagon socket
for an ideal t. Thus clean results and Slot
a long life span are achieved. Suitable for drives
The prole shape ensures ideal trans-
fer of force and prevents damages to
the screw heads, even in the case of
high torques.
Also available as a convenient and
user-friendly bit set with 13 and 31
parts, including a bit holder

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PH Cross drive PZ

Slot SL Allen HEX Cross drive PH Dry Walling

Pro-bit FPB in plastic box


Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FPB TX8/2 507701 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX10/2 507702 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX15/2 507703 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX20/2 507704 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX25/2 507705 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX27/2 507706 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX30/2 507707 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX40/2 507708 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB TX50/1 508131 TX star recess Plastic box 25 1 12
FPB PH1/2 507709 Cross drive PH1 Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PH2/2 507710 Cross drive PH1 Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PH2C/1 507711 PH2 + dry walling attachment Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PH3/2 507712 Cross drive PH3 Plastic box 25 1 12
FPB PZ1/2 507713 Cross drive PZ1 Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PZ2/2 507714 Cross drive PZ2 Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PZ3/2 507715 Cross drive PZ3 Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PZ4/1 507716 Cross drive PZ4 Plastic box 32 1 12
FPB PH1 50mm/1 507717 Cross drive PH1 Plastic box 50 1 12
FPB PH2 50mm/1 507718 Cross drive PH2 Plastic box 50 1 12
FPB PH3 50mm/1 507719 Cross drive PH3 Plastic box 50 1 12
FPB PZ1 50mm/1 507720 Cross drive PZ1 Plastic box 50 1 12
FPB PZ2 50mm/1 507721 Cross drive PZ2 Plastic box 50 1 12
FPB PZ3 50mm/1 507722 Cross drive PZ3 Plastic box 50 1 12
FPB SL 0,8-1-1,2/3 507723 Slot set 0,5 x 4,0 ; 1,0 x 5,5; 1,2 x 6,5 Plastic box 25 3 12
FPB HEX 4-5-6/3 507724 Allen set 4-5-6 Plastic box 25 3 12

519
Drills and bits Pro-bit FPB

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PH Cross drive PZ

Pro-Bit FPB in storage box


Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FPB TX10/10 507725 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FPB TX15/10 507726 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FPB TX20/10 507727 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FPB TX25/10 507728 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 10
FPB TX30/10 507729 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PH1/10 507730 Cross drive PH1 Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PH2/10 507731 Cross drive PH2 Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PH3/10 507732 Cross drive PH3 Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PZ1/10 507733 Cross drive PZ1 Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PZ2/10 507734 Cross drive PZ2 Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PZ3/10 507735 Cross drive PZ3 Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PZ1 50mm/5 507736 Cross drive PZ1 Storage box 50 10 6
FPB PZ2 50mm/5 507737 Cross drive PZ2 Storage box 50 10 6
FPB PZ3 50mm/5 507738 Cross drive PZ3 Storage box 50 10 6

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PH Cross drive PZ

Pro-Bit FPB in polybag


Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FPB TX 10/B10 508471 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX 15/B10 508472 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX20/B10 508473 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX 25/B10 508474 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX 27/B10 508475 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX 30/B10 508476 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX 40/B10 508477 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX 50/B5 508478 TX star recess Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PH1/B10 508479 Cross drive PH1 Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PH2/B10 508480 Cross drive PH2 Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PH3/B10 508481 Cross drive PH3 Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PZ1/B10 508482 Cross drive PZ1 Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PZ2/B10 508483 Cross drive PZ2 Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PZ3/B10 508484 Cross drive PZ3 Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PZ4/B5 508485 Cross drive PZ4 Polybag 32 5 1

520
Pro-bit FPB

Drills and bits


TECHNICAL DATA

FPB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Pro FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs inside 12 set Display FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs
Contents Length Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
je 1xPZ1+2+3, PH1+2+3,
FPB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Profi 507783 25 1
TX10+15+20+25+30+40 and 1 x FBH UVH
1xPZ3, PH3, HEX 3+4+5+6,
FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs inside 12 set Display 507781 SL 4,5+5,5+6,5, 1 x FBH Quick, 2xPZ1, PH1+2, 25 1
TX10+15+20+25+30+40, je 3xPZ2
1xPZ3, PH3, HEX 3+4+5+6,
FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs 507782 SL 4,5+5,5+6,5, 1 x FBH Quick, 2xPZ1, PH1+2, 25 1
TX10+15+20+25+30+40, je 3xPZ2

521
Drills and bits Diamond bit FDB

The non-slip bit

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The diamond particles ensure the best Number of internal drives in various pro-
possible transfer of force and prevent le sizes, such as:
the bit tip from slipping out of the PH, PZ cross-slot
screw head. TX star recess
The diamond-coated bit with a high Suitable for drives
hardness grade (s2 mod.) guarantees
the greatest service life and oers
maximum cost-eectiveness.
The torsion zones created by the
tapered bit cross-section oer relief in
the case of extreme loads and allow
for a more eortless installation.
The high dimensional accuracy allows
for an ideal t. Thus clean results and
a long life span are achieved.
Also available as a convenient and
user-friendly bit set with 13 parts,
including a bit holder

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PH Cross drive PZ

Diamond-Bit FDB in plastic box


Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FDB TX10/2 507739 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB TX15/2 507740 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB TX20/2 507741 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB TX25/2 507742 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB TX27/2 507743 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB TX30/2 507744 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB TX40/2 507745 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PH1/2 507746 Cross drive PH1 Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PH2/2 507747 Cross drive PH2 Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PH3 /2 507748 Cross drive PH3 Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PZ1 /2 507749 Cross drive PZ1 Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PZ2 /2 507750 Cross drive PZ2 Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PZ3 /2 507751 Cross drive PZ3 Plastic box 25 2 12

522
Diamond bit FDB

Drills and bits


TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PH Cross drive PZ

Diamond-Bit FDB in storage


box
Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FDB TX10/10 507752 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FDB TX15/10 507753 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FDB TX20/10 507754 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FDB TX25/10 507755 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FDB TX30/10 507756 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PH1 /10 507757 Cross drive PH1 Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PH2 /10 507758 Cross drive PH2 Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PH3/10 507759 Cross drive PH3 Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PZ1/10 507760 Cross drive PZ1 Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PZ2/10 507761 Cross drive PZ2 Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PZ3/10 507762 Cross drive PZ3 Storage box 25 10 6

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PH Cross drive PZ

Diamond-Bit FDB in polybag


Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FDB TX10/10 508486 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FDB TX15/10 508487 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FDB TX20/10 508488 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FDB TX25/10 508489 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FDB TX30/10 508490 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FDB TX40/10 508491 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FDB PH1/10 508492 Cross drive PH1 Polybag 25 10 1
FDB PH2/10 508493 Cross drive PH2 Polybag 25 10 1
FDB PH3/10 508494 Cross drive PH3 Polybag 25 10 1
FDB PZ1/10 508495 Cross drive PZ1 Polybag 25 10 1
FDB PZ2/10 508496 Cross drive PZ2 Polybag 25 10 1
FDB PZ3/10 508497 Cross drive PZ3 Polybag 25 10 1

523
Drills and bits Diamond bit FDB

TECHNICAL DATA

FDB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Diamond


Contents Length Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
je 1xPZ1+2+3, PH1+2+3,
FDB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Diamond 507784 25 1
TX10+15+20+25+30+40 and 1 x FBH UVH

524
Stainless steel bit FSB

Drills and bits


The anti-rust bit for stainless steel screws

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The special stainless steel with a high Number of internal drives in various pro-
hardness grade guarantees the great- le sizes, such as:
est service life and oers maximum PH, PZ cross-slot
cost-eectiveness. TX star recess
The stainless steel bit FSB eectively Suitable for drives
prevents the formation of extraneous
rust on stainless steel screws, thus
guaranteeing rust-free surfaces.
The high dimensional accuracy allows
for an ideal t. Thus clean results and
a long life span are achieved.
The torsion zones created by the
tapered bit cross-section oer relief in
the case of extreme loads and allow
for more eortless installation.
Ideal in combination with scher Pow-
er-Fast screws made from stainless
steel
Also available as a 13-part bit set

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PZ

Stainless-Steel-Bit FSB in plastic box


Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FSB TX10/2 507763 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB TX15/2 507764 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB TX20/2 507765 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB TX25/2 507766 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB TX30/2 507767 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB TX40/2 508132 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB TX50/1 508133 TX star recess Plastic box 25 1 1
FSB PZ1/2 507768 Cross drive PZ1 Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB PZ2/2 507769 Cross drive PZ2 Plastic box 25 2 1

525
Drills and bits Stainless steel bit FSB

TECHNICAL DATA

Star recess TX Cross drive PZ

Stainless-Steel-Bit FSB in storage box


Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FSB TX10/10 507770 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 1
FSB TX15/10 507771 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 1
FSB TX20/10 507772 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 1
FSB TX25/10 507773 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 1
FSB TX30/10 507774 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 1
FSB PZ1/10 507775 Cross drive PZ1 Storage box 25 10 1
FSB PZ2/10 507776 Cross drive PZ2 Storage box 25 10 1

TECHNICAL DATA

FSB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Stainless


Contents Length Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
je 1xPZ1+3, TX10+15+30+40, je 2xPZ2,
FSB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Stainless 507785 25 1
TX20+25 and 1x FBH UVH

526
Bit holder FBH

Drills and bits


The bit holder for rapid bit exchange

ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
The bit holder family for bits with The bit holders FBH, UVH and FBH
magnetic insert hold the bit securely Quick for use with cylinder drill chucks
in the drill chuck and oer a smooth The bit holder FBH SDS for use with
installation procedure. SDS-Plus drill chucks
The rapid bit exchange of the bit
holder FBH Quick and FBH SDS allows
for a rapid exchange of the bit while
oering the best hold.

TECHNICAL DATA

FBH UVH FBH Quick FBH SDS


Version Length Sales unit

l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
FBH UVH 507777 magnetic 50 1
FBH QUICK 507779 magnetic 50 1
FBH SDS 507780 magnetic 80 1

527
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Fundamentals

Building materials
Concrete The substrate and its quality is decisive for selection of the fixing: The building
material and anchor base. A differentiation is made between concrete, masonry
and panel building materials.
Concrete is made from a mixture of cement, additives and water. The main properties
of concrete are:
High compressive strength, but only low tensile strength ( 10% of the
Concrete compressive strength).
Insertion of reinforcement steel (individual bars or mats) increases the tensile
strength (steel + concrete = reinforced concrete)
Easily reproducible, because regulated by standards and thus it represents an ideal
anchor base.
Concrete is mainly divided into two categories:
standard concrete and lightweight concrete: While standard concrete contains gravel,
lightweight concrete comprises additives like pumice, expanded clay or Styropore, usually
with lower compressive strength. Among other things, this leads to unfavourable conditions
for anchoring fixings.
The magnitude of the performance of a heavy-load fixing depends, among other
things, on the compressive and tensile strength of the concrete. This is indicated by the
numbers in the abbreviations: e. g., the most frequently occurring concrete strength is C
20/25 for a cube compressive strength of 25 N/mm.

Compressive strength classes in different countries

Country Specimen Dimensions1) Concrete strength class Unit Standard


[cm]
C15, C20, C25, C30, C35, C40, C45, C50, GB50010-
China Cube 15x15x15 N/mm
C55, C60 2010
C12/15, C16/20, 20/25, C25/30, C30/37,
Denmark Cube 15x15x15 N/mm DS/EN 206
40/50, C45/55, C50/60
C12/15, C16/20, 20/25, C25/30, C30/37,
Germany Cube 15x15x15 N/mm EN 206
40/50, C45/55, C50/60
France Cylinder 16x32 B20, B25, B30, B35, B40, B45, B50 N/mm BAEL 91
BS EN 12390-
Great Britain Cube 15x15x15 C20, C25, C30, C37, C40, C45, C55, C60 N/mm
3:2009
C 8/10, C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30,
Italy Cube 15x15c15 28/35, C30/37, C32/40, 35/45, C40/50, N/mm UNI EN 206
C45/55, C50/60
Japan Cylinder 10x20 15 N/mm JIS A 1108
Korea Cylinder 10x20, 15x30 18, 21, 24, 27, 30 N/mm KS F 2405
C 8/10, C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30,
The Netherlands Cylinder 15x30 N/mm NEN-EN 206-1
C30/37, C35/45, C40/50, C45/55, C50/60
C 8/10, C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, NORM B
Austria Cube 15x15x15 N/mm
C30/37, C35/45, C40/50, C45/55, C50/60 4710-1
C12/15, C16/20, 20/25, C25/30, C30/37,
Sweden Cube 15x15x15 N/mm SS-EN206
40/50, C45/55, C50/60
C12/15, C16/20, 20/25, C25/30, C30/37,
Switzerland Cube 15x15x15 N/mm SIA 262
40/50, C45/55, C50/60
Non-reinforced concrete:
HM-20, HM-25, HM-30, HM-35, HM-40,
HM-45, HM-50
Spain Cylinder 15x30 Reinforced concrete: N/mm EHE-08
HA-25, HA-30, HA-35, HA-40, HA-45, HA-50
Pre-stressed conrete:
HP-25, HP-30, HP-35, HP-40, HP-45, HP-50
2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 5000,
USA Cylinder 15x30 Psi ACI 318
6000, 7000, 8000
15 1)
Conversion: fCylinder = 0.85 x fCube, 20x20x20; fCube, 15x15x15 = 1.05 x fCube, 20x20x20

528
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Expert tip

Standard concrete qualities:


C12/15 to C 50/60, even higher qualities are available for special applications.
The anchors that are mainly approved for concrete may be used from a concrete
quality of C 20/25 up to a max. of C 50/60.
C 20/25 means:
C = Concrete
20 = Compressive strength fck or fck,cyl of a concrete test cylinder
( 150mm, height 300 mm) in N/mm2
25 = Compressive strength fck, cube of a concrete test cube (edge length
150mm) in N/mm2
Normal concrete without accelerating additives reaches its nominal strength after
28 days. Only then can the fixing be applied, in compliance with the approval.
Fresh concrete: still processible up to an hour after laying.
Green concrete: up to 4 hours old, hardening, no longer processible.
New concrete: 4 hours to 28 days old, hardening, minimum
compressive strength not yet reached.
Hard concrete: older than 28 days, hardened, nominal strength reached.
Anchors used in new concrete must be suitable for it or may be loaded only
after reaching the minimum compressive strength.
Concrete always shows cracks (shrinkage during hardening, burdening)
In cracked concrete, crack-suitable anchors must be used, which must be able
to expand for opening of cracks (expansion anchor, e.g. FAZII), anchor via form
lock (undercut anchor e.g. FZA) or the adhesive bond must be suitable for the
tensile area (injection, e.g. FISEM).
Cutting through reinforcement steel while making drill holes is not permitted.
In special cases, non load-bearing steels can be cut after consultation with the
responsible structural engineer (diamond coring).
The concrete must be load-bearing along the entire length of the drill hole
(nohoneycombs or cavities).

15

529
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Building materials
Masonry
Masonry shows a larger variety in contrast to the anchoring base concrete. The
width of different bricks that are joined together using different mortars into a single
masonry compound is very large.
1 2 The division of masonry can take place as per:
1. Solid sand-lime brick The used brick (e.g. natural stone, bricks, lime stone or cellular concrete masonry).
2. Solid blocks, also known as brick or clinker brick The constructive structure (e.g. single or double layer).
The strength class and gross density of the brick.
Generally, four groups of masonry blocks are differentiated:
1 2 Solid blocks with dense structure are building materials that are very resistant
to compressive loads without cavities or with only a low percentage of hole sur-
1. Horizontal coring brick and vertical perforated brick
faces (up to max. 15%, e.g. as grip-hole). They are very well suited for anchoring
are often described as perforated bricks or honeycomb
bricks. fixings.
2. Perforated sand-lime brick Perforated bricks with a compact structure (perforated and hollow
checker bricks) These are mostly manufactured from the same compressive
strength materials as the solid blocks but are provided with cavities. If higher
loads are introduced into these building materials, special fixings should be used
1 2 (e.g. injection anchorings), like those which bridge or fill out the cavities.
Solid blocks with porous structure usually have a very large number of pores
1. Brick made of simple concrete, expanded clay,
and low compressive strength. Therefore, special fixings should be used for
2. Aircrete
optimal fastening, e.g. fixings with long expansion zone and fixings that engage
with the material.
Perforated bricks with porous structure (light perforated bricks) have many
cavities and pores and thus usually low compressive strength. In this case, special
care is needed in selection and installation of the correct fixing. Suitable fixings
Light concrete hollow blocks, e.g. of pumice or expan- include those with a long expansion zone or injection anchors with a form locking
ding clay anchorage especially with light concrete hollow blocks, with cavities that can be
filled with polystyrene.

Expert tip

Before fixing in masonry find out about exactly, which stone (description, dimensions,
perforation, material, compressive strength) and which mortar (mortar category) is involved.
For safety-relevant anchoring in unknown or old masonry, loading trials can be carried out
on site after consultation with the planner or the construction engineer.
For fixings close to the edge it is of relevance whether a load lies on the masonry (e.g. roof
truss). The load prevents the stones from sliding out of the masonry compound.
Even the so-called full bricks can have holes (e.g. MZ, KS). The holes are mostly larger grip-
holes in the centre of the brick. (Up to max. 15% cavity proportion per brick)
Always drill without hammering in ventilating and hollow bricks. Here special, well polished
drills with hard metal trimming are available.
Plaster or other non load-bearing layers may not be added to the load-bearing base.
The anchoring in the masonry joints must be avoided as far as possible due to the
inhomogeniety of joints. If the anchoring in a joint cannot be excluded (e.g. plaster on the
masonry), then it is recommended to reduce the load.
For construction-related permissible systems, the anchoring in joints (straight or horizontal
joints) is regulated in the approvals.
Lowering of fixings in the masonry makes sense only if high loads have to be anchored.
Expansion fixing that punctually induces a high load in the base is mostly not suitable for
anchoring in the masonry (Exception: frame fixing for facade construction).
15 Injection anchoring achieves the highest loads in masonry materials.

530
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Building materials

Panel building materials are thin-walled materials that often have only low Panel building materials
strength - e.g. plasterboard like Rigips, Knauf, LaGyp, Norgips; Gypsum
fibreboard like Fermacell, Rigicell or chip board, hard fibre boards, plywood,
among other things. Special fixing must be selected for optimum reinforcement;
so-called cavity fixing. These are fixings of plastic or metal and expand on the
reverse side - fixings engaging with form locking that can anchor directly on the
reverse side of the panel in the cavity.
Prestressed concrete hollow ceilings are concrete slabs that contain
standardised cavities and are reinforced with tensioning wires (steel wires) on
the rear side. The size of the cavities and the distance from one another as well
as the mirror thickness (thickness of the concrete of the ceiling bottom up to the
beginning of the cavity) are exactly prescribed. Different approved anchor systems
are available. (e.g. FHY, FBS6 or EAII).

Expert tip

Use only those anchors in simple materials, boards or prestressed concrete


hollow slabs that are permissible or suitable for these substrates.
Contact your fischer consultant on site before anchoring heavy or safety-relevant
loads in aforementioned substrates.

15

531
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Direct installation
without drilling The fixing is hammered or screwed directly into the substrate.
This enables a quick installation.
E.g. metal expansion fixingetal expansion fixing FMD for use in porous concrete
of certain quality.

Drilling
The building material is decives when drilling. Four methods are available:
Rotary drilling: Drilling in rotary mode without impact, with a sharply ground carbide
drill bit. For perforated bricks and materials with low strength, the drill hole does not
become too large with it and the bars in the perforated bricks do not break.
Carbide drill bits drill faster if they are ground sharp, similar to steel drill bits. There are
also special masonry drill bits available.
Rotary drilling Impact drilling: Rotation and a high number of light impacts with the impact drilling
machine, for solid building materials with dense structure.
Hammer drilling: Rotation and a small number of minor impacts with high impact
energy with the drilling hammer, also for solid building materials with dense structure.
Diamond or core drilling process: It is mainly used for larger drill hole diameters or
for highly reinforced components and/or if the volume or the vibrations have to be
Impact
adhered to while working.
drilling

Hammer
Standard Sharply ground
drilling carbide drill bits carbide drill bits

Expert tip
For almost all permissible fixings, rotary drillings and hammer drillings are
prescribed in the approval or guideline.
Do not use drills with excessively worn out cutting edge width across corners
anymore (see rules of approval).
For certain fixtures, special drills (e.g. drill bits) are prescribed in the approval. They
must be used.
Drill holes must be cleaned carefully (brushing and blowing out). Adhere to the
respective approval or manufacturer guidelines.
The drill hole depth is always specified exactly and based on a definite thickness of the
anchoring base. The following rule of thumb is followed for general applications without
approval: Necessary thickness of the anchoring base = drill hole depth + 30 mm.
For incorrect holes (reinforcement hits or wrong position), the position of the new drill
hole to be created is adjusted. Normally, a double hole depth of the incorrect hole must
be assumed as the distance to the incorrect hole. The wrong drill hole must be closed
(e.g. with FIS V).
Diamond coring is regulated for different anchor systems in the actual approvals. ( e.g.
FIS EM, Superbond).
Permanent moisture or dampness reduces the load-bearing capacity of chemical
fixings and plastic anchors.
The danger of cutting through the load-bearing reinforcement steel must be taken
into consideration.
15 To avoid tilting of the fixture, it must always be drilled perpendicular to the anchoring
base. Exceptional cases are regulated in the anchor approvals and/or the manufacturers
specifications (approx. 3 - 5 is tolerable).

532
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Installation
Generally, the following aspects have to be considered during installation:
The edge distance and axial spacing, as well as the component thickness and
width, must be complied with properly if the fixing is to hold the required load.
Otherwise it may lead to spalling of the construction material or cracks. For fixing
without permission especially for plastic anchors, usually a necessary edge distance
1 x hef (hef = anchoring depth) and a necessary axial distance of 2 x hef is normal.
The drill hole depth must - other than a few exceptions like injection technology - be
larger than the anchoring depth: that is because function safety is ensured only if the
screw has enough room to project beyond the tip of a plastic fixing.
Drill hole cleaning after drilling, by blowing out, brushing or suction, is indispensable.
A hole that is not cleaned reduces the holding forces. The drilling dust has a negative
effect on the load-bearing capacity of the fixing in the drill hole. For some systems a
reduced cleaning effort is required. ( e.g. Superbond RSB capsules - here only blowing is
required) When using the FHBII capsule system no drill hole cleaning is required.

Expert tip
Specifications for component geometry, edge and axis distances must be adhered
to. Non-adherence can lead to reduction in the load-bearing capacity or damage to
components.
Drill hole cleaning is essential. The specifications in the approvals and the
manufacturers specifications must be adhered to.

Installation types
Differentiate between three different methods:
1. Push through installation: Especially as installation relief for series installations or
for accessories with two or more fixing points:
The holes in the accessory can be used as a drilling template if their hole diameters
are at least as large as the drill diameter in the construction material.
In addition to simplifying installation, a good fit of the fixing holes is achieved.
The fixing is inserted into the drill hole through the item to be mounted and then fischer anchorbolt FAZII fischer universal frame
expanded. E.g.: FAZII, FBN II, FHII fixing FUR
2. Pre-positioned installation: The anchor is installed before the installation of the
accessory. In this installation, the anchor diameter and the drill hole diameter are not
identical.
The installation sequence:
Transfer the hole pattern of the accessory to the anchor base,
Clean drills, drill holes, fix anchors and then screw on the accessory.
E.g.: plastic fixings: S, SX, UX; Metal: FZA, EA II fischer zykon anchor FZA fischer aircrete
anchor GB
3. Stand-off installation: Makes it possible to attach accessories at a particular
distance from the anchoring base in a compression-proof manner and guaranteeing
tensile strength. For that, metal anchors with metric internal thread are used which
can assimilate screws or threaded bolts with lock nuts or injection technology with
threaded bolts.
Useful length and anchoring depth: Must be taken into consideration apart from the
installation type of the respective fixing.
fischer bolt FBN II fischer Hhighbond
anchor FHBII
15

533
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Expert tip
The clearance holes of the attached item are specified for the respective anchor
size in the approvals and in the manufacturers specifications.
For a stand-off installation with a cross load V of the anchor, an additional bending
moment occurs which is mostly standard.
The attached item must lie flat on the base and may be lined with a compression-
proof levelling course of max. 3 mm or with half the diameter of the anchor. Otherwise,
the anchoring must be assessed as a stand-off installation with a lever arm.
The attached item must lie on the entire length of the clearance hole (= thickness of
the attached item) at the anchor/threaded bolt. Otherwise, the anchoring must be
assessed as a stand-off installation with a lever arm.
Comply with the maximum fixing height tfix in the manufacturers specifications.
Thisdimension, also specified as the useful length, consists of:
tfix = thickness of the attached item + non load-bearing layers up to the load-bearing
base.
Many of the officially approved anchors must be tightened with a prescribed torque.
Acalibrated torque key must be used for this. The torque ensures the necessary
preload force as well as the correct installation of the anchor. For chemical anchors,
theprescribed hardening time must be allowed before a tightening torque or
service load may be applied.
Anchors must be mounted as units delivered in series. The exchange or removal of
parts is not permissible.

Loads
For the selection of an anchor, it is necessary to know the load on the total construction
and the resulting anchor cutting forces for every individual anchor.
The cutting forces can be distinguished according to:
Dimension
Direction
Type of load
Pickup point
There are various types of loads.
In the approvals, characteristic failure loads are generally given. In documents with
the manufacturers specifications, anchors with approvals, so-called permissible
loads are given. For anchors without approval, a manufacturers recommendation
is given as recommended load.

15

534
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Expert tip
Decide the size, direction and the pickup point of the load. These
parameters determine the utilisation of the anchoring.
Characteristic failure loads (NRK or VRK) describe every load that
is reached or exceeded in 95% of all failures (5% fractile).
Permissible loads are working loads that already include an
appropriate material and installation safety factor. These apply only, Tension
if the approval conditions are complied with (Napp or Vapp).
Recommended loads or maximum working loads include an
adequate load safety factor. These apply only if the manufacturers
specifications are complied with. (Frec valid for all load directions,
Nrec or Vrec)
The calculation is carried out by dividing the respective failure load
or characteristic loads by a safety factor. Compression
Recommended safety factor compared to the average failure
load.
Steel and bonded anchors 4
Plastic anchor 7
Hammerfix N 4
Recommended safety factor compared to the characteristic
failure loads.
Shear load
Steel and bonded anchors 3
Plastic anchor 5

For certain products, the safety factors may deviate.

The specified loads loads apply to individual anchors that are


placed away from the edge, i.e. there is no influence of edges, Combined tension and shear
corners and other anchors. load
The characteristic axis- and edge distances, labelled with Ccr,N
and Ccr,V, give the distances at which an anchor can have its max.
characteristic load in the material.
The specified minimum axis- and edge distances, labelled with
Smin and Cmin, give the distances where there is no failure of the
building material during the installation of the anchor. The loads Combined tension and shear
must be reduced in this case Adhere to the design methods. load at distance e

shear load at distance e

Type of loads


statically dormant dynamically rising dynamically changing shock earthquake
15

535
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Principles of function

There are various bearing mechanisms, which the forces, having an effect on the
fixing, initiate in the component.
For friction locking, the expansion part of the anchor is pressed on the drill hole
wall: the outer tensile loads are held through friction.

Through anchor (e. g. FH II) Plastic fixings (e.g. SX)

With form locking, the fixing geometry matches the shape of the substrate and/or of
the drill hole.

Undercut anchor (e.g. FZA) Injection fixing (e.g FIS V)

With adhesive bond, a mortar binds the fixing with the anchor base.

Resin anchor ( e.g Superbond RSB) Rebar (e.g. FIS EM)

Expert tip
For many anchors, the anchoring takes place through a combination of the active
principles (e.g. friction locking and form lock in soft stone).

15

536
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Failure modes
With excess stress, incorrect installation or a substrate with inadequate load
bearing capacity, the following failure modes can occur:

Steel fracture due to


Fixing and/or steel strength too low for the applied load
Steel failure tension Steel failure shear

Fixing pulls out due to


Failure of the frictional and bonded connection due to high load or
incorrect installation

Pull out

Concrete cone failure due to Combined failure due to


Tensile load N or shear load V too high pull out
Inadequate strength of anchor base concrete failure near
Setting depth too low to the surface
Concrete cone Combined pull out and
failure concrete cone failure

Component splits due to


Component dimensions too small
Deviation from the specified edge and axial spacings
Expansion pressure too high
Concrete edge Concrete splitting
failure

Expert tip
In most of the anchor approvals, the anchoring of the mainly static loads is regulated.
However, even officially approved systems are available for anchoring of nonstatic
loads (dynamic, e.g. FHB dyn) as well as for unusual effects in the nuclear power plant
construction (FZA).
In Europe, the design method TR045 has been established to consider anchor design
under seismic action. This design method is consistent with the assessment according
to ETAG001, AnnexE and has been developed during the revision of the CEN/
TS 1992-4 series and is incorporated in Eurocode EN 1992-4 (will be published in
2016). The seismic performance of anchors subjected to seismic loading is categorized
by performance categories C1 and C2. Performance category C1 is subjected to
attachments of non-structural elements and is equal to the actual American regulations.
Category C2 is for connections between structural elements of primary and/or
secondary seismic members. Based on the assessment according to ETAG001,
AnnexE the seismic performance category of an anchor is given in the corresponding
ETA (e.g. FAZII, FHII, FISSB, FISEM...).
Main failure causes for anchors are overload, faulty installation or an
insufficient load-bearing base.

15

537
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Cracks in concrete
components
Cracks can occur anywhere in concrete at any time: factors involved in this are
loads like dead load, traffic or wind loads, shrinkage and creeping of the concrete
or external influences like earthquakes or ground motions resulting in tensions, defor-
mations and thus crack formation.
Example: in a bridge, bending occurs due to pressure forces applied to the bridge deck.
Acompressive zone will occur at the top of the bridge deck, while tensile forces and
strains will occur in the lower part of the bridge deck. Concrete is not able to support
tensile loads. Steel bars, the so-called reinforcements take over this task. However, while
steel bars are capable of bearing these tensile stresses, they are stretched as they do so.
innumerable cracks are formed that are barely visible to the naked eye. This is called the
cracked tensile zone.

Druck

Tension Pressure
Cracked zone
V-shaped tensile zone
bending rack

Fixings suitable for cracks

With anchorings in concrete, it is almost always assumed that cracks are present
in the anchoring area that influence the bearing capacity of the fixings.
However it is very complicated, if not impossible, to prove whether the concrete
is cracked or non-cracked. For safety reasons, the use of fixings suitable for
cracks is basically recommended to designers and tradesmen. Fixings with an
approval according to ETAG001 for cracked concrete have proved their suitability in
cracks and may thus be used without restriction in the tensile and compressive zones
of the concrete. Crack suitable fixings are also checked and approved on the basis of
American standards. These Evaluation reports are prepared according to ACI 318.

FZA FAZII FHBII SXS

Due to safety reasons, always use crack suitable anchor systems such as
FAZII, FHII, FHBII, FISSB or FISEM.

15

538
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Fire protection - Fundamentals

In Germany, the procedure for construction and operational fire protection are
specified by the Fire protection standard DIN 4102, the Model Building Ordinance
(MBO), Regional Construction Ordinances (LBO) and various trade-specific regulations
from professional associations.
Thus the following applies, according to Parts 1 and 2 of DIN 4102:
Building materials like concrete, wood, stone, metal, etc. are divided into
flammable or non-flammable building material classes according to their behaviour.
In contrast, structural members consist of different combustible and non-combustible
building materials. They are not divided into fire classes, rather they are evaluated as a
whole according to their fire resistance duration.
The fire resistance duration F is indicated in minutes and classified according to two
categories:
Components with a fire resistance duration of F30 and F60 are fire inhibiting.
Fire resistant, on the other hand, are all components with a fire resistance of F90,
F120 and F180.
Tested systems like cable, ventilation or utility systems are tested not only for fire
resistance, but also for function capability in the case of fire (e.g. supply lines to sprinkler
systems). The fire resistance duration of these systems is specified with e.g. E30
to E120 for electrical cable systems and/or with L30 to L120 for ventilation lines.
Thefixings that are used to anchor these systems must have at least the same fire
resistance duration.
The standard temperature-time curve (ETK) of DIN 4102 and ISO 834 is based on a
simulation of actual fire conditions and forms the evaluation basis that is valid worldwide
for determination of the fire resistance duration. Besides that, there are other temperature
curves for special fire exposures, e.g. the hydrocarbon curve for fire causing with
combustible liquids or the RAB/ZTV tunnel curve (Germany) and/or the Rijkswaterstaat
tunnel curve (Netherlands), which describe tunnel fires.
fire room temperature [C]

Duration of the fire [min.]

Temperature Curves: (ETK)


Hydrocarbon-curve
RABT/ZTV-Tunnelcurve
Rijkswaterstaat-Tunnelcurve

15

539
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Fire protection in the


fastening technology
Fastening technology is of critical importance in fire protection: for example in
order to secure the functionality and structural stability of railings, utility systems or
ceiling elements. The assessment of the fixing in case of fire takes place according
to the technical rule TR020.
The identification and classification of anchors and fixings consists of indication of
the respective fire resistance duration e.g. R90. Before introduction of characteristic
load values for fixings by the DIBt, the fire resistance duration was not regulated by the
building authority approvals, but by fire expert opinions from tests.
The safety concepts measure the failure load in case of fire through assessment of
a so-called factor. Different safety concepts were applied in the building authority
approvals and the fire expert opinions. Because of this, it is possible that the loads in
the fire expert opinions determined in tests are larger than the permissible loads given
in the approvals. Naturally, in these cases, only the maximum loads according to the
building authority approval are valid. In the mean time, a new evaluation document from
the DIBt [German Institute of Construction Engineering] has been used for determining
the characteristic load values and the corresponding fire resistance duration. These
new building authority approvals represent a design basis that can be tracked. All old
approvals will be converted to this new procedural method within a short time.
Tests have shown that approved frame fixings made of polyamide (nylon) with
galvanised screws for facade fastening are generally more fire-resistant than the
ventilated facade and the sub-structure made of aluminium or wood: The expansion
part of the plastic fixing sleeve that is anchored in the building material remains fire-
resistant for at least 90 minutes in the faade fastening.

15

540
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Corrosion - Fundamentals

Corrosion is a chemical reaction in which metal is decomposed. The less noble the
metal (electrochemical potential), the more intense is the material damage. In
this process it is either converted into flaking rust or worn away in places. Different
appearance patterns are differentiated here. The most frequent types of corrosion in
fixings and anchors include:
Surface corrosion: In this case, the metal corrodes relatively uniformly over the
entire surface or over a part of the surface. An example of this is the invisible rusting
due to condensation of a screw in the transition area from anchor plate to hole. The In 1985, the suspended concrete ceiling of
result: The connection that appears completely intact from the outside fails abruptly. an indoor swimming pool collapsed in Uster,
Contact corrosion: If metals with a different nobility contact each other in a Switzerland. The ceiling attachments of
conductive medium, the less noble metal always corrodes (the anode). As a stainless steel exhibited no external defects
consequence, stainless steel is usually not endangered. What is decisive is the surface whatsoever, but inside were completely
ratios of the two types of metal: the greater the surface area of the most noble metal destroyed in some cases due to stress
in comparison to the less noble, the greater the corrosion becomes. For example, if corrosion cracking.
large stainless steel sheets are screwed with galvanised screws, the screws will be
highly attacked within a very short time. In contrast, using stainless steel screws for
galvanised sheets is not critical.
Stress corrosion cracking: If lasting internal or external tensile stresses occur, there
can be strain and corrosion of the metal. In this process, a crack develops due to
mechanical stresses, which grows under increasing loads and thus prepares a path
for progressive corrosion. For example, it occurs with A4 steel in an atmosphere
containing chlorine (indoor swimming pools, etc.). Generally stress corrosion cracking
is not visible with fixings and usually leads to sudden failure of the anchoring. Example of trans-crystalline stress corrosion
cracking on stainless steel 1.4401 with high
chloride concentration.

Corrosion protection
There are different methods for protecting fastenings from corrosion.
The most important are:
The galvanised zinc coating (or even electrolytic zinc coating) with subsequently
started passivation is to reach a corrosion protection with the usually applied process
in the metal refinement. Layer thicknesses between 3 m and 10 m can be achieved.
Since the galvanising is worn off over time, it offers adequate corrosion protection only in
dry interior rooms.
Hot-dip galvanising is the application of a metal zinc coating by dipping it in molten
zinc (at approx. 450 C). Zinc layer thicknesses of 45-80 m offer an excellent corrosion
protection for moisture rooms and outside applications.
Stainless steel fixings of the corrosion resistance class III e.g. A4 material no.
1.4401, 1.4362 (Duplex - Steel) are suitable for fastenings in damp rooms, in open air,
in industrial atmospheres or near the sea (but not directly in sea water). These steels are
alloys with a chrome content of at least 12% that forms a passive layer on the steel surface
that protects against corrosion.
Stainless steel fixings of highly corrosion resistant steel of the corrosion resistance
class IV e.g. material no.1.4529 are used in especially aggressive environments like
atmospheres containing chlorine (indoor swimming pools), in road tunnels or with direct
sea water contact. In this case, the chrome content of normal stainless steel ( corrosion class
III) drops below 12%. The protective passive layer disappears and the anchor becomes
susceptible to corrosion. On the other hand, the special alloys are very corrosion resistant
in these highly aggressive media, due to their relatively high percentage of molybdenum.
With an alloy percentage of 50%, they clearly surpass the usual unalloyed, low alloyed or
high alloyed steels with maximum 30% alloy percentages. This means the steel 1.4529
alloyed with chrome, molybdenum and nickel has an alloy percentage of 58%. The rest 15
consists of iron and carbon. Because of this high percentage of expensive alloy additives,
the manufacturing of these steel types are correspondingly costly.

541
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Dynamics
- predominantly The general building authority approvals by the German Institute of Construction
non-static loads in the fixing Engineering in Berlin (DIBt) and the European Technical Approvals (ETA) are
technology generally exclusively for anchoring of predominantly static loads. However, in
contrast to these current permits, in practice a number of dynamic effects occur,
e.g. increasing and alternating stresses in swinging cranes, crane rails, guide rails in
elevator construction, machines, industrial robots and blast fans in tunnel construction.
This also includes anchorings for components susceptible to vibration like antennas and
masts.
statical strength
(statical capacity)

fatigue strength
Oscillating amplitude

(capacity in case of fatigue)

durable oscillation strength


(durable capacity in case of fatigue)

N = 2 106

1 10 100 1.000 10.000 100.000 1.000.000 10.000.000 100.000.000


Number of cycles N
Whler curve

Action Run of the oscillation Possible cause

Unbalances,
harmonic sinusoidal tumbling machines
period T

optional, Regularly abutting parts


periodic periodical (e.g. punching machines),
period TD rail- and road traffic

optional,
transient Earthquakes
nonperiodical

optional,
impulsive with very short Impact, explosion
time of influence

Dynamic effects

It is generally true that the anchoring of components with more than 10.000 load cycles
has to be carried out with fixings, which are tested and approved for this. The regular,
sub-sequent anchoring of these dynamically loaded items to be mounted still caused the
planning engineer big problems, even recently. Generally, the approvals for fixings only
apply for anchoring of predominantly static loads. The path through expert opinions and
approvals for individual cases was difficult and tedious. Besides that, higher costs than
necessary often occurred due to the general planning uncertainty, since the anchors were
often oversized.
The bonded anchors fischer Highbond anchor FHB dyn and fischer UMV multicone dyn
are approved for dynamic loads. The approvals apply to anchoring of dynamic loads
with unlimited numbers of load cycles, for tension and for shear loads. In addition, the
FHB dyn is manufactured in anchor size M12 and M16 of highly corrosion-resistant steel,
material no. 1.4529. Tests have shown that this material - in contrast to the usual standard
stainless steel types in the corrosion resistance class III, e.g. A4 - is suitable not only for use
in humid internal conditions and outside, but also for holding dynamic loads.

15

542
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Legal basis

The European Union (EU) determines the legal foundation for the approval of building
products in Europe. It pursues the goal of making the European Common Market a
reality for all products, thus also for building products.

Council Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011 from the European Parliament & Council has
been enforced starting from 1st July 2013.

Construction product means any product or kit which is produced and placed on the
market and is incorporated permanently into construction works or parts thereof and the
performance of which has an effect on the performance of these works with respect to the
basic requirements for construction works (e. g. mechanical resistance and stability). So
the products affected are those, whose application can be described as safety-critical.

1. Important requirements of buildings include:


2. Mechanical strength and stability
3. Fire Protection
4. Hygiene, health and environmental protection
5. Safety and accessibility during the use
6. Sound protection
7. Energy savings and heat protection
8. Sustainable use of natural resources

When a construction product is covered by a harmonised standard (hEN), whose coexis-


tence period has expired, or a European Technical Assessment or Approval (ETA) has been
issued for this product, the manufacturer shall draw up a Declaration of Performance
(DoP) and affix the CE marking on the product. However, the application for an ETA for
a construction product by the manufacturer is still voluntary. National approvals can be
issued, if a construction product is not covered by a harmonized European standard.

Existing European Technical Approvals (ETA) are valid until the end of the validity date and
will be amended with the Declaration of Performance (DoP) by the manufacturer from
the due date. The reference number of the DoP is part of the CE marking and at fischer
products with ETA corresponds with the so called CPD number.

The Declarations of Performance (DoP) are available on the fischer Web sites under
Approvals: http://www.fischer.de/Technische-Dokumente.aspx.

The CE mark is a graphic symbol and represents a type of passport, which allows a
construction product to be freely traded in the European Economic Area. The CE marking
signifies, that the necessary requirements of the intended use defined in a hEN or an ETA
have been fulfilled.
For the use of the construction product each Member State determines the essential
characteristics, for which the performance has to be declared. The unrestricted use of a
construction product in a Member State depends on whether performance values exist in
the DoP for the essential characteristics determined by the Member State. If one characte-
ristic is declared with NPD (No Performance Determined), this can lead to a ban on use
in a Member State (but no trade barrier!). So each Member State has to establish Product
Contact Points, which will provide information about these regulations.

15

543
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Assessment procedure for


fasteners
Fasteners which are not covered by a harmonized standard (hEN) can apply for an
ETA Approval (European Technical Assessment) on the base of a European Assess-
ment Document (EAD).
Existing assessment documents, like ETAGs (European Technical Approval Guidelines)
are still valid and transferred into EADs according the Construction Products Regulation
(CRP). The actual valid ETAGs and EADs can be downloaded from the EOTA website:
http://www.eota.eu

The actual most important assessment documents for fasteners are:

ETAG 001, Part 1-6, Assessment document for METAL ANCHORS FOR USE IN
CONCRETE
Part 1 Anchors in general
Part 2- Torque controlled expansion anchors
Part 3 - Undercut anchors
Part 4 Deformation controlled expansion anchors
Part 5 - Bonded anchors
Part 6 Anchors for multiple use for non-structural applications

ETAG 014, Assessment document for PLASTIC ANCHORS FOR FIXING OF EXTERNAL
THERMAL INSULATION COMPOSITE SYSTEMS WITH RENDERING
ETAG 020, Part 1-5, Assessment document for PLASTIC ANCHORS FOR MULTIPLE
USE IN CONCRETE AND MASONRY FOR NON-STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS
ETAG 029, Assessment document for METAL INJECTION ANCHORS FOR USE IN
MASONRY
TR 023, Assessment of post installed rebar connections in accordance with ETAG 001,
Part 1 and Part 5.

Products, which are not covered by a European Assessment Document (EAD) can also
apply for an ETA - Approval. Together with the Technical Assessment Body (TAB - in Ger-
many DIBt) an EAD document according CRP, Annex II can be drawn up to start the assess-
ment procedure.

The ETAG 001 divides possible approvals of metal fixings in 12 options. Options 1- 6 are
for use in cracked and non-cracked concrete, options 7- 12 are only for use in non- cracked
concrete. The assessment procedure for Option 1 is quite complex and covers most of the
fixing applications. Fixings which are only tested according Option 12 are restricted in use.

Part 6 of the ETAG 001 regulates the assessment of metal fixings in cracked and non-
cracked concrete for multiple use for non-structural systems. Non- load bearing systems
include components which do not contribute to the stability of the construction. These
are for instance simple suspended ceilings, pipelines as well as faade claddings. These
systems can be referred to as so-called redundant systems. In case of a failure of a fixing
point, the stability of the system is not affected.
For the use of fixings for multiple use, it is assumed that in case of excessive slip or failure
of a fixing point the load is transferred to a neighbour fixing point. A fixing point can be
defined as a single fixing or a group of anchors.

15

544
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
The 12 different options of the guideline for the European Technical Approvals for Metal fixing for anchoring in concrete,
ETAG001
Approved option 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Approved for cracked and non-cracked concrete


Concrete

approved only for the pressure area

C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25


Better concrete qualities result in load increases to to to to to to
Concrete C 50/60 C 50/60 C 50/60 C 50/60 C 50/60 C 50/60
qualities
only only only only only only
No load increase due to better concrete quality
C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25

Optimal utilization due to


different loads for tensile and shear loads
Bearing
capacity
Only one load for all
loading directions

Reduction of spacings possible

Axial Reduction of the large base spacings1) possible (with


spacing simultaneous reduction in load)

Fixed, large base spacing

Reduction of the edge distances possible (with simultaneous


reduction in load)

Edge Reduction of the large base spacings2) possible (with


distance simultaneous reduction in load)

fixed, relatively large base- spacing

A ), B ), A ), B ),
1 2 1 2
A ), B ), A ), B ),
1 2 1 2
Dimensioning methods B2), C2) B2), C2) C 2) C 2) B2), C2) B2), C2) C 2) C 2)
C 2) C 2) C 2) C 2)

1) Base spacing = 3 x anchoring base, base edge distance = 1.5 x anchoring depth
2) Base spacing = 4 x anchoring base, base edge distance = 2 x anchoring depth

15

545
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Design of fastenings

15

546
15

547
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology

Approvals, markings and


their importance
In the following, excerpts of approvals that are currently issued in Europe and their
symbols will be given with their corresponding importance:

Please check wether your application is safety relevant.


An application is safety relevant when failure of anchorages would cause risk to human
life or serious injuries and/or lead to considerable economic consequences. In this case
please use anchors with a European Technical (ETA) or with a German Approval. You may
recognise these anchors by:

European Technical Approval General building authority


issued by a European approval aut- Z-21.2-1734 approval
hority (e.g. DIBt) on the basis of the German approval, issued by the
European Technical Approval -
Option 1 for cracked concrete guidelines for European technical DIBt, Berlin for anchorings in con-
approvals (ETAG) crete to be dimensioned according
ETA: European Technical Approval/ to Method A (CC method).
Options 112 Proof of compliance of the building
CE: European conformity mark con- product with the general building
firms the compliance of the building authority approval. confirmed by a
product (e.g. fixing) with the guide- material testing facility.
lines for European Technical Appro-
vals. Products with the CE mark can
be freely traded in the European
economic market.

ETA-10/0012
Additional information abaut
ETAG 001- 5
seismic performance is given for
Option 1 for cracked concrete
approval anchor system below the
seismic performance category C1
ETA sign.

CC = International Code Coun- General building authority


See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
cil, formed from BOCA, ICBO approval
at www.icc-es.org and SBCCI German approval, issued by the
ESR-1990 ICC Evaluation Service Inc. (ICC ES) DIBt, Berlin.
issues evaluation reports, in this Proof of compliance of the building
case for the above anchor based product with the general building
upon the Uniform Building CodeTM authority approval. confirmed by a
and related codes in the United material testing facility.
States of America.

FM Certificate Fire-tested fixing


Recognised for use in local water- The fixing was subjected to a fire
based fire extinguisger systems test. A Examination report regar-
(Factory Mutual Research Corporati- ding testing for fire behaviour (with
on for Property Conservation, Ame- R class) is available.
rican insurance company).

15

548
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
The anchor system is suitable for Fire behaviour tested according tem-
loads under seismic action. perature - time curve of ZTV-ING:
2003-1, part 5 tunnel.

Biobased 50-85%, tested by Fire behaviour tested according


DIN CERTCO/ TV Rheinland. Rijkswaterstaat ( RWS) time -
temperature curve.

Fixing of high-quality, Fixing that can be dynamically


aging-resistant nylon (polyamide). loaded
The fixing is suitable and approved
for anchoring of not predominantly
static (i.e. dynamic) loads.

The material of fixing elelment is Tested for flame resistance


Halogen free. according to VDE.

For Sprinkler Systems.


Meets the requirements according to
VdS CEA 4001.

15

549
Worldwide Presence
Service

fischer International Sales

de
sc her.
w.fi
ww

Your advantages with the fischer INTERNATIONAL SALES TEAM e-mail: export@fischer.de
One-on-one assistance from multi lingual staff. fax: +49 7443 12-8726
Immediate information and individual solutions regarding the widest range of fixings
and fasteners worldwide.
Contact to over 35 own subsidiaries and over 80 local partners worldwide.
Visit organization A-Z and training programs.
By implementing the fischer process system (fps) we offer you the quickest and
most efficient service.

16
550
360 Service: Global Advice

de
Service
sc her.
w.fi
ww
Our Service e-mail: intsupport@fischer.de
Technical advice and product recommendation
Support for engeneers, consultants and craftsmen
Special solutions in the scope of fixing technology
Special seminars for engineers, consultants, architects

16

551
360 Service: Trainings & Seminars
Service

Attractive seminars in the Customer Service Centre


r.de
fische
www.
Tradespeople, engineers and specialist There is a wide range of seminars on
dealers have been learning important offer. Numerous partners from various
and interesting information about lines of business make the most of the
fixing technology in the fischer opportunity.
ACADEMY for over 30 years. e-mail: intsupport@fischer.de
You can view the current range
All seminars are consistently based on of seminars on offer at the fischer
practice. ACADEMY at www.fischer.de/
Seminare
Developing solutions and direct
implementation in professionally You can also contact the staff at the
equipped practice rooms. fischer ACADEMY directly if you
have any queries or wish to register.
The aim of the seminars is to enable
you to utilise the full benefits of the
products always in line with the
demands of the approval.
16
552
Design more effectively than ever before.

Service
FIXPERIENCE, the new generation
of software from fischer.

The new modular structure includes engineering design software and special application modules:
C-FIX: WOOD-FIX: REBAR-FIX: MORTAR-FIX:
The new user friendly For fast calculation of your To design post-installed To determine the volume
fischer anchor design. application using fischer reinforcement connections of injection resin for bonded
Power-Fast and Construction in concrete constructions. anchors.
screws.

Whether you are a craftsman, a design or structural engineer, FIXPERIENCE,


the fischer software suite, gives you safe and reliable support in designing
and fulfilling your projects.
16
Download your free software at www.fischer.co.uk/fixperience

553
Borderless Services
Service

fischer Subsidiaries

DE BR FI
fischer Deutschland Vertriebs GmbH fischer brasil Industria e Comercio Ltda. fischer Finland Oy
Klaus-Fischer-Strae 1 Rua Dr. Rafael de Barros, 209 5 andar Paraiso Suomalaistentie 7 B
72176 Waldachtal 04003-041 So Paulo - SP 02270 Espoo
Tel.: +49 7443 12 6000 Tel.: +55 11 3178 2545 Tel.: +358 20 7414660
Fax.: +49 7443 12 4500 Fax.: +55 11 30 48 86 07 Fax.: +358 20 7414669
E-Mail: info@fischer.de E-Mail: fischer@fischerbrasil.com.br E-Mail: orders@fischerfinland.fi
http://www.fischer.de http://www.fischerbrasil.com.br

AE CN FR
fischer FZE fischer (Taicang) fixings Co. Ltd. fischer S. A. S.
P.O. Box 261738, Jebel Ali Free Zone Shanghai Rep. Office Rm 1503-1504, No. 63 Chifeng Rd 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
Dubai 200092 Shanghai 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +97 14 8 83 74 77 Tel.: +86 21 51 00 16 68 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +97 14 8 83 74 76 Fax.: +86 21 65 97 96 69 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: fixings@fischer.ae E-Mail: ficnsh@fischer.com.cn E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.fischer.ae http://www.fischer.com.cn http://www.fischer.fr

AR CZ GB
fischer Argentina s.a. fischer international s.r.o. fischer fixings UK Ltd.
Armenia 3044 Prmyslov 1833 Whitely Road
1605 Munro Ra-PCIA Buenos Aires 25001 Brands nad Labem Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford
Tel.: +54 1147 62 27 78 Tel.: +42 03 26 90 46 01 Tel.: +44 1491 82 79 00
Fax.: +54 1147 56 13 11 Fax.: +42 03 26 90 46 00 Fax.: +44 1491 82 79 53
E-Mail: asistenciatecnica@fischer.com.ar E-Mail: info@fischer-cz.cz E-Mail: info@fischer.co.uk
http://www.fischer.com.ar http://www.fischer-cz.cz http://www.fischer.co.uk

AT DK GR
fischer Austria GmbH fischer a/s fischer Hellas Emporiki EPE
Wiener Strae 95 Sandvadsvej 17 A Nat. Road Athens-Lamia (17th) &amp; Roupel 6
2514 Traiskirchen 4600 Kge 145 64 Kifissia Athens
Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +45 46 32 02 20 Tel.: +30 210 2838167
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +45 46 32 50 52 Fax.: +30 210 2838169
E-Mail: office@fischer.at E-Mail: fidk@fischerdanmark.dk E-Mail: info@fischer.gr
http://www.fischer.at http://www.fischerdanmark.dk http://www.fischer.gr

BE ES HU
fischer Cobemabel snc fischer Ibrica S.A.U. fischer Hungria Bt.
Schalinhoevedreef 20 D Klaus Fischer 1 Szermi t 7/b
2800 Mechelen 43300 Mont-Roig del Camp Tarragona 1117 Budapest
Tel.: +32 152 8 47 00 Tel.: +34 977 83 87 11 Tel.: +36 1 347 97 55
Fax.: +32 152 8 47 10 Fax.: +34 977 83 87 70 Fax.: +36 1 347 97 66

16 E-Mail: info@fischer.be
http://www.fischer.be
E-Mail: fischer@fischer.es
http://www.fischer.es
E-Mail: info@fischerhungary.hu
http://www.fischerhungary.hu

554
Service
IT NO SG
fischer italia S.R.L fischer Norge AS fischer systems Asia Pte. Ltd.
Corso Stati Uniti, 25, Casella Postale 391 Oluf Onsumsvei 9 150 Kampong Ampat #04-03 KA Centre
35127 Padova Z.I. Sud 0680 Oslo 368324 Singapore
Tel.: +39 049 8 06 31 11 Tel.: +47 23 24 27 10 Tel.: +65 62 85 22 07
Fax.: +39 049 8 06 34 01 Fax.: +47 23 24 27 13 Fax.: +65 62 85 83 10
E-Mail: sercli@fischeritalia.it E-Mail: ordre@fischernorge.no E-Mail: sales@fischer.sg
http://www.fischeritalia.it http://www.fischernorge.no/ http://www.fischer.sg

JP PL SK
fischer Japan K.K. fischerpolska Sp.z o.o fischer S.K. s.r.o.
Seishin Kudan Building 3rd Floor3-4-15 Kudan Minami Chiyoda-ku 102-0074 ul. Albatrosow 2 Nov Ronavsk 134 A
Tokyo 30-716 Krakw 831 04 Bratislava
Tel.: +81 3 3263 4491 Tel.: +48 12 2 90 08 80 Tel.: +421 2 4920 6046
Fax.: +81 3 6272 9935 Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88 Fax.: +421 2 4920 6044
E-Mail: info@fischerjapan.co.jp E-Mail: info@fischerpolska.pl E-Mail: info@fischerwerke.sk
http://www.fischerjapan.co.jp http://www.fischerpolska.pl http://www.fischer-sk.sk

KR PT TR
fischer Korea Co., Ltd fischerwerke Portugal, Lda. fischer Metal Sanayi Ve Ticaret Ltd Sti
#503 Dae-Ryung Techno Town 8th 481-11Gasan-dong, Geumcheon-Gu Av. Casal da Serra N 7, R/C Yeni yol Sokak, ETAP Is Merkezi. A Blok No: 16/9
153-775 Seoul 2625-085 Pvoa de Santa Iria 34722 Hasanpasa / Kadikoy Istanbul
Tel.: +82 1544 8955 Tel.: +351 21 953 74 50 Tel.: +90 216 326 0066
Fax.: +82 1544 8903 Fax.: +351 21 959 13 90 Fax.: +90 216 326 0018
E-Mail: info@fischerkorea.com E-Mail: fischerportugal.info@fischer.es E-Mail: info@fischer.com.tr
http://www.fischerkorea.com http://www.fischer.pt

MX RU US
fischer Sistemas de Fijacin, S.A. de C.V. OOO fischer Befestigungssysteme Rus fischer fixings LLC
Blvd. Manuel Avila Camacho 3130-400B l. Dokukina 16/1, Building 1 62 Orange Ave
54020 Col. Valle Dorado, Tlalnepantla, Estado de Mexico 129226 Moscow 10901 Suffern, NY
Tel.: +52 55 55 72 08 83 Tel.: +7 495 223 03 34 Tel.: +1 845 504 5098
Fax.: +52 55 55 72 15 90 Fax.: +7 495 223 03 34 Fax.: +1 845 625 2666
E-Mail: info@fischermex.com.mx E-Mail: info@fischerfixing.ru E-Mail: info@fischerfixingsusa.com
http://www.fischermex.com.mx http://www.fischerfixing.ru http://fischerfixings.com

NL SE
fischer Benelux B.V. fischer Sverige AB
Amsterdamsestraatweg 45 B/C Tenngatan 4
1411 AX Naarden 602 23 Norrkping
Tel.: +31 35 6 95 66 66 Tel.: +46 11 31 44 50
Fax.: +31 35 6 95 66 99 Fax.: +46 11 31 19 50
E-Mail: info@fischer.nl E-Mail: ml@fischersverige.se
http://www.fischer.nl http://www.fischersverige.se 16

555
Borderless Services
Service

fischer distribution partners


AL BH CO GE
fischer Austria GmbH M.H. Al Mahroos BSC (c) Ingenier.y Representaciones SA Decorum ltd.
Wiener Strae 95 Building No. 208, Shaikh Salman Highway, P.O. Box 65 Calle 41 Norte Nro.1N-03 2 Tornike Eristavi str.
2514 Traiskirchen Salihiya, Block 356, Manama Cali 0192 Tbilisi
Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +973 17 40 80 90 Tel.: +572 3194020 4482521 Tel.: +995 55511972
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +973 17 40 43 23 Fax.: +995 32 2667 331
E-Mail: office@fischer.at E-Mail: almahroos@almahroos.com E-Mail: irakli@decorum.ge
www.fischer.at http://www.almahroos.com http://www.bellemaison.ge

AM BY CR GH
Kasco Ltd. MetallArtStory Industria Ceramica Costarricense S.A. C. WOERMANN (GHANA) LIMITED
Yervand Kochar str. 3-1 a industrial area zaozerye-1 1.5 Km Oeste de Aviacion Civil, La Uruca C362/1 Nsawam Road / Avenor Junction
0070 Yervand 223141 d.Saoserje, Logoyskij r-n, Minskaja obl. San Jose P. O. Box GP 1779 ACCRA
Tel.: +374 10 57 55 00 Tel.: +375 172684557 Tel.: +506 25195433 Tel.: +233-(0)30-222 51 41
E-Mail: metallartstroy@mail.ru Fax.: +506 22914501 Fax.: +233-(0)30-223 00 16
E-Mail: Marietta.melendez@incesastd.com E-Mail: info@woermann-ghana.com
www.americanstandardca.com http://www.woermann-ghana.com

AN CA GH
Caribbean Fasteners Group Canadian Fasteners Hegedus Ltd. Distribuidora Arsa S.A. Stegha Ltd.
Emancipatieboulevard 29 1180 Quest. De Louvain West A. Guadalupe 400Mt.Es-475Mt.Sur P.O.Box TF 440, LA Accra
PO BOX6052 Willemstad H4N 1G5 Quebec, Montral San Jose Tel.: +233 24 438 2522
Tel.: +599 97376288 Tel.: +1 514 3 81 34 31 Tel.: +506 2854224 Fax.: +233 30 276 4960
E-Mail: purchase@cfh-group.com Fax.: +1 514 3 81 36 88 E-Mail: sales@stegha.com
E-Mail: bracine@ancragescanadiens.com http://www.stegha.com
http://www.ancragescanadiens.com

AO CY GP
C. Woermann Angola, Lda. Wm. P. Somerville Ltd. Unicol chemicals Ltd fischer S. A. S.
Km 4.5 Estrada de Cacuaco 3964 Kitchener Street 10.P.Demetrakopoulos street, P.O. Box 25606 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
Bairro Petrangol, LUANDA BC V5C 3M2 Burnaby 1090 Nicosia 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +244 227 270 185 Tel.: +1 604 298 36 22 Tel.: +357 22663316 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
E-Mail: c.poetsch@woermann-angola.com Fax.: +1 604 298 59 26 E-Mail: info@unicolltd.com Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
http://www.c-woermann.de/pt/angola E-Mail: wmp1996@telus.net E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.fischer.fr

AU CH DZ GT
Anchormark Pty. Ltd SFS/Rheineck Distributionszentrum Siestal Sarl Fijaciones S.A.
61 Waterview Close Unit 1 Thalerstrasse 67 Zone Industrielle 8A Calle 6-62 - Zona 4
VIC 3175 Dandenong South, Victoria CH-9424 Rheineck 0600 Bejaia Guatemala City
Tel.: +61 (0) 3 97992096 Tel.: +41 71 8862 865 Tel.: +34 21 26 58
Fax.: +61 (0) 3 97992696 Fax.: +41 71 8862 860 Fax.: +34 20 15 69
E-Mail: marcus@anchormark.com.au E-Mail: asg@sfsunimarket.biz E-Mail: marketing-mac@siestal-dz.com
http://www.anchormark.com.au www.sfsunimarket.biz

AZ EC GY
Santral Elektrik MMC SFS unimarket AG Befestigungstechnik Pino Aristata Sociedad Anonima fischer S. A. S.
Boyuk Shor highway 11/2062 Blegi 14 Luis Urdaneta Nr. 1909 y Tulcan 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
1029 Baku 6343 Rotkreuz A.P. 09-04-500 Guayaquil 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +994 125144048 Tel.: +41 41 798 2538 Tel.: +593 42288000 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +994 125144046 Fax.: +41 41 798 2575 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: elchin@santral.az E-Mail: scma@sfsunimarket.biz E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.sfsunimarket.biz http://www.fischer.fr

BA EE HK
fischer Austria GmbH SFS unimarket AG Befestigungstechnik fischerpolska Sp.z o.o Infix (HK) Ltd.
Wiener Strae 95 Nefenstrasse 30 ul. Albatrosow 2 12 Ka Yip Street
2514 Traiskirchen 9435 Heerbrugg 30-716 Krakw Chai Wan
Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +41 71 7 27 6055 Tel.: +370 601 61509 Tel.: +852 2898 26 68
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +41 71 7 27 6171 Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88 Fax.: +852 2898 23 38
E-Mail: office@fischer.at E-Mail: ob@sfsunimarket.biz E-Mail: ruslan.caiko@fischerpolska.pl E-Mail: barry@infix.com.hk
www.fischer.at http://www.sfsunimarket.biz http://www.fischerfixings.ee

BB CI EG HN
Maxwell Trading Inc fischer S. A. S. Modern Machines & Materials Co. Importadora Ferretera S.A
Salters Warehouse Complex 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Geziret El Arab St. 17 Calle Circunvalacion 5 Y6
Salters, St George 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 Mohandseen, Giza, Kairo City San Pedro Sula
Tel.: +246 4293731 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +20 2 3 03 02 51 Tel.: +504 25541848
Fax.: +246 4293731 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 E-Mail: enayatazab@gmail.com Fax.: +504 255453096
E-Mail: maxwelltrading@caribsurf.com E-Mail: info@fischer.fr http://imferra.com
http://www.fischer.fr

BD CL ET
Abedin Equipment Limited American Screw de Chile Ltda. FOREVER Private Limited Company Larach & Cia, S. de R.L. de C.V
B 52 Kemal Ataturk Avenue Cno. A Melipilla 10338-C.1844 P.O.Box 4806 1347 Calle de la Salud, Colonia Miramontes
1213 Banani, Dhaka Santiago Addis Ababa, Ethiopia Tegucigalpa M.D.C
Tel.: +880 2881871819 Tel.: +56 2440 7000 Tel: +251 11 1560600 / 1560137 E-Mail: precursora1@amnethn.com
Fax.: +880 29862340 Fax: +251 11 1560189
E-Mail: qk@accl.group-qa.com E-mail: foreverplc@ethionet.et
http://www.abedinequipment.com

BG CM GA HR
fischer Austria GmbH fischer S. A. S. fischer S. A. S. fischer Austria GmbH
Wiener Strae 95 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Wiener Strae 95
2514 Traiskirchen 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 2514 Traiskirchen
Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +385 16 235 935
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +385 16 235 881
16 E-Mail: office@fischer.at
http://www.fischer.at
E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.fischer.fr
E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.fischer.fr
E-Mail: office@fischer.at
http://www.fischer.at

556
Service
ID KW MD NA
PT BERSAMA Bangun Persada M/S Safina Al Najjat Co. Altosan SRL C E Paulus t/a Werner Behnsen Enterprises
Perkantoran Mega Sunter Blok D10-11 Shuwaikh - Khalifa Jassim Street P.O. Box 20329 Siusev str. 78 PO Box 6302 Ausspannplatz 8 Kalie Roodt Street
14350 Jakarta 13064 Safat 2023 Chisinau Northern Industrial
Tel.: +62 21 65837575 Tel.: +965 2481 8786 Tel.: +373 22222797 Windhoek
Fax.: +62 21 65835363 Fax.: +965 2481 8385 E-Mail: victor.baleca@altosan.md Tel.: +264 61234234
E-Mail: hendrik@mrsafetygroup.com E-Mail: bhagat@safinanajjat.com http://www.altosan.md Fax.: +264 61225353
E-Mail: wtb@iafrica.com.na

IE KZ ME NC
Chadwicks Ltd., SaMontec fischerpolska Sp.z o.o fischer Austria GmbH fischer S. A. S.
Naas Road, Ashfield ul. Albatrosow 2 Wiener Strae 95 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
Dublin 22 30-716 Krakw 2514 Traiskirchen 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +353 1419 7500 Tel.: +48 605 106 657 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +353 1 4602811 Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88 Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: gerry.fitzsimons@gmroi.ie E-Mail: marek.smoleniec@fischerpolska.pl E-Mail: office@fischer.at E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
www.chadwicks.ie http://www.fischerpolska.pl www.fischer.at http://www.fischer.fr

LB MG NG
Masonry Fixings Services Ltd. Team-Pro S.A.L. fischer S. A. S. C.Woermann (Nigeria) Ltd.
Cherry Orchard Industrial Estate Dora Trade Center 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 6, Badejo Kalesanwo Street
Dublin 10 Beirut 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 Matori Industrial Estate Lagos
Tel.: +353 1 642 6700 Tel.: +961 1 24 90 88 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +234 (0) 17 73 64 98
Fax.: +353 1 626 3493 Fax.: +961 1 24 90 98 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 E-Mail: info@woermann-nigeria.com
E-Mail: bryan@masonryfixings.ie E-Mail: info@team-pro.info E-Mail: info@fischer.fr http://www.c-woermann.com/en/nigeria
http://www.masonryfixings.ie/ http://www.fischer.fr

IL LK MK OM
Ledico Ltd. Diesel & Motor Engineering PLC fischer Austria GmbH Technical Supplies International Co LLC
31 Lazarov St. 65 Jetawana Road P.O Box 339 Wiener Strae 95 Al Athaibah, Sultanate of Oman, Post Box 1827
Rishon LeZiyon Colombo - 14 2514 Traiskirchen 130 Wadi al Kabir
Tel.: +972 3963 00 00 Tel.: +94 77270216 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +968 2450 39 15
Fax.: +972 3963 00 55 Fax.: +94 2449080 Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +968 2450 39 20
E-Mail: yoav@ledico.com E-Mail: kumar.rodrigo@dimolanka.com E-Mail: office@fischer.at E-Mail: venugopal@tecsintl.com
http://www.dimolanka.com www.fischer.at www.tecsintl.com

IN LR MQ PF
BOSCH India Ltd. Beever Company Inc. fischer S. A. S. fischer S. A. S.
RMB Complex, Hosur Road, Adugodi U.N. Drive, Vai Town 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
560030 Bangalore Monrovia 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +91 8022 99 20 99 Tel.: +231 - 886511112 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +91 8022 99 27 58 E-Mail: info@beever.com Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: Soma.Sundaram@in.bosch.com http://www.beever.com/ E-Mail: info@fischer.fr E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.boschindia.com http://www.fischer.fr http://www.fischer.fr

IR LT MT PH
Abzarsara Co. fischerpolska Sp.z o.o Tessera E.C. Daughson, Inc
Arash Baghaie, 148 Sanai St. ul. Albatrosow 2 Dockyard Street No 100 Congressional Avenue, Project 8
15866 Teheran 30-716 Krakw PLA 2115 Paola 1106 Quezon City
Tel.: +9821 8828420 Tel.: +370 601 61509 Tel.: +356 99426724 Tel.: +63 29 27 35 70
E-Mail: Afshin.Golzari@abzarsara.com Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88 Fax.: +356 27490100 Fax.: +63 29 27 35 67
E-Mail: ruslan.caiko@fischerpolska.pl E-Mail: emmanuel.lopez@ecdaughson.com
http://www.fischerfixings.lt

IS LU MU PK
Byko Ltd Hilger Interfer S.A. DEMA-SUPPLIES LTD H.S.AHMEDALLY
Skemmuvegur 2 36-37, z.a.e. Triangle Vert 2A Deschartes Street Showroom 08 Serena PridePlot 14/A/1, Block-6, PECHS
200 Kopavogur 5691 Ellange Port Louis Shara-e-Faisal, Adjacent KFC Nursury Karachi
Tel.: +354 515 40 00 Tel.: +352 48 48 15 1 Tel.: +230 2126405 Tel.: +92 21 34548345 47
Fax.: +354 515 40 99 Fax.: +352 48 48 15 350 Fax.: +230 2107457 Fax.: +92 21 34548348
E-Mail: olafurs@byko.is E-Mail: info@hilger.lu E-Mail: dema@intnet.mu E-Mail: sghazanfar@hsahmedally.com
www.hilger.lu

JO LV MV PM
Izzat Marji Group fischerpolska Sp.z o.o M/S Sonee Hardware, Sonee Building fischer S. A. S.
No. 10, Amer Bin Malek st. - Um Sumaq, P. O. Box: 1945 ul. Albatrosow 2 Sonee Building,181 Boduthakurufaanu Magu 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
11821 Amman 30-716 Krakw 20181 Male 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +962 655 202 84 Tel.: +370 601 61509 Tel.: +960 333 6699 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
E-Mail: fadi@marji.jo Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88 Fax.: +960 332 0304 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
www.marji.jo E-Mail: ruslan.caiko@fischerpolska.pl E-Mail: ahmed.alam@sonee.com.mv E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.fischerfixings.lv http://www.sonee.com.mv http://www.fischer.fr

KE MA MY QA
Alibhai Shariff & Sons Ltd. Outipro Defix Concrete Products Sdn Bhd Team Pro Qatar
P.O. Box 40382-00100, Mombasa Road 53, Rue du Lieutenant Mohamed Mahroud No. 1, Lorong Jintan 2, Taman Supreme Off Jalan Cheras Doha-Mouayzer-Saylia road 250
Nairobi Casablanca 56100 Kuala Lumpur Doha
Tel.: +254 206905000 Tel.: +2122 2 24 77 21 Tel.: +60 39134 8600 Tel.: +974 4515976
Fax.: +254 206905111 Fax.: +2122 2 40 82 34 E-Mail: defixcp@gmail.com Fax.: +974 451 5974
E-Mail: saifuddin@alibhaishariff.co.ke E-Mail: ajana.zineb@outipro.ma E-Mail: customerservice-qatar@team-pro.info
http://www.alibhaishariff.com

KO MC MZ RE
fischer Austria GmbH fischer S. A. S. Nova Vida Lda fischer S. A. S.
Wiener Strae 95 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Rua Paulino Santos Gil 94 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
2514 Traiskirchen 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 Maputo 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +258 21 327370 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +258 21 327371 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: office@fischer.at
http://www.fischer.at
E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.fischer.fr
E-Mail: info@novavida.co.mz E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.fischer.fr 16

557
Borderless Services
Service

RO SY YT
Sc Profix Srl Dallal Est. Seven Technology Co. Ltd. fischer S. A. S.
Calea Baciului Nr. 179 P.O.Box 8303 5 F, No. 25Lane 38, Sec. 2, Jhongsiao Rd 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
Cluj-Napoca Aleppo 241 Sanchong City County, Taipei 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +40 264 455 166 Tel.: +963 21 2116083 Tel.: +886 2 29992048 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +40 264 403 060 E-Mail: rdallal@cyberia.net.lb Fax.: +886 2 29996545 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: Office@profix.com.ro E-Mail: kentlo@livemail.tw E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.profix.com.ro http://www.fischer.fr

RS SZ TZ ZA
fischer Austria GmbH Tech-Tool 2000 (Pty) Ltd. Nabaki Afrika LTD Upat S.A. (Pty.) Ltd.
Wiener Strae 95 Plot 628, 5th Avenue P.O. Box 11747 1st Floor Lekrom House, Cnr. 3rd & Miller Streets
2514 Traiskirchen Matsapha Dar es Salaam 2094 New Doornfontein Johannesburg
Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +268 25186621 Tel.: +255 222775138 Tel.: +27 11 6 24 67 15
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +268 25186411 E-Mail: jeff@nabaki.com Fax.: +27 11 6 24 67 60
E-Mail: office@fischer.at E-Mail: sales@techtool.co.sz E-Mail: ideas@upat.co.za
www.fischer.at http://www.upat.co.za

RU TG UA
Inform Ltd fischer S. A. S. fischerpolska Sp.z o.o
Suvorova 125-A 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 ul. Albatrosow 2
236028 Kaliningrad 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 30-716 Krakw
Tel.: +7 65 11 00 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +48 605 106 657
Fax.: +7 65 11 00 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88
E-Mail: inform@inform.koenig.ru E-Mail: info@fischer.fr E-Mail: marek.smoleniec@fischerpolska.pl
www.inform-expert.ru http://www.fischer.fr http://www.fischerpolska.pl

RW TH UG
Maltexx Ltd. R F S International Co.,Ltd. Maltexx Ltd.
Avenue Poids lourd, opposite Afrifoam Nyarugenge 38, 40 Chaleom Prakiat Ratchakarn Thi 9 Rd. Soi 33 Plot 84-88, 7th street, Industrial area
Kigali 10250 Nongbon, Pravet, Bangkok P.O. BOX 35789 Kampala
Tel.: +250 788 411 422 Tel.: +66 2 7473751 2 Tel.: +256 716 84 84 83
E-Mail: samk@maltexx.com Fax.: +66 2 7473754 E-Mail: info@maltexx.com
E-Mail: vinai@ssm.in.th

SA TN US
Juffali Technical Equipment Company (JTECO) TEG Tunisienne quipement General HQ Army Air Force
P.O.Box 1049Kilo 6, Medinah Road AV. Hdi Chaker, 43 P. O. BOX 660261
21431 Jeddah 1002 Tunis 75266-0261 Dallas, Tx
Tel.: +966 2 66 72 222 E-Mail: fathia@tegnegoce.com Tel.: +1 217 726 5938
Fax.: +966 2 66 76 308 Fax.: +1 217 726 5953
E-Mail: roland@eajb.com.sa E-Mail: marc@weedouthate.org
www.eajb.com

TW UY
Pan Gulf Holding Fibretec Systems Co. Ltd. Pampin y Cia
PO Box 2473 3F., No 2, Alley 6, Lare 36 Valparaiso 1199
31952 Al Khobar Tapei City Montevideo
Tel.: +966 3 8670444 Tel.: +886227605563 Tel.: +5982 924 0608
Fax.: +966 3 8962497
E-Mail: a.abumoghli@pghco.com

SI
fischer Austria GmbH Poplar Co. Ltd Franco Kao Record Tools S.A.
Wiener Strae 95 No. 33, Lane 12, Chi Lin Road Paysandu 951
2514 Traiskirchen Taipei 104 Montevideo
Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +5982 902 7492
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70
E-Mail: office@fischer.at
www.fischer.at

SL
Eugene Ilono Enterprises Fu Hau Juan Goldfarb S.A.
56 Lower Bombay Street Da-An Rd. No. 7 Rio Negro 1617
FREETOWN Taipei City, R.O.C. Montevideo
Tel.: +232 33445630 Tel.: +886 2 2773 5110
E-Mail: eugeneilono@gmail.com Fax.: +886 2 25418008
E-Mail: swapnal@ms61.hinet.net

SN
Groel Cheng Yi Fixing Co. Ltd. Landfor S.A.
AMITIE III VILLA N4436 NO4, LN152, Zhongping RD Ituzaingo Sur Rincon 531 ES302
22788 Dakar-Ponty Taipei City Zona Franca Florida
Tel.: (221)33 825 39 48 Tel.: +886 911158918 Tel.: +598 9161164
Fax.: (221)33 825 39 47 E-Mail: lgco.paul@gmail.com
E-Mail: groel@groel.sn
www.groel.sn

VN
fischer S. A. S. Perfect Link Co. Ltd. Viet Technology & Development Jsc
12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 2 Fl. No 261Siyuan Road Suite 234, 33a Pham Ngu Lao
67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 231 Taipei, Sindian City Hanoi
Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +886 2 22 19 4698 Tel.: +84 4 3933 4548
Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +886 2 22 19 9939 Fax.: +84 4 3933 4549
16 E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.fischer.fr
E-Mail: harvey@perfectlink.com.tw E-Mail: linh.vu@viet-tech.vn
http://www.viet-tech.vn

558
Service
fischer ACT System
The key to new faade aesthetics.

fischer Installation Systems


Optimal solutions for pipe and power lines.

16

559
Borderless Services
Service

16
560
16

561
Service
Borderless Services
Service

16
562
The information in this catalogue is intended for general
guidance only and is given without engagement. Additional
information and advice on specic applications is available from
our Technical Support Team. For this however, we require a pre-
cise description of your particular application.
All the data in this catalogue concerning work with our xing
elements must be adapted to suit local conditions and the type of
materials in use.
If no detailed performance specications are given for certain
articles and types, please contact our Technical Service
Department for advice.

scherwerke GmbH & Co. KG


72178 Waldachtal
Germany

We cannot be responsible for any errors, and we reserve the right


to make technical and range modications without notice.
No liability is accepted for printing errors and omissions.

You might also like